Esquema HD

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Harley-Davidson motorcycles conform to all applicable U.S.A. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
and U.S.A. Environmental Protection Agency regulations effective on the date of manufacture.
To maintain the safety, dependability, and emission and noise control performance, it is essential that
the procedures, specifications and service instructions in this manual are followed.
Any substitution, alteration or adjustment of emission system and noise control components outside of
factory specifications may be prohibited by law.
Harley-Davidson Motor Company

Blank Text Here
READER COMMENTS
The Harley-Davidson Service Communications Department maintains a continuous effort to improve the quality
and usefulness of its publications. To do this effectively, we need user feedback - your critical evaluation of
this manual.
Please comment on the completeness, accuracy, organization, usability, and readability of this manual.
Please list the page, item, and part number(s) of any errors you find in this manual.
Please tell us how we can improve this manual.
Occupation:
Name: Dealer ship:
Street: Depar tment:
City: State: Zip:
Please clip out and mail to:

Service Communications Department
Harley-Davidson Motor Company
P.O. Box 653
Milwaukee, WI USA 53201
Blank Text Here
FOREWORD
GENERAL WARNING
Stop the engine when refueling or servicing the fuel
WARNING system. Do not smoke or allow open flame or sparks near
The rider's safety depends upon proper motorcycle service gasoline. Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly
and maintenance. If a procedure in this manual is not explosive, which could result in death or serious injury.
within your capabilities or you do not have the correct (00002a)
tools, have a Harley-Davidson dealer perform the
procedure. Improper service or maintenance could result Good preparation is very important for efficient service work.
in death or serious injury. (00627b) Start each job with a clean work area. This will allow the repair
to proceed as smoothly as possible. It will also reduce the
This electrical diagnostic manual has been prepared with two incidence of misplaced tools and parts.
purposes in mind. First, it will acquaint the user with the Clean a motorcycle that is excessively dirty before work starts.
construction of the Harley-Davidson product and assist in the Cleaning will occasionally uncover sources of trouble. Gather
performance of repair. Secondly, it will introduce to the any tools, instruments and any parts needed for the job before
professional Harley-Davidson Technician the latest field-tested work begins. Interrupting a job to locate tools or parts is a
and factory-approved diagnostic methods. We sincerely believe distraction and causes needless delay.
that this manual will make your association with
Harley-Davidson products more pleasant and profitable. NOTE
• To avoid unnecessary disassembly, carefully read all related
HOW TO USE YOUR MANUAL service information before repair work begins.
Refer to the table below for the content layout of this manual. • In figure legends, the number which follows the name of a
part indicates the quantity necessary for one complete
NUMBER CHAPTER assembly.
1 Initial Diagnostics • When servicing a vehicle equipped with the Harley-Davidson
FOREWORD
Smart Security System (H-DSSS), first disarm the system.
2 Serial Data
Keep the fob close to the vehicle or use DIGITAL
3 Starting and Charging TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) to disable
4 Instruments the system. Activate the system after service is completed.
5 Accessories, Horn, Lighting and Security SERVICE BULLETINS

6 Engine Management
In addition to the information presented in this manual,
7 ABS
Harley-Davidson Motor Company will periodically issue service
A Appendix A Wiring bulletins to Harley-Davidson dealers. Service bulletins cover
B Appendix B Connector Repair interim engineering changes and supplementary information.
Consult the service bulletins to keep your product knowledge
C Appendix C Reference current and complete.
Use the TABLE OF CONTENTS (which follows this USE GENUINE REPLACEMENT PARTS
FOREWORD) and the INDEX (at the back of this manual) to
quickly locate subjects. Chapters and topics in this manual are
WARNING
sequentially numbered for easy navigation.
Harley-Davidson parts and accessories are designed for
For example, a cross-reference shown as 2.2
Harley-Davidson motorcycles. Using non-Harley-Davidson
SPECIFICATIONS refers to chapter 2 CHASSIS, heading 2.2
parts or accessories can adversely affect performance,
SPECIFICATIONS.
stability or handling, which could result in death or serious
For quick and easy reference, all pages contain a chapter injury. (00001b)
number followed by a page number. For example, page 3-5
refers to page 5 in Chapter 3. To achieve satisfactory and lasting repairs, carefully follow the
service manual instructions and use only genuine
A number of acronyms and abbreviations are used in this Harley-Davidson replacement parts. Behind the emblem
document. See the GLOSSARY (Page C-1) for a list of bearing the words GENUINE HARLEY-DAVIDSON stand more
acronyms, abbreviations and definitions. than 100 years of design, research, manufacturing, testing and
inspecting experience. This is your assurance that the parts
PREPARATION FOR SERVICE you are using will fit right, operate properly and last longer.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
Statements in this manual preceded by the following words
are of special significance.
94000396 I
WARNING When reference is made in this manual to a specific brand
name product, tool or instrument, an equivalent product, tool
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation or instrument may be substituted.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury. (00119a) Special Tools
CAUTION All tools mentioned in this manual with a part number beginning
with "HD", "J" or "B" must be ordered through your local
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which,
Harley-Davidson dealer. Special tools may only be purchased,
if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.
serviced or warrantied through a Harley-Davidson dealer.
(00139a)
NOTICE LOCTITE Sealing and Threadlocking Products

NOTICE indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, Some procedures in this manual call for the use of LOCTITE
if not avoided, may result in property damage. (00140b) products. If you have any questions regarding LOCTITE product
usage or retailer/wholesaler locations, contact Loctite Corp. at
NOTE www.loctite.com.
Refers to important information. It is recommended that you
take special notice of these items. PRODUCT REGISTERED MARKS
Proper service and repair are important for the safe, reliable Apple, Alcantara S.p.A., Allen, Amp Multilock, Bluetooth,
operation of all mechanical products. The service procedures Brembo, City Navigator, Delphi, Deutsch, Dunlop, Dynojet,
recommended and described in this manual are effective Fluke, G.E. Versilube, Garmin, Gunk, Hydroseal, Hylomar,
methods for performing service operations. iPhone, iPod, Kevlar, Lexan, Loctite, Lubriplate, Keps, K&N,
Magnaflux, Marson Thread-Setter Tool Kit, MAXI fuse, Molex,
WARNING Michelin, MPZ, Mulitilock, nano, NGK, Novus, Packard, Pirelli,
Permatex, Philips, PJ1, Pozidriv, Road Tech, Robinair, S100,
Always wear proper eye protection when using hammers,
Sems, SiriusXM, Snap-on, Teflon, Threadlocker, Torca, Torco,
arbor or hydraulic presses, gear pullers, spring
TORX, Tufoil, Tyco, Ultratorch, Velcro, X-Acto and XM Satellite
compressors, slide hammers and similar tools. Flying
Radio are among the trademarks of their respective owners.
parts could result in death or serious injury. (00496b)
H-D U.S.A., LLC TRADEMARK
Some of these service operations require the use of tools INFORMATION
specially designed for the purpose. These special tools should
be used when and as recommended. It is important to note Bar & Shield, Boom!, Cross Bones, Cruise Drive, CVO, Digital
that some warnings against the use of specific service methods, Tech, Digital Technician, Digital Technician II, Dyna, Electra
which could damage the motorcycle or render it unsafe, are Glide, Evolution, Fat Bob, Fat Boy, Forty-Eight, Glaze, Gloss,
stated in this manual. However, remember that these warnings H-D, H-Dnet.com, Harley, Harley-Davidson, HD, Heritage
are not all-inclusive. Inadequate safety precautions could result Softail, Iron 883, Low Rider, Milwaukee-Eight, Night Rod,
in death or serious injury. Nightster, Night Train, Profile, Reflex, Revolution, Road Glide,
Since Harley-Davidson could not possibly know, evaluate or Road King, Road Tech, Rocker, Screamin' Eagle, Seventy-Two,
advise the service trade of all possible ways in which service Softail, Sportster, Street Glide, Street Rod, Sun Ray, Sunwash,
might be performed, or of the possible hazardous Super Glide, SuperLow, Supersmart, Switchback, SYN3,
consequences of each method, we have not undertaken any TechLink, TechLink II, Tour-Pak, Tri Glide, Twin Cam 88, Twin
such broad evaluation. Accordingly, anyone who uses a service Cam 88B, Twin Cam 96, Twin Cam 96B, Twin Cam 103, Twin
procedure or tool which is not recommended by Cam 103B, Twin Cam 110, Twin Cam 110B, Twin-Cooled,
Harley-Davidson must first thoroughly satisfy himself that Ultra Classic, V-Rod, VRSC and Harley-Davidson Genuine
neither his nor the operator's safety will be jeopardized as a Motor Parts and Genuine Motor Accessories are among the
result. Failure to do so could result in death or serious injury. trademarks of H-D U.S.A., LLC.
PRODUCT REFERENCES CONTENTS
WARNING All photographs, illustrations and procedures may not

necessarily depict the most current model or component, but
Read and follow warnings and directions on all products. are based on the latest production information available at the
Failure to follow warnings and directions can result in time of publication.
death or serious injury. (00470b)
Since product improvement is our continual goal,
Harley-Davidson reserves the right to change specifications,
equipment or designs at any time without notice and without
incurring obligation.
II 94000396
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS 2.2 ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
INOPERATIVE: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS Description and Operation..................................................2-3
Diagnostic Tips..............................................................2-3
Specifications......................................................................1-1
Connector Information..................................................2-3
1.2 INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC U0001, U0011,
B2274.................................................................................2-4
Description and Operation..................................................1-2
1. Speedometer System Voltage Test...........................2-5
Initial Diagnostics................................................................1-2
2. CAN Bus Test............................................................2-5
1. Fuse Test..................................................................1-2
3. Speedometer Test.....................................................2-5
2. Current DTC Test......................................................1-2
4. BCM Test..................................................................2-5
3. Odometer Function Test............................................1-2
5. ABS Test...................................................................2-5
4. Odometer Inoperative Test........................................1-2
6. LHCM Test................................................................2-5
5. Battery Power Test....................................................1-2
7. Tachometer Test........................................................2-5
6. Starter Test................................................................1-2
8. ECM Test..................................................................2-5
7. LHCM Test................................................................1-2
9. RHCM Test................................................................2-5
Diagnostics.........................................................................1-2
10. CAN Circuit Open Test............................................2-5
Diagnostic Tips..............................................................1-2
11. CAN High Circuit Resistance to RHCM Test...........2-5
Retrieving Trouble Codes...................................................1-8
12. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to RHCM Test...........2-6
Odometer Self-Diagnostics.................................................1-9
13. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to ECM Test..............2-6
Diagnostic Mode...........................................................1-9
14. CAN High Circuit Resistance to ECM Test.............2-6
Code Types.........................................................................1-9
15. CAN High Circuit Short to Ground Test...................2-6
Current..........................................................................1-9
16. Speedometer Test...................................................2-6
Historic..........................................................................1-9
17. ECM Test................................................................2-6
Multiple Trouble Codes.......................................................1-9
18. LHCM Test..............................................................2-6
Clearing DTCs..................................................................1-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
19. Tachometer Test......................................................2-6
Security Lamp...................................................................1-10
20. BCM Test................................................................2-6
Check Engine Lamp: Legacy............................................1-10
21. ABS Test.................................................................2-6
Check Engine Lamp: OBD...............................................1-10
22. RHCM Test..............................................................2-6
Symptoms.........................................................................1-11
23. CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground Test...................2-6
1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 24. CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage Test...................2-7
How To Use Diagnostic Tools...........................................1-14
26. ECM Test................................................................2-7
GRX-3110 HD Battery Diagnostic Station...................1-14
27. LHCM Test..............................................................2-7
HD-51724 Inline Spark Tester Kit................................1-14
28. ABS Test.................................................................2-7
HD-39978 Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)......................1-14
29. BCM Test................................................................2-7
HD-39617 Fluke AC/DC Current Probe......................1-14
30. Tachometer Test......................................................2-7
HD-41199-3 IAC Test Light.........................................1-15
31. RHCM Test..............................................................2-7
HD-41404 Harness Connector Test Kit.......................1-15
32. CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage Test...................2-7
HD-50341 Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead................1-15
33. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to BCM Test..............2-7
HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments).......................1-15
34. CAN High Circuit Resistance to BCM Test.............2-8
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ECM)..............................1-16
35. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to ABS Module
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM)..............................1-16
Test................................................................................2-8
HD-48642 Breakout Box (ABS)..................................1-17
36. CAN High Circuit Resistance to ABS Module
HD-48650 Digital Technician II....................................1-17
Test................................................................................2-8
1.4 DIAGNOSTICS AND 37. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Tachometer Test....2-8
TROUBLESHOOTING 38. CAN High Circuit Resistance to Tachometer
Test................................................................................2-8
Voltage Drop.....................................................................1-18 39. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Speedometer
Wiggle Test.......................................................................1-19 Test................................................................................2-8
SERIAL DATA 40. CAN High Circuit Resistance to Speedometer
Test................................................................................2-8
2.1 CAN COMMUNICATION 2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST

COMMUNICATION DTCS
Components.......................................................................2-1 Description and Operation..................................................2-9
Electronic Control Module (ECM).................................2-1 Diagnostic Tips..............................................................2-9
Speedometer................................................................2-2 Connector Information..................................................2-9
BCM..............................................................................2-2 DTC U0100.......................................................................2-10
ABS ECU......................................................................2-2 1. Module Test.............................................................2-11
Hand Control Modules..................................................2-2 2. System Power Test.................................................2-11
Data Link Connector (DLC)...........................................2-2 3. ECM [78-1] Ground Test.........................................2-11
Communication DTCs and Error Messages.......................2-2 4. ECM [78-2] Ground Test.........................................2-11
Diagnostic Tips..............................................................2-2 5. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test............................2-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS III

TABLE OF CONTENTS
6. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test.............................2-11 Starter Testing.....................................................................3-6
7. Verify ABS ECU Test...............................................2-11 1. Starting System Operational Test.............................3-6
8. Verify Speedometer Test.........................................2-11 2. Noise Test.................................................................3-6
9. Verify Tachometer Test............................................2-11 3. Starter Solenoid Test.................................................3-6
10. Verify BCM Test....................................................2-11 4. Checking DTCs Test.................................................3-6
11. System Power DTC Test.......................................2-12 Nothing Clicks.....................................................................3-6
DTC U0121.......................................................................2-12 1. Battery Test...............................................................3-6
1. ABS Voltage Test....................................................2-12 2. Ignition Circuit Test....................................................3-6
2. ABS Ground Test....................................................2-12 3. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test.....................................3-6
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test............................2-12 4. Starter Ground Test...................................................3-7
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test.............................2-12 5. Neutral Switch Test...................................................3-7
No Vehicle Power: DTC U0140........................................2-12 6. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test.....................................3-7
1. Ignition Switch Ground Test....................................2-12 7. BCM Test..................................................................3-7
2. Ignition Switch Test.................................................2-12 Starter Solenoid Clicks.......................................................3-7
3. Ignition Switch Accessory Test................................2-12 1. Battery Test...............................................................3-7
4. Ignition Switch Signal Test......................................2-12 2. Starter Solenoid Voltage Drop Starter Side Test.......3-7
5. Switch Signal Short to Ground Test........................2-13 3. Starter Solenoid Battery Side Voltage Drop Test......3-7
6. Ignition Switch Signal Short to Voltage Test............2-13 4. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test..................3-7
7. BCM Ground Test...................................................2-13 5. Starter Ground Test...................................................3-7
8. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test............................2-13 6. Starter Draw Test......................................................3-8
9. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test.............................2-13 7. Mechanical Binding Test...........................................3-8
10. BCM Voltage Test.................................................2-13 Starter Spins But Does Not Engage...................................3-8
Left Hand Controls Inoperative: DTC U0141....................2-13 1. Pinion Gear and Clutch Shell Test............................3-8
1. LHCM Voltage Test.................................................2-13 Starter Stalls or Spins Too Slowly.......................................3-8
2. LHCM Test..............................................................2-13 1. Battery Test...............................................................3-8
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test............................2-13 2. Starter Stud Voltage Drop Test.................................3-8
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test.............................2-13 3. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test..................3-8
DTC U0142.......................................................................2-14 4. Chassis Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test................3-8
1. RHCM Voltage Test.................................................2-14 5. ACR Test...................................................................3-8
2. RHCM Test..............................................................2-14 6. Starter Draw Test......................................................3-9
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test............................2-14 7. Starter Solenoid Battery Side Voltage Drop Test......3-9
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test.............................2-14
Speedometer Inoperative: DTC U0156............................2-14
3.3 STARTER OUTPUT DTCS
1. Speedometer Voltage Test......................................2-14 Description and Operation................................................3-10
2. Speedometer Ground Test......................................2-14 Conditions for Setting..................................................3-10
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test............................2-14 Connector Information................................................3-10
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test.............................2-14 DTC B2121.......................................................................3-10
DTC U0300.......................................................................2-14 1. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test...................................3-10
1. Verify DTC...............................................................2-14 2. Starter Solenoid Supply Voltage Test......................3-11
2. Reflash ECM...........................................................2-15 DTC B2122.......................................................................3-11
1. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test...................................3-11
STARTING AND CHARGING 2. Starter Solenoid Supply Voltage Test......................3-11
DTC B2123.......................................................................3-11
3.1 BATTERY TESTING 1. Starter Solenoid Supply Resistance Test................3-11
DTC B2124.......................................................................3-11
General...............................................................................3-1
1. Starter Solenoid [128] Test......................................3-11
Voltmeter Test.....................................................................3-1
2. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test...................................3-12
Battery Diagnostic Test.......................................................3-1
3. Starter Solenoid Supply Continuity Test..................3-12
Load Test............................................................................3-1
3.2 STARTING SYSTEM 3.4 TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE
Starter Current Draw Test.................................................3-13
Components.......................................................................3-3 3.5 TESTING STARTER ON BENCH
Starter...........................................................................3-3
Free Running Current Draw Test......................................3-14
Starter Solenoid............................................................3-3
Starter Solenoid Test........................................................3-14
Engine Stop Switch.......................................................3-3
Solenoid Pull-In Test.........................................................3-14
Start Switch...................................................................3-3
Solenoid Hold-In Test........................................................3-15
BCM..............................................................................3-3
Solenoid Return Test........................................................3-15
Ignition Switch...............................................................3-3
Battery...........................................................................3-4 3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM
Grinding Noise or Erratic Starting.................................3-4
Description and Operation................................................3-16
Alternator....................................................................3-16
Starter Troubleshooting......................................................3-6
Voltage Regulator.......................................................3-16
TABLE OF CONTENTS IV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Troubleshooting................................................................3-16 6. ECM Ground [78-2] Circuit Test..............................3-27
Battery.........................................................................3-16 7. ECM Ground [78-3] Circuit Test..............................3-27
Wiring..........................................................................3-16 8. BCM System Power Test........................................3-27
Voltage Regulator Inspection......................................3-16 9. BCM Power Test.....................................................3-27
Connector Information................................................3-16 10. Main Fuse Voltage Test.........................................3-27
Low or No Charging..........................................................3-16 11. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test...............................3-28
1. Battery Test.............................................................3-17 12. Fuse Block Supply Voltage Drop Test...................3-28
2. Off Idle Voltage Test................................................3-17 13. Repair Validation Test...........................................3-28
3. AC Output Test........................................................3-17
4. Stator Test...............................................................3-17
3.9 IGN SWITCH DTCS
5. Rotor Inspection Test..............................................3-17 Description and Operation................................................3-29
6. Voltage Regulator Power Circuit Test.....................3-17 Connector Information................................................3-29
7. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test....................3-17 DTC B2201.......................................................................3-30
Overcharging....................................................................3-17 1. Ignition Circuit Test..................................................3-31
1. Battery Voltage Test................................................3-17 2. Ignition Switch Ground Test....................................3-31
2. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test....................3-17 3. Ignition Switch to BCM Test....................................3-31
Low Battery After Extended IGN OFF..............................3-17 4. Ignition Switch Test.................................................3-31
1. Battery Test.............................................................3-18 DTC B2203.......................................................................3-31
2. Amp Draw Test........................................................3-18 1. Ignition Continuity [242B] Test................................3-31
Battery Runs Down During Use........................................3-18 2. Ignition Switch Run Test..........................................3-31
1. Battery Test.............................................................3-18 3. Ignition Switch ACC Test.........................................3-31
2. Total Current Draw Test..........................................3-18 4. Ignition Switch OFF Test.........................................3-31
Battery Charging Tests.....................................................3-18
Milliampere Draw Test.................................................3-18 3.10 ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS
Total Current Draw and Output Test............................3-19 Description and Operation................................................3-32
Stator Test...................................................................3-19 Connector Information................................................3-32
AC Output Test............................................................3-20 DTC B2206.......................................................................3-32
1. BCM Supply Voltage Test.......................................3-32
3.7 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS 2. BCM Voltage Test...................................................3-32
Description and Operation................................................3-21 DTC B2208.......................................................................3-33
DTC C0562 and C0563..............................................3-21 1. BCM to Ground Continuity Test..............................3-33
DTC C1222 and C1223..............................................3-21 2. RHCM to Ground Continuity Test............................3-33
Diagnostics.......................................................................3-21
Diagnostic Tips............................................................3-21 3.11 BCM VOLTAGE DTCS
Connector Information................................................3-21 Description and Operation................................................3-34
DTC C0562.......................................................................3-22 DTC B2271.................................................................3-34
1. Battery Test.............................................................3-22 DTC B2272.................................................................3-34
2. Charging System Test.............................................3-23 Diagnostic Tips............................................................3-34
3. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Test...............................3-23 Connector Information................................................3-34
4. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Drop Test......................3-23 DTC B2271.......................................................................3-35
5. ABS ECU Ground Circuit Voltage Test...................3-23 1. Battery Test.............................................................3-35
6. Main Fuse Voltage Drop Test..................................3-23 2. Charging System Test.............................................3-36
7. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test.................................3-23 3. BCM Power Test.....................................................3-36
8. Fuse Block Supply Voltage Drop Test.....................3-23 4. Main Fuse Voltage Test...........................................3-36
9. Repair Validation Test.............................................3-23 5. Fuse Block Voltage Test..........................................3-36
DTC C0563.......................................................................3-23 6. Fuse Block Supply Voltage Test..............................3-36
1. Charging System Test.............................................3-23 7. Repair Validation Test.............................................3-36
2. Repair Validation Test.............................................3-23 DTC B2272.......................................................................3-36
DTC C1222, C1223..........................................................3-23 1. Charging System Test.............................................3-36
1. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Test...............................3-24 2. Repair Validation Test.............................................3-36
2. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Drop Test......................3-24
3. Repair Validation Test.............................................3-24 INSTRUMENTS
3.8 BATTERY AND SYSTEM VOLTAGE
DIAGNOSTICS 4.1 INSTRUMENTS
Trip Odometer Reset Switch Operation........................4-1
Diagnostic Tips............................................................3-25
Speedometer Theory of Operation.....................................4-1
Connector Information................................................3-25
Instrument Diagnostics.......................................................4-1
DTC P0562.......................................................................3-26
1. Battery Test.............................................................3-26 4.2 FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS
2. Charging System Test.............................................3-27
3. ECM Switched Voltage Test....................................3-27 Description and Operation..................................................4-2
4. ECM System Power Test........................................3-27 Connector Information..................................................4-2
5. ECM Ground [78-1] Circuit Test..............................3-27 DTC B1210: Except FXSB..................................................4-3
1. BCM Test..................................................................4-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS V
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. Fuel Gauge Power Test............................................4-4 Low Fuel Indicator.......................................................4-12
3. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test................................4-4 Neutral Indicator..........................................................4-12
4. Fuel Pump and Sender Test.....................................4-4 Oil Pressure Indicator.................................................4-12
5. Fuel Gauge Voltage Test...........................................4-4 Turn Signal Indicators.................................................4-12
6. Fuel Gauge Circuit Test............................................4-4 High Beam Indicator...................................................4-12
7. Fuel Gauge Circuit Test............................................4-4 Diagnostic Tips............................................................4-13
DTC B1210: FXSB..............................................................4-4 Connector Information................................................4-13
1. BCM Test..................................................................4-4 Low Fuel Lamp Always On...............................................4-13
2. Fuel Resistor Assembly Power Test.........................4-4 1. Fuel Sender Circuit Resistance Test.......................4-13
3. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test................................4-5 2. Fuel Gauge Circuit Resistance Test........................4-14
4. Fuel Pump and Sender Test.....................................4-5 3. Resistance Assembly Circuit Resistance Test........4-14
5. Fuel Gauge Voltage Test...........................................4-5 4. Fuel Level Test........................................................4-14
6. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Test..................................4-5 5. Fuel Sender High Test............................................4-14
7. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Test..................................4-5 6. Fuel Sender Low Test.............................................4-14
DTC B1211: Except FXSB..................................................4-5 7. Speedometer Test...................................................4-14
1. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test................................4-5 Low Fuel Lamp Inoperative..............................................4-14
2. Fuel Pump and Sender Test.....................................4-5 1. Speedometer Test...................................................4-14
3. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Short to Voltage Test.......4-5 Oil Pressure Lamp Always On..........................................4-14
4. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Open Test........................4-5 1. Oil Pressure Lamp Function Test............................4-15
5. Fuel Level Sender Ground Circuit Test.....................4-6 2. Engine Running Test...............................................4-15
6. Fuel Gauge Ground Circuit Test...............................4-6 3. Oil Pressure Sensor Test........................................4-15
7. Fuel Sender Resistance Test....................................4-6 4. Oil Pressure Circuit Test.........................................4-15
8. Fuel Gauge Voltage Test...........................................4-6 5. Mechanical Test......................................................4-15
9. Fuel Gauge Test........................................................4-6 6. Oil Pressure Switch Circuit Test..............................4-15
DTC B1211: FXSB..............................................................4-6 7. Speedometer Test...................................................4-15
1. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test................................4-6 Oil Pressure Lamp Inoperative.........................................4-15
2. Fuel Pump and Sender Test.....................................4-6 1. Oil Pressure Lamp Function Test............................4-15
3. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Short to Voltage Test.......4-6 2. Speedometer Test...................................................4-15
4. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Open Test........................4-6 Neutral Lamp Always On..................................................4-16
5. Fuel Level Sender Ground Circuit Test.....................4-7 1. Neutral Lamp Function Test....................................4-16
6. Resistor Assembly Ground Circuit Test....................4-7 2. Indicator Harness Test............................................4-16
7. Fuel Sender Resistance Test....................................4-7 Neutral Lamp Inoperative.................................................4-16
8. Resistor Assembly Voltage Test................................4-7 1. Neutral Lamp Function Test....................................4-16
9. Resistor Assembly Test.............................................4-7 2. BCM Message Test.................................................4-16
3. Neutral Switch Test.................................................4-16
4.3 TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS 4. Ground Wire Test....................................................4-16
INOPERATIVE, DTC B2255 5. Neutral Switch Power Circuit Open Test.................4-16
Description and Operation..................................................4-8 6. Speedometer Test...................................................4-16
Trip Odometer Reset Switch Closed.............................4-8 High Beam Indicator Always On.......................................4-17
Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative: DTC B2255............4-8 1. High Beam Indicator Function Test.........................4-17
1. Trip Switch Test.........................................................4-8 2. High Beam Indicator Circuit Test.............................4-17
2. Odometer Test..........................................................4-8 High Beam Indicator Inoperative......................................4-17
3. Speedometer "WOW" Test........................................4-8 1. High Beam Indicator Function Test.........................4-17
4. LHCM Test................................................................4-8 2. High Beam Indicator Circuit Test.............................4-17
Turn Signal Indicator Always On......................................4-17
4.4 NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS 1. Turn Signal Function Test.......................................4-17
Description and Operation..................................................4-9 2. Turn Signal Indicator Circuit Test............................4-17
Connector Information..................................................4-9 Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative......................................4-17
No Instrument Power..........................................................4-9 1. Turn Signal Function Test.......................................4-17
1. Battery Circuit Test..................................................4-10 2. Turn Signal Indicator Circuit Test............................4-18
2. Accessory Function Test.........................................4-10
3. Battery Circuit to Speedometer Test.......................4-10
4.6 GAUGES
4. Ground Circuit Test.................................................4-10 Theory of Operation..........................................................4-19
DTC B1200.......................................................................4-10 Fuel Gauge Inaccurate, No DTCs....................................4-19
1. Speedometer Voltage Test......................................4-10 1. Fuel Gauge Test......................................................4-20
2. Speedometer Ground Test......................................4-10 2. Sending Unit Test....................................................4-20
3. Fuel Gauge Circuit Test..........................................4-20
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS Fuel Gauge Inoperative....................................................4-20
Description and Operation................................................4-11 1. Ignition Voltage Test................................................4-20
ABS Indicator..............................................................4-11 2. Ground Circuit Test.................................................4-20
Security Lamp.............................................................4-11
Check Engine Lamp....................................................4-11
Low Battery Lamp.......................................................4-12
TABLE OF CONTENTS VI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACCESSORIES, HORN, LIGHTING Connector Information................................................5-13
AND SECURITY DTC B2141.......................................................................5-15
1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-15
2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-15
5.1 ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS 3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-16
Description and Operation..................................................5-1 DTC B2143, B2144...........................................................5-16
Conditions for Setting....................................................5-1 1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-16
Diagnostic Tips..............................................................5-1 2. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test........................5-16
Connector Information..................................................5-1 3. DTC Test.................................................................5-16
DTC B2112.........................................................................5-5 DTC B2146.......................................................................5-16
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test.........5-5 1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-16
2. BCM Test..................................................................5-5 2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-16
DTC B2113, B2114.............................................................5-5 3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-16
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Ground Test.........5-5 DTC B2148, B2149...........................................................5-17
2. Accessory Circuit Test...............................................5-5 1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-17
3. BCM Test..................................................................5-5 2. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test........................5-17
3. DTC Test.................................................................5-17
5.2 CRUISE CONTROL
5.6 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS
System Operation...............................................................5-6 Description and Operation................................................5-18
Troubleshooting..................................................................5-6 Conditions for Setting..................................................5-18
Diagnostic Mode Entry..................................................5-6 Connector Information................................................5-18
Switch Verification.........................................................5-7 DTC B2151.......................................................................5-20
Diagnostic Mode Exit....................................................5-7 1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-20
Diagnostic Tips..............................................................5-7 2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-20
Cruise Control Inoperative Conditions................................5-7 3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-21
Cruise Control.....................................................................5-7 DTC B2153, B2154...........................................................5-21
Diagnostic Tips..............................................................5-7 2. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test........................5-21
DTC P0577.........................................................................5-7 DTC B2156.......................................................................5-21
1. Switch Test................................................................5-7 1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-21
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS 3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-21
Description and Operation..................................................5-8 DTC B2158, B2159...........................................................5-21
Diagnostic Tips..............................................................5-8 2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-22
DTC B2127.........................................................................5-8
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS
1. Horn Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test..................5-9 Description and Operation................................................5-23
2. DTC Test...................................................................5-9 Conditions for Setting..................................................5-23
DTC B2128, B2129.............................................................5-9 Diagnostic Tips............................................................5-23
1. Horn Circuit Test.......................................................5-9 Connector Information................................................5-23
2. DTC Test...................................................................5-9 Auxiliary Lamps Inoperative: Except Japan......................5-25
Horn Inoperative.................................................................5-9 1. Auxiliary Lamps Operation Test..............................5-25
1. Horn Test...................................................................5-9 2. Auxiliary Bulb Test...................................................5-25
2. Ground Circuit Open Test.........................................5-9 3. Auxiliary Lamp Circuit Test......................................5-25
3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-10 4. Auxiliary Lamp Switch Test.....................................5-25
5. Auxiliary Lamp Power Circuit Test..........................5-25
5.4 TURN SIGNALS Auxiliary Lamps Inoperative: Japan..................................5-25
Description and Operation................................................5-11 1. Auxiliary Lamps Operation Test..............................5-25
Manual Cancellation...................................................5-11 2. Auxiliary Bulb Test...................................................5-25
Automatic Cancellation...............................................5-11 3. Auxiliary Lamp Circuit Test......................................5-25
Four-Way Flashing......................................................5-11 4. Auxiliary Lamp Switch Test.....................................5-26
Tip Over Detection Operation.....................................5-11 5. Auxiliary Lamp Power Circuit Test..........................5-26
Tip Over Reset............................................................5-12 High Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B2131...............5-26
Will Not Cancel Upon Turn Completion, No DTCs...........5-12 1. Power Circuit Test...................................................5-26
1. BCM Mounting Test.................................................5-12 2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-26
2. Correct Configuration Test......................................5-12 3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-26
3. Turn Signals Cancel Test........................................5-12 DTC B2132.......................................................................5-26
4. Speedometer Test...................................................5-12 1. Headlamp Test........................................................5-26
2. DTC Test.................................................................5-26
5.5 FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS DTC B2133, B2134...........................................................5-27
Description and Operation................................................5-13 1. High Beam Headlamp Circuit Test..........................5-27
Conditions for Setting..................................................5-13 2. DTC Test.................................................................5-27
TABLE OF CONTENTS VII

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Low Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B2136................5-27 3. Ground Circuit Test.................................................5-42
1. Power Circuit Test...................................................5-27 4. Running Lamps Power Test....................................5-42
2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-27 5. Rear Running Lamps Ground Circuit Test..............5-42
3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-27 Rear Running Lamps Inoperative: FXSB, FLS, FLSS......5-42
DTC B2137.......................................................................5-27 1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-42
1. Headlamp Test........................................................5-28 2. Ground Circuit Test.................................................5-43
2. DTC Test.................................................................5-28 License Plate Lamp Inoperative: Except FXSB, FLS,
DTC B2138, B2139...........................................................5-28 FLSS.................................................................................5-43
1. Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Test...........................5-28 1. Running Lamps Configuration Test.........................5-43
2. DTC Test.................................................................5-28 2. Bulb Test.................................................................5-43
3. Ground Circuit Test.................................................5-43
5.8 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 4. License Plate Lamps Power Test............................5-43
Description and Operation................................................5-29 5. License Plate Lamp Ground Circuit Test.................5-43
Conditions for Setting..................................................5-29 License Plate Lamp Inoperative: FXSB, FLS, FLSS........5-43
Connector Information................................................5-30 1. Verify Test...............................................................5-43
Stop Lamp Always On: DTC B2223.................................5-32 2. Bulb Test.................................................................5-43
1. Brake Switch Test...................................................5-32 3. Ground Circuit Test.................................................5-43
2. Brake Switch Input Test..........................................5-33 4. LED Voltage Test....................................................5-43
3. Stop Lamp Power Test............................................5-33 5. LED Ground Test....................................................5-44
4. DTC Test.................................................................5-33 DTC B2106, B2107...........................................................5-44
DTC B2161.......................................................................5-33 1. Position Lamp Circuit Test......................................5-44
1. Stop Lamp Test.......................................................5-33 2. ABS ECU Test.........................................................5-44
2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-33 3. DTC Test.................................................................5-44
3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................5-33 DTC B2108, B2109...........................................................5-44
DTC B2163, B2164...........................................................5-33 1. Position Lamp Circuit Short to Ground Test............5-44
1. Bulb Test.................................................................5-33 2. Excessive Draw Test...............................................5-44
2. Stop Lamp Power Circuit Short to Ground Test......5-34 3. DTC Test.................................................................5-45
DTC B2168, B2169...........................................................5-45
5.9 BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS 1. Rear Running Lamps Circuit Test...........................5-45
Description and Operation................................................5-35 2. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-45
Connector Information................................................5-35 3. Front Running Lamp Circuit Test............................5-45
DTC P0572.......................................................................5-35 4. BCM Test................................................................5-45
1. Stop Lamp Test.......................................................5-35 DTC B2168, B2169: FXSB, FLS, FLSS...........................5-45
2. Rear Brake Switch Test...........................................5-35 1. Right Rear Turn Lamp Circuit Test..........................5-45
3. Brake Switch Circuit Test........................................5-35 2. Left Rear Turn Lamp Circuit Test............................5-45
4. Brake Switch Circuit Short to Ground Test..............5-35 3. Tail Lamp Circuit Test..............................................5-46
5. Brake Switch Short to Ground Test.........................5-36 4. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................5-46
5. BCM Test................................................................5-46
5.10 SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS
5.12 SECURITY SYSTEM
Conditions for Setting..................................................5-37 Security Lamp...................................................................5-47
Diagnostic Tips............................................................5-37 Security Immobilization.....................................................5-47
DTC B1103, B1153...........................................................5-37 Security System Features.................................................5-47
1. Switch Test..............................................................5-37 Security System Warnings................................................5-48
DTC B2210, B2212, B2250, B2251, B2253, B2254, B2260, Arming..............................................................................5-48
B2261, B2262, B2263.......................................................5-37 Disarming..........................................................................5-48
1. Switch Test..............................................................5-37 Automatic Disarming...................................................5-48
DTC B2270.......................................................................5-37 Disarming with a PIN..................................................5-48
1. DTC Test.................................................................5-38 Alarm................................................................................5-49
Any Hand Control Switch Inoperative...............................5-38 Activation....................................................................5-49
1. Switch Operation Test.............................................5-38 Deactivation................................................................5-49
5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.13 KEY FOB

Description and Operation................................................5-39 Description and Operation................................................5-50
Conditions for Setting..................................................5-39 Fob Assignment................................................................5-50
Front Running Lamps Inoperative....................................5-42
5.14 SIREN
1. Running Lamp Test.................................................5-42 Description and Operation................................................5-51
2. Ground Circuit Test.................................................5-42 Siren Chirp Mode Confirmation........................................5-51
Rear Running Lamps Inoperative: Except FXSB, FLS, Chirpless Mode...........................................................5-51
FLSS.................................................................................5-42 Chirp Mode.................................................................5-51
1. Running Lamps Configuration Test.........................5-42 Switching Modes.........................................................5-51
2. Bulb Test.................................................................5-42
TABLE OF CONTENTS VIII

TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.15 SERVICE AND EMERGENCY 7. Security System Antenna Test................................5-59
FUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS 8. Non-Functional Fob Test.........................................5-59
General.............................................................................5-52 5.18 DTC B2183, B2188, B2193, B2198
Actuation...........................................................................5-52
Selecting a PIN.................................................................5-52
Conditions for Setting..................................................5-61
Initial PIN Entry.................................................................5-52
Diagnostic Tips............................................................5-61
Changing the PIN.............................................................5-52
Transport Mode................................................................5-53
DTC B2183, B2188, B2193, B2198..................................5-61
To Enter Transport Mode............................................5-53
1. Circuit Inspection Test.............................................5-61
To Exit Transport Mode...............................................5-53
2. DTC Test.................................................................5-61
Service Mode....................................................................5-53
Four-Way Flasher.............................................................5-53 5.19 NEUTRAL SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS
To Arm the Security System with the Hazard Warning
Flashers ON................................................................5-53
Conditions for Setting..................................................5-62
To Disarm the Security System and Turn the Hazard
Warning Flashers OFF................................................5-53
DTC B2218.......................................................................5-62
5.16 ALARM DIAGNOSTICS 1. Neutral Circuit Short to Ground Test.......................5-62
2. Neutral Switch Test.................................................5-62
3. Neutral Switch Short to Ground Test.......................5-62
Diagnostic Tips............................................................5-54
4. DTC Test.................................................................5-63
DTC B2172.......................................................................5-55 ENGINE MANAGEMENT
1. Siren Circuit Short to Voltage Test..........................5-55
2. DTC Test.................................................................5-55
DTC B2173.......................................................................5-55 6.1 EFI SYSTEM
1. Siren Signal Short to Ground Test..........................5-55 General...............................................................................6-1
2. DTC Test.................................................................5-55 Engine Idle Temperature Management System............6-2
Enable/Disable EITMS..................................................6-2
5.17 SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS
Description and Operation................................................5-56 6.2 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
Conditions for Setting..................................................5-56 General...............................................................................6-4
Diagnostic Tips............................................................5-56 ECM..............................................................................6-4
Connector Information................................................5-56 32-2 Crankshaft............................................................6-4
DTC B2176.......................................................................5-57 Crank Position Signal Synchronization.........................6-4
1. Fob Test..................................................................5-57 Engine Phase................................................................6-4
2. Security Antenna Visual Test..................................5-57 Engine Run Mode.........................................................6-4
3. Visual Water Test....................................................5-57
4. Security Antenna Resistance Test..........................5-57 6.3 SENSORS AND DRIVERS
5. Antenna B Circuit Open Test...................................5-57 Description and Operation..................................................6-6
6. Antenna A Circuit Open Test...................................5-57 Sensors...............................................................................6-6
7. DTC Test.................................................................5-57 Crank Position (CKP) Sensor.......................................6-6
DTC B2177.......................................................................5-58 Twist Grip Sensor (TGS)...............................................6-6
1. Security Antenna Visual Test..................................5-58 Throttle Control Actuator (TCA)....................................6-6
2. Visual Water Test....................................................5-58 Jiffy Stand Sensor (JSS)...............................................6-6
3. Security Antenna High Circuit Short to Voltage Accelerometer...............................................................6-6
Test..............................................................................5-58 Clutch Switch................................................................6-6
4. Security Antenna Low Circuit Short to Voltage Neutral Switch...............................................................6-6
Test..............................................................................5-58 Engine Temperature (ET) Sensor.................................6-6
5. DTC Test.................................................................5-58 Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure (TMAP)
DTC B2178.......................................................................5-58 Sensor...........................................................................6-6
1. Security Antenna Visual Test..................................5-58 Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor..................6-6
2. Visual Water Test....................................................5-58 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor............................6-6
3. Security Antenna High Circuit Short to Ground Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)........................................6-7
Test..............................................................................5-58 HO2S: Front and Rear..................................................6-7
4. Security Antenna Low Circuit Short to Ground Drivers................................................................................6-7
Test..............................................................................5-59 Fuel Pump.....................................................................6-7
5. DTC Test.................................................................5-59 Ignition Coils and Spark Plugs......................................6-7
Fails to Disarm..................................................................5-59 Fuel Injectors................................................................6-7
1. Battery Test.............................................................5-59
2. Interference Test.....................................................5-59 6.4 SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT
3. Antenna Connection Test........................................5-59 DIAGNOSTICS
4. Antenna Circuit Short to Ground Test.....................5-59 Description and Operation..................................................6-8
5. Antenna Circuits Shorted Together Test.................5-59 Conditions for Setting....................................................6-8
6. Antenna Circuit Open Test......................................5-59 Diagnostic Tips..............................................................6-8
TABLE OF CONTENTS IX
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Connector Information..................................................6-8 DTC P0113.......................................................................6-18
DTC B2102.........................................................................6-9 1. IAT Sensor Test.......................................................6-18
1. System Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test.............6-9 2. IAT Signal Voltage Test...........................................6-19
DTC B2103, B2104.............................................................6-9 3. Signal Wire Open Test............................................6-19
1. Ignition Coil Test......................................................6-10 4. Open Ground Wire Test..........................................6-19
2. Rear Coil Shorted to Ground Test...........................6-10 5. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Power
3. Front Coil Shorted to Ground Test..........................6-10 Test..............................................................................6-19
4. Rear Fuel Injector Test............................................6-10
5. Front Fuel Injector Test...........................................6-10
6.7 ET SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS
6. Purge Solenoid Test................................................6-10 Description and Operation................................................6-20
7. Front HO2S Test.....................................................6-10 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-20
8. Rear HO2S Test......................................................6-10 Connector Information................................................6-20
9. Front ACR Test.......................................................6-10 DTC P0117.......................................................................6-21
10. Rear ACR Test......................................................6-11 1. ET Sensor Test.......................................................6-21
11. ECM Test...............................................................6-11 2. ET Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test.....6-22
12. BCM Test..............................................................6-11 3. ET Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground
Test..............................................................................6-22
6.5 FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS DTC P0118.......................................................................6-22
Description and Operation................................................6-12 1. ET Signal Voltage Test............................................6-22
Conditions for Setting..................................................6-12 2. ET Sensor Signal Wire Open Test..........................6-22
Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-12 3. ET Sensor Open Ground Wire Test........................6-22
Connector Information................................................6-12 4. ET Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Power
DTC B2116.......................................................................6-13 Test..............................................................................6-22
1. Fuel Pump Circuit Test............................................6-13 5. ET Sensor Test.......................................................6-22
3. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................6-14
6.8 TCA DIAGNOSTICS
DTC B2117.......................................................................6-14 Description and Operation................................................6-23
1. Fuel Pump Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test......6-14 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-23
2. Code Verification Test.............................................6-14 Connector Information................................................6-23
DTC B2118, B2119...........................................................6-14 DTC P0120.......................................................................6-24
1. Fuel Test.................................................................6-14 1. Sensor Power-1 Circuit Test...................................6-24
2. Fuel Pump Test.......................................................6-14 2. TPS-1 Circuit Shorted Test.....................................6-24
3. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test........................6-14 3. TPS-1 Circuit Continuity Test..................................6-24
4. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Ground Test........................6-24
6.6 TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 5. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test........................6-25
Description and Operation................................................6-15 6. Sensor Ground Continuity Test...............................6-25
TMAP: MAP Signal.....................................................6-15 7. TCA Test.................................................................6-25
TMAP: IAT Signal........................................................6-15 DTC P0122.......................................................................6-25
Diagnostic Tips: MAP Portion of TMAP Sensor..........6-15 1. TCA Sensor-1 Circuit Test......................................6-25
Connector Information................................................6-15 2. TCA Sensor-1 Circuit Short to Ground Test............6-25
DTC P0107.......................................................................6-16 3. TCA Power-1 Circuit Open Test..............................6-25
1. MAP Sensor Test....................................................6-16 4. TCA Sensor Test.....................................................6-25
2. MAP Sensor Signal Voltage Test............................6-17 5. ECM Test................................................................6-25
3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test................6-17 DTC P0123.......................................................................6-25
4. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test...6-17 1. TPS-1 Voltage Test.................................................6-26
5. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground 2. TPS-1 Circuit Test...................................................6-26
Test..............................................................................6-17 3. Sensor Power Circuit Test.......................................6-26
6. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open Test...........6-17 4. TCA Test.................................................................6-26
7. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Signal Ground 5. Sensor Ground Test................................................6-26
Test..............................................................................6-17 6. Sensor Ground Circuit Shorted Test.......................6-26
DTC P0108.......................................................................6-17 7. Sensor Ground Circuit Test.....................................6-26
1. MAP Sensor Test....................................................6-17 8. TPS-1 Circuit Function Test....................................6-26
2. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V Test..............6-17 9. Sensor Power Short to Voltage Test.......................6-26
3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test......6-18 10. Ground Circuit Open Test.....................................6-26
4. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Battery Voltage 11. TPS-1 Continuity Test...........................................6-26
Test..............................................................................6-18 DTC P0220.......................................................................6-27
5. MAP Sensor Ground Wire Open Test.....................6-18 1. Sensor Power-1 Circuit Test...................................6-27
DTC P0112.......................................................................6-18 2. Sensor Power-1 Short to Voltage Test....................6-27
1. IAT Sensor Test.......................................................6-18 3. TPS-2 Circuit Shorted Test.....................................6-27
2. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test.....6-18 4. TPS-2 Circuit Resistance Test................................6-27
3. IAT Sensor Signal Voltage High Test......................6-18 5. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Ground Test........................6-27
4. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground 6. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test........................6-27
Test..............................................................................6-18 7. Sensor Ground Resistance Test.............................6-27
TABLE OF CONTENTS X
TABLE OF CONTENTS
8. TCA Test.................................................................6-27 3. Signal Wire Open Test............................................6-36
DTC P0222.......................................................................6-27
1. TCA Sensor-2 Circuit Test......................................6-28
6.10 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS
2. TCA Sensor-2 Circuit Short to Ground Test............6-28 Description and Operation................................................6-37
3. TCA Power-1 Circuit Open Test..............................6-28 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-37
4. TCA 5V Reference Circuit Short to Ground Test.....6-28 Connector Information................................................6-37
5. ECM Test................................................................6-28 DTC P0261.......................................................................6-38
DTC P0223.......................................................................6-28 1. Front Fuel Injector Test...........................................6-38
1. TPS-2 Voltage Test.................................................6-28 2. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................6-38
2. TPS-2 Circuit Test...................................................6-28 3. Control Circuit Open Test........................................6-39
3. Sensor Power Circuit Test.......................................6-28 4. Injector Resistance Test..........................................6-39
4. Sensor Ground Test................................................6-29 5. Driver Short to Ground Test....................................6-39
5. Shorted 5V Circuit Test...........................................6-29 DTC P0262.......................................................................6-39
6. Sensor Ground Circuit Test.....................................6-29 1. Front Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to Voltage
7. TPS-2 Circuit Test...................................................6-29 Test..............................................................................6-39
8. Sensor Short to Voltage Test..................................6-29 2. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test...................6-39
9. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................6-29 3. Injector Resistance Test..........................................6-39
DTC P0264.......................................................................6-39
6.9 HO2S DIAGNOSTICS 1. Rear Fuel Injector Test............................................6-39
Description and Operation................................................6-30 2. Power Circuit Open Test.........................................6-39
Conditions for Setting..................................................6-30 3. Control Circuit Open Test........................................6-40
Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-30 4. Injector Resistance Test..........................................6-40
Connector Information................................................6-30 5. Driver Short to Ground Test....................................6-40
DTC P0031.......................................................................6-31 DTC P0265.......................................................................6-40
1. Front HO2S Voltage Test........................................6-31 1. Rear Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to Voltage
2. Open Ground Test...................................................6-31 Test..............................................................................6-40
3. Short to Ground Test...............................................6-32 2. Injector Resistance Test..........................................6-40
4. Resistance Test.......................................................6-32 3. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test...................6-40
DTC P0032.......................................................................6-32
1. Front HO2S Shorted to Voltage Test.......................6-32
6.11 CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS
2. Resistance Test.......................................................6-32 Description and Operation................................................6-41
DTC P0051.......................................................................6-32 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-41
1. Rear HO2S Voltage Test.........................................6-32 Connector Information................................................6-41
2. Open Ground Test...................................................6-32 DTC P0371, P0374...........................................................6-41
3. Short to Ground Test...............................................6-32 1. CKP Sensor Connections Test................................6-41
4. Resistance Test.......................................................6-33 2. Signal Wire Continuity Test.....................................6-41
DTC P0052.......................................................................6-33 3. Ground Wire Continuity Test...................................6-42
1. Rear HO2S Shorted to Voltage Test.......................6-33 4. Signal Wire Shorted to CKP Ground Wire Test.......6-42
2. Resistance Test.......................................................6-33 5. Output Test..............................................................6-42
DTC P0131.......................................................................6-33
1. Front HO2S Voltage Test........................................6-33 6.12 PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS
2. HO2S Test...............................................................6-33 Description and Operation................................................6-43
3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test...........6-33 Purge Solenoid (CA and Select International Market Models
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test.......................6-33 Only)............................................................................6-43
5. Operation Test.........................................................6-33 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-43
DTC P0132.......................................................................6-34 Connector Information................................................6-43
1. Front HO2S Operation Test....................................6-34 DTC P0444.......................................................................6-43
DTC P0134.......................................................................6-34 1. Purge Solenoid Test................................................6-44
1. Front HO2S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage 2. Purge Solenoid Voltage Test...................................6-44
Test..............................................................................6-34 3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test......................6-44
2. Open Sensor Ground Test......................................6-34 4. Control Wire Open Test...........................................6-44
3. Signal Wire Open Test............................................6-34 5. Power Wire Open Test............................................6-44
DTC P0151.......................................................................6-34 DTC P0445.......................................................................6-44
1. Rear HO2S Test......................................................6-35 1. Purge Solenoid Test................................................6-44
2. HO2S Test...............................................................6-35 2. Purge Solenoid Short to Voltage Test.....................6-44
3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test...........6-35
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test.......................6-35 6.13 VSS DIAGNOSTICS
5. Operation Test.........................................................6-35 Description and Operation................................................6-45
DTC P0152.......................................................................6-35 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-45
1. Rear HO2S Operation Test.....................................6-35 Connector Information................................................6-45
DTC P0154.......................................................................6-35 DTC P0502.......................................................................6-46
1. Rear HO2S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage 1. VSS Connection Test..............................................6-46
Test..............................................................................6-35 2. Signal Wire Short to Ground Test...........................6-46
2. Open Sensor Ground Test......................................6-36 3. Signal Wire Open Test............................................6-47
TABLE OF CONTENTS XI
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4. Dirty or Damaged Sensor Test................................6-47 3. Ion Sense Short to Voltage Test..............................6-60
DTC P0503.......................................................................6-47 4. Spark Plug Cable Test............................................6-61
1. VSS Sensor Power Shorted to Voltage Test...........6-47 5. Ignition Rear Coil Primary Resistance Test.............6-61
2. Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test...........................6-47 6. Ignition Front Coil Primary Resistance Test............6-61
3. VSS Ground Wire Open Test..................................6-47 7. Ion Sense Coil Resistance Test..............................6-61
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Power Test.............6-47 8. Ignition Coil Secondary Resistance Test.................6-61
5. VSS Test.................................................................6-47 9. Coil Internal Short Test............................................6-61
6.14 IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS 6.20 JSS DIAGNOSTICS
Loss of Idle Speed Control...............................................6-48 Description and Operation................................................6-62
Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-48 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-62
Connector Information................................................6-48 Connector Information................................................6-62
DTC P0505.......................................................................6-49 DTC P1501.......................................................................6-63
1. Preliminary Engine Tests........................................6-49 1. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test.......................6-63
2. Vacuum Leak Test...................................................6-49 DTC P1502.......................................................................6-63
3. Spark Present Test..................................................6-49 1. JSS Ground Wire Test............................................6-64
4. Compression Test...................................................6-49 2. Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test...........................6-64
5. Fuel System Test....................................................6-50 3. 5V Reference and Signal Shorted Together Test.....6-64
4. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test.................................6-64
6.15 ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS Side Stand Displayed on Speedometer............................6-64
Description and Operation................................................6-51 1. Starts, Then Stalls Test...........................................6-64
DTC P0603 Test..........................................................6-51 2. Neutral Test.............................................................6-64
DTC P0605 Test..........................................................6-51 3. JSS Clearance Test................................................6-64
4. 5V Reference Open Circuit Test.............................6-64
6.16 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS
6.21 ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS
Connector Information................................................6-52 Description and Operation................................................6-65
DTC P0641.......................................................................6-53 Throttle Control Actuator Management.......................6-65
1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test.............................6-53 DTC P1510, P1511, P1512..............................................6-65
2. TCA Test.................................................................6-54 1. DTC Verification Test..............................................6-65
3. TGS Power Circuit Below Range Test....................6-54
4. VSS Circuit Below Range Test................................6-54
6.22 ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS
5. JSS Circuit Below Range Test................................6-54 Description and Operation................................................6-66
6. Circuit Short to Ground Test....................................6-54 Air Flow Fault..............................................................6-66
7. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test........6-54 DTC P1514.......................................................................6-66
DTC P0651.......................................................................6-54 1. DTC Verification Test..............................................6-66
1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test.............................6-54 DTC P1600.......................................................................6-66
2. TGS Circuit Below Range Test...............................6-54 1. DTC Verification Test..............................................6-66
3. TMAP Power Circuit Below Range Test..................6-55
4. Circuit Short to Ground Test....................................6-55
6.23 ACR DIAGNOSTICS
5. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test........6-55 Description and Operation................................................6-67
6.17 DTC P1009 DTC P1655.......................................................................6-67
General.............................................................................6-56 1. Front ACR Test.......................................................6-67
Password Problem......................................................6-56 2. Rear ACR Test........................................................6-67
Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-56 3. Rear ACR Control Circuit Test................................6-68
DTC P1009.......................................................................6-56 4. Front ACR Control Circuit Short to Ground Test.....6-68
1. Incorrect Password Test..........................................6-56 5. Rear ACR Control Circuit Short to Ground Test......6-68
2. BCM Replacement Test..........................................6-56 6. Shorted ACR Test...................................................6-68
7. ACR Control Circuit Continuity Test........................6-68
6.18 DTC P1270 8. Power Circuit Continuity Test..................................6-68
Description and Operation................................................6-58 DTC P1656.......................................................................6-68
TGS2 Validation..........................................................6-58 1. Front ACR Test.......................................................6-68
DTC P1270.......................................................................6-58 2. Rear ACR Test........................................................6-68
1. DTC P1270 Test......................................................6-58 3. Rear ACR Control Circuit Test................................6-69
4. Front ACR Control Circuit Test................................6-69
6.19 COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY
DIAGNOSTICS 6.24 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS
Connector Information................................................6-59 Connector Information................................................6-70
DTC P1353, P1356...........................................................6-60 DTC P2100.......................................................................6-71
1. Absence of Fuel Test..............................................6-60 1. TCA Test.................................................................6-71
2. Ion Sense Continuity Test.......................................6-60 2. TCA High Circuit Test..............................................6-72
TABLE OF CONTENTS XII

TABLE OF CONTENTS
3. TCA Low Circuit Test..............................................6-72 9. TMAP Short to Ground Test....................................6-81
DTC P2101.......................................................................6-72 10. ECM Short to Ground Test....................................6-81
1. TCA Circuit Resistance Test...................................6-72 11. DTC Test...............................................................6-81
2. TCA Test.................................................................6-72 12. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test.................................6-81
3. TCA High Circuit Test..............................................6-72 13. Signal Voltage Test...............................................6-82
4. TCA Low Circuit Test..............................................6-72 14. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test................................6-82
DTC P2102.......................................................................6-72 DTC P2128.......................................................................6-82
1. TCA High Circuit Test..............................................6-72 1. Power Short to Voltage Test....................................6-82
2. TCA Test.................................................................6-72 2. ECM Power Short to Voltage Test...........................6-82
DTC P2103.......................................................................6-72 3. TGS-2 Power Short to Voltage Test........................6-82
1. TCA High Circuit Test..............................................6-73 4. Signal Short to Voltage Test....................................6-82
2. TCA Low Circuit Test..............................................6-73 5. ECM Signal Short to Voltage Test...........................6-82
6. TGS-2 Signal Short to Voltage Test........................6-83
6.25 DTC P2105, P2107 7. DTC Test.................................................................6-83
Description and Operation................................................6-74 8. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test...................................6-83
DTC P2105, P2107...........................................................6-74 9. Signal Voltage Test.................................................6-83
1. DTC Verification Test..............................................6-74 10. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test................................6-83
6.26 DTC P2119 6.28 CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS
DTC P2119.......................................................................6-75 Connector Information................................................6-84
1. Air Inlet Interference Test........................................6-75 DTC P2135.......................................................................6-85
2. Validation Test.........................................................6-75 1. TPS-1 Resistance Test...........................................6-85
2. TPS-1 Short to Ground Test....................................6-86
6.27 TGS DIAGNOSTICS 3. TPS-1 Short to Voltage Test....................................6-86
Description and Operation................................................6-76 4. TPS-2 Continuity Test.............................................6-86
Connector Information................................................6-76 5. TPS-2 Short to Ground Test....................................6-86
DTC P2122.......................................................................6-77 6. TPS-2 Short to Voltage Test....................................6-86
1. Power Open Test....................................................6-77 7. TPS-2 Circuit Test...................................................6-86
2. Signal Open Test.....................................................6-78 8. TPS-1 Circuit Test...................................................6-86
3. Signal Short to Ground Test....................................6-78 9. Ground Circuit Open Test.......................................6-86
4. Ground Short to Voltage Test..................................6-78 DTC P2138.......................................................................6-86
5. ECM Ground Short to Voltage Test.........................6-78 1. TGS-1 Signal Wire Resistance Test........................6-86
6. TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test......................6-78 2. TGS-1 Power Wire Resistance Test.......................6-87
7. Power Short to Ground Test....................................6-78 3. TGS-1 Ground Wire Resistance Test......................6-87
8. Sensor Short to Ground Test..................................6-78 4. TGS-2 Signal Wire Resistance Test........................6-87
9. TCA Short to Ground Test.......................................6-78 5. TGS-2 Power Wire Resistance Test.......................6-87
10. JSS Short to Ground Test.....................................6-78 6. TGS-2 Ground Wire Resistance Test......................6-87
11. VSS Short to Ground Test.....................................6-78 7. Sensor Ground 1 Test.............................................6-87
12. ECM Short to Ground Test....................................6-78 8. Sensor Ground 2 Test.............................................6-87
13. DTC Test...............................................................6-79 9. DTC Test.................................................................6-87
14. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test.................................6-79
15. Signal Voltage Test...............................................6-79
6.29 DTC P2176
16. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test................................6-79 Description and Operation................................................6-88
DTC P2123.......................................................................6-79 DTC P2176.......................................................................6-88
1. Power Short to Voltage Test....................................6-79 1. System Voltage Test...............................................6-89
2. ECM Power Short to Voltage Test...........................6-79 2. Internal Damage Test..............................................6-89
3. TGS-1 Power Short to Voltage Test........................6-79 3. Air Inlet Interference Test........................................6-89
4. Signal Short to Voltage Test....................................6-80 4. Validation Test.........................................................6-89
5. ECM Signal Short to Voltage Test...........................6-80
6. TGS-1 Signal Short to Voltage Test........................6-80
6.30 IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS
7. DTC Test.................................................................6-80 Description and Operation................................................6-90
8. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test...................................6-80 Diagnostic Tips............................................................6-90
9. Signal Voltage Test.................................................6-80 Connector Information................................................6-90
10. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test................................6-80 DTC P2300.......................................................................6-91
DTC P2127.......................................................................6-80 1. Ignition Coil Test......................................................6-91
1. Power Open Test....................................................6-80 2. Input Voltage Test...................................................6-91
2. Signal Open Test.....................................................6-81 3. Control Wire Continuity Test...................................6-91
3. Signal Short to Ground Test....................................6-81 4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test......................6-92
4. Ground Short to Voltage Test..................................6-81 DTC P2301.......................................................................6-92
5. ECM Ground Short to Voltage Test.........................6-81 1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test.......................6-92
6. TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test......................6-81 2. Open Test................................................................6-92
7. Power Short to Ground Test....................................6-81 DTC P2303.......................................................................6-92
8. Sensor Short to Ground Test..................................6-81 1. Ignition Coil Test......................................................6-92
TABLE OF CONTENTS XIII

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2. Input Voltage Test...................................................6-92 6.35 ERRATIC IDLE
3. Control Wire Continuity Test...................................6-92
Description and Operation..............................................6-104
4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test......................6-92
Diagnostic Tips..........................................................6-104
DTC P2304.......................................................................6-92
Erratic Idle.......................................................................6-104
1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test.......................6-92
1. Preliminary Engine Tests......................................6-104
2. Open Test................................................................6-93
2. Spark Test.............................................................6-104
6.31 ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT 3. Spark Plug Wire Test............................................6-104
START 4. Fuel System Test..................................................6-104
Description and Operation................................................6-94 ABS
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start......................................6-95
1. Preliminary Engine Tests........................................6-95
7.1 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
2. Check Engine Lamp Test........................................6-96
GENERAL INFORMATION
3. Spark Present Test..................................................6-96 Description and Operation..................................................7-1
4. Compression Test...................................................6-96 ABS CAN Communication Functionality.......................7-1
5. Fuel Pump Voltage Test..........................................6-96 Pressure Hold...............................................................7-2
6. Fuel System Test....................................................6-96 Pressure Decrease.......................................................7-2
7. Fuel Pump Open Circuit Test..................................6-96 Pressure Increase.........................................................7-3
Initialization Self-Test....................................................7-3
6.32 ENGINE PERFORMANCE ABS Indicator................................................................7-3
DIAGNOSTICS
7.2 ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS
DTC P1505.......................................................................6-97 Description and Operation..................................................7-4
1. DTC Validation Test.................................................6-97 Conditions for Setting the DTC.....................................7-4
2. Vacuum Leak Test...................................................6-97 Action Taken When the DTC Sets................................7-5
3. Throttle Plate Test...................................................6-97 Diagnostic Tips..............................................................7-5
4. DTC Confirmation Test............................................6-97 Connector Information..................................................7-5
Hesitation or Loss of Power Test......................................6-97 DTC C1018, C1042, C1224...............................................7-5
1. Preliminary Engine Tests........................................6-98 1. Front HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to Ground
2. Vacuum Leak Test...................................................6-98 Test................................................................................7-5
3. Spark Present Test..................................................6-98 2. Internal Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test.............7-6
4. Compression Test...................................................6-98 3. Ground Circuit Test...................................................7-6
5. Fuel System Test....................................................6-98 4. Power Circuit Test.....................................................7-6
Starts Hard or Emits Black Smoke...................................6-98 5. Pump Motor Current Draw Test................................7-6
1. Air Filter Inspection.................................................6-98 6. ABS ECU Test...........................................................7-6
2. Compression Test...................................................6-98 DTC C1041, C1044, C1225...............................................7-6
3. Intake Leak Test......................................................6-98 1. Rear HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to Ground
4. Fuel Injector Test.....................................................6-98 Test................................................................................7-6
5. Throttle Cable Adjustment......................................6-98 2. Internal Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test.............7-6
6. EVAP Test...............................................................6-98 3. Ground Circuit Test...................................................7-6
4. Power Circuit Test.....................................................7-6
6.33 STARTS, THEN STALLS 5. Pump Motor Current Draw Test................................7-7
Description and Operation..............................................6-100 6. ABS ECU Test...........................................................7-7
Diagnostic Tips..........................................................6-100 DTC C1052, C1102............................................................7-7
Connector Information..............................................6-100 1. Rear HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to Ground
STARTS, THEN STALLS................................................6-100 Test................................................................................7-7
1. Throttle Test..........................................................6-100 2. Pump Motor Current Draw Test................................7-7
2. Fuel System Test..................................................6-100 3. ABS ECU Test...........................................................7-7
3. System Power Test...............................................6-100 DTC C1151.........................................................................7-7
1. Validation of Current DTC Test.................................7-7
6.34 MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER LOAD 2. Brake System Test....................................................7-7
Description and Operation..............................................6-101 3. ABS ECU Test...........................................................7-7
Diagnostic Tips..........................................................6-101 DTC C1153.........................................................................7-8
Inline Spark Tester..........................................................6-101 1. Validation of Current DTC Test.................................7-8
Connector Information..............................................6-101 2. Brake System Test....................................................7-8
Misfire at Idle or Under Load..........................................6-102 3. ABS ECU Test...........................................................7-8
1. Power Ground Continuity Test..............................6-102 DTC C1192, C1193.............................................................7-8
2. Spark Test.............................................................6-102 1. Front HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to Ground
3. Spark Plug Wire Test............................................6-103 Test................................................................................7-8
4. Carbon Tracking Inspection Test...........................6-103 2. Pump Motor Current Draw Test................................7-8
5. Ignition Coil Primary Wire Continuity Test.............6-103 3. ABS ECU Test...........................................................7-8
6. Battery to Main Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test......6-103
TABLE OF CONTENTS XIV

TABLE OF CONTENTS
7.3 WSS DIAGNOSTICS 2. Release Solenoid Circuit Short to Ground Test......7-19
3. HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage Test...7-19
4. Release Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage Test......7-19
Conditions for Setting the DTC.....................................7-9
5. HCU Apply Circuit Resistance Test.........................7-19
Action Taken When the DTC Sets..............................7-10
6. HCU Release Circuit Resistance Test....................7-19
Diagnostic Tips............................................................7-10
7. HCU Apply and Release Circuits Test....................7-19
8. HCU Apply and Release Solenoid Test..................7-19
DTC C1021 (Front), C1023 (Rear)...................................7-10
9. HCU Diode Test A...................................................7-19
1. Electrical Interference Test......................................7-10
10. HCU Diode Test B.................................................7-19
2. Validation of Current DTC Test...............................7-10
11. ABS ECU Test.......................................................7-19
3. Worn or Damaged Components Test......................7-11
DTC C1567, C1568, C1571, C1572, C1573....................7-19
DTC C1025, C1032, C1206.............................................7-11
1. Rear HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to Ground
Test..............................................................................7-19
2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test.....................7-11
2. Rear Release Solenoid Circuit Short to Ground
3. Front WSS Test.......................................................7-11
Test..............................................................................7-20
4. (O/BK) Open Test....................................................7-11
3. HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage Test...7-20
5. (O/BE) Open Test....................................................7-11
4. Release Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage Test......7-20
6. Shorted Wires Test..................................................7-11
5. HCU Apply Circuit Resistance Test.........................7-20
7. (O/BK) Ground Test................................................7-11
6. HCU Release Circuit Resistance Test....................7-20
8. (O/BE) Ground Test................................................7-12
7. HCU Apply and Release Circuits Test....................7-20
9. (O/BK) Voltage Test................................................7-12
8. HCU Apply and Release Solenoid Test..................7-20
DTC C1027, C1034, C1208.............................................7-12
9. HCU Diode Test A...................................................7-20
10. HCU Diode Test B.................................................7-20
2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test.....................7-12
11. ABS ECU Test.......................................................7-20
3. Rear WSS Test.......................................................7-12
4. (O/BN) Open Test...................................................7-12 7.7 ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON OR
5. (O/PK) Open Test....................................................7-12 INOPERATIVE
6. Shorted Wires Test..................................................7-12
7. (O/BN) Ground Test................................................7-12
Diagnostic Tips............................................................7-21
8. (O/PK) Ground Test................................................7-13
9. (O/BN) Voltage Test................................................7-13
ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative..........................7-21
7.4 DTC C1055 1. DTC Test.................................................................7-21
2. ABS Lamp Function Test........................................7-22
3. CAN High Circuit Resistance Test..........................7-22
Conditions for Setting the DTC...................................7-14
4. CAN Low Circuit Resistance Test...........................7-22
Action Taken When the DTC Sets..............................7-14
5. ABS Power Circuit Test...........................................7-22
Diagnostic Tips............................................................7-14
6. ABS Ground Circuit Test.........................................7-22
7. ABS ECU Test.........................................................7-22
DTC C1055.......................................................................7-14
1. Battery Circuit Voltage Test.....................................7-15 APPENDIX A WIRING
2. Battery Power Circuit Resistance Test....................7-15
3. Ground Circuit Resistance Test..............................7-15
A.1 CONNECTORS
7.5 ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS Connector Locations..........................................................A-1
Description and Operation................................................7-16 Function/Location.........................................................A-1
Conditions for Setting the DTC...................................7-16 Place and Color............................................................A-1
Action Taken When the DTC Sets..............................7-16 Connector Number.......................................................A-1
Diagnostic Tips............................................................7-16 Repair Instructions........................................................A-1
DTC C1158.......................................................................7-16
1. Validation of Current DTC Test...............................7-16
A.2 WIRING DIAGRAMS
2. Perform ABS Service Test......................................7-16 Wiring Diagram Information................................................A-5
DTC C1178, C1184...........................................................7-16 Wire Color Codes.........................................................A-5
1. Validation of Current DTC Test...............................7-16 Wiring Diagram Symbols..............................................A-5
2. Successful Calibration Test.....................................7-16 2017 Softail Wiring Diagrams.............................................A-6
A.3 CONNECTOR END VIEWS
7.6 SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS Connector End Views.......................................................A-29
Conditions for Setting the DTC...................................7-18 A.4 COMPONENT LOCATION VIEWS
Action Taken When the DTC Sets..............................7-18 Component Locations......................................................A-43
Diagnostic Tips............................................................7-18
DTC C1561-C1565...........................................................7-18
1. Front HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to Ground
Test..............................................................................7-18
TABLE OF CONTENTS XV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX B CONNECTOR REPAIR Replacement and Repair............................................B-12
B.8 MOLEX BPT SEALED CONNECTORS
B.1 BOSCH COMPACT 1.1M SEALED Molex BPT Sealed Connector Repair..............................B-13
CONNECTORS Separating Connector.................................................B-13
Bosch Compact 1.1M Connector.......................................B-1 Mating Connector.......................................................B-13
Separating Connector...................................................B-1 Terminal Removal.......................................................B-13
Mating Connector.........................................................B-1 Installing Terminal.......................................................B-13
Terminal Removal.........................................................B-1 Replacement and Repair............................................B-14
Installing Terminal.........................................................B-1
Replacement and Repair..............................................B-1
B.9 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTORS
Molex CMC Sealed Connectors.......................................B-15
B.2 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS Separating Connector.................................................B-15
Delphi GT Sealed Connector Repair..................................B-2 Mating Connector.......................................................B-15
Separating Connector...................................................B-2 Terminal Removal.......................................................B-15
Mating Connector.........................................................B-2 Installing Terminal.......................................................B-15
Terminal Removal.........................................................B-2 Replacement and Repair............................................B-15
Installing Terminals.......................................................B-3
B.10 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS
Molex MX 64 and 150 Sealed Connector Repair.............B-16
B.3 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED Separating Connector.................................................B-16
CONNECTORS Mating Connector.......................................................B-16
Delphi Metri-Pack Sealed Connector Repair.....................B-4 Terminal Removal (Male Terminals)...........................B-16
Separating Connector...................................................B-4 Terminal Removal (Female Terminals) MX150
Mating Connector.........................................................B-4 Series.........................................................................B-17
Terminal Removal Push-to-Seat...................................B-4 Terminal Removal (Female Terminals) MX64 Series..B-17
Terminal Removal Pull-to-Seat.....................................B-4 Installing Terminal.......................................................B-18
Installing Terminal Push-to-Seat...................................B-5 Replacement and Repair............................................B-18
Installing Terminal Pull-to-Seat.....................................B-5
B.11 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS
Sealed Splice Connector Repair......................................B-19
B.4 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED Preparing Wire Leads.................................................B-19
CONNECTORS Splicing Wire Leads....................................................B-19
Delphi Micro 64 Sealed Connector Repair.........................B-7 Inspecting Seals.........................................................B-19
Separating Connector...................................................B-7
Mating Connector.........................................................B-7
B.12 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS
Terminal Removal.........................................................B-7 Tyco GET 64 Sealed Connector Repair...........................B-21
Installing Terminal.........................................................B-8 Separating Connector.................................................B-21
Replacement and Repair..............................................B-8 Mating Connector.......................................................B-21
Terminal Removal.......................................................B-21
B.5 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED Installing Terminal.......................................................B-22
CONNECTORS Replacement and Repair............................................B-22
Deutsch DT and DTM Sealed Connector Repair...............B-9
Separating Connector...................................................B-9
B.13 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED
Mating Connector.........................................................B-9
CONNECTORS
Terminal Removal.........................................................B-9 Tyco Multilock Unsealed Connector Repair.....................B-23
Installing Terminal.......................................................B-10 Separating Connector.................................................B-23
Replacement and Repair............................................B-10 Mating Connector.......................................................B-23
B.6 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTORS Installing Terminals.....................................................B-24
JAE MX19 Sealed Connectors.........................................B-11 Replacement and Repair............................................B-24
Separating Connector.................................................B-11
Mating Connector.......................................................B-11
B.14 TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED
CONNECTORS
Installing Terminal.......................................................B-11 Tyco SuperSeal 1.5 Sealed Connector Repair................B-25
Replacement and Repair............................................B-11 Separating Connector.................................................B-25
B.7 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS Terminal Removal.......................................................B-25
JST JWPF Sealed Connector Repair...............................B-12 Installing Terminal.......................................................B-25
Separating Connector.................................................B-12 Replacement and Repair............................................B-25
Installing Terminal.......................................................B-12
TABLE OF CONTENTS XVI

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX C REFERENCE
C.1 GLOSSARY
Acronyms and Abbreviations.............................................C-1
REFERENCE MATERIAL
TOOLS...........................................................I
Index........................................................XVII
TABLE OF CONTENTS XVII

NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................................ 1-2
1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS ......................................................................................................... 1-14
1.4 DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING ..................................................................... 1-18
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS
NOTES
SPECIFICATIONS 1.1
SPECIFICATIONS Table 1-8. Fuel Pump Pressure Specifications
RANGE VALUE
Table 1-1. Fuel System Specifications Normal 55–62 psi (380–425 kPa)
FUEL SYSTEM TYPE
Table 1-9. Alternator Specifications
Recommended fuel 91 Octane
MEASUREMENT VALUE
Table 1-2. Idle Speed Specifications AC voltage output 16-23 VAC per 1000 rpm
ADJUSTMENT RPM Stator coil resistance 0.1-0.3 ohm
Normal idle speed 950-1050 Nominal, non-ad-
justable Table 1-10. Regulator Specifications
MEASUREMENT VALUE
Table 1-3. Battery Specifications
Amperes @ 3000 rpm 35-50A
BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage @ 3600 rpm 14.3-14.7V @ 75 °F (24 °C)
Size 12V/19 AH/315CCA
Type Sealed, AGM Table 1-11. Fuse Specifications
ITEM RATING (AMPERES)
Table 1-4. Spark Plug Specifications
Battery fuse 15
SPARK PLUG SPECIFICATIONS
Main fuse 40
Gap 0.038-0.043 in. 0.97-1.09 mm
P&A fuse 15
Table 1-5. Spark Plug Cable Specifications
SPECIFICATION FRONT REAR
Length inches (ex-
cept FXSB) 18.75-19.50 6.50-6.75
Length mm (except
FXSB) 476.3-495.3 165.1-171.5
Resistance-ohms
(except FXSB) 4688-13,007 1625-4502
Length inches
(FXSB) 7.25-7.75 7.25-7.75
Length mm (FXSB) 184.2-196.9 184.2-196.9
Resistance-ohms
(FXSB) 1813-5170 1813-5170
Table 1-6. Ignition Coil Specifications

WINDING RESISTANCE
Ignition coil primary resistance 0.3-1.5 ohm
at room temperature
Ignition coil secondary resist- 5500-7500 ohms
ance at room temperature
(except FXSB)
Ignition coil secondary resist- 2500-3500 ohms
ance at room temperature
(FXSB)
Table 1-7. Starter Specifications

STARTER SPECIFICATIONS
Cranking current 250A maximum
Free current 90A maximum
94000396 1-1
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS 1.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 4. Odometer Inoperative Test
Use initial diagnostics as a starting point to efficiently 1. Turn IGN ON.
troubleshoot concerns. A basic understanding of electronics 2. Does the odometer display illuminate?
and a general knowledge of the vehicle are necessary to
effectively use this manual. a. Yes. Go to Test 7.
b. No. Go to Test 5.
NOTE
Certain diagnostic procedures require part removal. See the
service manual for details. 5. Battery Power Test
1. Turn IGN/engine stop switch ON.
Before diagnosing a concern, perform a general functional test
2. Does headlamp and/or tail lamp illuminate?
of the vehicle to verify the concern. This will also identify any
other issues that may affect diagnostics. Use the procedures a. Yes. Go to Test 6.
in this chapter for initial diagnostics.
b. No. Verify battery condition and connections. If all are
NOTE good, see NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS, No Vehicle Power: DTC
When working through a diagnostic procedure follow the steps
U0140 (Page 2-12).
in the order instructed. Never jump to a test in another
procedure. All "Go to test" statements refer to a test in that
procedure. 6. Starter Test
INITIAL DIAGNOSTICS 1. Attempt to start vehicle.
2. Does starter crank?
NOTE a. Yes. See Instruments (Page 4-1).
Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper
mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged b. No. See Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged U0001, U0011, B2274 (Page 2-3).
harnesses when disconnecting any connector.
7. LHCM Test
1. Fuse Test 1. With IGN ON, operate all left hand control functions.
1. Verify all fuses are good. 2. Do any left hand controls function properly?
2. Are all fuses good? a. Yes. All controls are operational except the trip switch.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. See Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255
(Page 4-8).
b. No. Replace fuse. If fuse opens again, repair short to
ground in that circuit. b. No. All left hand control functions are inoperative. See
NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION
DTCS, Left Hand Controls Inoperative: DTC U0141
2. Current DTC Test (Page 2-13).
1. Check for current DTCs. See Initial Diagnostics, Odometer
Self-Diagnostics (Page 1-9). DIAGNOSTICS
NOTE
Historic DTCs are not to be diagnosed unless the condition is Diagnostic Tips
reoccurring and intermittent. • The trip odometer reset switch is located in the left hand
control module. The switch signal is sent to the speedometer
2. Are current DTCs present? over the CAN bus. If there is a problem with the CAN bus,
the odometer self-diagnostic mode may not function.
a. Yes. Refer to Table 1-12.
• For a quick check of instrument function, perform a "WOW"
test by entering odometer self-diagnostics. Background
lighting will illuminate, gauge needles will sweep their full
3. Odometer Function Test range of motion and all indicator lamps controlled by the
CAN circuit will illuminate.
1. Enter odometer self-diagnostics.
• If the instrument fails "WOW" test, check for battery power
2. Did odometer self-diagnostics mode function properly?
and ground to the instrument. If any feature in the
a. Yes. Refer to Table 1-13. speedometer is non-functional, see Instruments (Page 4-1).
1-2 94000396
Table 1-12. Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) and Fault Conditions Priority Table
PRIORITY
DTC ORDER FAULT CONDITION SOLUTION
B1103 47 LHCM internal error Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B1153 46 RHCM internal error Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B1200 37 Internal fault NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-9)
Fuel level sender shorted
B1210 173 low/open FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-2)
B1211 179 Fuel sender shorted high FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-2)
System power output shorted
B2102 4 high SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-8)
System power output shorted
B2103 5 low SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-8)
System power output over-
B2104 6 loaded SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-8)
Horn, Lighting and Security, RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
B2106 254 L4 output open (Page 5-39)
B2107 222 L4 output shorted high (Page 5-39)
B2108 223 L4 output shorted low (Page 5-39)
B2109 224 L4 output overloaded (Page 5-39)
Horn, Lighting and Security, ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS
B2112 131 ACC output shorted high (Page 5-1)
B2113 133 ACC output shorted low (Page 5-1)
B2114 135 ACC output overloaded (Page 5-1)
B2116 91 Fuel pump output open FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-12)
Fuel pump output shorted
B2117 92 high FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-12)
B2118 93 Fuel pump output shorted low FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-12)
B2119 94 Fuel pump output overloaded FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-12)
B2121 57 Starter output open STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10)
B2122 58 Starter output shorted high STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10)
B2123 59 Starter output shorted low STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10)
B2124 60 Starter output overloaded STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10)
B2127 240 E4 output shorted high Horn, Lighting and Security, HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-8)
B2128 241 E4 output shorted low Horn, Lighting and Security, HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-8)
B2129 242 E4 output overloaded Horn, Lighting and Security, HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-8)
B2131 230 High beam output open Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
High beam output shorted
B2132 231 high Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
B2133 232 High beam output shorted low Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
B2134 233 High beam output overloaded Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
B2136 226 Low beam output open Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
B2137 227 Low beam output shorted high Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
B2138 228 Low beam output shorted low Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
B2139 229 Low beam output overloaded Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23)
Left front turn signal output Horn, Lighting and Security, FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS
B2141 204 open (Page 5-13)
94000396 1-3
PRIORITY
B2143 211 shorted low (Page 5-13)
B2144 212 overloaded (Page 5-13)
Right front turn signal output Horn, Lighting and Security, FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS
B2146 213 open (Page 5-13)
Left rear turn signal output Horn, Lighting and Security, REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS
B2151 216 open (Page 5-18)
Right rear turn signal output Horn, Lighting and Security, REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS
B2156 219 open (Page 5-18)
B2161 195 Brake lamp output open Horn, Lighting and Security, STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-29)
B2163 196 Brake lamp output shorted low Horn, Lighting and Security, STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-29)
B2164 197 Brake lamp output overloaded Horn, Lighting and Security, STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-29)
Running lights output shorted Horn, Lighting and Security, RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
B2168 171 low (Page 5-39)
Running lights output over- Horn, Lighting and Security, RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
B2169 172 loaded (Page 5-39)
B2172 234 H2 output shorted high Horn, Lighting and Security, ALARM DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-54)
B2173 235 H2 output shorted low Horn, Lighting and Security, ALARM DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-54)
Horn, Lighting and Security, SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS
B2176 236 Security antenna output open (Page 5-56)
Security antenna output shor- Horn, Lighting and Security, SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS
B2177 237 ted high (Page 5-56)
Security antenna output shor- Horn, Lighting and Security, SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS
B2178 238 ted low (Page 5-56)
Horn, Lighting and Security, DTC B2183, B2188, B2193, B2198
B2183 248 G2 output shorted low (Page 5-61)
B2188 251 G3 output shorted low (Page 5-61)
B2193 253 H4 output shorted low (Page 5-61)
B2198 256 H3 output shorted low (Page 5-61)
B2201 52 IGN switch off w/VSS IGN SWITCH DTCS (Page 3-29)
Ignition switch input shorted
B2203 50 low IGN SWITCH DTCS (Page 3-29)
Run/stop switch input
B2206 51 open/shorted high ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS (Page 3-32)
1-4 94000396
PRIORITY
Run/stop switch input shorted
B2208 53 low ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS (Page 3-32)
Run/stop switch inputs both
B2210 54 open Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
Run/stop switch inputs both
B2212 55 closed Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
Horn, Lighting and Security, NEUTRAL SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS
B2218 130 Neutral switch shorted low (Page 5-62)
Rear brake switch shorted low
B2223 194 (light on) Horn, Lighting and Security, STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-29)
B2250 127 Clutch switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2251 239 Horn switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2253 225 FTP switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2254 200 Left turn switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2255 243 Trip switch stuck Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255 (Page 4-8)
B2260 56 Start switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2261 201 Right turn switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2262 193 Front brake switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2263 199 Hazard switch stuck Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2270 27 BCM internal error Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37)
B2271 26 BCM voltage low BCM VOLTAGE DTCS (Page 3-34)
B2272 33 BCM voltage high BCM VOLTAGE DTCS (Page 3-34)
Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274
B2274 49 Constant battery line error (Page 2-3)
C0562 38 ABS voltage low ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 3-21)
C0563 40 ABS voltage high ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 3-21)
Front actuator motor circuit
C1018 249 error ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
C1021 188 ABS front WSS always zero WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-9)
C1023 189 ABS rear WSS always zero WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-9)
ABS front wheel speed inter-
C1025 191 mittent WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-9)
ABS rear wheel speed intermit-
C1027 192 tent ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
ABS front wheel speed circuit
C1032 186 open/shorted WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-9)
ABS rear wheel speed circuit
C1034 187 open/shorted ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
Rear actuator motor circuit
C1041 250 open ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
Front actuator motor circuit
Rear actuator motor circuit
Rear actuator motor excess
C1052 257 current ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
C1055 39 ABS ECU internal error DTC C1055 (Page 7-14)
C1102 258 Rear actuator motor stalled ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
C1151 259 Front wheel release too long ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
94000396 1-5
PRIORITY
C1153 260 Rear wheel release too long ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
C1158 45 ABS service required ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-16)
ABS no VIN received from
C1178 41 ECM ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-16)
C1184 42 ABS invalid VIN from ECM ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-16)
Front actuator motor excess
C1192 261 current ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
C1193 262 Front actuator motor stalled ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
Front WSS frequency out of
C1206 264 range WSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-9)
Rear WSS frequency out of
C1208 265 range ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
C1222 266 ABS voltage low - terminal 11 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 3-21)
C1223 267 ABS voltage low - terminal 20 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 3-21)
Front actuator power circuit
C1224 268 shorted high ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
Rear actuator power circuit
C1225 269 shorted high ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4)
Front apply solenoid circuit
C1561 270 open SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-17)
C1562 271 shorted low SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-17)
C1563 272 shorted high SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-17)
Front release solenoid circuit
Front release solenoid circuit
Rear apply solenoid circuit
C1571 277 shorted high SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-17)
Rear release solenoid circuit
Rear release solenoid circuit
P0031 152 Front HO2S low/open HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0032 155 Front HO2S shorted high HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0051 153 Rear HO2S low/open HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0052 154 Rear HO2S shorted high HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0107 99 MAP sensor failed low/open TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-15)
MAP sensor failed high/open
P0108 100 port TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-15)
P0112 122 IAT sensor shorted low TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-15)
P0113 124 IAT sensor high/open TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-15)
P0117 101 ET sensor shorted low ET SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-20)
P0118 106 ET sensor high/open ET SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-20)
P0120 75 TPS 1 range error TCA DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-23)
1-6 94000396
PRIORITY
P0122 73 TPS 1 low TCA DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-23)
P0123 74 TPS 1 high/open TCA DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-23)
O2 sensor low/engine lean
P0131 156 (front) HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0132 158 Engine running rich (front) HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0134 160 O2 sensor high/open (front) HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
O2 sensor low/engine lean
P0151 157 (rear) HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0152 159 Engine running rich (rear) HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0154 161 O2 sensor high/open (rear) HO2S DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-30)
P0220 78 TPS 2 range error TCA DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-23)
P0222 76 TPS 2 low/open TCA DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-23)
P0223 77 TPS 2 high TCA DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-23)
P0261 95 Fuel injector low/open (front) FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
Fuel injector shorted high
P0262 96 (front) FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
P0264 97 Fuel injector low/open (rear) FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
Fuel injector shorted high
P0265 98 (rear) FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-37)
CKP sensor wrong number of
P0371 64 pulses CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-41)
P0374 63 CKP sensor no pulses CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-41)
P0444 146 Purge solenoid low/open PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-43)
P0445 147 Purge solenoid shorted high PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-43)
P0502 136 VSS failed low VSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-45)
P0503 137 VSS failed high VSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-45)
P0505 148 Idle speed control - unstable IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-48)
P0562 126 ECM voltage low BATTERY AND SYSTEM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 3-25)
Horn, Lighting and Security, BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS
P0572 198 Brake switch low (Page 5-35)
P0577 162 Cruise control input error Horn, Lighting and Security, Cruise Control (Page 5-6)
P0603 29 ECM EEPROM memory error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-51)
P0605 28 ECM FLASH memory error ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-51)
P0641 61 5V reference out of range 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
P0651 62 5V reference 2 out of range 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-52)
VTD disabled fuel due to bad
P1009 32 password DTC P1009 (Page 6-56)
P1270 66 TGS 2 A/D validation error DTC P1270 (Page 6-58)
No combustion detected
P1353 144 (front) COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-59)
P1356 145 No combustion detected (rear) COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-59)
P1501 165 JSS sensor low JSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-62)
P1502 166 JSS sensor high/open JSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-62)
P1505 442 Power limited violation ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-97)
ETC limited performance
P1510 443 mode ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-65)
ETC power management
P1511 444 mode ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-65)
94000396 1-7
PRIORITY
P1512 445 ETC forced idle mode ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-65)
P1514 86 ETC airflow error ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-66)
P1600 65 ETC internal error ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-66)
P1655 163 ACR solenoid low/open ACR Diagnostics (Page 6-67)
P1656 164 ACR solenoid shorted high ACR Diagnostics (Page 6-67)
P2100 81 ETC driver open circuit ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-70)
P2101 82 ETC actuation error ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-70)
P2102 83 ETC driver shorted low ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-70)
P2103 84 ETC driver shorted high ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-70)
P2105 442 ETC forced shutdown mode DTC P2105, P2107 (Page 6-74)
P2107 67 ETC driver internal error DTC P2105, P2107 (Page 6-74)
P2119 80 ETC actuator return error DTC P2119 (Page 6-75)
P2122 68 TGS 1 low/open TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-76)
P2123 69 TGS 1 high TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-76)
P2127 70 TGS 2 low/open TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-76)
P2128 71 TGS 2 high TGS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-76)
P2135 79 TPS correlation error CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-84)
P2138 72 TGS correlation error CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-84)
ETC zero position learning
P2176 85 error DTC P2176 (Page 6-88)
Ignition coil driver low/open
P2300 87 (front) IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-90)
Ignition coil driver shorted
P2301 88 high (front) IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-90)
Ignition coil driver low/open
P2303 89 (rear) IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-90)
Ignition coil driver shorted
P2304 90 high (rear) IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-90)
Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274
U0001 1 CAN BUS error (Page 2-3)
CAN bus low shorted to CAN Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274
U0011 2 bus high (Page 2-3)
NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS
U0100 7 Lost comm w/ECM (Page 2-9)
U0121 11 Lost comm w/ABS DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING (Page 1-18)
U0140 3 Lost comm w/BCM (Page 2-9)
U0141 9 Lost comm w/LHCM (Page 2-9)
U0142 8 Lost comm w/RHCM (Page 2-9)
U0156 10 Lost comm w/speedo (Page 2-9)
Internal control module soft- NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS
U0300 15 ware incompatibility (Page 2-9)
RETRIEVING TROUBLE CODES There are two levels of diagnostics.
• The most sophisticated mode uses a computer-based

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME diagnostic package called DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II NUMBER: HD-48650).
1-8 94000396
• The second mode requires using the odometer NOTE
self-diagnostics. Speedometer, BCM, ECM and ABS (if • Current DTCs reside in the memory of the ECM, BCM,
equipped) DTCs can be accessed and cleared. instruments or ABS module (if equipped) until the DTC is
ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTICS resolved.
• DTCs are designated by a P, C, B or U depending on the
type of code and what module sets them. The ECM sets
Diagnostic Mode "P" codes to indicate issues monitored by the ECM. The
1. To enter diagnostic mode, press and hold the trip odometer ABS module sets "C" codes indicating an issue with the
reset switch located on the left handlebar controls, while ABS on the vehicle. The instruments or BCM can all set "B"
turning the IGN ON. codes. All the modules set "U" codes when there is an issue
causing the modules not to communicate properly.
NOTE
The trip odometer reset switch is located in the left hand control
module. The switch signal is sent to the speedometer over the Current
CAN bus. Any CAN bus issues may interrupt odometer Current DTCs are those which presently disrupt motorcycle
self-diagnostics. operation and are set during the current ignition cycle. To
determine if current DTCs are present, clear the DTCs and
2. Release the trip odometer reset switch. "diag" will appear operate the vehicle within the parameters for setting the DTC.
on the odometer display. See the appropriate diagnostic procedures for solutions.
3. Press and release the trip odometer reset switch. ECM
will appear on the odometer display. It will have either a Historic
"Y" or an "N" after it, depending if there are any ECM codes If a particular problem happens to resolve itself, the active
or not. status problem is dropped and it becomes a historic DTC rather
4. Quickly press and release the trip odometer reset switch than a current DTC. DTCs will also lose their current status
to cycle through the modules. The modules include the when the ignition is turned off. If the problem still exists when
BCM, SPDO and ABS. the ignition is turned ON, the code will show as current.
5. Once the desired module is displayed, press and hold the NOTE
trip odometer reset switch. Historic DTCs have two different ways of operating:
6. If any DTCs are stored in the module, the odometer will • Legacy: How historic DTCs have worked from 2010 to
display the DTC. Quickly pressing and releasing the trip present.
odometer reset switch will cycle through the stored DTCs.
• OBD: Starting in some markets for the 2017 model year.
7. When all the DTCs have been cycled the odometer will
display "end".
A historic DTC can be cleared by use of the odometer
8. To clear all the DTCs in that module press and hold the self-diagnostics or after a total of number of error-free ignition
trip odometer reset switch, while a DTC is displayed. If cycles (start and run cycle) have elapsed.
DTCs are not to be cleared quickly press and release the
trip odometer reset switch. The part number of the module • OBD: 40 error-free ignition cycles
will be displayed. It is important to note that historic DTCs will exist whenever
9. Press and release the trip odometer reset switch again to the system indicates the existence of a current fault. See Initial
continue to the next module. Diagnostics, Multiple Trouble Codes (Page 1-9) if multiple
DTCs are found.
10. Make note of all DTCs. Clear all the DTCs and operate
the vehicle to verify DTCs set and are current. Historic Diagnostic procedures are designed for use with current DTCs.
DTCs are not to be diagnosed unless the condition is Current DTCs will frequently suggest part replacement. When
reoccurring and intermittent. diagnosing a historic DTC, the procedures can be helpful but
should not lead to part replacement without verification that
11. Turn the IGN OFF to exit diagnostic mode. If IGN is not
the part is faulty.
turned off, vehicle will exit diagnostics mode when vehicle
starts moving. MULTIPLE TROUBLE CODES
CODE TYPES
All DTCs are assigned a priority number to determine the order
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME in which they should be diagnosed. If there are multiple DTCs
present, always diagnose the highest priority first. Refer to
Table 1-12.
There are two types of DTCs: current and historic. The 1. Complete the repair.
odometer self-diagnostics displays all codes and does not
differentiate between current and historic DTCs. The 2. Restore connections.
computer-based diagnostic package called DIGITAL 3. Clear DTCs.
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) differentiates
between current and historic DTCs. 4. Start vehicle.
5. Perform odometer self-diagnostics test to verify repair and
DTCs have been cleared. If any DTCs are still present,
refer to Table 1-12.
94000396 1-9
CLEARING DTCS d. Security armed vehicles that are moved, then IGN ON,
or IGN ON and FOB response is not immediately
Clear DTCs after any diagnostic or repair procedure. The received (interference).
odometer is capable of displaying and clearing ECM, BCM,
3. See Initial Diagnostics, Code Types (Page 1-9) for a
speedometer, tachometer and ABS DTCs. Once the DTCs are
complete description of DTC formats.
cleared perform a road test to verify DTCs do not return. It is
important to perform a road test and not simply start the NOTE
motorcycle since some DTCs may require vehicle speed or Some DTCs can only be fully diagnosed during actuation. For
other inputs in order to validate repair. example, a problem with the ignition coil will be considered a
current fault even after the problem is corrected. The ECM will
SECURITY LAMP not know of its resolution until after the coil is exercised by the
vehicle start sequence. In this manner, there may sometimes
See Figure 1-1. The security lamp is controlled by the BCM. be a false indication of the current DTC.
The security lamp will be turned on when non-emmisions
related current codes are present.
ed04027
ed04029
ON 4 Sec.
Lamp OFF:
O ON 4 Sec. No Current DTCs
Lamp OFF: OFF
No Current DTCs Ignition ON
OFF
Ignition ON
Lamp Remains ON:
Current DTC*
Lamp Remains ON: 4 Sec.
Current DTC*
4 Sec.
OFF 4 Sec.
Ignition ON
OFF 4 Sec. * Historic DTCs May Also Exist
Ignition ON
* Historic DTCs May Also Exist
Figure 1-2. Check Engine Lamp: Legacy
Figure 1-1. Security Lamp Operation CHECK ENGINE LAMP: OBD
CHECK ENGINE LAMP: LEGACY
To diagnose ECM system problems, start by observing the
behavior of the check engine lamp.
To diagnose ECM system problems, start by observing the
behavior of the check engine lamp. NOTE
NOTE • "IGN ON" means that the engine stop switch is set to RUN
(although the engine is not running).
• "IGN ON" means that the engine stop switch is set to RUN
(although the engine is not running). • When the IGN is turned ON, check engine lamp will
illuminate.
• When the IGN is turned ON, the check engine lamp will
illuminate for approximately four seconds and then turn off. • Start engine, if it fails to turn off after start up, DTC exists.
• If the check engine lamp is not illuminated at IGN ON or if • Emissions related DTCs illuminate the check engine lamp
it fails to turn off after the initial four-second period, then for three warm up cycles after the DTC has transitioned
refer to Table 1-12. from current to historic.
1. See Figure 1-2. After the check engine lamp turns off 1. See Figure 1-3. After engine startup, one of two events
following the first four second illumination period, one of may occur.
two events may occur.
a. The lamp turns off, which indicates there are no current
a. The lamp remains off. This indicates there are no fault conditions or stored DTCs currently detected by
current fault conditions or stored DTCs currently the ECM.
detected by the ECM.
b. If the lamp continues to illuminate and remains
b. If the lamp illuminates again and remains illuminated, illuminated, a current or historic DTC exists.
a current DTC exists.
2. See Initial Diagnostics, Code Types (Page 1-9) for a
2. The check engine lamp may illuminate for less than 4 complete description of DTC formats.
seconds under the following conditions: Current DTC
notification is not affected by above conditions. NOTE
Some DTCs can only be fully diagnosed during actuation. For
a. IGN OFF/ON within 5 seconds. example, a problem with the ignition coil will be considered a
b. Trip switch activated, then IGN ON within 5 seconds. current fault even after the problem is corrected. The ECM will
not know of its resolution until after the coil is exercised by the
c. Run/stop switch cycled, then IGN ON within 5 seconds. vehicle start sequence. In this manner, there may sometimes
be a false indication of the current DTC.
1-10 94000396
ed04028
SYMPTOMS
ON If no DTCs are present, address any symptoms indicating a

Lamp OFF: malfunction. Refer to Table 1-13.
No Current DTCs
OFF Start
Ignition ON Engine
Lamp Remains ON:

Current or Historic DTC
OFF Start
Ignition ON Engine
Figure 1-3. Check Engine Lamp

Table 1-13. Symptom Table
CHAPTER SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Serial Data Left hand controls inoperative NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS
(Page 2-9)
No vehicle power NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS
(Page 2-9)
Odometer self-diagnostics inop- Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC U0001, U0011,
erative B2274 (Page 2-3)
Speedometer inoperative NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS
(Page 2-9)
Starting and Charging Battery runs down during use CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-16)
Low battery after extended IGN CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-16)
OFF
Low or no charging CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-16)
Nothing clicks STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
Overcharging CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-16)
Starter solenoid clicks STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
Starter spins but does not en- STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
gage
Starter stalls or spins too slowly STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3)
94000396 1-11
Instruments Fuel gauge inaccurate, no GAUGES (Page 4-19)
DTCs
Fuel gauge inoperative GAUGES (Page 4-19)
High beam indicator always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
High beam indicator inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
Low fuel lamp always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
Low fuel lamp flashes at steady Fuel sender DTC set. See Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
rate
Low fuel lamp inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
Neutral lamp always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
Neutral lamp inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
No instrument power NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS (Page 4-9)
Odometer displays "DIAG" at Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255 (Page 4-8)
IGN ON
Oil pressure lamp always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
Oil pressure lamp inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
One or all indicator lamps inop- Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2)
erative
Trip odometer functions inoper- Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC B2255 (Page 4-8)
ative
Turn signal indicator always on INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
Turn signal indicator inoperative INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11)
Accessories, Horn, Lighting and Any hand control switch inoper- Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS
Security ative (Page 5-37)
Auxiliary lamps inoperative Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 5-23)
Front running lamps inoperative Horn, Lighting and Security, RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 5-39)
High beam headlamp inoperat- Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS
ive (Page 5-23)
Horn always on Horn, Lighting and Security, HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-8)
Horn inoperative Horn, Lighting and Security, HORN DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-8)
License plate lamp inoperative Horn, Lighting and Security, RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 5-39)
Low beam headlamp inoperat- Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS
ive (Page 5-23)
P&A battery power inoperative Horn, Lighting and Security, ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 5-1)
Rear running lamps inoperative Horn, Lighting and Security, RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 5-39)
Stop lamp always on Horn, Lighting and Security, STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 5-29)
Will not cancel upon turn com- Horn, Lighting and Security, Turn Signals (Page 5-11)
pletion, no DTCs
1-12 94000396
Engine Management Engine cranks but will not start Engine Cranks But Will Not Start (Page 6-94)
Erratic idle Erratic Idle (Page 6-104)
Hesitation or loss of power ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-97)
Misfire at idle or under load Misfire at Idle or Under Load (Page 6-101)
Side stand displayed on JSS DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-62)
speedometer
Starts hard or emits black ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-97)
smoke
Starts, then stalls STARTS, THEN STALLS (Page 6-100)
ABS ABS indicator always on or in- ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative (Page 7-21)
operative
94000396 1-13
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 1.3
HOW TO USE DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
ed03921
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

GRX-3110HD HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION
HD-39617 FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE
HD-39978 DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78)
HD-41199-3 IAC TEST LIGHT
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS
HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX
HD-50341 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
Figure 1-5. Spark Tester
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY HD-39978 Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
The DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78) (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY HD-39978) is used for various tests throughout this manual.
HD-51724 INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT
ed02008
GRX-3110 HD Battery Diagnostic Station
Follow the instructions in the HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC
STATION (PART NUMBER: GRX-3110HD) instruction manual
to perform a battery test. The test results include a decision
on the battery condition.
ed03407
Figure 1-6. Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)
HD-39617 Fluke AC/DC Current Probe

The FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE (PART NUMBER:
HD-39617) is used to measure current draw. Used in
conjunction with DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78) (PART
NUMBER: HD-39978). Connect the current probe to positive
Figure 1-4. Advanced Battery Conductance and Electrical (+) and negative (-) input terminals on the multimeter. Position
System Analyzer Kit the rotary switch to mV dc (millivolt direct current). Push the
ON/OFF button and the ON indicator will illuminate. With the
HD-51724 Inline Spark Tester Kit inductive jaws empty, turn the zero adjust so that the multimeter
reads 0.000 mV. Clamp the inductive jaws around the
See Figure 1-5. The INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART conductor that is being tested. With the circuit activated read
NUMBER: HD-51724) is used to verify adequate spark at the the multimeter display, 1 mV = 1 A.
spark plug. Install the inline spark tester between front ignition
coil cable and spark plug. Start engine and inspect tester light.
The light will flash on each spark event if power is transmitted
to the plug. Remove inline spark tester and install cable on
plug. Repeat procedure for rear cylinder.
NOTE
The coil will not produce spark voltage with both spark plugs
removed. When checking for spark, use the inline spark tester
with both plugs installed.
1-14 94000396
ed03345
HD-41404 Harness Connector Test Kit
The TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404)
contains pin and socket terminals and stackable banana jack
patch cords used to test circuits. The pin and socket terminals
are used to connect to various connectors used on the vehicle.
See the tool instruction sheet for specific terminal usage.
NOTE
• Insert probe tip straight into the terminal cavity.
• Do not wiggle or move the probe tip once it is inserted into
the terminal.
• Do not use more than one probe per terminal or cavity at
one time.
Figure 1-7. Fluke AC/DC Current Probe HD-50341 Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead
HD-41199-3 IAC Test Light The WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD (PART NUMBER:
HD-50341) is a stackable banana jack patch cord with a built
The IAC TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER: HD-41199-3) is used in resistor to test the wheels speed sensor circuit. Used in
to verify that the electrical circuit from the ECM to the IAC is conjunction with TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
operating correctly. HD-41404), connect the test lead in place of the WSS when
required during diagnostics.
1. See Figure 1-8. Disconnect IAC [87B] and connect test
light.
ed03313
2. Turn IGN ON for 2 seconds, then turn IGN OFF for 10
seconds. Test light behavior may follow two patterns. The
color of the lights is not relevant to IAC operation.
a. Normal behavior: At IGN ON, test lights will alternately
flash and then remain on to confirm ECM signals. At
IGN OFF, lights alternately flash and go out after 10
second reset procedure.
b. Problem indicated: One or more lights fail to illuminate
during IGN ON/IGN OFF cycle.
NOTE
There is a remote possibility that one of the circuits is
shorted to voltage which would have been indicated by a
steady light. Disconnect ECM and turn ignition ON. Probe
terminals to check for this condition. Figure 1-9. Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead
HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments)

3. Disconnect test light and connect IAC [87B].
The BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) and
ed03346 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER: HD-46601)
1 connect to the speedometer [39]. Used in conjunction with a
multimeter, it allows circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and
connections without having to probe with sharp objects. Install
breakout box in series using the black connectors as follows:
1. Access the speedometer [39].

2. See Figure 1-10. Press latch and disconnect [39B].
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
HD-46601) to [39A] and [39B].
2 4. Attach black connectors from BREAKOUT BOX (PART
NUMBER: HD-42682) to BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS
(PART NUMBER: HD-46601). All tests will be performed
using the black side of the breakout box.
1. IAC test light 5. When testing is completed, remove the breakout box and
2. IAC [87] jumper harness and restore connections.
Figure 1-8. IAC Test Light
94000396 1-15
ed03536
ed03314
3
2
1
4
2
3
1
1. Breakout box (BOB) 1. Breakout box (BOB)

2. Breakout box adapter 2. Overlay
3. Speedometer [39] 3. Breakout box cable
Figure 1-10. Breakout Box Connection 4. ECM [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]
5. Wire harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3]
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ECM) Figure 1-11. ECM Breakout Box Connection: Except FXSB
The BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and ed03526

ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) splice into the 1
main harness. Used in conjunction with a multimeter, it allows
circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and connections without
having to probe with sharp objects. Install breakout box in
series as follows:
5
NOTE
See wiring diagrams for ECM terminal functions. ECM is
located under the passenger seat. 90-1
HD-503 Out Box
Modula
r Break
2
TIONS
ICE SOLU
90-4-P
SERV
HD-503
ECM 7
6
5
4
3
2
1 14
13
12
11
10
[78-1]
1. Access the ECM.
9
8
18
17
16 7
15 6
5
4
3
2
1 14
13
12
11
10
[78-2]
9
2. Press latch and disconnect ECM connectors [78B-1] and

8
18
17
16 7
15 6
5
4
3
2
1 14
[78B-2].
13
12
10 11
[78-3] 9
8
18
17
16
15
3. See Figure 1-11 and Figure 1-12. Connect BREAKOUT 3

BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and ECM CABLE
(PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to connectors.
4. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
is in position on breakout box. 4
5. When testing is completed, remove the breakout box and
restore connections.
1. Wiring harness [78-B]
2. Breakout box
3. ECM overlay
4. ECM [78-A]
5. Breakout box harness
Figure 1-12. ECM Breakout Box Connection: FXSB
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM)

The BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and
BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) splice into the
main harness. Used in conjunction with a multimeter, it allows
circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and connections without
having to probe with sharp objects. Install breakout box in
series as follows:
NOTE
See wiring diagrams for BCM terminal functions. BCM is
located in front of the rear tire.
1. Access the BCM.
1-16 94000396
2. Press latch and disconnect BCM [242B]. connections without having to probe with sharp objects. Install
breakout box in series as follows:
3. See Figure 1-13 and Figure 1-14. Connect BREAKOUT
BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and BCM CABLE 1. Remove the splash guard and position the BCM aside.
(PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to connectors.
2. Press latch and disconnect ABS module [166B].
NOTE
3. See Figure 1-15 and Figure 1-16. Connect ABS
On some models, the BCM connector will have to be accessed
BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-48642) to
from the other side of the vehicle.
connectors.
4. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) 4. In some cases it is necessary to leave the ABS module
is in position on breakout box. disconnected.
5. When testing is completed, remove the breakout box and 5. When testing is completed remove the breakout box and
restore connections. restore connections.
6. Position the BCM and install the splash guard.
ed03316
2
ed03317
1
3
1. Breakout box (BOB)

2. BCM cable
Figure 1-15. ABS Breakout Box Connection: Except FXSB
3. Wiring harness [242B]
4. BCM ed03409
5. BCM [242A]
6. BCM overlay 3
Figure 1-13. BCM Breakout Box Connection: Except FXSB
ed03410
4 2
2
1
1 5
1. ECU harness [266B]

2. ECU [266A]
6 Figure 1-16. ABS Breakout Box Connection: FXSB
2. BCM cable HD-48650 Digital Technician II
3. BCM DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) is a
4. Wiring harness [242B] computer based diagnostic device used to
5. BCM [242A] communicate/diagnose and program systems/modules.
6. BCM overlay
Diagnostics in this manual are developed under the assumption
Figure 1-14. BCM Breakout Box Connection: FXSB
that DTII is not available.
HD-48642 Breakout Box (ABS)
The ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-48642)
connects to the ABS module [166]. Used in conjunction with a
multimeter, it allows circuit diagnosis of wiring harness and
94000396 1-17
DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING 1.4
VOLTAGE DROP ed04030
Voltage drop test:
• Helps locate poor connections or components with excessive

resistance.
R
BK
• Measures the difference in potential or actual voltage
dropped between source and destination. 1 2 3
BK
• Checks integrity of the wiring, switches, fuses, connectors
R
and contacts between source and destination.
R
• Identifies poor grounds.
BK
4
BK
A voltage drop test measures the difference in voltage between
two points in a circuit. The amount of voltage dropped over
any part of a circuit is directly related to the amount of
1. Terminal 1
resistance in that part of the circuit and the current flowing
2. Starter solenoid
through it.
3. Terminal 2
Components such as wires, switches and connectors are 4. Starter motor
designed to have very little resistance and very little voltage Figure 1-17. To Starter Solenoid Starter Terminal
drop. A voltage drop greater than 1.0V across these
components indicates a high resistance and possible fault. 2. See Figure 1-18. Move black meter lead to terminal 1 on
starter solenoid. Crank starter. Observe voltage drop.
The benefits of testing this way are:
ed04031
• Readings are not as sensitive to real battery voltage.
• Readings show the actual voltage dropped not just the
presence of voltage.
2
• System is tested as it is actually being used.
R
BK
• Testing is more accurate and displays hard-to-find poor 3
BK
connections.
1
• Starting circuits, lighting circuits and ignition circuits can be
R
tested with this approach. Start from the most positive and R
go to the most negative destination or component.
BK
4
BK
When testing a typical power circuit, place positive (red) meter

lead on most positive part of circuit or positive battery post.
There is nothing more positive than the positive post of the
battery. 1. Terminal 1
2. Starter solenoid
Place negative (black) meter lead at positive side of connector 3. Terminal 2
in question. Activate circuit. Move negative meter lead through 4. Starter motor
the circuit until high voltage drop is found.
Figure 1-18. To Starter Solenoid Battery Terminal
When testing a typical ground circuit, place negative lead on
3. See Figure 1-19. Move black meter lead to negative battery
most negative part of circuit or negative battery post. There is
post and red meter lead to starter mounting bolt. Crank
nothing more negative than the negative post of the battery.
starter. Observe voltage drop.
Place positive meter lead at negative side of connector in
question. Activate circuit. Move positive meter lead through
the circuit until high voltage drop is found.
The following steps demonstrate a typical starter circuit voltage

drop test:
1. Disconnect CKP [79] to prevent engine from starting.

a. See Figure 1-17. Set meter to VDC. Connect red meter
lead to positive battery post.
b. Connect black meter lead to terminal 2 of starter
solenoid. Observe meter reading.
c. Crank starter and observe meter reading. A reading
higher than 1V indicates excessive voltage drop.
1-18 94000396
1. See Figure 1-20. Connect DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE
ed04032
78) (PART NUMBER: HD-39978) to wiring harness
between suspect connections. When diagnosing ECM
connections, use BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-1), ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4)
and ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) to
BK
R
simplify the procedure. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
3
2 2. Set the multimeter to read voltage changes.
1
BK
3. Start motorcycle engine and run at idle.

R R
4. Shake or wiggle harness to detect intermittents. If
4
BK
intermittents are present, radical voltage changes register
BK
on multimeter.
1. Terminal 1 ed02008
2. Starter solenoid
3. Terminal 2
4. Starter motor
Figure 1-19. Starter Ground Circuit
WIGGLE TEST

HD-39978 DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78)
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
Figure 1-20. Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)
Wiggle test checks for the presence of intermittents in a wiring
harness. If available, use DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART
NUMBER: HD-48650) to perform wiggle test.
94000396 1-19
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
2.1 CAN COMMUNICATION ....................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC INOPERATIVE: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274 ................. 2-3
2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS .............................................. 2-9
SERIAL DATA
NOTES
CAN COMMUNICATION 2.1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION ed03998
1 2 3
4
12
CAN bus circuits are used by modules and diagnostic tools to 5
share information. The speedometer, ECM, BCM, hand controls
and ABS (if equipped) all communicate on the CAN bus. The 11
CAN communication uses a (W/BK) and (W/R) wire in a twisted 6
pair that runs to all the modules. It is used to transfer data from
one module to the other. It also runs to the DLC [91] and is
used to communicate with the modules using DIGITAL 10
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650).
7
9 8
ed03997
1
1. Left tail/turn [19]
2 3 2. Fuse block [64]
3. DCL [91]
4. Rear HO2S [137]
10 5. GND 1
4 6. GND 2
7. Resistor pack [200]
9
8. Security antenna [209]
5 9. Right tail/turn [18]
8 10. Tail lamp [45]
11. Fuel pump jumper [13]
12. Purge solenoid [95]
7 6 Figure 2-2. Under Seat: FXSB
1. DLC [91] ed04000
2. Fuse block [64]

3. Rear HO2S [137] 2
4. GND 1
5. GND 2
1 3
6. Security antenna [209] 9
7. Rear lighting [7] 4
8. ECM [78-3] (BN) 8
9. ECM [78-2] (GY)
10. ECM [78-1] (BK) 5
7
Figure 2-1. Under Seat: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS

2. BCM power [259]
3. Security siren [142]
4. BCM [242]
5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
Figure 2-3. Front of Rear Tire: FXSB
COMPONENTS

Electronic Control Module (ECM)

See Figure 2-3. The ECM is located under the seat or on the
electrical panel behind the fender extension. The ECM monitors
94000396 2-1
the engine sensors to enhance performance and driveability. modules. This will usually occur after replacing one of the two
This is done by adjusting the fuel and spark delivery based on modules. The two modules must have the VINs match before
the information provided by the sensors. they can share odometer mileage.
Speedometer Both the ECM and speedometer retain the odometer value. If
the speedometer is replaced, it will display the odometer value
The speedometer contains part of the indicator and warning stored in the ECM. The replacement speedometer will become
lamps for the motorcycle. It uses the CAN communication to locked to the ECM after 31.1 mi (50 km) have been
receive information from the other modules to know which accumulated. The trip B odometer will display the countdown
lamps to illuminate at any given time. Vehicle speed is also mileage. Once the countdown reaches zero, the speedometer
sent to the speedometer over the CAN bus. The LEDs in the is locked to the ECM. If installed on another vehicle, the
indicator bar are directly wired to the speedometer. The odometer will display "VINERR". If the speedometer is removed
speedometer turns the indicators on and off based off from the vehicle before the countdown reaches zero, it has not
commands from the BCM over the CAN bus. been locked to the ECM. This mileage countdown allows for
a road test to verify that speedometer replacement was the
BCM proper repair.
See Figure 2-1. The BCM is located on the electrical panel Diagnostic Tips
behind the fender extension. The BCM supplies ignition and
accessory power to most of the vehicle and controls the power Modules must have power and be grounded in order to
mode of the electrical system. It controls the lighting along with communicate. Therefore, when checking any communication
other functions on the vehicle by using the switches as inputs DTC be sure to check the power and ground connections on
and the power circuits for the lights as outputs. The BCM is the suspected module. BUS Err may show on the odometer if
also connected to the CAN bus and shares information with the following are present:
the other modules on the vehicle.
• CAN wires shorted together.
ABS ECU • CAN wire shorted to PWR or GND.
See Figure 2-1. The ABS ECU is located on the electrical panel • CAN transceiver on some module failed shorted.
behind the fender extension. The ECU receives input from the
• Non-compliant module connected to the CAN bus.
front and rear WSS, and controls the front and rear HCUs
accordingly. The ABS ECU communicates over the CAN bus
to the speedometer to control the ABS indicator.
Hand Control Modules

The left and right hand control modules control all the switches
and controls on the handlebars. The engine stop switch has a
redundant wire directly to the BCM. In the event of a
communication malfunction, this redundant circuit is used to
keep the engine from shutting off until the switch is turned off.
The hand controls also control the turn signals and running
lights (DOM) on vehicles where the front turn signals are wired
to the hand controls.
Data Link Connector (DLC)

The DLC is located under the seat. The DLC is used to connect
the DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) to
the motorcycle.
COMMUNICATION DTCS AND ERROR

MESSAGES
There are several DTCs that may set due to an issue with the
CAN bus communication. Different DTCs are set by different
modules. If a module loses communication with the rest of the
system it will set DTC U0001, but the DTC cannot be retrieved
until the CAN lines to that module are restored. If a module
goes offline due to loss of PWR or GND or a loss of
communication to that module, the module will not set a code,
but the other modules will set DTCs indicating they are not
able to communicate with it. When the speedometer recognizes
a problem on the CAN bus it may display "BUS Err" on the
odometer.
"VINERR" may also be displayed in the odometer if the

speedometer and ECM are not seeing the same VIN in both
2-2 94000396
ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC INOPERATIVE: DTC U0001, U0011, B22742.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Diagnostic Tips
The speedometer does not have an ignition input. Instead, it
receives a message over the CAN bus, indicating the IGN is
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II ON. Also, the trip odometer reset switch is a CAN
communication to the speedometer. Therefore, CAN bus errors
CAN communication uses a set of wires in a twisted pair. These can cause the odometer self-diagnostics to be completely
two wires are designated as CAN low and CAN high circuits. inoperative or to only partially function. The speedometer
Both circuits are connected to the ECM, BCM, instruments, backlighting may not function along with the hand control
both hand control modules and the ABS ECU (if equipped). switches and the indicators. The odometer may read "BUS
The ECM and the right hand control module contain 120 ohm Err" in this condition, prior to the odometer becoming
terminating resistors. Typical resistance between the two inoperative.
circuits is approximately 60 ohms.
NOTE
• DTC U0001 indicates there is a fault on the CAN bus
If DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) is
circuits. This code can be set by the ECM, BCM, instruments
connected to the DLC [91] and communicating with the vehicle,
and ABS ECU (if equipped). This code is usually
then the odometer self-diagnostics will not function properly.
accompanied by other "U" codes, due to it causing a loss
Disconnect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:
of communication between the modules on the CAN bus.
HD-48650) before entering odometer self-diagnostics.
• DTC U0011 indicates the high and low CAN circuits are
shorted together. This fault will be accompanied by other The BCM supplies power to several systems on the vehicle.
"U" codes and may cause the odometer display not to When testing for a short to voltage, perform all tests before
function. disconnecting the BCM to keep from powering down systems
• DTC B2274 indicates there is a fault with the battery fuse on the vehicle. If the short to voltage goes away when the BCM
or the (R/O) wire. is disconnected, test for continuity between the circuit in
question and BCM [242B] terminals F4, J3, L3, L4 and M2 to
NOTE verify the tested circuit is not shorted to one of these circuits.
Always start from Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2) before If continuity is present, repair short to circuit instead of replacing
proceeding with this test. the BCM.
Table 2-1. Code Description Connector Information

DTC DESCRIPTION For additional information about the connectors in the following
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
U0001 CAN bus error (Page A-1).
U0011 CAN bus low shorted to CAN bus high
B2274 Constant battery line error
94000396 2-3
em01940
LHCM RHCM
Battery Fuse
Battery Fuse
CAN High
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
Ground
Ground
[24B] [24A] [22A-1] [22B-1]
R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 1 1 R/O

BK 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN 2 2 BK
W/R 3 3 W/R W/R 3 3 W/R
W/BK 4 4 W/BK W/BK 4 4 W/BK
[242B] [242A]
[78A-1] [78B-1]
W/BE C3 C3 Ignition Switch Input
CAN Low 13 13 W/BK W/BK E2 E2 CAN Low
(BK) CAN High 14 14 W/R W/R D2 D2 CAN High
Ground 10 10 BK/GN BK/GN G4 G4 Ground BCM
Ground 10 10 BK/GN R/GN L3 L3 System Power
ECM (GY) Battery Fuse 18 18 R/O R 1 1 Battery Fuse
System Power 16 16 R/GN
[78A-2] [78B-2]
[259B] [259A]
(BN) Ground 10 10 BK/GN
[78A-3] [78B-3] W/R 1

DLC
W/BK 3
[91A]
Main R/GN
Wiring [20A] [20B] [39B] [39A]
W/R 1 1 W/R W/R 2 2 CAN High

W/BK 3 3 W/BK W/BK 8 8 CAN Low
[166A] [166B]
BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN 7 7 Ground
CAN High 18 18 W/R R/O 6 6 R/O R/O 5 5 Battery Fuse
CAN Low 19 19 W/BK Speedometer
ABS Battery Power 20 20 R W/BE 5 5 W/BE
ECU Console
Battery Power 11 11 R
Mounted
Ground 6 6 BK Ignition [33B] [33A]
BK/GN 1 1 Ground
Ignition
BK/GN Switch
W/BE 2 2 BCM Input
GND 2 W/BE
[33B] [33A]
Side BK/GN BK/GN 1 1 Ground

Mounted Ignition
Ignition Switch
W/BE W/BE 2 2 BCM Input
GND 1 Battery
Power
Battery
Fuse
Figure 2-4. CAN Bus Circuit

ODOMETER SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
INOPERATIVE: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274 HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME HD-50390-6 ABS CABLE
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
2-4 94000396
Table 2-2. Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative Diagnostic 5. ABS Test
Faults: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274
1. Disconnect ABS module [166].
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminals 1 and 3 between
Short between CAN low and high circuits 50-70 ohms?
Open in CAN high circuit a. Yes. Replace ABS module.
Open in CAN low circuit b. No. Go to Test 6.
Short to ground on CAN high circuit
Short to ground on CAN low circuit 6. LHCM Test
Short to voltage on CAN high circuit 1. Disconnect LHCM [24].
Short to voltage on CAN low circuit 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminals 1 and 3 between
50-70 ohms?
1. Speedometer System Voltage Test a. Yes. Replace LHCM.
1. Disconnect speedometer [39]. b. No, with tachometer. Go to Test 7.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER: c. No, without tachometer. Go to Test 8.
HD-46601) to [39]. Attach connectors from BREAKOUT
BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) to harness adapters,
leaving [39A] disconnected. 7. Tachometer Test
3. Turn IGN ON. 1. Disconnect tachometer [108].
4. Test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and ground. 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminals 1 and 3 between
50-70 ohms?
5. Is battery voltage present?
a. Yes. Replace tachometer.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Repair open in (R/O) wire.
8. ECM Test
2. CAN Bus Test
1. Disconnect ECM [78B-1].
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Is resistance between [91A] terminals 1 and 3 between
2. Connect [39]. 100-130 ohms?
3. Remove main fuse. a. Yes. Replace ECM.
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: b. No. Go to Test 9.
HD-41404), test resistance between DLC [91A] terminals
1 and 3.
9. RHCM Test
5. Is resistance between 50-70 ohms?
1. Disconnect RHCM [22-1].
2. Is resistance between [91A] terminals 1 and 3 greater than
b. No. Resistance less than 50 ohms. Go to Test 3. 500 ohms?
c. No. Resistance greater than 70 ohms. Go to Test 10.
a. Yes. Replace RHCM.
b. No. Repair short between (W/R) and (W/BK) wires.
3. Speedometer Test
1. Disconnect speedometer [39].
10. CAN Circuit Open Test
1. Watch the resistance between DLC [91A] terminals 1 and
50-70 ohms?
3, disconnect ECM [78-1].
a. Yes. Replace speedometer. 2. Did resistance change?
4. BCM Test
1. Disconnect BCM [242].
11. CAN High Circuit Resistance to RHCM Test
50-70 ohms?
2. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 1 (W/R) wire and
a. Yes. Replace BCM. [22A-1] terminal 3.
b. No, with ABS. Go to Test 5. 3. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm?
c. No, without ABS. Go to Test 6.
a. Yes. Repair (W/R) wire.
94000396 2-5
b. No. Go to Test 12. 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminal 1 and ground less
than 1000 ohms?
12. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to RHCM Test a. Yes. Go to Test 18.
1. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 3 (W/BK) wire and b. No. Replace ECM.
[22A-1] terminal 4.
2. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm? 18. LHCM Test
a. Yes. Repair (W/BK) wire. 1. Disconnect LHCM [24].
b. No. Replace RHCM. 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminal 1 and ground less
than 1000 ohms?
13. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to ECM Test a. Yes, with tachometer. Go to Test 19.
1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) b. Yes, without tachometer. Go to Test 20.
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring
c. No. Replace LHCM.
harness [78B-1], leaving [78A-1] disconnected.
is in position on BOB.
19. Tachometer Test
1. Disconnect tachometer [108].
3. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 3 (W/BK) wire and
BOB [78-1] terminal 13. 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminals 1 and ground less
than 1000 ohms?
NOTE
When measuring resistance (ohms), compensate for test lead a. Yes. Go to Test 20.
resistance before performing the measurement. Select the b. No. Replace tachometer.
ohms position and touch the test leads together. Refer to the
multimeter user's manual to either zero the display or manually
subtract the test lead resistance from the measured circuit's 20. BCM Test
value. 1. Disconnect BCM [242].
4. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm? 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminal 1 and ground less
than 1000 ohms?
a. Yes. Repair (W/BK) wire.
a. Yes, with ABS. Go to Test 21.
b. Yes, without ABS. Go to Test 22.
14. CAN High Circuit Resistance to ECM Test c. No. Replace BCM.

BOB [78-1] terminal 14. 21. ABS Test
2. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm? 1. Disconnect ABS module [166].
a. Yes. Repair (W/R) wire. 2. Is resistance between [91A] terminal 1 and ground less
than 1000 ohms?
b. No. Replace ECM.
15. CAN High Circuit Short to Ground Test b. No. Replace ABS module.
1. Turn IGN OFF.

22. RHCM Test
2. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 1 and ground.
3. Is resistance less than 1000 ohms?
2. Is resistance between [91A] terminal 1 and ground less
a. Yes. Go to Test 16. than 1000 ohms?
b. No. Go to Test 24. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/R) wire.
16. Speedometer Test
1. Disconnect speedometer [39]. 23. CAN Low Circuit Short to Ground Test
2. Is resistance between [91A] terminal 1 and ground less 1. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 3 and ground.
than 1000 ohms?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/BK) wire.
b. No. Replace speedometer.
b. No. Replace RHCM.
17. ECM Test

2-6 94000396
24. CAN High Circuit Short to Voltage Test 3. Disconnect BCM [242].
1. Install main fuse. 4. Turn IGN ON.
2. Turn IGN ON. 5. Is voltage between [91A] terminal 1 and ground greater
than 4V?
3. Test voltage between [91A] terminal 1 and ground.
a. Yes, with tachometer. Go to Test 30.
4. Is voltage greater than 4V?
b. Yes, without tachometer. Go to Test 31.
c. No. Replace BCM. Refer to diagnostic tips.
30. Tachometer Test

25. Speedometer Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Is voltage between [91A] terminals 1 and ground greater
4. Is voltage between [91A] terminal 1 and ground greater
than 4V?
than 4V?
b. No. Replace tachometer.
31. RHCM Test

26. ECM Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
3. Turn IGN ON.
than 4V?
than 4V?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/R) wire.
b. No. Replace ECM.
32. CAN Low Circuit Short to Voltage Test

27. LHCM Test
1. Test voltage between [91A] terminal 3 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Is voltage present?
2. Disconnect LHCM [24].
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/BK) wire.
3. Turn IGN ON.
than 4V?
a. Yes, with ABS. Go to Test 28.
33. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to BCM Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. Yes, without ABS. Go to Test 29.
2. Remove cables and ECM BOB, connect ECM.
c. No. Replace LHCM.
28. ABS Test 4. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wiring
1. Turn IGN OFF.
harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected.
2. Disconnect ABS module [166].
5. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
3. Turn IGN ON. is in position on BOB.
4. Is voltage between [91A] terminal 1 and ground greater 6. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 3 (W/BK) wire and
than 4V? BOB terminal E2.
a. Yes. Go to Test 29. 7. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm?
b. No. Replace ABS module. a. Yes. Repair (W/BK) wire between [91A] terminal 3 and
[242B] terminal E2.
29. BCM Test b. No. Go to Test 34.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect BCM power [259].
94000396 2-7
34. CAN High Circuit Resistance to BCM Test 2. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm?
1. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 1 (W/R) wire and a. Yes. Repair (W/R) wire between [91A] terminal 1 and
BOB terminal D2. [108B] terminal 2.
2. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm? b. No. Go to Test 39.
a. Yes. Repair (W/R) wire between [91A] terminal 1 and
[242B] terminal D2. 39. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Speedometer
b. No, with ABS. Go to Test 35.
Test
1. Remove cables and ABS BOB, connect ABS module.
c. No, without ABS. Go to Test 37.
2. Remove tachometer BOB and connect tachometer.
35. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to ABS Module 3. Disconnect speedometer [39].
Test 4. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682)
1. Remove cables and BCM BOB. Connect BCM. and BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
HD-46601) to wiring harness connectors [39B]. Leaving
2. Disconnect ABS [166].
[39A] disconnected, test resistance between [91A] terminal
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 3 (W/BK) wire and BOB terminal 8.
and ABS CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-6) to wiring
5. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm?
harness connector [166B]. Leaving [166A] disconnected,
test resistance between [91A] terminal 3 (W/BK) wire and a. Yes. Repair (W/BK) wire between [91A] terminal 3 and
BOB terminal 11. [39B] terminal 8.
4. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm? b. No. Go to Test 40.
a. Yes. Repair (W/BK) wire between [91A] terminal 3 and
[166B] terminal 11. 40. CAN High Circuit Resistance to Speedometer
Test
BOB terminal 2.
36. CAN High Circuit Resistance to ABS Module
Test 2. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm?
1. Test resistance between [91A] terminal 1 (W/R) wire and a. Yes. Repair (W/R) wire between [91A] terminal 1 and
BOB terminal 2. [39B] terminal 2.
2. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm? b. No. Concern is intermittent. Perform wiggle test and
verify all connectors are properly connected. See
a. Yes. Repair (W/R) wire between [91A] terminal 1 and
DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle
[166B] terminal 2.
Test (Page 1-19).
b. No, with tachometer Go to Test 37.
c. No, without tachometer. Go to Test 39.
37. CAN Low Circuit Resistance to Tachometer

Test
1. Remove cables and ABS BOB. Connect ABS module.
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682)
and BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
HD-46601) to wiring harness connectors [108B]. Leaving
[108A] disconnected, test resistance between [91A]
terminal 3 (W/BK) wire and BOB terminal 8.
4. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Repair (W/BK) wire between [91A] terminal 3 and
[108B] terminal 8.
38. CAN High Circuit Resistance to Tachometer

Test
BOB terminal 2.
2-8 94000396
NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST COMMUNICATION DTCS 2.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • At least two modules will set a DTC when one module loses
the ability to communicate on the CAN bus.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME • When two or more modules set the same U code it indicates
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II a problem with the device or wiring at the device the codes
are set against.
The CAN bus circuit provides a means for the ECM,
• Two or more modules setting the same U code intermittently
speedometer, BCM, hand control modules and the ABS ECU
indicates an intermittent problem with the device or wiring.
(if equipped) to communicate their current status. When all
operating parameters on the CAN bus are within specifications, See DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test
a state of health message is sent between the components. (Page 1-19) to test wiring to the component.
The CAN bus is made up of two circuits. The (W/R) is the CAN The BCM supplies power to several systems on the vehicle.
bus high circuit and the (W/BK) is the CAN bus low circuit. Both
of these circuits show approximately 2.5V when measured • When testing for a short to voltage, perform all tests before
between each of the circuits and ground with the IGN ON. disconnecting the BCM to keep from powering down
These circuits are connected to each module on the CAN bus systems on the vehicle.
network. A fault on either one of these circuits will cause several • If the short to voltage goes away when the BCM is
modules to set "U" codes and may cause a complete loss of disconnected, test for continuity between the circuit in
communication between all modules. question and BCM [242B] terminals F4, J3, L3, L4 and M2
to verify the tested circuit is not shorted to one of these
Table 2-3. Code Description circuits.
DTC DESCRIPTION • If continuity is present, repair shorted circuit instead of
U0100 Lost comm w/ECM replacing the BCM.
U0121 Lost comm w/ABS Historic U codes may be found if battery power has been lost
U0140 Lost comm w/BCM for any reason or if the main or battery fuses have been
disconnected and reconnected. This may also happen if during
U0141 Lost comm w/LHCM diagnostics using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:
U0142 Lost comm w/RHCM HD-48650). The diagnostics connector has been disconnected
before vehicle has been powered down. This is not an
U0156 Lost comm w/speedo
indication of a problem and does not cause any loss of
U0300 Internal control module software incompatibility functionality.
Diagnostic Tips Connector Information

Modules must have power in order to communicate on the For additional information about the connectors in the following
CAN bus. It is important to check for good power and ground diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
on any module that is not communicating effectively on the (Page A-1).
CAN bus network.
94000396 2-9
em01940
LHCM RHCM
Battery Fuse
Battery Fuse
CAN High
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
Ground
Ground
[24B] [24A] [22A-1] [22B-1]
R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 1 1 R/O

W/R 3 3 W/R W/R 3 3 W/R
[242B] [242A]
[78A-1] [78B-1]
CAN Low 13 13 W/BK W/BK E2 E2 CAN Low
(BK) CAN High 14 14 W/R W/R D2 D2 CAN High
Ground 10 10 BK/GN BK/GN G4 G4 Ground BCM
Ground 10 10 BK/GN R/GN L3 L3 System Power
ECM (GY) Battery Fuse 18 18 R/O R 1 1 Battery Fuse
[78A-2] [78B-2]
[259B] [259A]
[78A-3] [78B-3] W/R 1

DLC
W/BK 3
[91A]
Main R/GN
Wiring [20A] [20B] [39B] [39A]
W/R 1 1 W/R W/R 2 2 CAN High

W/BK 3 3 W/BK W/BK 8 8 CAN Low
[166A] [166B]
BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN 7 7 Ground
CAN High 18 18 W/R R/O 6 6 R/O R/O 5 5 Battery Fuse
CAN Low 19 19 W/BK Speedometer
ABS Battery Power 20 20 R W/BE 5 5 W/BE
ECU Console
Battery Power 11 11 R
Mounted
Ground 6 6 BK Ignition [33B] [33A]
BK/GN 1 1 Ground
Ignition
BK/GN Switch
W/BE 2 2 BCM Input
GND 2 W/BE
[33B] [33A]
Side BK/GN BK/GN 1 1 Ground

Mounted Ignition
Ignition Switch
W/BE W/BE 2 2 BCM Input
GND 1 Battery
Power
Battery
Fuse
Figure 2-5. CAN Bus Circuit

DTC U0100 Table 2-4. DTC U0100 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in CAN high circuit to the ECM
Open in CAN low circuit to the ECM
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE Open in ECM system power circuit
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY Open in ECM ground circuit
2-10 94000396
1. Module Test 6. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test
1. View odometer. 1. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 13 and [91A]
terminal 3.
2. Is only the BCM setting DTC?
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Replace ECM.
b. No, ABS ECU only. Go to Test 7.
b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
c. No, speedometer only. Go to Test 8.
d. No, tachometer only. Go to Test 9.
7. Verify ABS ECU Test
e. No, multiple modules. Go to Test 2.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Replace ABS ECU with a known good ABS ECU.
2. System Power Test
3. Turn IGN ON.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Attempt to start vehicle.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to 5. Check DTC.
[78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
6. Is DTC U0100 present?
and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14). a. Yes. Check vehicle for any accessories connected to
the CAN bus.
is in position on BOB. b. No. Replace ECM.
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
8. Verify Speedometer Test
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 16 1. Turn IGN OFF.
and ground.
2. Replace speedometer with a known good speedometer.
3. Turn IGN ON.
5. Check DTC.
3. ECM [78-1] Ground Test
a. Yes. Check vehicle for any accessories connected to
1. Turn IGN OFF.
the CAN bus.
2. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 10 and
ground.
9. Verify Tachometer Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) wire.
2. Replace tachometer with a known good tachometer.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. ECM [78-2] Ground Test
ground. 5. Check DTC.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 6. Is DTC U0100 present?
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. a. Yes. Check vehicle for any accessories connected to
the CAN bus.
b. No. Replace tachometer.
5. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test
10. Verify BCM Test
1. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 14 and DLC
[91A] terminal 1. 1. Replace BCM with a known good BCM.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. 3. Attempt to start vehicle.
b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire. 4. Check DTC.
a. Yes. Check vehicle for any accessories connected to
the CAN bus.
94000396 2-11
b. No. Replace BCM. 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU.
11. System Power DTC Test b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
1. Remove BOB.
2. Connect [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. NO VEHICLE POWER: DTC U0140
3. Verify DTCs. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
4. Is B2102, B2103 or B2104 setting? HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
a. Yes. See SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
(Page 6-8). HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire. HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
HD-50423 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL
DTC U0121
Table 2-6. No Vehicle Power Diagnostic Faults: DTC U0140
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX Open in CAN high circuit to the BCM
Table 2-5. DTC U0121 Diagnostic Faults Open in CAN low circuit to the BCM
Open in ignition switch circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in ignition switch circuit
Open in CAN high circuit to the ABS ECU
Short to voltage in ignition switch circuit
Open in CAN low circuit to the ABS ECU
Ignition switch malfunction
Open in ABS system power circuit
Open in BCM battery power circuit
Open in ABS ground circuit
Open in BCM ground circuit
1. ABS Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Ignition Switch Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER:
HD-48642) to wiring harness [166B], leaving [166A] 2. Disconnect ignition switch [33].
disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
3. Test voltage between BOB terminal 20 and ground. HD-41404), test resistance between [33B] terminal 1 and
ground.
b. No. Repair open in (R) wire.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GN) ground wire.
2. ABS Ground Test
1. Test voltage between BOB terminals 20 and 6.
2. Ignition Switch Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test resistance between [33A] terminals 1 and 2.
b. No. Repair open in (BK) wire.
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test b. No. Replace ignition switch.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 18 and DLC [91A]
3. Ignition Switch Accessory Test
terminal 1. 1. Turn IGN to ACC.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Test resistance between [33A] terminals 1 and 2.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 3. Is resistance between 400-1900 ohms?
b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire. a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
b. No. Replace ignition switch.
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 19 and [91A] 4. Ignition Switch Signal Test
terminal 3.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2-12 94000396
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire
10. BCM Voltage Test
1. Disconnect BCM power [259B].
2. Test voltage between [259B] terminal 1 and ground.
4. Test resistance between [33B] terminal 2 (W/BE) wire and
BOB terminal C3. 3. Is battery voltage present?
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? a. Yes. Replace BCM.
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. b. No. Repair open in (R) wire.
b. No. Repair open in (W/BE) wire.
LEFT HAND CONTROLS INOPERATIVE: DTC
U0141
5. Switch Signal Short to Ground Test
1. Test continuity between [33B] terminal 2 and ground. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
2. Is continuity present? HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/BE) wire. Table 2-7. Left Hand Controls Inoperative, DTC U0141
b. No. Go to Test 6. Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
6. Ignition Switch Signal Short to Voltage Test Open in CAN high circuit to the LHCM
1. Disconnect [242B]. Open in CAN low circuit to the LHCM
2. Using 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL (PART Open in LHCM battery power circuit
NUMBER: HD-50423), remove terminal C3 from [242B]. Open in LHCM ground circuit
3. Connect [242B] to BOB.
4. Test voltage between [33B] terminal 2 (W/BE) wire and 1. LHCM Voltage Test
ground. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
5. Is voltage present? 2. Disconnect LHCM [24A].
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/BE) wire. 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test voltage between [24A] terminal 1 and
ground.
7. BCM Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [33].
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal G4 (BK/GN) wire
and ground. 2. LHCM Test
1. Test voltage between [24A] terminals 1 and 2.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal D2 and DLC [91A] 3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test
terminal 1 (W/R) wire. 1. Test resistance between [24A] terminal 3 and DLC [91A]
terminal 1.
b. No. Repair open in (W/R) wire.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal E2 and [91A] 4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test
terminal 3 (W/BK) wire. 1. Test resistance between [24A] terminal 4 and [91A]
terminal 3.
a. Yes. Replace LHCM.
94000396 2-13
b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire. Table 2-9. Speedometer Inoperative: DTC U0156 Diagnostic
Faults
DTC U0142 POSSIBLE CAUSES
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Open in CAN high circuit to the speedometer
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Open in CAN low circuit to the speedometer
Open in speedometer battery power circuit
Table 2-8. DTC U0142 Diagnostic Faults
Open in speedometer ground circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in CAN high circuit to the RHCM 1. Speedometer Voltage Test
Open in CAN low circuit to the RHCM 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Open in RHCM battery power circuit 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682)
Open in RHCM ground circuit and BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
HD-46601) to the wiring harness [39B], leaving [39A]
disconnected.
1. RHCM Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and
2. Disconnect RHCM [22A-1]. ground.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 4. Is battery voltage present?
HD-41404), test voltage between [22A-1] terminal 1 and
ground.
2. Speedometer Ground Test
2. RHCM Test
1. Test voltage between [22A-1] terminals 1 and 2.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 2 and DLC [91A]
terminal 1.
3. CAN High Circuit Continuity Test 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1. Test resistance between [22A-1] terminal 3 and DLC [91A]
terminal 1.
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 8 and [91A] terminal
3.
4. CAN Low Circuit Continuity Test 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1. Test resistance between [22A-1] terminal 4 and [91A]
a. Yes. Replace speedometer.
terminal 3.
a. Yes. Replace RHCM. DTC U0300
SPEEDOMETER INOPERATIVE: DTC U0156 HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Table 2-10. DTC U0300 Diagnostic Faults
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX ECM software error
1. Verify DTC
1. Clear DTC.
2-14 94000396
2. Turn IGN OFF for 30 seconds. 2. Clear DTCs.
3. Check DTCs. 3. Turn IGN OFF for 30 seconds.
4. Did DTC reset? 4. Check DTCs.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 5. Did DTC reset?
b. No. System working properly. a. Yes. Replace ECM.
b. No. System working properly.
2. Reflash ECM
1. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:
HD-48650) reflash ECM.
94000396 2-15
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
3.1 BATTERY TESTING ............................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2 STARTING SYSTEM ............................................................................................................. 3-3
3.3 STARTER OUTPUT DTCS ................................................................................................. 3-10
3.4 TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE .......................................................................... 3-13
3.5 TESTING STARTER ON BENCH ....................................................................................... 3-14
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM ......................................................................................................... 3-16
3.7 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS .......................................................................................... 3-21
3.8 BATTERY AND SYSTEM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................ 3-25
3.9 IGN SWITCH DTCS ............................................................................................................ 3-29
3.10 ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS ........................................................................................ 3-32
3.11 BCM VOLTAGE DTCS ...................................................................................................... 3-34
STARTING AND CHARGING

NOTES
BATTERY TESTING 3.1
GENERAL ed03289
Test battery condition by using a voltage, charging or load test.
Always fully charge battery prior to load testing.
NOTE
An automatic, constant monitoring battery charger/tender with
a charging rate of 5 amps or less at less than 14.6V is
recommended. The use of constant current chargers (including
trickle chargers) to charge sealed AGM batteries is not
recommended. Any overcharge will cause dry-out and
premature battery failure.
VOLTMETER TEST
The voltmeter test provides a general indication of battery state

of charge or condition. Check the voltage of the battery to verify
that it is in a 100% fully charged condition. Refer to Table 3-1.
If the open circuit (disconnected) voltage reading is below

12.6V, charge battery and then check voltage after battery has
set for 1-2 hours. If voltage reading is 12.7V or above, perform
a load test. See BATTERY TESTING, Load Test (Page 3-1).
Figure 3-1. Battery Test Results Printout (Typical)
Table 3-1. Voltmeter Test For Battery Charge Conditions
LOAD TEST
VOLTAGE STATE OF CHARGE
12.7 100% WARNING
12.6 75% Disconnect negative (-) battery cable first. If positive (+)
12.3 50% cable should contact ground with negative (-) cable
connected, the resulting sparks can cause a battery
12.0 25% explosion, which could result in death or serious injury.
11.8 0% (00049a)
NOTE
BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC TEST Always fully charge battery before testing or test readings will
be incorrect. Load testing a discharged battery can also result
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME in permanent battery damage.
GRX-3110HD HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION
1. With vehicle battery on a bench, charge battery using an
Test battery using the HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION
automatic, constant monitoring battery charger approved
(PART NUMBER: GRX-3110HD).
for AGM batteries.
WARNING
WARNING
Disconnect negative (-) battery cable first. If positive (+)
cable should contact ground with negative (-) cable Turn battery load tester OFF before connecting tester
connected, the resulting sparks can cause a battery cables to battery terminals. Connecting tester cables with
explosion, which could result in death or serious injury. load tester ON can cause a spark and battery explosion,
(00049a) which could result in death or serious injury. (00252a)
1. Disconnect and remove battery. NOTE

To avoid load tester and/or battery damage, do not leave load
2. Read GRX instruction manual before performing a battery tester switch turned ON for more than 20 seconds.
test.
3. Connect HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION (PART 2. See Figure 3-2. Connect tester leads to battery posts and
NUMBER: GRX-3110HD) leads to the battery terminals. place induction pickup over negative (black) cable.
4. Test results will include a decision on battery condition
and measured state of charge. See Figure 3-1. The GRX WARNING
printer will provide a printout including test results:
Turn battery load tester OFF before disconnecting tester
a. GOOD BATTERY - Return battery to service. cables to battery terminals. Disconnecting tester cables
b. REPLACE BATTERY - Replace battery. with load tester ON can cause a spark and battery
explosion, which could result in death or serious injury.
(00253a)
94000396 3-1
WARNING
Connect positive (+) battery cable first. If positive (+) cable
should contact ground with negative (-) cable connected,
the resulting sparks can cause a battery explosion, which
could result in death or serious injury. (00068a)
NOTICE
Do not over-tighten bolts on battery terminals. Use

recommended torque values. Over-tightening battery
terminal bolts could result in damage to battery terminals.
(00216a)
3. Load battery at 50 percent of CCA rating using load tester.

Voltage reading after 15 seconds should be 9.6V or more
at 70 °F (21 °C). Refer to Table 3-2.
ed02812
VOLTS
AMPS
1. Load tester
2. Induction pickup
3. Battery
Figure 3-2. Load Test Battery
Table 3-2. Battery Load Test

COLD CRANKING
AMPERAGE (CCA) 100% 50%
Softail models 315 155
3-2 94000396
STARTING SYSTEM 3.2
1
Battery voltage is supplied to the BCM at all times through the
2
main fuse. The BCM provides and monitors a voltage signal
to the ignition switch. This signal changes depending on the
position of the IGN switch. 3
When the engine stop switch is in the RUN position, a CAN 8 4
message is sent, signaling the BCM that the switch is in the 5
7
RUN position. If CAN communication is interrupted while the 6
engine is running, the BCM checks for the signal from the
redundant engine stop switch circuit.
When the start switch is pressed, a CAN message is sent to

the BCM. The BCM provides power to the starter solenoid.
This energizes the solenoid and full battery power is sent to
the starter. The BCM disables the starter solenoid if the start 1. Battery connection to starter
switch is pressed for more than 10 seconds. 2. Starter solenoid [128]
3. Neutral switch [131-1]
COMPONENTS 4. Neutral switch [131-2]
5. Rear brake switch [121]
6. Active exhaust [79]
Starter
7. VSS [65]
The starter receives power from the battery through the starter 8. Rear HCU [255]
solenoid and is grounded through the starter case. When the Figure 3-3. Starter
starter solenoid is energized, two events happen:
• The plunger pulls inward which allows current to flow to the Starter Solenoid
starter motor. See Figure 3-3. The starter solenoid provides power to the
• The pinion gear engages with the ring gear on the clutch starter. The solenoid is a means of controlling a high amperage
shell. device with a low amperage switch. The low amperage switch
in this circuit is the BCM. The BCM sends voltage to the starter
With the starter motor turning, the rotation is transferred: solenoid making a magnetic field that pulls a larger circuit
closed, allowing voltage to the starter.
• The starter armature gear transfers rotation to the idler gear.
• The idler gear transfers rotation to the starter clutch. Engine Stop Switch
• The starter clutch transfers rotation through a spline gear The engine stop switch is located on the right hand controls.
to the starter drive shaft which also drives the pinion gear. With the engine stop switch in the RUN position, a CAN
• The pinion gear transfers its rotation to the ring gear on the message is sent, signaling the BCM that the switch is in the
clutch shell. RUN position. If CAN communication is interrupted while engine
is running, a redundant engine stop switch circuit allows
• The primary chain drives the alternator rotor sprocket on communication to the BCM.
the end of the crankshaft.
The starter clutch has a one-way clutch. When the engine

Start Switch
starts, it allows the clutch shell and sprocket to spin freely The start switch is a push button switch located in the right
without causing any damage to the starter motor. After the hand controls. When the start switch is pressed, a CAN
engine starts and the start switch is released, the plunger message is sent to the BCM.
returns to its normal position, disengaging the pinion gear from
the clutch shell and sprocket. BCM
The BCM supplies ignition and accessory power to most of the
vehicle. It controls the lighting along with other functions by
using the switches as inputs and the power circuits for the lights
and other electrical loads as outputs.
Ignition Switch
The BCM provides and monitors a voltage signal to the ignition
switch, which is an open circuit in the OFF position. The ignition
switch routes the signal through a 200 ohm resistor to ground
in the IGN position or through a 800 ohm resistor to ground in
the ACC position. The difference in resistance in the ignition
switch informs the BCM of the switch position.
94000396 3-3
Battery NOTICE
WARNING If battery releases an excessive amount of gas during
charging, decrease the charging rate. Overheating can
Batteries contain sulfuric acid, which could cause severe
result in plate distortion, internal shorting, drying out or
burns to eyes and skin. Wear a protective face shield,
damage. (00413b)
rubberized gloves and protective clothing when working
with batteries. KEEP BATTERIES AWAY FROM CHILDREN.
(00063a) The AGM batteries are permanently sealed, maintenance-free,
valve-regulated, lead/calcium and sulfuric acid batteries.
WARNING
The battery is recharged by the alternator and kept from
Never remove warning label attached to top of battery. overcharging by the regulator during use.
Failure to read and understand all precautions contained
in warning, could result in death or serious injury. (00064a) Battery condition can be determined by a voltage test, a
charging and a load test. See BATTERY TESTING
WARNING (Page 3-1).
Explosive hydrogen gas, which escapes during charging, The battery must be fully charged to perform a conductance
could cause death or serious injury. Charge battery in a test or a load test.
well-ventilated area. Keep open flames, electrical sparks
and smoking materials away from battery at all times. Grinding Noise or Erratic Starting
KEEP BATTERIES AWAY FROM CHILDREN. (00065a)
1. Remove starter.
WARNING 2. Inspect the starter mounting surface and mating area on
If battery becomes hot, gassing or spewing of electrolyte inner primary for arcing and pitting. This condition is
can occur, which could cause death or serious injury. caused by insufficient ground and or clamp load.
Unplug or turn OFF the charger until battery cools. 3. Clean mating surfaces.
(00412b)
4. Inspect starter pinion gear. Replace starter clutch
WARNING assemblies with cracked or missing teeth. Rounding of
pinion gear teeth is considered normal. If replacing pinion
Batteries, battery posts, terminals and related accessories
gear, inspect ring gear on clutch. Replace clutch ring gear
contain lead and lead compounds, and other chemicals
if damaged.
known to the State of California to cause cancer, and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after 5. Install starter.
handling. (00019e)
Connector Information
For additional information about the connectors in the following
(Page A-1).
3-4 94000396
em01941
R/O
R
Fuse
2 B Block
BK R
Battery Main
15A 40A
R
1 A
Battery [64B]
1
GND 1
R
[128B]
R/BK
[259B] [259A]
R
2 BCM
Starter R 1 1 Battery Power
R/BK L2 L2 Starter Solenoid Power

Ignition
Switch W D3 D3 Neutral Switch Input
BCM Input 2 2 W/BE 5 5 W/BE Console
Mounted W/R D2 D2 CAN High
Ground 1 1 BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN Ignition W/BK E2 E2 CAN Low
W/BE BK/GN G4 G4 Ground

[33A] [33B] [20B] [20A]
Ignition BK/GN W/GY C4 C4 Engine Stop Switch Input
Switch
BCM Input 2 2 W/BE W/BE Side [242B] [242A]
Mounted
Ground 1 1 BK/GN BK/GN Ignition [22A-1] [22B-1]
[33A] [33B]
W/BK 4 4 W/BK CAN Low
W/R 3 3 W/R CAN High
BK/GN 2 2 BK Ground
RHCM
R/O 1 1 R/O Battery
Neutral [131A-1] [131B-1]
Switch
BCM Input 1 1 W W/GY 1 1 W/GY Engine Stop Switch
[22A-2] [22B-2]
Ground 1 1 BK
[131A-2] [131B-2] R/O 1 1 R/O Battery
BK/GN 2 2 BK Ground
LHCM
W/R 3 3 W/R CAN High
W/BK 4 4 W/BK CAN Low
[24A] [24B]
BK/GN
BK
ACR
ACR 2 2 LGN/R
GND 2 GND 1 ECM
[203FA] [203FB] R/O 18 18 Battery Fuse
BK/GN 10 10 Ground
ACR (GY)
System Power 1 1 R/GN R/GN 16 16 System Power
ACR 2 2 LGN/R LGN/R 4 4 ACR ENABLE
[203RA] [203RB] [78B-2] [78A-2]
Figure 3-4. Starting Circuit
94000396 3-5
STARTER TROUBLESHOOTING NOTHING CLICKS
Troubleshooting tables contain detailed procedures to solve PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
and correct problems. Follow STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3) HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
to diagnose starting system problems. The DIAGNOSTICS
AND TROUBLESHOOTING, Voltage Drop (Page 1-18)
procedure will help you to locate poor connections or HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
components with excessive voltage drops. HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
STARTER TESTING Table 3-4. Nothing Clicks Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Table 3-3. Starter Testing Diagnostic Faults
Low battery
POSSIBLE CAUSES Open fuse
Short to voltage at starter solenoid Neutral switch malfunction
Start switch malfunction Open neutral circuit
Short to voltage on BCM supply circuit Open ignition switch circuit
Open starter solenoid power circuit
1. Starting System Operational Test
Poor starter housing ground
1. Press start switch.
2. Does starter spin? NOTE
a. Yes, starter spins but does not engage. See • Verify that vehicle is in neutral.
STARTING SYSTEM, Starter Spins But Does Not • Check that key fob is present and in working order (if
Engage (Page 3-8). security equipped).
b. Yes, starter stalls or spins too slowly. See • Verify the engine stop switch is in RUN position.
STARTING SYSTEM, Starter Stalls or Spins Too Slowly
(Page 3-8).
1. Battery Test
c. Yes, starter runs on. Go to Test 3.
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING
d. No. Go to Test 2. (Page 3-1).
2. Did battery pass test?
2. Noise Test
1. While listening for clicking noise from starter solenoid,
press start switch. b. No. Replace battery.
2. Is there a click?
2. Ignition Circuit Test
a. Yes, starter solenoid clicks. See STARTING
SYSTEM, Starter Solenoid Clicks (Page 3-7). 1. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. See STARTING SYSTEM, Nothing Clicks 2. Do odometer, headlamp and tail lamps illuminate?
(Page 3-6). a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
b. No. Odometer is inoperative, but headlamp and tail
3. Starter Solenoid Test lamps illuminate. See Odometer Self-Diagnostic
1. Disconnect starter solenoid [128]. Inoperative: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274 (Page 2-3).
2. Does starter stop? c. No. Odometer, headlamp and tail lamps inoperative.
See NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. COMMUNICATION DTCS, No Vehicle Power: DTC
b. No. Replace starter solenoid assembly. U0140 (Page 2-12).
4. Checking DTCs Test 3. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test

1. Check DTCs. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Is DTC B2122 present? 2. Disconnect starter solenoid [128].
a. Yes. See STARTER OUTPUT DTCS (Page 3-10). 3. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Replace BCM. 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:

HD-41404), during the first 4-5 seconds, while start button
is pressed, test voltage between [128B] (R/BK) wire and
ground.
3-6 94000396
5. Is battery voltage present? STARTER SOLENOID CLICKS
b. No. Go to Test 5. Table 3-5. Starter Solenoid Clicks Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
4. Starter Ground Test Low battery
1. Remove starter attaching bolts. Starter malfunction
2. Clean bolts and starter base, install starter bolts. Starter solenoid malfunction
3. Does engine crank? Poor battery cable connections
a. Yes. Engine cranks at normal speed. Repair Mechanical binding

complete.
1. Battery Test
b. Yes. Engine cranks, but at a slower speed. See
TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE, Starter 1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING
Current Draw Test (Page 3-13). (Page 3-1).
c. No. Replace starter solenoid. 2. Did battery pass test?
5. Neutral Switch Test b. No. Replace battery.
1. Observe neutral lamp.
2. Is neutral lamp illuminated? 2. Starter Solenoid Voltage Drop Starter Side
Test
1. Perform voltage drop test from battery (+) terminal to
b. No. See INDICATOR LAMPS, Neutral Lamp Inoperative
starter solenoid terminal 2 (BK) wire.
(Page 4-16).
2. Is voltage drop greater than 1.0V?
6. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
1. Turn IGN OFF. b. No. Go to Test 4.
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between 3. Starter Solenoid Battery Side Voltage Drop
wire harness [242B] and BCM [242A]. See DIAGNOSTIC Test
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
1. Perform voltage drop test from battery (+) terminal to
3. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) starter solenoid terminal 1 (BK) wire.
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal L2 and [128B].
a. Yes. Repair or replace (BK) wire from starter solenoid
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? terminal 1 to battery (+) terminal.
a. Yes. Go to Test 7. b. No. Replace starter solenoid assembly.
b. No. Repair open in (R/BK) wire.
4. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test
7. BCM Test 1. Perform voltage drop test from battery (-) terminal to
chassis ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove main fuse [5].
a. Yes. Inspect (BK) wire for damage from battery (-)
3. Disconnect BCM and replace with known good BCM.
terminal to chassis ground, repair or replace if
4. Install main fuse. necessary. Go to Test 5.
5. Turn IGN ON. b. No. Go to Test 6.
7. Does engine crank?
5. Starter Ground Test
1. Remove starter attaching bolts.
a. Yes. Replace BCM.
2. Clean bolts and starter base, install starter bolts.
a. Yes, engine cranks at normal speed. Repair
complete.
94000396 3-7
b. Yes, engine cranks, but at a slower speed. See Table 3-7. Starter Stalls or Spins Too Slowly Diagnostic
TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE, Starter Faults
Current Draw Test (Page 3-13).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
c. No. Replace starter.
Low battery
Starter malfunction
6. Starter Draw Test
Starter solenoid malfunction
1. Perform Starter Current Draw Test on motorcycle. See
TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE, Starter Current Poor connections at starter ground
Draw Test (Page 3-13). Poor battery cable connections
2. Perform Starter Motor Free Running Current Draw Test
on bench. See TESTING STARTER ON BENCH, Free 1. Battery Test
Running Current Draw Test (Page 3-14). 1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING
3. Are test results within range? (Page 3-1).
a. Yes. Go to Test 7. 2. Did battery pass test?
b. No. Replace starter. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.

b. No. Replace battery.
7. Mechanical Binding Test
1. Remove spark plugs and place transmission in sixth gear. 2. Starter Stud Voltage Drop Test
2. Raise vehicle. 1. Perform voltage drop test from battery (+) terminal to
starter solenoid terminal 2. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
3. Rotate rear wheel. TROUBLESHOOTING, Voltage Drop (Page 1-18).
4. Check for engine binding in the primary and/or crankshaft. 2. Is voltage drop greater than 1.0V?
5. Is engine binding? a. Yes. Go to Test 7.
a. Yes. Repair as needed. b. No. Go to Test 3.
b. No. Replace starter solenoid assembly.
3. Starter Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test
STARTER SPINS BUT DOES NOT ENGAGE
1. Perform voltage drop test between battery (-) terminal and
starter attaching bolts.
Table 3-6. Starter Spins But Does Not Engage Diagnostic
Faults 2. Is voltage drop greater than 1.0V?
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
Starter clutch assembly b. No. Go to Test 5.

Clutch shell and/or starter pinion damage
4. Chassis Ground Circuit Voltage Drop Test
1. Pinion Gear and Clutch Shell Test 1. Perform voltage drop test from battery (-) terminal to
1. Remove primary cover. chassis ground.
2. Inspect for damage to starter pinion gear and clutch shell 2. Is voltage drop greater than 1.0V?
and sprocket. a. Yes. Inspect (BK) wire for damage from battery (-)
NOTE terminal to chassis ground, repair or replace if
necessary.
Inspect ACR operation (if equipped) before installation of new
starter clutch assembly. b. No. Clean bolts and starter base, install starter bolts.
3. Is damage present?
5. ACR Test
a. Yes. Replace clutch assembly or clutch shell and 1. Turn IGN OFF.
sprocket.
b. No. Replace starter clutch assembly. and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between
wire harness [78B-1], [78B-2], [78B-3] and [78A-1], [78A-2],
STARTER STALLS OR SPINS TOO SLOWLY [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
4. Turn IGN ON.
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY HD-41404), jumper between BOB [78-2] terminals 4 and
10.
3-8 94000396
6. Do ACRs click?
b. No. Replace front and rear ACR solenoids.
6. Starter Draw Test

1. Perform Starter Current Draw Test on motorcycle. See
TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE, Starter Current
Draw Test (Page 3-13).
2. Perform Starter Motor Free Running Current Draw Test
(on bench). See TESTING STARTER ON BENCH, Free
Running Current Draw Test (Page 3-14).
3. Are test results within range?
a. Yes. With the spark plugs removed and transmission
in 6th gear, rotate rear wheel. Check for engine, primary
and/or crankshaft bind.
b. No. Replace starter.
7. Starter Solenoid Battery Side Voltage Drop

Test
1. Perform voltage drop test between battery (+) terminal and
starter solenoid terminal 1 (R) wire.
a. Yes. Repair or replace connection between battery (+)
terminal and starter solenoid terminal 1 (R) wire.
b. No. Repair or replace starter solenoid assembly.
94000396 3-9
STARTER OUTPUT DTCS 3.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Conditions for Setting
• DTC B2121 will set if the starter solenoid circuit draws less
The starter solenoid circuit is controlled and monitored by the than 600 milliamps.
BCM. The BCM receives a CAN message from the start switch
in the RHCM to engage the starter. Voltage is sent from the • DTC B2124 will set if the starter solenoid circuit draws more
BCM to the starter solenoid [128] (R/BK) wire. The BCM than 12 amps.
disables the starter solenoid if the start switch is pressed for
more than 10 seconds. Connector Information
Table 3-8. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION (Page A-1).
B2121 Starter output open
B2122 Starter output shorted high
B2123 Starter output shorted low
B2124 Starter output overloaded
em01682
R/O
R
Fuse
2 B Block
BK R
Battery Main
15A 40A
R
1 A
Battery [64B]
1
GND 1
R
[128B]
R/BK
[259B] [259A]
R
2 BCM
W/R D2 D2 CAN High
W/BK E2 E2 CAN Low

[22B-1] [22A-1]
BK/GN G4 G4 Ground
CAN Low W/BK 4 4 W/BK W/GY C4 C4 Engine Stop Switch Input
CAN High W/R 3 3 W/R
Ground BK 2 2 BK/GN [242B] [242A]

RHCM
Battery R/O 1 1 R/O
BK/GN
Engine Stop Switch W/GY 1 1 W/GY
[22B-2] [22A-2]
GND 1
Figure 3-5. Starter

DTC B2121 1. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect starter solenoid [128].
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY HD-41404), during first 4-5 seconds, while start button is
pressed, test battery voltage between [128B] (R/BK) and
Table 3-9. DTC B2121 Diagnostic Faults ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 5. Is battery voltage present?
Open in starter circuit a. Yes. Replace starter solenoid assembly.
Open in starter solenoid b. No. Go to Test 2.
3-10 94000396
2. Starter Solenoid Supply Voltage Test b. No. Replace BCM.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC B2123
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
wire harness [242B] and [242A]. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
4. During first 4-5 seconds, while start button is pressed, test
voltage between BOB terminal L2 and ground. Table 3-11. DTC B2123 Diagnostic Faults
5. Is voltage present? POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Yes. Repair open in (R/BK) wire between [242B] Short in starter circuit
terminal L2 and [128B].
Short in starter solenoid
b. No. Replace BCM.
1. Starter Solenoid Supply Resistance Test
DTC B2122
1. Turn IGN OFF.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire
harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
Table 3-10. DTC B2122 Diagnostic Faults 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal L2 and
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ground.
Short in starter circuit
5. Is continuity present?
Short in starter solenoid
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/BK) wire between
[242B] terminal L2 and [128B].
1. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test
b. No. Replace BCM.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect starter solenoid [128]. DTC B2124
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between [128B] (R/BK) and HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
ground. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
b. No. Replace starter solenoid assembly. Table 3-12. DTC B2124 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Starter Solenoid Supply Voltage Test Short in starter circuit
1. Turn IGN OFF. Starter solenoid malfunction
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) Corrosion at connector
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between
wire harness [242B] and [242A]. See DIAGNOSTIC 1. Starter Solenoid [128] Test
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
1. Turn IGN OFF.
is in position on BOB. 2. Disconnect starter solenoid [128].
4. Turn IGN ON. 3. Inspect [128] and (R/BK) wire for damage or corrosion.
5. Without pressing start button, test voltage between BOB 4. Is any present?
terminal L2 and ground. a. Yes. Repair or replace [128] and (R/BK) wire.
6. Is voltage present? b. No. Go to Test 2.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/BK) wire between
94000396 3-11
2. Starter Solenoid Circuit Test
HD-41404), test continuity between [128B] (R/BK) wire
and ground.
b. No. Replace starter solenoid assembly.
3. Starter Solenoid Supply Continuity Test

3. Test continuity between BOB terminal L2 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/BK) wire between
b. No. Replace BCM.
3-12 94000396
TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE 3.4
STARTER CURRENT DRAW TEST

NOTE
• Engine temperature should be stable and at room
temperature.
• Battery should be fully charged.
Check starter current draw with FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT

PROBE (PART NUMBER: HD-39617). See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
1. Verify that transmission is in neutral.

2. Disconnect CKP sensor [79].
3. Clamp FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE (PART
NUMBER: HD-39617) around positive battery cable to
starter solenoid.
NOTE
After the start button has been pressed for 10 seconds, the
BCM will stop voltage to the starter solenoid automatically.
4. With IGN ON, press start button and read ammeter.

Disregard initial high current reading. This is normal when
engine is first turned over.
5. Did starter current draw exceed 250A?
a. Yes. Perform a bench test. See TESTING STARTER
ON BENCH, Free Running Current Draw Test
(Page 3-14).
b. No. Starter current is within specification.
94000396 3-13
TESTING STARTER ON BENCH 3.5
FREE RUNNING CURRENT DRAW TEST ed03287
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1

6 2
1. Place starter in vise. Use a clean shop towel to prevent
scratches or other damage.
2. See Figure 3-6. Attach one heavy jumper cable (6 gauge

minimum).
a. Connect one end to starter mounting flange. 5
b. Connect the other end to battery (-) terminal of a fully

charged battery. 3
3. Connect a second heavy jumper cable (6 gauge minimum).
a. Connect one end to battery (+) terminal of battery.
b. Connect other end to battery terminal on starter. 4

Clamp FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE (PART
NUMBER: HD-39617) around cable. 1. Mounting flange
2. Battery
CAUTION 3. Current probe
4. Multimeter
Keep fingers and clothing away from starter gear to
5. Relay terminal
prevent personal injury. (00613b)
6. Batter terminal
Figure 3-6. Free Running Current Draw Test
4. Connect a smaller jumper cable (14 gauge minimum).
STARTER SOLENOID TEST
a. Connect one end to positive (+) terminal of battery.
Do not disassemble solenoid. Before testing, disconnect field
b. Connect other end to solenoid relay terminal [128]. wire from solenoid motor terminal as shown in Figure 3-7.
Perform each test for only 3-5 seconds to prevent damage to

5. Check ammeter reading.
solenoid.
a. Ammeter should show 90A maximum. Perform the solenoid Pull-in, Hold-in and Return tests together
in one continuous operation. Conduct all three tests one after
b. If reading is higher, replace starter. the other in the sequence given without interruption.
c. If starter current draw on vehicle was over 250A and SOLENOID PULL-IN TEST
this test was within specification, possible causes
may be ACR malfunction, engine modifications, or 1. See Figure 3-7. Using a 12V battery, connect three
powertrain binding. separate test leads as follows:
a. Remove field wire from starter solenoid terminal 2.
b. Solenoid housing to negative battery post.
c. Solenoid motor terminal to negative battery post.
d. Solenoid relay terminal to positive battery post.
2. Observe starter shaft.

a. If starter shaft extends strongly, solenoid is working
properly.
b. If starter shaft does not extend strongly, replace
solenoid assembly.
3-14 94000396
2. Observe starter pinion.
ed02866
a. If starter shaft retracts, solenoid is working properly.
b. If starter shaft does not retract, replace solenoid
assembly.
1
ed04033
4 1
2
3
1. Battery
2. Solenoid housing
4
3. Solenoid relay terminal
4. Solenoid motor terminal 2
3
Figure 3-7. Pull-In Test
SOLENOID HOLD-IN TEST 1. Battery
2. Solenoid housing
1. See Figure 3-8. With test leads still connected in the 3. Solenoid relay terminal
manner specified in the previous TESTING STARTER ON 4. Solenoid motor terminal
BENCH, Solenoid Pull-In Test (Page 3-14), disconnect Figure 3-9. Return Test
solenoid motor terminal negative battery test lead at
negative battery post only. Connect loose end of this test
lead to positive battery post instead.
2. Observe starter shaft.
a. If starter shaft remains extended, solenoid is working
properly.
b. If starter shaft retracts, replace solenoid assembly.
ed02867
4
2
3
1. Battery
2. Solenoid housing
3. Solenoid relay terminal
4. Solenoid motor terminal
Figure 3-8. Hold-In Test
SOLENOID RETURN TEST
1. See Figure 3-9. With test leads still connected in the

manner specified at the end of TESTING STARTER ON
BENCH, Solenoid Hold-In Test (Page 3-15), disconnect
solenoid relay terminal positive battery post test lead at
either end.
94000396 3-15
CHARGING SYSTEM 3.6
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION em01950
2
The charging system is the source of electric current that
supplies power to run the ignition, lights, accessories and
charges the battery.
BK
BK
BK
• AC voltage is generated by an alternator assembly driven
1 2 3 [47B]
by the crankshaft.
1 2 3 [47A]
• A rotor supplied with a magnetic field spins around a stator. 3
• A rectifier (located in the regulator) converts the voltage
from AC to DC. P N [77A]
• A regulator matches the output voltage to the battery voltage P N [77B]
as engine speed varies.
BK
R
1
Even though the alternator provides additional voltage at all
engine speeds, avoid idling the engine for extended periods
of time.
BK
R
Alternator A 4
The alternator consists of two main components: Main
40A
• The rotor which mounts to the primary side of the crankshaft.
B [64B]
• The stator which is attached to the crankcase half.
R
Voltage Regulator
See Figure 3-10. The voltage regulator is a series regulator.
The circuit combines the functions of rectifying and regulating. R
R BK
TROUBLESHOOTING
BK
Battery
Test for a weak or dead battery. Battery must be fully charged
in order to perform a battery diagnostic test, load test or starting 5
or charging tests. See BATTERY TESTING (Page 3-1). 6
Wiring 1. Fuse block

2. Stator
The stator connections must be clean and tight. 3. Voltage regulator
4. GND2
Check for corroded or loose connections in the charging system
5. Engine GND
circuit.
6. Starter
Voltage Regulator Inspection Figure 3-10. Charging System Circuit
The voltage regulator must be clean and tight. Verify both AC

LOW OR NO CHARGING
and DC connectors are fully inserted and locked with the
regulator latch. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Table 3-13. Low or No Charging Diagnostic Faults
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS POSSIBLE CAUSES
(Page A-1). Battery
Stator malfunction
Rotor malfunction
Voltage regulator malfunction
Open voltage regulator circuit
Stator shorted to ground
AC wire shorted to ground
3-16 94000396
1. Battery Test 7. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING NOTE
(Page 3-1). Voltage regulator ground must have a clean, tight connection
2. Did battery pass test? for proper grounding.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Test resistance between [77B] terminal (-) and ground 2.
b. No. Replace battery. 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
a. Yes. Replace voltage regulator.
2. Off Idle Voltage Test
b. No. Repair open wire between voltage regulator [77B]
1. Start engine and run at 3000 rpm for 30 seconds. terminal (-) and ground 2 (BK) wire.
2. With the engine still running at 3000 RPM, test battery
voltage. OVERCHARGING
3. Is voltage above 14V?
a. Yes. Charging system working properly.
Table 3-14. Overcharging Diagnostic Faults
3. AC Output Test POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Perform AC output test. See CHARGING SYSTEM, Battery Voltage regulator malfunction
Charging Tests (Page 3-18). Open in ground circuit
2. Did output test pass?
1. Battery Voltage Test
1. Start engine and run at 3000 rpm, test battery voltage.
2. Is voltage above 15.5V?
4. Stator Test a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
1. Perform stator test. See CHARGING SYSTEM, Battery b. No. Charging system working properly.
Charging Tests (Page 3-18).
2. Is the stator good? 2. Voltage Regulator Ground Circuit Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. NOTE
b. No. Replace stator. Voltage regulator ground must have a clean and tight
connection for proper grounding.
5. Rotor Inspection Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.

1. Turn IGN OFF. 2. Disconnect voltage regulator [77].
2. Inspect rotor magnets for damage. 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
3. Remove compensator assembly and inspect rotor and HD-41404), test resistance between [77B] terminal (-) and
shaft splines for excessive wear. ground 2.
4. Verify stator bolts have not backed out and contacted rotor. 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
5. Is rotor in good condition? a. Yes. Replace voltage regulator.
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. b. No. Repair open wire between [77B] terminal (-) and
ground 2 (BK) wire.
b. No. Replace rotor.
LOW BATTERY AFTER EXTENDED IGN OFF
6. Voltage Regulator Power Circuit Test
1. Disconnect voltage regulator [77]. Table 3-15. Low Battery After Extended IGN OFF Diagnost-
ic Faults
HD-41404), test resistance between [77B] terminal (+) and POSSIBLE CAUSES
battery.
Battery
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? Accessories improperly wired to stay on at all times
a. Yes. Go to Test 7. Excessive draw from electrical component with IGN OFF
b. No. Repair open wire between voltage regulator [77B] Battery discharged because motorcycle was not operated for
terminal (+) and battery. a long period
94000396 3-17
1. Battery Test 2. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING 3. Verify all lights and accessories are OFF.
(Page 3-1).
4. Disconnect the security siren (if equipped).
2. Did battery pass test?
5. Remove main fuse.
NOTE
b. No. Replace battery. With IGN OFF, an initial current draw will occur directly after
connecting meter. This should drop to the values shown in
2. Amp Draw Test Table 3-17 in less than 30 seconds.
1. Perform milliampere draw test. See CHARGING SYSTEM, 6. See Figure 3-11. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART
Battery Charging Tests (Page 3-18). NUMBER: HD-41404), connect ammeter to main fuse
2. Did test exceed maximum draw? socket terminals. With this arrangement, you will also pick
up any regulator drain.
a. Yes. Repair excessive draw and run test again.
7. Observe current reading.
b. No. System is working properly.
a. Add the maximum draw values found in table for the
BATTERY RUNS DOWN DURING USE components equipped on the vehicle being tested. If
the reading observed on the ammeter is less than the
sum of the maximum draw for the components, the draw
Table 3-16. Battery Runs Down During Use Diagnostic is within specification. Refer to Table 3-17.
Faults
b. A higher ammeter reading indicates excessive current
POSSIBLE CAUSES draw. Locate the component or accessory with high
Battery draw by unplugging one at a time while observing the
meter reading.
Excessive accessory draw
Accessories on when idling or low rpm riding for extended Table 3-17. Milliampere Draw Test
period
MAXIMUM DRAW IN MILLI-
1. Battery Test ITEM AMPERES
LHCM 1.0
(Page 3-1). RHCM 1.0
2. Did battery pass test? Speedometer 1.0
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. Tachometer (if equipped) 1.0
b. No. Replace battery. Regulator 1.0

ABS (if equipped) 1.0
2. Total Current Draw Test BCM 1.0
1. Perform total current draw and output test. See ECM 1.0
CHARGING SYSTEM, Battery Charging Tests Security siren (if equipped) 20.0*
(Page 3-18).
* Siren will draw for 2-24 hours from time motorcycle battery
2. Does charging system exceed current draw by 3.5A? is connected and 0.05 mA once siren battery is charged.
a. Yes. System is working properly. Disconnect siren during milliampere draw test.
b. No. System accessory power requirements exceed

charging system capability.
BATTERY CHARGING TESTS

Milliampere Draw Test

NOTE
Be sure accessories are not wired so they stay on at all times.
This condition could drain battery completely if vehicle is parked
for a long time.
1. Security system: Enable service mode before performing

test.
3-18 94000396
10. Start engine and run at 3000 rpm.
em00870
1 NOTE
Do not leave any load switch turned on for more than 20
seconds or overheating and tester damage are possible.
[47A] 1 2 3
11. Increase the load as required to obtain a constant 13.0V.
3 12. Current output should be 35-50A. Make note of current
output.
- + [77A]
- + [77B] NOTE
BK Rider's habits may require output test at lower rpm.
R
2 13. Compare both of these readings.

a. The current output should exceed current draw by 3.5A
R A B R minimum.
[64B] b. If output does not meet specifications, there may be too
many accessories for the charging system to handle.
ed02802
GND 2 R
1. Ammeter
2. Fuse block [64B]
3. Voltage regulator 1
Figure 3-11. Milliampere Draw Test (Ignition Turned to OFF)
Total Current Draw and Output Test

If battery runs down during use, the current draw of the
motorcycle components and accessories may exceed output
3
of the charging system.
2
NOTE
If a load tester is unavailable, use an ammeter with current
probe. 1. Load tester
2. Induction pickup
WARNING 3. Battery
Turn battery load tester OFF before connecting tester Figure 3-12. Check Current Draw (Ignition On)
cables to battery terminals. Connecting tester cables with
load tester ON can cause a spark and battery explosion, Stator Test
which could result in death or serious injury. (00252a) 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. See Figure 3-12. Connect load tester. 2. See Figure 3-13. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART
NUMBER: HD-41404), connect an ohmmeter.
a. Connect negative and positive leads to battery
terminals. a. Disconnect voltage regulator [47] from alternator stator
wiring.
b. Place load tester induction pickup over battery negative
cable. b. Insert one ohmmeter lead into a stator connector socket.
c. Attach the other lead to a suitable ground.
2. With IGN OFF, disconnect voltage regulator [77].
3. Start engine. 3. Test continuity.
4. Turn all continuously running lights and accessories ON a. A good stator will show no continuity (open circuit)
(headlamp on high beam). between all stator sockets and ground.
5. Run engine at 3000 rpm and make note of the current b. Any other reading indicates a grounded stator which
draw. must be replaced.
6. Turn IGN OFF. 4. See Figure 3-14. Remove ground lead. Test resistance
7. Connect voltage regulator [77]. across stator [47B] terminals 1-2, 2-3 and 3-1.
8. Remove the induction pickup from the battery negative a. Resistance across all stator terminals should be 0.1-0.3
cable. ohm.
9. Place induction pickup over positive regulator cable. b. If resistance is out of range, replace stator.
94000396 3-19
NOTE c. Run the engine at 2000 rpm. The VAC output should
When testing resistance (ohms), compensate for test lead be 32-46 VAC (approximately 16-22 per 1000 rpm).
resistance before performing the measurement. Select the d. Repeat test using terminals 2 to 3 and 1 to 3.
ohms position and touch the test leads together. See the
multimeter user's manual to zero display or manually subtract 2. Compare test results to specifications.
test lead resistance from the measured circuit's value.
a. If the output is below specifications, charging problem
could be a faulty rotor or stator.
ed03508
b. If output is within specifications, charging problem might
be faulty voltage regulator. Replace as required.
ed03509
Figure 3-13. Test for Grounded Stator (Typical)
ed03510
Figure 3-15. Check Stator AC Voltage Output (Typical)
Figure 3-14. Check for Stator Resistance (Typical)
AC Output Test
1. See Figure 3-15. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART
NUMBER: HD-41404), test AC output.
a. Disconnect voltage regulator [47] from alternator stator
wiring.
b. Test for VAC across stator [47B] terminals 1 to 2.
3-20 94000396
ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS 3.7
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Table 3-18. Code Description
DTC DESCRIPTION
Battery voltage is monitored by the ABS ECU. DTCs set if
monitoring finds irregular voltage readings. C1222 ABS voltage low - terminal 11
C1223 ABS voltage low - terminal 20
DTC C0562 and C0563
Battery voltage is monitored by the ABS ECU on both terminals
DIAGNOSTICS
11 and 20.
• DTC C0562 is displayed when the ABS ECU falls below

Diagnostic Tips
10.5V during a non-ABS event or the ABS ECU falls below Any of the following conditions could cause these DTCs to set:
8.7V during an ABS event.
• The charging system is malfunctioning.
• DTC C0563 is displayed when the ABS ECU exceeds 17.0V
during a non-ABS event. • There is excessive battery draw.
• Extended idling in heavy traffic.
DTC C1222 and C1223
• A faulty system ground is present.
Battery voltage is monitored by the ABS ECU on terminal 11
and on terminal 20. • Shorted ABS actuator circuit.
• DTC C1222 is displayed when the voltage of terminal 11 Low voltage generally indicates a loose wire, corroded
falls below 2.0V of terminal 20. connections, battery or a charging system problem.
• DTC C1223 is displayed when the voltage of terminal 20 High voltage DTC may set when the vehicle is placed on an
falls below 2.0V of terminal 11. unapproved constant current battery charger for a long period
of time.
DTC DESCRIPTION
C0562 ABS voltage low For additional information about the connectors in the following
C0563 ABS voltage high (Page A-1).
94000396 3-21
em01942
R/O
R
Fuse
2 B Block
BK R
Battery Main
15A 40A
BK
R
1 A
Battery [64B]
1
R
[128B]
GND 1
R/BK
[259B] [259A]
2 BCM
Ignition
Switch
BCM Input 2 2 5 5 Console R/BK L2 L2 Starter Solenoid Power
W/BE W/BE
Mounted
Ground 1 1 BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN Ignition R/GN L3 L3 System Power
W/BE W/BE C3 C3 Ignition Switch Input

Ignition [33A] [33B] [20B] [20A]
BK/GN W D3 D3 Neutral Switch Input
Switch
BCM Input 2 2 W/BE W/BE Side BK/GN G4 G4 Ground
Mounted
Ground 1 1 BK/GN BK/GN Ignition
[242B] [242A]
[33A] [33B]
[78A-1] [78B-1] [20A] [20B]

ECM Speedometer
(BK) Ground 10 10 BK/GN R/O 6 6 R/O 5 5 Battery
Ground 10 10 BK/GN
(GY) System Power 16 16 R/GN [39B] [39A]
Battery Fuse 18 18 R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
Neutral [131A-1] [131B-1]

Switch
BCM Input 1 1 W
ABS ECU
(If Equipped)
Ground 1 1 BK BK 6 6 Ground
[131A-2] [131B-2] R 11 11 Battery

BK/GN
BK
R 20 20 Battery
[166B] [166A]
GND 2 GND 1
Figure 3-16. High and Low Voltage Modules

DTC C0562 Table 3-19. DTC C0562 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Low battery
Open ABS ECU ground circuit
Open ABS ECU battery circuit
1. Battery Test
(Page 3-1).
3-22 94000396
2. Did battery pass test? 7. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Perform a voltage drop test between [64B] socket terminal
B and battery (+).
2. Charging System Test a. Yes. Go to Test 8.
1. Perform charging system test. See CHARGING SYSTEM, b. No. Repair or replace [64B] socket terminals A and B.
Low or No Charging (Page 3-16).
2. Is charging system working properly? 8. Fuse Block Supply Voltage Drop Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. 1. Perform a voltage drop test between starter terminal 1 and
battery (+).
b. No. Repair charging system.
3. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Test a. Yes. Repair or replace (R) wire between starter terminal
1 and battery (+).
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between starter terminal
1 and [64B] socket terminal B.
HD-48642) between wire harness [166A] and [166B]. See
3. With engine stop switch in the RUN position and
9. Repair Validation Test
transmission in neutral, turn IGN ON. 1. Clear DTCs.
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 2. Start vehicle.
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminals 11 and
3. Run at 3000 rpm for 5 seconds.
6.
4. Does DTC set?
a. Yes. One of the ABS actuators circuit may be shorted.
See ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4).
4. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Drop Test DTC C0563

1. Perform a voltage drop test between battery (+) terminal
and BOB terminal 11. See DIAGNOSTICS AND Table 3-20. DTC C0563 Diagnostic Faults
TROUBLESHOOTING, Voltage Drop (Page 1-18).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Charging system malfunction
b. No. Go to Test 5. 1. Charging System Test
1. Perform charging system tests. See CHARGING SYSTEM
5. ABS ECU Ground Circuit Voltage Test (Page 3-16).
1. Perform a voltage drop test between BOB terminal 6 and 2. Is charging system good?
battery (-) terminal. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
2. Is voltage drop greater than 0.5V? b. No. Repair charging system.
a. Yes. Repair wiring between [166B] terminal 6 and
battery negative. 2. Repair Validation Test
b. No. Problem may be intermittent. Locate and repair bad 1. Clear DTCs.
connection. Perform DIAGNOSTICS AND
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). If no 2. Start vehicle.
problem is found, then continue with tests. Go to Test 3. Run at 3000 rpm for 5 seconds.
9.
4. Did DTC reset?
6. Main Fuse Voltage Drop Test a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU.
1. Perform a voltage drop test between fuse block [64B] b. No. System working properly.
socket terminal A and battery (+).
DTC C1222, C1223
a. Yes. Go to Test 7. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between [64B] socket HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
terminal A and BCM power [259B]. HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX
94000396 3-23
Table 3-21. DTC C1222, C1223 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Wiring harness malfunction
1. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS ECU [166].
HD-48642) between wire harness [166A] and [166B]. See
4. With the engine stop switch in the RUN position and the
transmission in neutral, turn the IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminals 11, 20
and ground.
2. ABS ECU Battery Voltage Drop Test

1. Perform a voltage drop test between battery positive and
BOB terminals 11 and 20.
a. Yes. Repair or replace (R) wire between fuse block
[64B] socket terminal A and [166B].
b. No. Inspect [166B] for terminal pins backing out or for
fraying. Repair if necessary. Go to Test 3.

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
4. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. One of the ABS actuators circuit may be shorted.
See ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 7-4).
3-24 94000396
BATTERY AND SYSTEM VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS 3.8
Any of the following conditions could cause these DTCs to set:
Battery voltage is monitored by the ECM on the system power
terminal 16 of [78-2]. The system power is supplied to the ECM • The charging system is malfunctioning.
from the BCM system power terminal L3.
• There is excessive battery draw and/or extended idling in
DTC P0562 is displayed when system power is less than 12.2V heavy traffic.
at idle and voltage does not increase when engine speed is
• A faulty system ground is present. Low voltage generally
greater than 2000 rpm.
indicates a loose wire, corroded connections, battery and/or
a charging system problem.
DTC DESCRIPTION Connector Information
P0562 ECM voltage low For additional information about the connectors in the following
(Page A-1).
94000396 3-25
em01942
R/O
R
Fuse
2 B Block
BK R
Battery Main
15A 40A
BK
R
1 A
Battery [64B]
1
R
[128B]
GND 1
R/BK
[259B] [259A]
2 BCM
Ignition
Switch
W/BE W/BE
Mounted

Ignition [33A] [33B] [20B] [20A]
Switch
Mounted
[242B] [242A]
[33A] [33B]
[78A-1] [78B-1] [20A] [20B]

ECM Speedometer
Ground 10 10 BK/GN
[78A-2] [78B-2]
Neutral [131A-1] [131B-1]

Switch
BCM Input 1 1 W
ABS ECU
(If Equipped)
[131A-2] [131B-2] R 11 11 Battery

BK/GN
BK
R 20 20 Battery
[166B] [166A]
GND 2 GND 1

DTC P0562 Table 3-23. DTC P0562 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Low battery
Open ECM ground circuit
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE Open ECM system power circuit
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 1. Battery Test
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 1. Perform battery test. See BATTERY TESTING
(Page 3-1).
3-26 94000396
2. Did battery pass test? 7. ECM Ground [78-3] Circuit Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 10 and
ground.
2. Charging System Test a. Yes. Problem may be intermittent. Locate and repair
bad connection. Perform DIAGNOSTICS AND
1. Perform charging system test. See CHARGING SYSTEM,
TROUBLESHOOTING, Voltage Drop (Page 1-18). If
Low or No Charging (Page 3-16).
no problem is found, then continue with tests. Go to
2. Is charging system working properly? Test 13.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. b. No. Repair wiring between ECM [78B-3] terminal 10
and ground.
3. ECM Switched Voltage Test 8. BCM System Power Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove BOB.
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between 3. Connect [78A] to [78B].
wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3] and ECM
[78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) TOOLS (Page 1-14).
4. Start vehicle. is in position on BOB.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 6. Start vehicle.
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminals 16
7. Test voltage between BOB terminal L3 and ground.
and 10.
8. Is voltage greater than 12.2V?
a. Yes. Repair (R/GN) wire between [242B] terminal L3
a. Yes. System is working properly.
and [78B-2] terminal 16.
4. ECM System Power Test 9. BCM Power Test

1. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 16 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Test voltage at [259B].
5. ECM Ground [78-1] Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
ground.
10. Main Fuse Voltage Test
1. Connect [259].
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Leaving main fuse in place, perform a voltage drop test
b. No. Repair wiring between ECM [78B-1] terminal 10
between fuse block [64B] socket terminal A and battery
and ground.
(+).
6. ECM Ground [78-2] Circuit Test
ground. b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between fuse block [64B]
socket terminal A and [259B].
b. No. Repair wiring between ECM [78B-2] terminal 10
and ground.
94000396 3-27
11. Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test
1. Leaving main fuse in place, perform a voltage drop test
between fuse block [64B] socket terminal B and battery
(+).
b. No. Repair or replace [64B] socket terminals A and B.
12. Fuse Block Supply Voltage Drop Test

1. Perform a voltage drop test between starter terminal 1 and
battery (+).
a. Yes. Repair or replace (R) wire between starter terminal
1 and battery (+).
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between starter terminal
1 and fuse block [64B] socket terminal B.

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
4. Did DTC reset?
3-28 94000396
IGN SWITCH DTCS 3.9
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DTC B2201 is set when the BCM detects vehicles speed and
indicates an open circuit between [242B] and [33B] in the
The ignition switch turns on the BCM and the BCM then turns (W/BE) wire.
on all the other components. The ignition switch has three DTC B2203 is set when the BCM indicates a short to ground
positions: OFF, IGN and ACC. However, there are only two between [242B] and [33B] in the (W/BE) wire.
wires coming from the ignition switch. There is a ground wire
and a signal wire that runs to the BCM. Table 3-24. Code Description
There are two resistors built into the ignition switch: DTC DESCRIPTION
• 200 ohms for the IGN position. B2201 IGN switch off w/VSS
• 800 ohms for the ACC position. B2203 Ignition switch input shorted low
The BCM will see a different voltage depending on position of Connector Information
ignition switch.
(Page A-1).
94000396 3-29
em01942
R/O
R
Fuse
2 B Block
BK R
Battery Main
15A 40A
BK
R
1 A
Battery [64B]
1
R
[128B]
GND 1
R/BK
[259B] [259A]
2 BCM
Ignition
Switch
W/BE W/BE
Mounted

Ignition [33A] [33B] [20B] [20A]
Switch
Mounted
[242B] [242A]
[33A] [33B]
[78A-1] [78B-1] [20A] [20B]

ECM Speedometer
Ground 10 10 BK/GN
[78A-2] [78B-2]
Neutral [131A-1] [131B-1]

Switch
BCM Input 1 1 W
ABS ECU
(If Equipped)
[131A-2] [131B-2] R 11 11 Battery

BK/GN
BK
R 20 20 Battery
[166B] [166A]
GND 2 GND 1

DTC B2201 Table 3-25. DTC B2201 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in (W/BE) wire
NOTE
Verify the vehicle is in neutral, the key fob is present and in
working order (if security equipped), and the engine stop switch
is in RUN position.
3-30 94000396
1. Ignition Circuit Test 1. Ignition Continuity [242B] Test
1. Observe headlamp. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Does headlamp illuminate? 2. Disconnect ignition switch [33].
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
harness [242B], leaving BCM [242A] disconnected. See
2. Ignition Switch Ground Test 4. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
1. Turn IGN OFF. is in position on BOB.
2. Disconnect ignition switch [33]. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal C3 and
ground.
HD-41404), test resistance between [33B] terminal 1 and
ground. 6. Is continuity present?
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/BE) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. b. No. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Repair open between [33B] terminal 1 and ground
(BK/GN) wire. 2. Ignition Switch Run Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
3. Ignition Switch to BCM Test 2. Test resistance between [33A] terminals 1 (BK/GN) wire
1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and 2 (W/BE) wire.
wire harness [242B], leaving BCM [242A] disconnected.
See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14). a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
2. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) b. No. Replace ignition switch.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 3. Ignition Switch ACC Test
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal C3 and
1. Turn IGN ACC.
[33B] terminal 2.
2. Test resistance between [33A] terminals 1 (BK/GN) wire
and 2 (W/BE) wire.
b. No. Repair open in (W/BE) wire between [242B] terminal
C3 and [33B] terminals 2.
b. No. Replace ignition switch.
4. Ignition Switch Test
1. Perform wiggle test. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
4. Ignition Switch OFF Test
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Check DTCs. 2. Test continuity between [33A] terminals 1 (BK/GN) wire
and 2 (W/BE) wire.
3. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. Replace ignition switch.
a. Yes. Replace ignition switch.
b. No. System operating properly.
b. No. Replace BCM.
DTC B2203

Table 3-26. DTC B2203 Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short in ignition switch
94000396 3-31
ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS 3.10
DTC DESCRIPTION
The RHCM is monitored by the BCM. Any communication
failures between both modules sets a DTC. B2206 Run/stop switch input open/shorted high
These DTCs only refer to the redundant engine stop switch B2208 Run/stop switch input shorted low
(W/GY) wire from the RHCM.
• DTC B2206 is set when the BCM indicates an open between
[242B] terminal C4 and the engine stop switch. For additional information about the connectors in the following
• DTC B2208 is set when the BCM indicates a short to ground (Page A-1).
between [242B] terminal C4 and the engine stop switch.
em01682
R/O
R
Fuse
2 B Block
BK R
Battery Main
15A 40A
R
1 A
Battery [64B]
1
GND 1 R
R
[128B]
R/BK
[259B] [259A]
R
2 BCM
W/R D2 D2 CAN High
W/BK E2 E2 CAN Low

[22B-1] [22A-1]
BK/GN G4 G4 Ground
CAN Low W/BK 4 4 W/BK W/GY C4 C4 Engine Stop Switch Input
CAN High W/R 3 3 W/R
Ground BK 2 2 BK/GN [242B] [242A]

RHCM
Battery R/O 1 1 R/O
BK/GN
Engine Stop Switch W/GY 1 1 W/GY
[22B-2] [22A-2]
GND 1
Figure 3-19. Starter

DTC B2206 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test voltage between [22A-2] terminal 1 (W/GY)
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME wire and ground during the first 4-5 seconds after IGN ON.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 4. Turn IGN ON.
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 5. Is voltage present?
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. BCM Voltage Test
Open in engine stop circuit 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. BCM Supply Voltage Test and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between
1. Turn IGN OFF. wire harness [242B] and [242A]. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
3-32 94000396
4. During the first 4-5 seconds after IGN ON, test voltage
between BOB terminal C4 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair open in (W/GY) wire between [242B]
terminal C4 and [22A-2].
b. No. Replace BCM.
DTC B2208


POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in engine stop circuit
1. BCM to Ground Continuity Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Test continuity between BOB terminal C4 and ground.
b. No. Replace BCM.
2. RHCM to Ground Continuity Test

1. Disconnect RHCM [22A-2].
2. Test continuity between BOB terminal C4 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground between [242B] terminal
C4 and [22A-2] (W/GY) wire.
94000396 3-33
BCM VOLTAGE DTCS 3.11
1 2
See Figure 3-20 and Figure 3-21. Battery voltage is constantly
monitored by the BCM and speedometer. Any voltage readings 3
outside of normal parameters set a DTC.
DTC B2271
The BCM monitors [259] terminal 1 for battery power.
DTC B2271 is displayed when battery voltage is less than 9.0V. 4

DTC B2272
The BCM monitors [259] terminal 1 and the speedometer
monitors terminal 5 for battery power.
• DTC B2272 (BCM) is displayed when battery voltage is 1. Indicators

greater than 16.1V for longer than 5 seconds. 2. Speedometer [39]
3. TGS
• DTC B2272 (Speedometer) is displayed when battery 4. Fuel pump [141]
voltage is greater than 16.0V for longer than 5 seconds.
Figure 3-21. Handlebar: FXSB
NOTE
ECM, ABS, ECU and/or BCM may also set a battery voltage Diagnostic Tips
DTC.
High voltage DTC may set when the vehicle is placed on an
unapproved constant current battery charger, on fast charge,
Table 3-30. Code Description for a long period of time.
DTC DESCRIPTION Connector Information

B2271 BCM voltage low
B2272 BCM/speedometer voltage high diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
(Page A-1).
ed03992
2 3
4
1
10
6
9
8 7
1. Auxiliary lamp switch (FLSTC, FLSTN)
2. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB)
3. Fuel pump [141]
4. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB)
5. LHCM [24]
6. Front WSS [167]
7. Fuel gauge [117]
8. Headlamp [38]
9. Left front turn/auxiliary [31L] (except FLSTC,
FLSTN) and fender tip [32] (FLSTC)
10. Console [20]
Figure 3-20. Under Fuel Tank Left Side
3-34 94000396
em01942
R/O
R
Fuse
2 B Block
BK R
Battery Main
15A 40A
BK
R
1 A
Battery [64B]
1
R
[128B]
GND 1
R/BK
[259B] [259A]
2 BCM
Ignition
Switch
W/BE W/BE
Mounted

Ignition [33A] [33B] [20B] [20A]
Switch
Mounted
[242B] [242A]
[33A] [33B]
[78A-1] [78B-1] [20A] [20B]

ECM Speedometer
Ground 10 10 BK/GN
[78A-2] [78B-2]
Neutral [131A-1] [131B-1]

Switch
BCM Input 1 1 W
ABS ECU
(If Equipped)
[131A-2] [131B-2] R 11 11 Battery

BK/GN
BK
R 20 20 Battery
[166B] [166A]
GND 2 GND 1

DTC B2271 Table 3-31. DTC B2271 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Charging system malfunction
BCM power circuit
Open in battery power circuit
1. Battery Test
(Page 3-1).
94000396 3-35
2. Did battery pass test? 6. Fuse Block Supply Voltage Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Perform a voltage drop test between starter terminal 1 and
battery (+).
b. No. Charge or replace battery as needed. Verify repair.
2. Charging System Test a. Yes. Repair or replace (R) wire between starter terminal
1 and battery (+).
1. Perform charging system test. See CHARGING SYSTEM,
Low or No Charging (Page 3-16). b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between starter terminal
1 and fuse block [64B] socket terminal B.
2. Is charging system working properly?
b. No. Repair charging system. Go to Test 7.
1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
3. BCM Power Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Did DTC reset?
HD-41404), test voltage between [259B] to ground. b. No. System working properly.
DTC B2272
b. No. Go to Test 4. Table 3-32. DTC B2272 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
4. Main Fuse Voltage Test Charging system malfunction
1. Perform a voltage drop test between fuse block [64B]
socket terminal A and battery (+). 1. Charging System Test
2. Is voltage drop greater than 0.5V? 1. Perform charging system tests. See CHARGING SYSTEM,
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. Overcharging (Page 3-17).
b. No. Repair or replace (R) wire between fuse block [64B] 2. Is charging system good?
socket terminal A and [259B]. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
5. Fuse Block Voltage Test
1. Perform a voltage drop test between fuse block [64B] 2. Repair Validation Test
socket terminal B and battery (+).
1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start vehicle.
b. No. Repair or replace fuse block [64B] socket terminals
A and B. 4. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes, DTC set by speedometer. Replace speedometer.
b. Yes, DTC set by BCM. Replace BCM.
c. No. System working properly.
3-36 94000396
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
4.1 INSTRUMENTS .................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................... 4-2
4.3 TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE, DTC B2255 ............................................ 4-8
4.4 NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................ 4-9
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS ........................................................................................................... 4-11
4.6 GAUGES ............................................................................................................................. 4-19
INSTRUMENTS
NOTES
INSTRUMENTS 4.1
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION triggered by the gear teeth of fifth gear on the transmission
mainshaft.
See Figure 4-1. The speedometer contains several indicators. The output from the sensor is a series of pulses that are
These indicators include the check engine, security, low battery, interpreted by ECM, converted into CAN bus data then sent
low fuel lamps and ABS and cruise control (if equipped). to the speedometer. The speedometer uses the data to control
the position of the speedometer needle. The data message is
Trip Odometer Reset Switch Operation also used by the BCM for turn signal cancellation.
Pressing the trip odometer reset switch, located on the left INSTRUMENT DIAGNOSTICS
hand controls, provides the following functions:
• Change the odometer display between total mileage, trip The speedometer monitors direct inputs from sensors and
odometer A and trip B, fuel remaining, 12/24 hour clock and switches, along with receiving information from the other
tachometer with gear indication. modules over the CAN bus lines. It sets codes when the
parameters for the inputs are out of range.
• Reset the trip odometer (press and hold 2-3 seconds).
• Gain access to self-diagnostic mode and clear diagnostic Table 4-1. Code Description
codes. See Initial Diagnostics, Odometer Self-Diagnostics
DTC DESCRIPTION
(Page 1-9).
B1200 Internal fault
ed03775 B1210 Fuel level sender shorted low/open
B1211 Fuel level sender shorted high
B2255 Trip switch stuck
4
5
2
ABS
1 6
1. ABS icon (km/h ABS icon also shown)

2. Check engine
3. Low fuel
4. Security
5. Battery discharge
6. Cruise control
Figure 4-1. Indicator Lamps
The odometer mileage is permanently stored and will not be

lost when electrical power is turned off or disconnected. The
trip odometer reset switch allows switching between the
odometer, trip odometer and fuel range displays.
To zero the trip odometer, have the odometer display visible,

press and keep the trip odometer reset switch depressed. The
trip odometer mileage will be displayed for 2-3 seconds and
then the trip mileage will return to zero.
SPEEDOMETER THEORY OF OPERATION
The vehicle speed sensor is mounted at the back of the

transmission case. The VSS is a Hall-Effect sensor that is
94000396 4-1
FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS 4.2
2 3
4
See Figure 4-2 and Figure 4-3. The fuel level is monitored by
the speedometer [39] at terminal 9 (W/Y) wire. The low fuel 1
warning lamp serves two functions. It is used to indicate a low
fuel condition and to communicate a problem with the fuel
sender circuit. The speedometer will flash the low fuel warning 5
lamp on and off at a steady rate when a current fuel level
sender DTC is set.
• If the voltage on terminal 9 exceeds the lower limit for 15 10

seconds, a DTC B1210 will be set. The low fuel warning
lamp will flash on and off at a steady rate. 6
9
• If the voltage on terminal 9 exceeds the upper limit (or is 8 7
open) for 15 seconds, a DTC B1211 will set. The low fuel
warning lamp will flash on and off at a steady rate. 1. Auxiliary lamp switch (FLSTC, FLSTN)
Table 4-2. Code Description 3. Fuel pump [141]
DTC DESCRIPTION
5. LHCM [24]
B1210 Fuel level sender shorted low/open 6. Front WSS [167]
B1211 Fuel level sender shorted high 7. Fuel gauge [117]
8. Headlamp [38]
Voltage is supplied to the fuel level sender on the (W/Y) wire 9. Left front turn/auxiliary [31L] (except FLSTC,
from the fuel gauge. As the fuel level changes the resistance FLSTN) and fender tip [32] (FLSTC)
of the sender changes. As the resistance of the sender 10. Console [20]
changes, the voltage on the (W/Y) wire changes. Figure 4-2. Under Fuel Tank Left Side
ed03990
1 2
3
1. Indicators
2. Speedometer [39]
3. TGS
4. Fuel pump [141]
(Page A-1).
4-2 94000396
em01943
BCM Fuel Pump

[20A] [20B] [141B] [141A] And
Running Light Power

Sender
Fuel Pump Power

Main R/BN 7 7 R/BN R/BN A A Fuel Pump Power
Harness W/Y 4 4 W/Y W/Y B B Fuel Level Sender
With Fuel BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN C C Sender Ground
R Gauge BK 8 8 BK BK D D Pump Ground
1 R/O 6 6 R/O
F4 J3 [242A]
Battery F4 J3 [242B] W/Y 9 9 Fuel Level
15A
R/BN
BK/GN 7 7 Ground
BE
R/O 5 5 Battery Fuse
2 [64B]
R/BN
Speedometer
R/O
W/Y [39B] [39A]

BK/GN
Fuel Pump
BK
[13B] [13A] [141B] [141A] And
R/O Sender
R/BN R/BN 1 1 R/BN A A Fuel Pump Power
W/Y W/Y 2 2 W/Y B B Fuel Level Sender
Without Fuel BK/GN BK/GN 3 3 BK/GN C C Sender Ground
Gauge BK BK 4 4 BK D D Pump Ground
R/O
W/Y 4 4 W/Y 9 9 Fuel Level

BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN 7 7 Ground
R/O 6 6 R/O 5 5 Battery Fuse
Speedometer
[20A] [20B] [39B] [39A]
BE
Main
Harness
[117B] [117A] Fuel

Gauge
BE 1 1 O Running Light Power
With Fuel
Gauge W/Y 2 2 Y Fuel Level Sender
BK/GN 4 4 BK Ground
BE
W/Y
BK/GN
[200B] [200A] Resistor
ASSY
BE 1 1 36
Without Fuel
BK/GN
W/Y 2 2 36
Gauge
BK
BK/GN 3 3 200 36
GND 1 GND 2
Figure 4-4. Fuel Sensor Circuit

DTC B1210: EXCEPT FXSB Table 4-3. DTC B1210 Diagnostic Faults: Except FXSB
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open fuel gauge circuit
HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX Fuel gauge malfunction
1. BCM Test
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
Table 4-3. DTC B1210 Diagnostic Faults: Except FXSB wire harness [242B] and [242A]. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in fuel level sender circuit
Fuel level sender assembly malfunction
4. Turn IGN ON.
94000396 4-3
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal J3 and
ground.
b. No. Repair open in (W/Y) wire between fuel gauge and
speedometer.
b. No. Replace BCM. 7. Fuel Gauge Circuit Test
1. Test continuity between [117B] terminal 2 and ground.
2. Fuel Gauge Power Test 2. Is continuity present?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/Y) wire.
2. Disconnect fuel gauge [117].
b. No. Replace fuel gauge.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal J3 and [117B]
terminal 1 (BE) wire. DTC B1210: FXSB
b. No. Repair open between [117B] terminal 1 and [242] HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
terminal J3 (BE) wire.
3. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) to harness adapters Table 4-4. DTC B1210 Diagnostic Faults: FXSB
leaving [39A] disconnected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Turn IGN ON.
Short to ground in fuel level sender circuit
3. Test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground.
Fuel level sender assembly malfunction
4. Is voltage greater than 2.0V? Open fuel gauge circuit
a. Yes. Replace speedometer. Resistor assembly malfunction
1. BCM Test
4. Fuel Pump and Sender Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Disconnect fuel pump and sender assembly [141]. 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground. TOOLS (Page 1-14).
4. Is voltage greater than 2.0V? 3. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
a. Yes. Replace fuel pump and sender assembly.
4. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal J3 and
5. Fuel Gauge Voltage Test ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Replace BCM.
5. Is battery voltage present? 2. Fuel Resistor Assembly Power Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (BE) wire between fuel gauge 2. Disconnect resistor assembly [200].
terminal 1 and BCM.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal J3 and [200B]
terminal 1 (BE) wire.
6. Fuel Gauge Circuit Test 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between [117B] terminal 2 and BOB
terminal 9.
4-4 94000396
b. No. Repair open between [200B] terminal 1 and [242] PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
terminal J3 (BE) wire. HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
3. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test
Table 4-5. DTC B1211 Diagnostic Faults: Except FXSB
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-46601) to [39]. Attach connectors from BREAKOUT Open ground circuit
BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) to harness adapters Short to voltage in fuel level sensor circuit
Fuel gauge malfunction
3. Turn IGN ON.
Fuel level sender malfunction
Open fuel level sender circuit
a. Yes. Replace speedometer. 1. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test
b. No. Go to Test 4. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Fuel Pump and Sender Test HD-46601) to [39]. Attach connectors from BREAKOUT
BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) to harness adapters
1. Turn IGN OFF. leaving [39A] disconnected.
2. Disconnect fuel pump and sender assembly [141]. 3. Turn IGN ON.
3. Turn IGN ON. 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
4. Test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground. HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and
ground.
a. Yes. Replace fuel pump and sender assembly.
b. No, voltage between 2-8V. Replace speedometer.
5. Fuel Gauge Voltage Test c. No, voltage below 2V. Go to Test 8.

2. Fuel Pump and Sender Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (BE) wire between [200B] terminal
1 and BCM. 3. Turn IGN ON.
6. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Test 5. Is voltage greater than 8.0V?
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
2. Test resistance between [200B] terminal 2 and BOB b. No. Go to Test 4.
terminal 9.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 3. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Short to Voltage
a. Yes. Go to Test 7. Test
b. No. Repair open in (W/Y) wire between fuel gauge and 1. Turn IGN OFF.
speedometer. 2. Disconnect fuel level sender [141].
3. Turn IGN ON.
7. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Test
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (W/Y) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/Y) wire.
b. No. Replace fuel pump and sender assembly.
b. No. Replace resistor assembly.
DTC B1211: EXCEPT FXSB 4. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 2. Disconnect fuel level sender [141].
94000396 4-5
3. Test resistance between [117B] terminal 2 and [141B] PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
terminal B. HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS
Table 4-6. DTC B1211 Diagnostic Faults: FXSB
POSSIBLE CAUSES
fuel level sender. Open ground circuit
Short to voltage in fuel level sensor circuit
5. Fuel Level Sender Ground Circuit Test Fuel level sender malfunction
1. Test resistance between [141B] terminal C and ground. Open fuel level sender circuit
1. Fuel Level Sender Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
6. Fuel Gauge Ground Circuit Test BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) to harness adapters
1. Test resistance between [117B] terminal 4 and ground. leaving [39A] disconnected.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 3. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Go to Test 7. 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:

b. No. Repair open between [117] terminal 4 (BK/GN) wire ground.
and ground.
7. Fuel Sender Resistance Test a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
1. Test resistance between [141A] terminals B and C. b. No, voltage between 2-8V. Replace speedometer.
2. Is resistance greater than 260 ohms? c. No, voltage below 2V. Go to Test 8.
a. Yes. Replace fuel level sender.

2. Fuel Pump and Sender Test
b. No. Replace fuel gauge.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect resistor assembly [200].
8. Fuel Gauge Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Turn IGN ON.
2. Disconnect fuel gauge [117]. 4. Test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground.
3. Turn IGN ON. 5. Is voltage greater than 8.0V?
4. Test voltage between [117B] terminal 1 and ground. a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
5. Is battery voltage present? b. No. Go to Test 4.
3. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Short to Voltage
b. No. Repair open in (BE) wire between fuel gauge Test
terminal 1 and BCM.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sender [141].
9. Fuel Gauge Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test resistance between [117B] terminal 2 and BOB 4. Test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground.
terminal 9. 5. Is voltage greater than 8.0V?
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (W/Y) wire.
a. Yes. Replace fuel gauge. b. No. Replace fuel pump and sender assembly.
speedometer. 4. Fuel Level Sender Circuit Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC B1211: FXSB
2. Disconnect fuel level sender [141].
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 3. Test resistance between [200B] terminal 2 and [141A]
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT terminal B.
4-6 94000396
b. No. Repair open in (W/Y) wire between resistor
assembly and fuel level sender.
5. Fuel Level Sender Ground Circuit Test

1. Test resistance between [141B] terminal C and ground.
6. Resistor Assembly Ground Circuit Test

1. Test resistance between [200B] terminal 3 and ground.
b. No. Repair open between [200] terminal 3 (BK/GN) wire
and ground.
7. Fuel Sender Resistance Test

1. Test resistance between [141A] terminals B and C.
2. Is resistance greater than 260 ohms?
a. Yes. Replace fuel level sender.
b. No. Replace resistor assembly.
8. Resistor Assembly Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Repair open in (BE) wire between resistor assembly
terminal 1 and BCM.
9. Resistor Assembly Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between [200B] terminal 2 and BOB
terminal 9.
a. Yes. Replace resistor assembly.
b. No. Repair open in (W/Y) wire between resistor
assembly and speedometer.
94000396 4-7
TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE, DTC B2255 4.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 3. Does speedometer needle sweep its full range of motion?
a. Yes. System functioning properly. Test for intermittent
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME condition. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
Trip Odometer Reset Switch Closed
DTC B2255 will be set if trip odometer reset switch is closed 4. LHCM Test
for more than 2 minutes. This code can be set by the
speedometer or the BCM. It will normally be set by both if there 1. Operate other switches on LHCM.
is a concern with the trip odometer reset switch. 2. Do any switches operate?
Odometer self-diagnostics will not function if the switch is stuck. a. Yes. Replace LHCM.
It will not be possible to toggle the switch to navigate through
b. No. See NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
the different diagnostic steps in the odometer.
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Left Hand Controls
• A stuck trip odometer reset switch disables odometer Inoperative: DTC U0141 (Page 2-13).
self-diagnostics.
• If DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650)
is connected to the DLC [91] and communicating with the
vehicle then the odometer self-diagnostics will not function
properly.
• Disconnect DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:
HD-48650) before entering odometer self-diagnostics.

DTC DESCRIPTION
B2255 Trip switch stuck
TRIP ODOMETER FUNCTIONS

INOPERATIVE: DTC B2255
Table 4-8. Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative Diagnostic

Faults: DTC B2255
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Instrument malfunction
Trip odometer reset switch malfunction
1. Trip Switch Test

1. Check trip switch for damage or obstruction.
2. Is switch moving freely?
b. No. Remove obstruction. If switch will not move freely
replace LHCM.
2. Odometer Test
1. Press and release trip odometer reset switch.
2. Does odometer cycle through different odometer counters?
3. Speedometer "WOW" Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Turn IGN ON while pressing trip odometer reset switch.
4-8 94000396
NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS 4.4
1 2
See Figure 4-5 and Figure 4-6 (all other models similar). The
speedometer receives battery power at terminal 5. This is 3
supplied through the battery fuse located in fuse block [64].
The speedometer receives a message from the BCM over the
CAN bus to know if the ignition switch is in the IGN or ACC
position. When the ignition switch is in the ACC position, the
speedometer illuminates the backlighting, the odometer and
the security lamp.
4
When the ignition switch is in the IGN position, the speedometer
illuminates the check engine, low fuel level, security and ABS
lamp (if equipped). The backlighting, odometer, neutral lamp
and low oil lamp also illuminate with the IGN ON.
The speedometer has an internal fault code DTC B1200. The 1. Indicators
speedometer will set this code if it detects an internal 2. Speedometer [39]
malfunction. 3. TGS
4. Fuel pump [141]
Table 4-9. Code Description Figure 4-6. Handlebar: FXSB
DTC DESCRIPTION
B1200 Internal fault
ed03992
2 3 (Page A-1).
4
1 em01885
Battery R
R
5 Fuse
1 Block
Battery
10 15A
6 2
[64B]
9
R/O
8 7
BK/GN
BK/GN
R/O

2. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB) 2 6 [20A]
3. Fuel pump [141]
2 6 [20B]
BK/GN
R/O
5. LHCM [24]
GND 1
6. Front WSS [167] [39B] [39A]
7. Fuel gauge [117]
8. Headlamp [38]
9. Left front turn/auxiliary [31L] (except FLSTC, BK/GN 7 7 Ground
Speedometer
10. Console [20]
Figure 4-5. Under Fuel Tank Left Side Figure 4-7. Speedometer Power Circuit
NO INSTRUMENT POWER

94000396 4-9
Table 4-10. No Instrument Power Diagnostic Faults 1. Speedometer Voltage Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Open battery circuit 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682)
Open ground circuit and BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
HD-46601) to wiring harness [39B], leaving [39A]
Open in CAN bus circuit to speedometer disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
1. Battery Circuit Test HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal 5 and
1. Observe headlamp. ground.
2. Does headlamp or tail lamp illuminate? 4. Is battery voltage present?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. No. See NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST b. No. Repair open in (R/O) wire.
U0140 (Page 2-12).
2. Speedometer Ground Test
2. Accessory Function Test
b. No. Repair open in ground circuit.
b. No. See Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC
U0001, U0011, B2274 (Page 2-3).
3. Battery Circuit to Speedometer Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) to harness adapters
leaving [39A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
ground.
4. Ground Circuit Test

1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 7 and ground.
DTC B1200


POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in speedometer battery power circuit
Open in speedometer ground circuit
4-10 94000396
INDICATOR LAMPS 4.5
See Figure 4-8. The battery, check engine, security, cruise ON

control, ABS and low fuel indicators are located in the Lamp OFF:
speedometer. The other indicators are located in the indicator No Current DTCs
OFF
bar separate from the speedometer. Ignition ON 10 mph (16 km/h)
ed03775
Lamp Remains ON: Current DTC*
4
OFF
Ignition ON * Historic DTCs May Also Exist
3 Figure 4-9. ABS Lamp Operation
Security Lamp
See Figure 4-10. When the IGN is turned ON, the security lamp
will illuminate for approximately four seconds and then turn off.
The BCM and ECM controls the security lamp by sending a
CAN message to the speedometer. The ECM uses the security
lamp for non-emissions related DTCs. After the security lamp
5 turns off following the first four second illumination period, one
2
of two events may occur.
ABS
1 6 • The lamp remains off. This indicates there are no current
or historic DTCs currently detected by the BCM or ECM.
• If the lamp illuminates again and remains lit, a current or
historic DTC exists.
2. Check engine
3. Low fuel
ed04029
4. Security
O ON 4 Sec.
6. Cruise control
Lamp OFF:
Figure 4-8. Indicator Lamps No Current DTCs
OFF
Ignition ON
ABS Indicator
The speedometer illuminates the ABS indicator when the Lamp Remains ON:
following occurs: Current DTC*
4 Sec.
• The ECU detects an ABS disabling malfunction. The ECU
sends a serial data message to the instrument requesting OFF 4 Sec.
illumination. Ignition ON
* Historic DTCs May Also Exist
• The speedometer performs a bulb check.
• The speedometer detects a loss of communication with the Figure 4-10. Security Lamp Operation
ECU.
• See Figure 4-9. The ABS light may flash when the IGN is Check Engine Lamp
turned on. This will continue until the vehicle is driven to
The check engine lamp has two different ways of operating.
verify WSS operation.
• Legacy: how the check engine lamp works from 2010 to
The ECU sends a message to the instrument when a
present.
malfunction that disables ABS operation is detected. Depending
on the fault, the ABS indicator may stay on even after the • OBD: starting in some markets for the 2017 model year.
malfunction is corrected. The indicator will not go off until the
vehicle is operated at speeds greater than 10 mph (16 km/h). Legacy: When the IGN is ON, the check engine lamp will
It is important to verify that this is not the cause of an ABS illuminate for approximately four seconds and then turn off.
indicator, which is illuminated when no DTCs are set, before The ECM controls the check engine lamp by sending a CAN
attempting to diagnose other possible causes. message to the speedometer. After the check engine lamp
turns off following the first four second illumination period, one
of two events may occur.
94000396 4-11
• See Figure 4-11. The lamp remains off. This indicates there Low Battery Lamp
are no current fault conditions or stored DTCs currently
detected by the ECM. The BCM sends a message to the speedometer to control the
low battery lamp. The speedometer will turn the lamp on if the
• If the lamp remains on beyond the four-second period, a BCM identifies a low voltage condition on [259] terminal 1.
current DTC exists.
The check engine lamp may illuminate for less than 4 seconds
Low Fuel Indicator
under the following conditions: See Figure 4-13. The low fuel indicator is controlled at terminal
9 (W/Y) of the speedometer. The fuel gauge or resistor
• IGN OFF/ON within 5 seconds.
assembly sends voltage on the (W/Y) wire to the low fuel lamp
• Trip switch activated, then IGN ON within 5 seconds. and fuel level sender. When the fuel drops below 1.0 USgal
(3.8 L), it signals the speedometer to activate the low fuel lamp.
• Run/stop switch cycled, then IGN ON within 5 seconds.
The low fuel lamp will also flash on and off at a steady rate if
• Security armed vehicles that are moved, then IGN ON, or there is a problem with the circuit.
IGN ON and FOB response is not immediately received
(interference). The low fuel lamp will not turn off until there is sufficient fuel in
the tank, the ignition switch has been turned off and back on,
Current DTC notification is not affected by above conditions. and the vehicle has begun forward speed.
ed04027 Neutral Indicator

See Figure 4-13. The neutral indicator is controlled through
ON 4 Sec.
the (W) wire connected to the speedometer. When the
Lamp OFF:
No Current DTCs transmission is in neutral, the neutral switch closes and supplies
OFF a ground to the BCM on terminal D3. The BCM then sends a
Ignition ON message to the speedometer over the CAN bus indicating the
transmission is in neutral. The speedometer supplies ground
Lamp Remains ON: to the neutral indicator causing it to illuminate.
Current DTC*
4 Sec.
Oil Pressure Indicator
OFF 4 Sec. The oil pressure indicator is connected to the speedometer.
Ignition ON The switch closes when oil pressure is low and supplies ground
* Historic DTCs May Also Exist to the BCM at terminal E3. The BCM then sends a message
to the speedometer over the CAN bus indicating the oil
Figure 4-11. Check Engine Lamp: Legacy pressure is low. The speedometer supplies ground to the oil
pressure indicator causing it to illuminate. This is why the oil
OBD: When the IGN is ON, the check engine lamp will pressure indicator is illuminated with the IGN ON and the
illuminate and stay illuminated until the engine is started. After engine OFF.
engine startup, one of two events may occur.
Turn Signal Indicators
• See Figure 4-12. The lamp turns off. This indicates there
are no current or historic stored DTCs currently detected by The turn signal indicators are controlled by the speedometer.
the ECM. When the BCM receives a CAN bus message from the left or
right turn signal switch it flashes the correct turn signals. At the
• If the lamp continues to illuminate and remains illuminated,
same time the BCM sends a message to the speedometer
a current or historic DTC exists.
over the CAN bus indicating which turn signal to operate. The
speedometer supplies ground to the corresponding turn signal
ed04028
indicator causing it to illuminate.
ON
Lamp OFF:
High Beam Indicator
No Current DTCs
OFF This circuit is grounded by the speedometer when the
Start
Ignition ON Engine headlamp switch is placed in the high beam position. In the
high position, a message is sent over the CAN bus to the
speedometer and the BCM. The speedometer controls the
Lamp Remains ON: indicator and the BCM controls the headlamp.
Current or Historic DTC
OFF Start
Ignition ON Engine
Figure 4-12. Check Engine Lamp
4-12 94000396
ed04001
Diagnostic Tips
After replacing a component in the fuel circuit, verify the tank
is full of fuel. Remove the main fuse for 2 minutes and install
to turn low fuel lamp off.
Some aftermarket fuel gauges not made by Harley-Davidson

may cause the fuel circuit to report inaccurate readings.
1 2 3 4 5 (Page A-1).
1. Left turn signal

2. Headlamp high beam
3. Neutral
4. Oil pressure
5. Right turn signal
Figure 4-13. Indicators: Typical
em01871 Indicators
W/O
W
R/O
R/O
BE/W
R/O
R/O
R/O
BE/O
BE/PK
[39A] [39B]
Speedometer
Right Turn Indicator 12 12 BE/O
Left Turn Indicator 10 10 BE/PK
Battery
R/O
Fuse
Neutral Indicator 6 6 W [20A] [20B]
Battery Fuse 5 5 R/O [242B] [242A]
High Beam Indicator 4 4 BE/W R/O 6 6 R/O BCM
CAN Low 8 8 W/BK W/BK 3 3 W/BK W/BK E2 E2 CAN Low
CAN High 2 2 W/R W/R 1 1 W/R W/R D2 D2 CAN High

Oil Pressure Indicator 1 1 W/O
W D3 D3 Neutral Switch
Input
W/O E3 E3 Oil Pressure

Switch Input
W/O
BK
W
BK
[131B-2] 1 1 [131B-1] 1 [120B]

[131A-2] 1 1 [131A-1] 1 [120A]
Oil Pressure
GND 2 Switch
Neutral Switch

LOW FUEL LAMP ALWAYS ON Table 4-12. Low Fuel Lamp Always On Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Fuel pump and sender assembly malfunction
Excessive resistance in fuel sender circuit
1. Fuel Sender Circuit Resistance Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel pump [141].
94000396 4-13
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER: 6. Fuel Sender Low Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682) between harness
adapters [39A] and [39B]. 2. Record voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground.
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 3. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 9 and
4. Drain fuel tank.
[141B] terminal B (W/Y).
5. Turn IGN ON.
5. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohms?
6. Record voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair excessive resistance between [39B]
terminal 9 and [141B] terminal B (W/Y). 7. Did voltage increase?
b. No. With fuel gauge. Go to Test 2. a. Yes. Go to Test 7.
c. No. Without fuel gauge. Go to Test 3. b. No. Replace fuel sender.
2. Fuel Gauge Circuit Resistance Test 7. Speedometer Test

1. Disconnect fuel gauge [117]. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 9 and [117B] 2. Fill tank with fuel if needed.
terminal 2 (W/Y).
3. Remove main fuse for 2 minutes and install.
4. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair excessive resistance between [39B]
5. Is indicator still illuminated?
terminal 9 and [117B] terminal 2 (W/Y).
b. No. System working correctly.
3. Resistance Assembly Circuit Resistance Test
LOW FUEL LAMP INOPERATIVE
1. Disconnect resistance assembly [200].
2. Test resistance between BOB terminal 9 and [200B] Table 4-13. Low Fuel Lamp Inoperative Diagnostic Faults
terminal 2 (W/Y).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Fuel level sensor malfunction
a. Yes. Repair excessive resistance between [39B] Fuel gauge malfunction
terminal 9 and [200B] terminal 2 (W/Y).
b. No. Go to Test 4. 1. Speedometer Test
NOTE
4. Fuel Level Test Test must be performed with fuel level in tank less than
1. Connect [141]. 1.0 USgal (3.8 L).
2. Connect [117] or [200].
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Verify fuel tank is at least half full.
2. Remove main fuse for 1 minute and install main fuse.
4. Is fuel tank at least half full?
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. View speedometer and fuel gauge.
5. Does the fuel gauge read low?
5. Fuel Sender High Test
b. No. Replace fuel level sensor.
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Record voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground. OIL PRESSURE LAMP ALWAYS ON
3. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Fill tank with fuel.
5. Turn IGN ON. HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
6. Record voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground. HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS
7. Did voltage decrease? HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
b. No. Replace fuel sender. HD-96921-52D OIL PRESSURE TEST GAUGE KIT
4-14 94000396
Table 4-14. Oil Pressure Lamp Always On Diagnostic 3. Is oil pressure within specification?
Faults
a. Yes. Replace oil pressure switch.
POSSIBLE CAUSES b. No. Repair as needed.
Short to ground in oil pressure circuit
Indicator malfunction 6. Oil Pressure Switch Circuit Test
Mechanical issue 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Oil pressure switch malfunction 2. Disconnect [242A].
3. Test continuity between BOB terminal E3 and ground.
1. Oil Pressure Lamp Function Test
1. Observe oil pressure lamp.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground.
2. Does oil pressure lamp illuminate?
b. No. See INDICATOR LAMPS, Oil Pressure Lamp
Inoperative (Page 4-15). 7. Speedometer Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Engine Running Test 2. Remove BCM BOB.
1. Start engine. 3. Connect [242].
2. Does oil pressure lamp turn OFF and stay off? 4. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
a. Yes. Oil pressure lamp is operating properly. Test for
intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
leaving [39A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
(Page 1-14).
5. Test continuity between BOB terminal 1 and ground.
3. Oil Pressure Sensor Test
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/O) wire.
1. Disconnect oil pressure switch [120].
2. Does oil pressure lamp turn OFF when the engine is
running?
OIL PRESSURE LAMP INOPERATIVE
b. No. Go to Test 4. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
4. Oil Pressure Circuit Test HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) Table 4-15. Oil Pressure Lamp Inoperative Diagnostic
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
Open oil pressure circuit
is in position on BOB. Indicator malfunction
4. Turn IGN ON.
1. Oil Pressure Lamp Function Test
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal E3 and 1. Turn IGN ON.
ground. 2. Does oil pressure lamp illuminate?
6. Is battery voltage present? a. Yes. Test for intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
b. No. Replace BCM. b. No. Go to Test 2.
5. Mechanical Test 2. Speedometer Test

1. Inspect engine for any issues that impact oil pressure. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Using OIL PRESSURE TEST GAUGE KIT (PART 2. Disconnect speedometer [39].
NUMBER: HD-96921-52D), verify engine oil pressure.
94000396 4-15
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER: 2. Does neutral lamp illuminate?
a. Yes. Test for intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
4. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), jumper BOB terminal 1 to ground.
2. BCM Message Test
1. Verify vehicle is in neutral.
6. Does oil pressure lamp turn ON?
2. With clutch lever released, start engine.
3. Does engine start?
b. No. Repair or replace the indicator harness.
NEUTRAL LAMP ALWAYS ON b. No. Go to Test 3.
Table 4-16. Neutral Lamp Always On Diagnostic Faults

3. Neutral Switch Test
Short to ground in neutral switch circuit
2. Disconnect neutral switch [131].
Short to ground in neutral indicator circuit
HD-41404), jumper [131B-1] terminal 1 and [131B-2]
1. Neutral Lamp Function Test terminal 1.
1. Observe neutral lamp. 4. Does neutral lamp turn ON?
2. Does neutral lamp illuminate? a. Yes. Replace neutral switch.
b. No. See INDICATOR LAMPS, Neutral Lamp Inoperative
(Page 4-16). 4. Ground Wire Test
1. Jumper between [131B-1] terminal 1 and ground.
2. Indicator Harness Test
2. Does neutral lamp turn on?
a. Yes. Repair open in (BK) ground wire.
2. Did neutral lamp turn OFF?
b. No. Repair short to ground in (W) wire between neutral 5. Neutral Switch Power Circuit Open Test
indicator and speedometer.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
NEUTRAL LAMP INOPERATIVE 2. Disconnect BCM [242].
3. Connect the BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-1) and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT HD-50390-2) between wire harness [242B] and [242A].
HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS 4. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX is in position on BOB.
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE 5. Test resistance between BOB terminal D3 and [131B-1]
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY terminal 1 (W) wire.
Table 4-17. Neutral Lamp Inoperative Diagnostic Faults 6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Replace BCM.
Neutral switch malfunction b. No. Repair open in (W) wire between indicators and
neutral switch.
Open ground circuit
Open neutral switch circuit
6. Speedometer Test
Indicator malfunction
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Neutral Lamp Function Test 2. Disconnect speedometer [39].
1. Verify vehicle is in neutral.
4-16 94000396
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER: 2. High Beam Indicator Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
leaving [39A] disconnected. 2. Disconnect speedometer [39].
4. Turn IGN ON. 3. Turn IGN ON.
5. Jumper BOB terminal 6 to ground. 4. Connect BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS (PART NUMBER:
6. Does neutral lamp illuminate?
a. Yes. Replace speedometer. leaving [39A] disconnected.
b. No. Replace indicator harness. 5. Jumper BOB terminal 4 to ground.
6. Does high beam indicator illuminate?
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR ALWAYS ON
Table 4-18. High Beam Indicator Always On Diagnostic b. No. Replace indicator harness.
Faults
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR ALWAYS ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Table 4-20. Turn Signal Indicator Always On Diagnostic
Short to ground in high beam indicator circuit Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. High Beam Indicator Function Test
1. Operate headlamp switch.
Short to ground turn signal circuit
2. Do high and low beam headlamps function correctly?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Turn Signal Function Test
b. No. See Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP 1. Operate turn signals.
DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23).
2. Do turn signals operate?
2. High Beam Indicator Circuit Test
b. No. See Horn, Lighting and Security, Turn Signals
1. Turn IGN OFF.
(Page 5-11).
3. Turn IGN ON. 2. Turn Signal Indicator Circuit Test
4. Does high beam indicator illuminate? 1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Replace indicator harness. 2. Disconnect speedometer [39].
b. No. Replace speedometer. 3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Does turn signal indicator illuminate?
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
a. Yes. Replace indicator harness.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME b. No. Replace speedometer.
HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
Table 4-19. High Beam Indicator Inoperative Diagnostic PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Faults HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
POSSIBLE CAUSES HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS
Table 4-21. Turn Signal Indicator Inoperative Diagnostic
Open high beam indicator circuit Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. High Beam Indicator Function Test
1. Operate headlamp switch.
Open turn signal circuit
2. Do high and low beam headlamps function correctly?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Turn Signal Function Test
b. No. See Horn, Lighting and Security, HEADLAMP 1. Operate turn signals.
DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-23).
94000396 4-17
2. Do turn signals operate?
b. No. See Horn, Lighting and Security, Turn Signals
(Page 5-11).
2. Turn Signal Indicator Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Jumper BOB terminal 10 (left) or terminal 12 (right) to
ground.
6. Does turn signal indicator illuminate?
b. No. Replace indicator harness.
4-18 94000396
GAUGES 4.6
THEORY OF OPERATION • Sender or fuel gauge not grounded.
• Malfunction in sender or fuel gauge.
See Figure 4-15. With IGN ON, the fuel gauge receives 12V
• Inoperative or disconnected wire to fuel gauge.
through the running lamp circuit. Current flows through the
gauge and variable resistor in the fuel gauge sending unit to • Corroded connections at fuel gauge.
ground. The sending unit float controls the amount of resistance
in the variable resistor. Use the GAUGES, Fuel Gauge Inaccurate, No DTCs
(Page 4-19) to test suspected components.
Inoperative gauges occur if:
em01943
BCM Fuel Pump

[20A] [20B] [141B] [141A] And
Running Light Power

Sender
Fuel Pump Power R/BN 7 7 R/BN R/BN A A Fuel Pump Power
Main
R
Gauge BK 8 8 BK BK D D Pump Ground

1 R/O 6 6 R/O
F4 J3 [242A]
15A
R/BN
BK/GN 7 7 Ground
BE

2 [64B]
R/BN
Speedometer
R/O
W/Y [39B] [39A]

BK/GN
Fuel Pump
BK
[13B] [13A] [141B] [141A] And
R/O Sender
R/O

Speedometer
[20A] [20B] [39B] [39A]
BE
Main
Harness
[117B] [117A] Fuel

Gauge
With Fuel
BK/GN 4 4 BK Ground
BE
W/Y
BK/GN
ASSY
BE 1 1 36
Without Fuel
BK/GN
W/Y 2 2 36
Gauge
BK
BK/GN 3 3 200 36
GND 1 GND 2

FUEL GAUGE INACCURATE, NO DTCS Table 4-22. Fuel Gauge Inaccurate, No DTCs Diagnostic
Faults
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Open in fuel gauge power circuit
Open in fuel gauge ground circuit
94000396 4-19
Table 4-22. Fuel Gauge Inaccurate, No DTCs Diagnostic 4. Test voltage between [117B] terminals 1 and 4.
Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Replace fuel gauge.
Fuel sender malfunction
b. No. Repair open in (BE) or (BK/GN) wire.
Fuel gauge malfunction
FUEL GAUGE INOPERATIVE
1. Fuel Gauge Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
2. Disconnect fuel pump and sender [141].
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: Table 4-24. Fuel Gauge Inoperative Diagnostic Faults
HD-41404), jumper [141B] terminal B to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
4. Turn IGN ON. Open in power circuit
5. Does fuel gauge indicate full? Open in ground circuit
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. Fuel gauge malfunction
1. Ignition Voltage Test
2. Sending Unit Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Test resistance between [141A] terminals B and C. 2. Disconnect fuel gauge [117].
2. Is resistance within specified range? Refer to Table 4-23. 3. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. System operating properly. 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test voltage between [117B] terminal 1 and
b. No. Replace fuel sender. ground.
Table 4-23. Fuel Sender Resistance Values
FUEL LEVEL RESISTANCE
Full 27-40 ohms b. No. Repair open in (BE) wire.
Half-full 97-118 ohms

Empty 240-264 ohms
1. Test voltage between [117B] terminals 1 and 4.
3. Fuel Gauge Circuit Test 2. Is battery voltage present?
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Replace fuel gauge.
2. Disconnect fuel gauge [117]. b. No. Repair open in ground circuit.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4-20 94000396
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
5.1 ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................. 5-1
5.2 CRUISE CONTROL .............................................................................................................. 5-6
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS .......................................................................................................... 5-8
5.4 TURN SIGNALS .................................................................................................................. 5-11
5.5 FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................. 5-13
5.6 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................... 5-18
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................... 5-23
5.8 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................................. 5-29
5.9 BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS ....................................................................................... 5-35
5.10 SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................................. 5-37
ACCESSORIES, HORN, LIGHTING AND SECURITY

5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS ..................................................................................... 5-39
5.12 SECURITY SYSTEM ........................................................................................................ 5-47
5.13 KEY FOB ........................................................................................................................... 5-50
5.14 SIREN ............................................................................................................................... 5-51
5.15 SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS .......................... 5-52
5.16 ALARM DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................................... 5-54
5.17 SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................ 5-56
5.18 DTC B2183, B2188, B2193, B2198 .................................................................................. 5-61
5.19 NEUTRAL SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................ 5-62
NOTES
ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS 5.1
The P&A battery circuit is connected to battery power through This circuit may be used for aftermarket accessories or
the P&A fuse. This circuit supplies power to additional systems systems. If a code is set and cannot be duplicated, verify that
on the vehicle. The P&A circuit runs from the fuse to the DLC an aftermarket device did not cause the concern.
connector terminal 6.
ed03302
There is also an accessory power circuit from the BCM terminal 1
M2 that runs to the rear lighting and DLC connectors. This
circuit is energized by the BCM when the IGN is in the ACC or
ON position. 3
2
DTC DESCRIPTION
B2112 ACC output shorted high
B2113 ACC output shorted low
B2114 ACC output overloaded
Conditions for Setting

The accessory circuit normally has power when the IGN is ON 1. Battery fuse
or in the ACC positions. If the accessory circuit has power 2. P&A fuse
when the IGN is OFF, then DTC B2112 will set. 3. Main fuse
Figure 5-1. Fuse Locations
DTC B2114 will set if the accessory circuit draws more than
15 Amps.
The other accessory circuit DTCs will set if the BCM identifies
them with the IGN ON or in the ACC position.
(Page A-1).
94000396 5-1
em01954
BCM
Front Running/Fog Light Power

Stop/Tail Tail
Oil Pressure Switch Input

Lamp Lamp
Running Light Power

Fuel Pump Power
Accessory Power
System Power
Battery Power
O/W
O/W
BE
BE
HDI
HDI 2 1 [93B] [242A] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259A]
2 1 [93A] [242B] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259B]
O/W
BE
Circuit
R/GN
W/O
R/BN
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R
Board
2 1 [40B]
1 3 [94A] Battery
2 1 [40A] R Power
1 3 [94B]
[120A] [120B] Distribution
BE/BK
BE
Oil
BE/BK
BE
Pressure 1 1 W/O
Switch [91A]
(FLSTN) (Except R/Y 5 DLC

FLSTN) [141A] [141B] [20B] [20A]
BE/BK
BE
A A R/BN 7 7 R/BN
Fuel [38A] [38B]
2 7 [7B] Pump
Position
2 7 [7A] BE/BK 1 1 O/W O/W 1 1
Lamp
R/Y
BE
O/W
[29B] [29A]
1 [32A]
1 [32B]
BK
1 1
Tip
BK
BE
Lamp
[117B] 1
[95B] [95A] [143A] [143B]
[117A] 1 R/GN A A
Purge
O
Solenoid
Fuel
Gauge
[84A] [84B] [85B] [85A]

Front Fuel A A
Rear Fuel
A A R/GN R/GN
Injector Injector
BE
BE
BE
BE
[138B] [138A] [137A] [137B]

[31A] 3 4 1 [31LA] 1 [31RA]
[31B] 3 4 Not Not Front 1 1
Rear
R/GN R/GN 1 1
Used Used HO2S HO2S
BE
BE
[203FB] [203FA] [203RA] [203RB]
Front ACR 1 1 R/GN R/GN 1 1 Rear ACR

BE
BE
Right Front Left Front

Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
[83A] [83B] [78B-2] [78A-2]
Ignition
Coil A A R/GN R/GN 16 16 ECM
Figure 5-2. Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
5-2 94000396
em01955
BCM

Left Front Right Front

Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
Running Light Power

Fuel Pump Power
Accessory Power
System Power
Battery Power
BE
BE
1 [31LB] 1 [31RB]
1 [31LA] 1 [31RA]
[242A] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259A]
BE
BE
[242B] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259B]
R/GN
W/O
R/BN
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R
Not Battery
R Power
Used
Distribution
3 4 [31A] [120A] [120B]
Oil
BE
BE
Pressure 1 1 W/O
Switch [91A]
[141A] [141B] [13A] [13B]
R/Y 5 DLC
Fuel A A R/BN 1 1 R/BN
Pump
[38A] [38B]
BE/BK 1 1 1 1
Position
O/W
Lamp
O/W
[29B] [29A]
1 [32A]
[32B]
BE
BK
[200B] 1
[200A] 1 1 1
Tip
BK
Lamp
[95B] [95A] [143A] [143B]
Resistor R/GN A A
ASSY Purge
Solenoid
BE
BE
[84A] [84B] [85B] [85A]

1 [19A] [18A] 1 Front Fuel A A
Rear Fuel
A A R/GN R/GN
[18B] Injector Injector
1 [19B] 1
R/Y
BE
BE
[138B] [138A] [137A] [137B]

[40A] 1
(Except Front Rear
(Canada) Canada) HO2S
1 1 R/GN R/GN 1 1
HO2S
[40B] 1 [40B] 1
[203FB] [203FA] [203RA] [203RB]

BE
BK
BE
BE
Left Right
Stop/ LP/Stop/ LP Stop/
Tail/ Tail Tail/ [83A] [83B] [78B-2] [78A-2]
Turn Turn
Ignition
Figure 5-3. Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: FXSB
94000396 5-3
em01956
Left Right BCM

STT STT
Running Light Power

Fuel Pump Power
Accessory Power
W
System Power
Battery Power
1 [19B] 1 [18B]
1 [19A] 1 [18A]
BE
BE
[242A] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259A]
[242B] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259B]
R/GN
W/O
R/BN
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R
Battery
R Power
Distribution
LP/
LP Stop/Tail
[91A]
R/Y 5 DLC
BK
BE
1 [40B] 1 [40B]
1 [40A] 1 [40A]
[38A] [38B] Position
Lamp
R/Y
R/Y
BE/BK 1 1 O/W O/W 1 1
O/W
Canada [29B] [29A]
Except
Canada
R/Y
1 [32A]
1 [32B]
BK
1 1
Tip
BK
Lamp
[95B] [95A] [143A] [143B]
R/GN A A
Purge
Solenoid
R/BN
W/O
BE
[120B] 1 [117B] 1 [20A] 7

[120A] 1 [117A] 1 [20B] 7
R/BN
O
[84A] [84B] [85B] [85A]

Oil Front Fuel Rear Fuel
Pressure [141B] A
A A R/GN R/GN A A
Injector Injector
Switch [141A] A
Fuel
Gauge
[138B] [138A] [137A] [137B]
Fuel Front Rear
1 1 R/GN R/GN 1 1
BE
BE
Pump HO2S HO2S
[31A] 3 4
BE
BE
[203FB] [203FA] [203RA] [203RB]

[31LA] 1 [31RA] 1
[31LB] 1 [31RB] 1
BE
BE
[83A] [83B] [78B-2] [78A-2]

Turn Lamp Turn Lamp Ignition
Figure 5-4. Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: FLS, FLSS
5-4 94000396
DTC B2112 5. Is resistance less than 2 ohms?
b. No. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
2. Accessory Circuit Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Inspect for any accessories connected to the accessory
Short to battery in the accessory power circuit
circuit.
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Voltage 2. Disconnect any accessories on the circuit.
Test 3. Test resistance between BOB terminal M2 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 4. Is resistance less than 2 ohms?
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/Y) wire.
HD-41404), test voltage between DLC [91A] terminal 5
and ground. b. No. Go to Test 3.

3. BCM Test
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (R/Y) wire.
1. Leave all aftermarket accessories disconnected.
2. Connect BCM [242A].
2. BCM Test 3. Clear DTC.
1. Clear DTC. 4. Turn IGN ON.
2. Turn IGN ON, then OFF. 5. Did DTC reset?
3. Check DTCs. a. Yes. Replace BCM.
4. Did DTC reset? b. No. Accessory devices may have caused DTC to set.
Inspect and repair as needed.
b. No. Concern is intermittent. Accessory devices may
have caused DTC to set. Inspect and repair as needed.
DTC B2113, B2114

Table 5-3. DTC B2113, B2114 Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Excessive current draw in accessory power circuit
Short to ground in the accessory power circuit
1. Accessory Power Circuit Short to Ground

Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
harness [242B] leaving [242A] disconnected. See
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal M2 and
ground.
94000396 5-5
CRUISE CONTROL 5.2
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION d. Pressing the CRUISE switch again turns off cruise
control. The cruise enabled/engaged lamp in the
The ECM controls and monitors the operation of the vehicle instrument turns off to indicate the system is not
cruise control. The cruise switch allows the control circuit to activated.
be enabled or disabled and, when enabled, the lamp e. Handlebar-mounted engine stop switch placed in the
illuminates. off position.
The CRUISE/SET/RESUME switch automatically regulates f. The SET/- switch is pressed and held in that position
the speed of the vehicle. It is located on the RHCM and is a until vehicle speed drops below 25 mph (40 km/h) or
three position momentary switch, spring loaded to the center press the RESUME/+ switch until vehicle speed
position. exceeds 93 mph (150 km/h).
• CRUISE: Press the CRUISE switch to enable cruise control. NOTE

The cruise control indicator lights orange. Pressing the
If the vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h) when the cruise
CRUISE switch again turns off cruise control.
RESUME/+ switch is released, then the cruise system
• SET/-: With cruise control enabled, press SET/- to set cruise automatically re-engages.
to current vehicle speed. The cruise control indicator lights
green. While at cruising speed, press SET/- to reduce speed.
ed03775
• RESUME/+: While at cruising speed, press RESUME/+ to

increase speed. If cruise control is disengaged (such as a
braking event), press RESUME/+ to resume the previous
cruising speed.
4

DTC DESCRIPTION
3
P0577 Cruise control input error
SYSTEM OPERATION
To engage and disengage the cruise control system, proceed

as follows:
1. While riding in second gear and above, press straight in

on the CRUISE/SET/RESUME switch to turn the cruise 5
ON. The cruise enabled/engaged lamp in the instrument
2
turns orange to indicate the system is activated.
ABS
1 6
2. With the motorcycle traveling at the desired cruise speed,
25–90 mph (40–145 km/h) and cruise control enabled,
press SET/- to set the cruising speed. 1. ABS icon (km/h ABS icon also shown)
3. The ECM monitors the VSS to establish the desired vehicle 2. Check engine
speed. The ECM then modulates the throttle control 3. Low fuel
actuator to maintain vehicle speed. The cruise 4. Security
enabled/engaged lamp in the instrument turns from orange 5. Battery discharge
to green to indicate the cruising speed is locked in. 6. Cruise control
4. The ECM monitors both the engine rpm and the VSS Figure 5-5. Indicator Lamps
output speed signal. The ECM signals the throttle control TROUBLESHOOTING
actuator to open or close the throttle to keep the
speedometer output speed signal constant. The engine Cruise control switch interactive diagnostics are provided to
rpm is monitored to detect engine overspeed, a condition allow testing of the cruise control inputs without the use of a
which automatically causes cruise disengagement. service tool. Note that the diagnostic mode is only available if
5. The ECM automatically disengages cruise mode whenever cruise control has been selected. The cruise engaged lamp is
the ECM receives one of the following inputs: used to verify that each switch is activating properly.
a. Front or rear brake is applied. Diagnostic Mode Entry

b. Throttle is "rolled forward" past closed, thereby actuating
To enter diagnostic mode:
throttle roll off (disengage) command.
c. Motorcycle clutch is disengaged or wheel slip detected. 1. Turn IGN ON.
(ECM senses too great an increase in rpm). 2. Press cruise enable to turn on the orange cruise enable
lamp.
3. Turn IGN OFF.
5-6 94000396
4. Hold the cruise SET switch ON while switching IGN ON. • Engine has not been running long enough.
• Clutch lever is pulled in.
Switch Verification
• Vehicle acceleration rate is too high.
In the diagnostic test mode, the green cruise engaged lamp is
illuminated whenever any of these inputs are actuated: • Vehicle deceleration rate is too high.
• SET switch. • Vehicle speed is too high.
• RES switch. • Vehicle speed is too low.
• Front brake. • Engine rpm is too high.
• Rear brake. • Engine rpm is too low.
• Twist grip in "Cruise Rolloff" position. • Engine rpm acceleration is too high.
• Clutch lever is pulled in. • Transmission is first gear or in neutral.
NOTE CRUISE CONTROL

The cruise enable switch is automatically tested with the cruise
power indicator light. No special test mode is needed. The cruise control system is monitored and controlled through
the ECM. The CRUISE/SET/RESUME switch send signals
from the RHCM to the ECM. If the ECM sees the same signal
Diagnostic Mode Exit with no interruptions for more than two minutes, DTC P0577
will set.
The diagnostic mode is exited for any of these conditions:
• Turn IGN OFF. Conditions for Setting

• The cruise enable switch is turned off. If the switch is held or stuck for over 2 minutes with the engine
stop switch ON, the stuck switch code will set for that switch.
• The engine is turning.
Diagnostic Tips Diagnostic Tips

• An intermittent may be caused by poor connection, rubbed Pressing the switch for an extended period of time can set the
through wire insulation or an inoperative wire inside the stuck switch DTCs. These codes should be cleared and operate
insulation. the vehicle to see if they return. Stuck switch codes will take
over two minutes to set.
• Poor connection: Inspect component and harness
connectors for backed out terminals, improper mating, DTC P0577
inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged terminals,
poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged harnesses.
Table 5-5. DTC P0577 Diagnostic Faults
CRUISE CONTROL INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITIONS
LHCM malfunction
The cruise control will become inoperative under the following
conditions: 1. Switch Test
1. Clear DTC.
• Engine stop switch is off.
2. Turn engine stop switch ON, wait three minutes.
• Loss of ignition voltage.
3. Operate vehicle to meet conditions for setting DTC.
• Throttle position faults P0120 and P0220.
4. Check DTCs.
• VSS faults P0501 and P0502.
5. Did DTC reset?
• Cruise control switch or brake switch failure P0577.
• TPS correlation error P2135.
b. No. Concern is intermittent. Switch may have been
• Flash memory error P0605.
pressed for an extended period of time.
• Brake switch fault.
• ETC limited performance mode P1510.
• Cruise control set speed is too low.
• Cruise control set speed is too high.
• Vehicle cannot increase to cruise control set speed (uphill).
• Vehicle cannot decrease to cruise control set speed
(downhill).
• Brake is applied.
• Twist grip roll-off.
94000396 5-7
HORN DIAGNOSTICS 5.3
1
The horn is powered by the BCM from terminal E4 and 2
grounded through GND 2. When the horn switch is pressed,
a CAN signal is sent to the BCM. The BCM then supplies power
to the horn over the (R/V) wire.
The horn switch is a push button switch on the left handlebar 3 4 5

controls. The LHCM sends a signal to the BCM over the CAN
bus when the horn switch is pressed. The horn switch is 7
diagnosed with the other switches in the hand controls. See
Horn, Lighting and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 5-37).
NOTE 6
If the horn button is pressed for more than 10 seconds, the
BCM deactivates the horn to protect it from damage. Checking 1. Front fuel injector [84]
horn output from the BCM has to be done within 10 seconds 2. Rear fuel injector [85]
of pressing the horn button. 3. TMAP [80]
4. TCA [211]
5. Ignition coil [83]
See Figure 5-6 and Figure 5-7. The horn is located on the left
6. Horn [122]
side of the vehicle between the cylinders (except FXSB) or
7. ET sensor [90]
between the front frame tubes (FXSB).
Figure 5-7. Engine: Except FXSB
DTC DESCRIPTION
B2127 E4 output shorted high Press the horn switch to activate the horn in order to set these
DTCs.
B2128 E4 output shorted low
DTC B2129 will set if the horn circuit draws more than 5 Amps.
B2129 E4 output overloaded
Diagnostic Tips
ed03991
There will not be a code set if the horn switch is always open.
If the horn will not function when the switch is pressed but the
other switches on the LHCM work normally, see Horn, Lighting
2 and Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37).
1
7 Connector Information
3 For additional information about the connectors in the following
6 (Page A-1).
4 em01730
LHCM
CAN High
Horn
CAN Low
Switch
5
W/R
W/BK
[24B] [24A] [242B] [242A]
1. Horn [122] FXSB W/R

W/BK
3
4
3
4
W/R
W/BK W/BK
W/R D2 D2 CAN High
E2 E2 CAN Low
2. Front HCU [254] BCM
E4 E4 Horn
3. Front HO2S [138] R/V
BK
BK
R/V
BK
4. CKP [79] [122B-2] 1 1 [122B-1]
5. JSS [133] GND 1

Chassis Grounds [122A-2] 1 1 [122A-1]
Ground
Power
6. Voltage regulator [78]

7. Oil pressure switch [120] Horn
Figure 5-6. Front of Engine: Typical Figure 5-8. Horn

DTC B2127

5-8 94000396
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-50423 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL HD-41404), test continuity between [122B-1] terminal 1
and ground.
Table 5-7. DTC B2127 Diagnostic Faults 5. Is continuity present?
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/V) wire.
Short to voltage in horn power circuit b. No. Go to Test 2.
1. Horn Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test

2. DTC Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Connect [242].
2. Using 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL (PART
2. Clear DTC.
NUMBER: HD-50423), remove terminal E4 (R/V) wire from
BCM harness connector [242B]. 3. Turn IGN ON.
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 4. Press horn switch.
5. Check DTCs.
TOOLS (Page 1-14). 6. Did DTC reset?
4. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) a. Yes. Replace horn.
b. No. Concern is intermittent.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HORN INOPERATIVE
HD-41404), test voltage between extracted terminal E4
and ground. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
7. Is voltage present? HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in horn power circuit (R/V)
wire.
Table 5-9. Horn Inoperative Diagnostic Faults
2. DTC Test POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Clear DTCs. Open in horn ground circuit
2. Turn IGN ON. Open in horn power circuit
3. Check DTCs. Horn malfunction
4. Did DTC reset?
1. Horn Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). 2. Disconnect horn [122].
3. Turn IGN ON.
DTC B2128, B2129
HD-41404), test voltage between [122B-1] and [122B-2]
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME while pressing horn switch.
Table 5-8. DTC B2128, B2129 Diagnostic Faults a. Yes. Replace horn.
POSSIBLE CAUSES b. No. Go to Test 2.
Accessory horn overloading circuit
Short to ground in horn power circuit 2. Ground Circuit Open Test
Horn malfunction 1. While pressing horn switch, test voltage between [122B-1]
terminal 1 and ground.
1. Horn Circuit Test NOTE
1. Turn IGN OFF. If the horn button is pressed for more than 10 seconds, the
BCM deactivates the horn to protect it from damage. Checking
2. Disconnect horn [122].
horn output from the BCM has to be done within 10 seconds
3. Disconnect BCM [242]. of pressing the horn button.
94000396 5-9
a. Yes. Repair open in (BK) ground circuit.
3. Power Circuit Open Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
4. While pressing horn switch, test voltage between BOB
terminal E4 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair open in (R/V) wire.
b. No. Replace BCM.
5-10 94000396
TURN SIGNALS 5.4
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • If the vehicle speed drops to 8 mph (13 km/h) or less,
including stopped, the directionals will continue to flash.
The BCM controls the turn signal functions, including the hazard Counting will resume when vehicle speed reaches 8 mph
lamps and turn signal cancellation feature. The BCM has (13 km/h) and will automatically cancel when the count total
separate controls for each of the turn signals. This allows the equals 20 as stated above.
BCM to set DTCs for each turn signal individually. • The turn signals may cancel within two seconds upon turn
completion depending on vehicle lean angle during turn.
See Figure 5-9. The BCM sends power to the turn signals
The BCM monitors an internal accelerometer and cancels
directly over the specific wire for each signal. The BCM has
the signal after the vehicle has been returned to an upright
different turn signal DTCs depending on vehicle configuration.
position.
ed03993 NOTE
2 3 The bank angle cancellation function has an automatic
1 calibration feature. Ride the vehicle for 0.25 mi (0.4 km) at
steady speeds (upright) to calibrate the system. This calibration
process optimizes the performance of the bank angle function.
This automatic calibration is performed every time the vehicle
4 5 is started.
Four-Way Flashing
10 Use the following method to activate the four-way flashers:
6 1. With the ignition switch ON or in ACC, press the hazard
warning switch.
9 8 7
NOTE
To activate or deactivate hazards on vehicle equipped with
2. Fuel pump [141]
security system, the fob must be within range of the vehicle.
4. TGS [204]
5. Front turn [31R] 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF (the security system will arm
6. Front turn [31] if equipped). The four-way flashers will continue for two
7. RHCM [22-2] hours.
8. RHCM [22-1] 3. To cancel four-way flashing, disarm the security system if
9. Rear ACR [203R] equipped, turn the ignition switch ON or to ACC and press
10. Front ACR [203F] the hazard warning switch.
Figure 5-9. Under Fuel Tank Right Side NOTE
The LHCM and RHCM send messages to the BCM over the To activate or deactivate hazards on vehicle equipped with
CAN bus when either of the turn signal switches or hazard security system, the fob must be within range of the vehicle.
warning switch are pressed. The BCM will also set codes if it
determines a switch is stuck in the pressed position for longer This system allows a stranded vehicle to be left in the four-way
than two minutes. The switch DTCs are diagnosed with the flashing mode and secured until help is found.
other hand control module switches. See Horn, Lighting and
Security, SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37). If the security system is disarmed while the four-way flashers
are active, the lights will flash as follows:
Manual Cancellation 1. BCM stops four-way flashing mode. Vehicle sits for one
To stop the turn signals from flashing, briefly press the turn second with turn signals off.
signal switch a second time. 2. BCM performs disarming confirmation (one flash).
If signaling to turn in one direction, pressing the switch for the 3. Vehicle sits for one second with turn signals off.
opposite turn signal will cause the first signal to cancel and the
opposite side to begin. 4. Vehicle restarts four-way flashing mode.
Automatic Cancellation Tip Over Detection Operation

Press the left or right turn switch to activate automatic turn The BCM uses an internal accelerometer to monitor vehicle
signal cancellation. There is no need to hold the turn switch in position. Under normal driving conditions, the BCM uses the
when approaching the turn. The BCM will not cancel the signal accelerometer along with speed input provided from the ECM
before the turn is actually completed. to know when to automatically cancel the turn signals after a
turn. The BCM will disable accessory power and starter
• When the turn signal switch is released, the system starts activation and will shut down the ignition and the fuel pump if
a 20 count. As long as the vehicle is traveling above 8 mph the vehicle is tipped over. The odometer will display "TIP" and
(13 km/h), the directional will always cancel after 20 flashes the hazard lamps will activate when a tip-over condition is
if the system does not recognize any other input.
94000396 5-11
present. The hazard lamps will activate with or without the IGN
ON.
Tip Over Reset

1. Return the vehicle to an upright position.
2. Cycle IGN ON.
3. Turn hazard lamps OFF.
4. Cycle IGN ON and start engine.
WILL NOT CANCEL UPON TURN
COMPLETION, NO DTCS
Table 5-10. Will Not Cancel Upon Turn Completion, No

DTCs Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Conditions to self-cancel not met
Improper configuration
1. BCM Mounting Test

1. Verify BCM is mounted correctly.
2. Is BCM mounted correctly?
b. No. Mount correctly.
2. Correct Configuration Test

1. Check if BCM is configured correctly. See Horn, Lighting
and Security, SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS
AND CONFIGURATIONS (Page 5-52).
2. Is BCM configured correctly?
b. No. Select proper vehicle configuration.
3. Turn Signals Cancel Test

1. Operate vehicle at a speed greater than 8 mph (13 km/h)
in a straight line.
2. Activate either turn signal.
3. Turn signals should cancel after 20 flashes.
4. Do turn signals cancel?
a. Yes. System operating properly.
4. Speedometer Test
1. Does speedometer register vehicle speed?
b. No. See Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
5-12 94000396
FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS 5.5
2 3
See Figure 5-10. The turn signals are controlled by the BCM. 1
The BCM supplies power to the turn signals and controls the
flash rate of the turn signals through the turn signals individual
power circuit.
4 5
When the turn signal or hazard warning lamp switch is pressed,
the hand control module sends a message over the CAN bus
to the BCM. The BCM then controls the power to the turn
signal. The turn signals have a constant ground.
10
Before troubleshooting errors after relocating front turn signals,
perform following steps:
6
1. Turn IGN ON. 9 8 7

2. Activate hazard lights for ten flashes. 1. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB)
2. Fuel pump [141]
3. Deactivate hazards. 3. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB)
4. Activate hazard lights for ten flashes. 4. TGS [204]
5. Front turn [31R]
5. Deactivate hazards. 6. Front turn [31]
6. Clear DTCs. 7. RHCM [22-2]
8. RHCM [22-1]
7. Turn IGN OFF, ON, activate hazard lights. 9. Rear ACR [203R]
8. Verify DTCs. 10. Front ACR [203F]
NOTE Figure 5-10. Under Fuel Tank Right Side

This is necessary for the BCM to validate the proper front
lighting configuration and which module is actually controlling
them. After clearing DTCs, test inoperative turn signal. Verify DTC
does not return.
Table 5-11. Code Description • DTC B2141 or B2146 will set if the corresponding front turn
DTC DESCRIPTION signal circuit draws less than 120 milliamps.
B2141 Left front turn signal output open • DTC B2144 or B2149 will set if the corresponding front turn
signal circuit draws more than 3 Amps.
B2143 Left front turn signal output shorted low
B2144 Left front turn signal output overloaded Connector Information
B2146 Right front turn signal output open For additional information about the connectors in the following
B2148 Right front turn signal output shorted low diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
(Page A-1).
B2149 Right front turn signal output overloaded
94000396 5-13
em01873
Battery
Fuse Hazard
Left Turn Switch
CAN High
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
LHCM RHCM
Ground
Ground
Switch
Power
Power
Right Turn
R/O
Switch
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
R/O
R/O
BK
BK
[24B] [24A] [22A-1] [22B-1]

W/R 3 3 W/R W/R 3 3 W/R
R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 1 1 R/O
W/BK
W/R
[20A] [20B]
BCM Speedometer
CAN High D2 D2 W/R W/R 1 1 W/R W/R 2 2 CAN High
CAN Low E2 E2 W/BK W/BK 3 3 W/BK W/BK 8 8 CAN Low
Right Front Turn Signal J2 J2 BE/O R/O 6 6 R/O R/O 5 5 Power
Left Front Turn Signal J4 J4 BE/PK BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN 7 7 Right Turn Indicator
Right Rear Turn Signal K2 K2 BE/BN BE 12 12 Ground

BE/PK 10 10 Left Turn Indicator
Left Rear Turn Signal K4 K4 BE/V
[39B] [39A]
BE/PK Left Turn

Indicator
BE Right Turn Lamps
R/O Power
BK/GN
BE/PK
BE/O
BK
BK
[31A] 6 5 2 1
[31B] 6 5 2 1
GND 1
BN
BK
BK
V
BK
Left Front
BK
Turn Lamp
V
BE/BN
BN
BE/V
Right Front
BK
BK
BK
Turn Lamp BK GND 2

1 3 4 5 8 [7A]
FLSTN Except FLSTN
1 3 4 8 [7B] 1 3 5 [7B]
BE/BN
BK/BN
BE/V
BK/V
BE/BN
BE/V
BK
[94B] 2 5 6
[94A] 2 5 6
Circuit
BE/BN
BK/BN
BE/V
BK/V
Board
[18A] 1 2 1 2 [19A] [18A] 1 2 1 2 [19A]

[18B] 1 2 1 2 [19B] [18B] 1 2 1 2 [19B]
BK
BK
BK
BK
V
Right Left Right Left

Rear Rear Rear Rear
Turn Turn Turn Turn
Signal Signal Signal Signal
Lamp Lamp Lamp Lamp
Figure 5-11. Turn Signal Circuit: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
5-14 94000396
em01874
Hazard
CAN High
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
LHCM Left Turn Battery Switch RHCM
Ground
Ground
Power
Power
Switch Fuse Right Turn
Switch
R/O
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
R/O
R/O
BK
BK
[24B] [24A] [22A-1] [22B-1]

W/R 3 3 W/R W/R 3 3 W/R
R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 1 1 R/O
[31LB] [31LA] [31RA] [31RB]
V/BN 2 2 BE/PK BE/O 2 2 V/BN

Front Left Front Right
Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
BK 3 3 BK BK 3 3 BK
[20A] [20B]
Speedometer
[242A] [242B]
BCM R/O 6 6 R/O 5 5 Power
CAN High D2 D2 W/R W/R 1 1 W/R 2 2 CAN High
CAN Low E2 E2 W/BK W/BK 3 3 W/BK 8 8 CAN Low
Right Front Turn Signal J2 J2 BE/O BE/O 12 12 Right Turn Indicator
Left Front Turn Signal J4 J4 BE/PK BE/PK 10 10 Left Turn Indicator
Right Rear Turn Signal K2 K2 BE/BN

[39B] [39A]
BK/GN
BE/PK Left Turn
BK 6 6 BK
BK
V 5 5
Indicator
BE/PK
BE/O Right Turn Lamps
BN 2 2 BE/O
R/O Power
BK 1 1 BK
[31B] [31A] GND 1 GND 2
BK 2 2 BK
FXSB FXSB
BN
BK
BK
V
BE 1 1 BE
Left Rear [19B] 2 BK BK 2 [18B] Right Rear

Left Front Right Front Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
Turn Lamp Turn Lamp 1 BE/V BE/BN 1
BK 2 2 BK
FLS, FLSS [19A] [18A]
W 1 1 W
FLS, FLSS FLS, FLSS

[19B] [18B]
Figure 5-12. Turn Signal Circuit: FXSB, FLS, FLSS

DTC B2141 1. Bulb Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect left front turn signal bulb.
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 3. Is bulb good?
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Replace bulb.
2. Ground Circuit Open Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in left front turn signal ground circuit
HD-41404), test resistance between bulb socket ground
Open in left front turn signal power circuit and ground.
Short to voltage in left front turn signal power circuit 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Bulb malfunction a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
94000396 5-15
3. Power Circuit Open Test 3. Turn IGN ON.
1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 4. Turn on left turn signal.
5. With bulb out, check DTCs.
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14). 6. Did DTC reset?
2. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) a. Yes. Replace BCM.
b. No. Replace turn signal bulb.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal J4 and left front
turn signal bulb socket terminal. DTC B2146
b. No. Repair open in left front turn signal power circuit HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
(BE/PK) or (V).
DTC B2143, B2144 HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX Open in right front turn signal ground circuit
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE Open in right front turn signal power circuit
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY Short to voltage in right front turn signal power circuit
Table 5-13. DTC B2143, B2144 Diagnostic Faults Bulb malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Bulb Test

Left front turn signal bulb current exceeds 3.0A
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Accessory lighting overloading circuit
2. Inspect right front turn signal bulb.
Short to ground in left front turn signal power circuit
3. Is bulb good?
1. Bulb Test a. Yes. Go to Test 2.

1. Turn IGN OFF. b. No. Replace bulb.
2. Inspect left front turn signal bulb.
3. Is bulb good?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. HD-41404), test resistance between bulb socket ground
b. No. Replace bulb. and ground.
2. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) b. No. Repair open in (BK) wire.
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14). 3. Power Circuit Open Test
2. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) 1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
is in position on BOB. and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire
HD-41404), with bulb out, test continuity between BOB
terminal J4 and ground. 2. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal J2 and right front
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in left front turn signal turn signal bulb socket terminal.
power circuit (BE/PK) or (V) wire.
3. DTC Test b. No. Repair open in right front turn signal power circuit
(BE/O) or (BN).
1. Connect [242A].
2. Clear DTC.
5-16 94000396
DTC B2148, B2149


POSSIBLE CAUSES
Right front turn signal bulb current exceeds 3.0A
Short to ground in right front turn signal power circuit
1. Bulb Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Inspect right front turn signal bulb.
3. Is bulb good?
2. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test

HD-41404), with bulb out, test continuity between BOB
terminal J2 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in right front turn signal
power circuit (BE/O) or (BN) wire.
3. DTC Test
1. Connect [242A].
2. Clear DTC.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Turn on right turn signal.
5. With bulb removed, check DTCs.
6. Did DTC B2148 or B2149 reset?
b. No. Replace turn signal bulb.
94000396 5-17
REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS 5.6
1 2 3
See Figure 5-13 and Figure 5-14 (all other models similar).
The rear turn signals are controlled by the BCM. The BCM 4
supplies power to the rear turn signals and controls the flash 12
rate of the turn signals through the power circuit. 5
11
DTC DESCRIPTION 6
B2151 Left rear turn signal output open
B2153 Left rear turn signal output shorted low 10
B2154 Left rear turn signal output overloaded 7
B2156 Right rear turn signal output open 9 8
B2158 Right rear turn signal output shorted low 1. Left tail/turn [19]
2. Fuse block [64]
B2159 Right rear turn signal output overloaded
3. DCL [91]
4. Rear HO2S [137]
Conditions for Setting 5. GND 1
6. GND 2
After clearing the DTCs, operate the inoperative turn signal to
verify if the DTC has returned.
• DTC B2151 or B2156 will set if the corresponding rear turn 9. Right tail/turn [18]
signal circuit draws less than 120 milliamps. 10. Tail lamp [45]
• DTC B2154 or B2159 will set if the corresponding rear turn
signal circuit draws more than 3 Amps.
Figure 5-14. Under Seat: FXSB
ed03997
2 3
(Page A-1).
10
4
9
5
8
7 6
1. DLC [91]
2. Fuse block [64]
3. Rear HO2S [137]
4. GND 1
5. GND 2
7. Rear lighting [7]
8. ECM [78-3] (BN)
9. ECM [78-2] (GY)
10. ECM [78-1] (BK)
5-18 94000396
em01873
Battery
Fuse Hazard
Left Turn Switch
CAN High
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
LHCM RHCM
Ground
Ground
Switch
Power
Power
Right Turn
R/O
Switch
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
R/O
R/O
BK
BK
[24B] [24A] [22A-1] [22B-1]

W/R 3 3 W/R W/R 3 3 W/R
R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 1 1 R/O
W/BK
W/R
[20A] [20B]
BCM Speedometer
CAN High D2 D2 W/R W/R 1 1 W/R W/R 2 2 CAN High
CAN Low E2 E2 W/BK W/BK 3 3 W/BK W/BK 8 8 CAN Low
Right Front Turn Signal J2 J2 BE/O R/O 6 6 R/O R/O 5 5 Power
Left Front Turn Signal J4 J4 BE/PK BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN 7 7 Right Turn Indicator
Right Rear Turn Signal K2 K2 BE/BN BE 12 12 Ground

BE/PK 10 10 Left Turn Indicator
[39B] [39A]
BE/PK Left Turn

Indicator
BE Right Turn Lamps
R/O Power
BK/GN
BE/PK
BE/O
BK
BK
[31A] 6 5 2 1
[31B] 6 5 2 1
GND 1
BN
BK
BK
V
BK
Left Front BK
Turn Lamp
V
BE/BN
BN
BE/V
Right Front
BK
BK
BK
Turn Lamp BK GND 2

1 3 4 5 8 [7A]
FLSTN Except FLSTN
1 3 4 8 [7B] 1 3 5 [7B]
BE/BN
BK/BN
BE/V
BK/V
BE/BN
BE/V
BK
[94B] 2 5 6
[94A] 2 5 6
Circuit
BE/BN
BK/BN
BE/V
BK/V
Board
[18A] 1 2 1 2 [19A] [18A] 1 2 1 2 [19A]

[18B] 1 2 1 2 [19B] [18B] 1 2 1 2 [19B]
BK
BK
BK
BK
V
Right Left Right Left

Rear Rear Rear Rear
Turn Turn Turn Turn
Signal Signal Signal Signal
Lamp Lamp Lamp Lamp
Figure 5-15. Turn Signal Circuit: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
94000396 5-19
em01874
Hazard
CAN High
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
LHCM Left Turn Battery Switch RHCM
Ground
Ground
Power
Power
Switch Fuse Right Turn
Switch
R/O
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
R/O
R/O
BK
BK
[24B] [24A] [22A-1] [22B-1]

W/R 3 3 W/R W/R 3 3 W/R
R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 1 1 R/O
[31LB] [31LA] [31RA] [31RB]
V/BN 2 2 BE/PK BE/O 2 2 V/BN

Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
BK 3 3 BK BK 3 3 BK
[20A] [20B]
Speedometer
[242A] [242B]
BCM R/O 6 6 R/O 5 5 Power
CAN High D2 D2 W/R W/R 1 1 W/R 2 2 CAN High
CAN Low E2 E2 W/BK W/BK 3 3 W/BK 8 8 CAN Low
Right Front Turn Signal J2 J2 BE/O BE/O 12 12 Right Turn Indicator
Left Front Turn Signal J4 J4 BE/PK BE/PK 10 10 Left Turn Indicator
Right Rear Turn Signal K2 K2 BE/BN

[39B] [39A]
BK/GN BE/PK Left Turn

BK 6 6 BK
BK
V 5 5
Indicator
BE/PK
BE/O Right Turn Lamps
BN 2 2 BE/O
R/O Power
BK 1 1 BK
[31B] [31A] GND 1 GND 2
BK 2 2 BK
FXSB FXSB
BN
BK
BK
V
BE 1 1 BE
Left Rear [19B] 2 BK BK 2 [18B] Right Rear

Left Front Right Front Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
Turn Lamp Turn Lamp 1 BE/V BE/BN 1
BK 2 2 BK
FLS, FLSS [19A] [18A]
W 1 1 W
FLS, FLSS FLS, FLSS

[19B] [18B]
Figure 5-16. Turn Signal Circuit: FXSB, FLS, FLSS

DTC B2151 1. Bulb Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove left rear turn signal bulb.
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 3. Inspect bulb.
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE 4. Is bulb good?
Table 5-17. DTC B2151 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Replace bulb.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in left rear turn signal ground circuit
Open in left rear turn signal power circuit 1. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test resistance between bulb socket ground
Short to voltage in left rear turn signal power circuit and ground.
Bulb malfunction 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
5-20 94000396
b. No. Repair open in (BK) wire. b. No. Replace BCM.
3. Power Circuit Open Test DTC B2156

1. Turn IGN OFF. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
3. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: Table 5-19. DTC B2156 Diagnostic Faults
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal K4 and POSSIBLE CAUSES
left rear turn signal bulb power circuit socket terminal.
Open in right rear turn signal ground circuit
Open in right rear turn signal power circuit
Short to voltage in right rear turn signal power circuit
b. No. Repair open in left rear turn signal power circuit Bulb malfunction
(BE/V).
DTC B2153, B2154 1. Bulb Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 2. Remove right rear turn signal bulb.
3. Inspect bulb.
4. Is bulb good?
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Ground Circuit Open Test
Left rear turn signal bulb current too high
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Short to ground in left rear turn signal power circuit HD-41404), test resistance between bulb socket ground
and ground.
1. Bulb Test 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove left rear turn signal bulb.
3. Inspect bulb.
4. Is bulb good? 3. Power Circuit Open Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
2. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test is in position on BOB.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal K2 and
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire right rear turn signal bulb power circuit socket terminal.
harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
is in position on BOB. b. No. Repair open in right rear turn signal power circuit
(BE/BN).
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal K4 and
ground.
DTC B2158, B2159
5. Is continuity present? PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in left rear turn signal power HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
circuit (BE/V) wire. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
94000396 5-21

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Right rear turn signal bulb current too high
Short to ground in right rear turn signal power circuit
1. Bulb Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove right rear turn signal bulb.
3. Inspect bulb.
4. Is bulb good?

1. Turn IGN OFF.
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in right rear turn signal
power circuit (BE/BN) wire.
b. No. Replace BCM.
5-22 94000396
HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.7
The headlamp switch activates either the high beam or the low DTC DESCRIPTION
beam headlamps. When the ignition is turned ON, the BCM B2131 High beam output open
defaults to the low beam position. Pressing the upper part of
B2132 High beam output shorted high
the switch toggles to the high beam headlamp and the lower
part of the switch toggles to the low beam headlamp. B2133 High beam output shorted low
• In the low position, the BCM supplies power to illuminate B2134 High beam output overloaded
the low beam headlamp. B2136 Low beam output open
• Push the low position again, the BCM supplies power to the B2137 Low beam output shorted high
high beam headlamp to provide a flash to pass feature.
B2138 Low beam output shorted low
• In the high position, BCM supplies power to the high beam B2139 Low beam output overloaded
headlamp and sends a message to the speedometer over
the CAN bus to illuminate the high beam indicator.
ed03992 The headlamp DTCs may require either the high or low beam
2 3
4 headlamp be requested on in order to set the DTC. Toggle
back and forth between the high and low beam headlamp
1 positions to check DTCs on both circuits.
The auxiliary lamps (if equipped) should be turned off when

5 checking the low beam headlamp circuit. If not, an open DTC
may not show up due to the auxiliary lamps still providing a
load on the circuit.
10 • DTC B2131 or B2136 will set if the corresponding headlamp

circuit draws less than 1.2 Amps.
6
9 • DTC B2134 or B2139 will set if the corresponding headlamp
8 7 circuit draws more than 12 Amps.
1. Auxiliary lamp switch (FLSTC, FLSTN) Diagnostic Tips

3. Fuel pump [141] If the vehicle is equipped with auxiliary lamps, an open to the
4. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB) low beam headlamp will not set a code unless the auxiliary
5. LHCM [24] lamps are turned off. If the headlamp cannot be switched from
6. Front WSS [167] one position to the other with no codes it could be an open
7. Fuel gauge [117] switch causing the problem. See Horn, Lighting and Security,
8. Headlamp [38] SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS (Page 5-37).
Turn IGN to ACC. If low beam illuminates, this circuit is shorted
to voltage. If the high beam illuminates, this circuit is shorted
10. Console [20]
to voltage.
(Page A-1).
94000396 5-23
em01710
BCM
Front Running/Fog lamps

FLSTC And FLSTN
(Optional)
High Beam Power
Low Beam Power

[73B] [73A]
CAN High
CAN Low
Auxiliary
Lights
[109A] [109B]
GY/BK 2 2 GY/BK
[242A] D2 E2 L4 M3 M4
2 2 GY/BK Auxiliary
[242B] D2 E2 L4 M3 M4 Toggle Lights
Switch
1 1 GY/BK 1 1 GY/BK
W/R
W/BK
BE/W
BE/BK
BE/Y
Except Japan Japan
O/W
Y
LHCM
Headlamp
Hi/Low
Switch
Y
CAN High
CAN Low
[38B] Headlamp
Except Japan
W/R
W/BK
High
2 W W Hi
Low
3 Y Y Low
4 BK BK GND
[38A]
W/R 3 3 W/R
[38B-2] [38A-2]
BE/BK 1
W/BK 4 4 W/BK
BE/W 2
[24B] [24A]
O/W
BE/Y 3
Battery 4 [38B]
BK
Fuse
1 O/W
Headlamp
R/O
High
2 W W Hi
W/BK
Low
Japan
W/R
R/O
3 Y Y Low
[20A] 1 3 6 4 BK BK GND
[20B] 1 3 6
W/R
W/BK
R/O
[38B-2] [38A-2]
Speedometer
CAN High 2 2 W/R Chassis
BK
Ground
CAN Low 8 8 W/BK
BK
High Beam Indicator 4 4 BE/W
[39A] [39B]
BE/W
GND 2
R/O
High Beam
Indicator
Figure 5-18. Headlamp and Auxiliary Lamps
5-24 94000396
AUXILIARY LAMPS INOPERATIVE: EXCEPT 5. Do auxiliary lamps illuminate?
JAPAN a. Yes. Replace auxiliary lamp toggle switch.
5. Auxiliary Lamp Power Circuit Test
Table 5-22. Auxiliary Lamps Inoperative Diagnostic Faults 1. Test voltage between [109B] terminal 1 (Y) wire to ground.
Auxiliary lamp malfunction
a. Yes. Repair open in (GY/BK) wire between [109B] and
Toggle switch malfunction [73B].
Open in auxiliary power circuit b. No. Repair open in (Y) wire between [109B] and
Open in auxiliary ground circuit headlamp switch.
1. Auxiliary Lamps Operation Test AUXILIARY LAMPS INOPERATIVE: JAPAN

1. Place headlamp switch in low position. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
2. Turn on auxiliary lamps. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
3. Do auxiliary lamps illuminate?
Table 5-23. Auxiliary Lamps Inoperative Diagnostic Faults:
a. Yes. System operating properly. Intermittent perform Japan
wiggle test. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Auxiliary lamp malfunction
b. No. Auxiliary lamps and headlamps inoperative.
DTC will be present. Refer to Table 1-12. Toggle switch malfunction
c. No. Only one auxiliary lamp is operative. Go to Test Open in auxiliary power circuit
2. Open in auxiliary ground circuit
d. No. Both auxiliary lamps are inoperative. Go to Test
4. 1. Auxiliary Lamps Operation Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Auxiliary Bulb Test 2. Turn on auxiliary lamps.
1. Inspect bulb. 3. Do auxiliary lamps illuminate?
2. Is bulb good?
a. Yes. System operating properly. Intermittent perform
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. wiggle test. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
b. No. Auxiliary lamps inoperative. DTC will be present.
Refer to Table 1-12.
3. Auxiliary Lamp Circuit Test
c. No. Only one auxiliary lamp is operative. Go to Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 2.
2. Disconnect auxiliary lamps [73]. d. No. Both auxiliary lamps are inoperative. Go to Test
3. Turn IGN ON. 4.
HD-41404), test voltage between inoperative circuit at 2. Auxiliary Bulb Test
[73B] terminal 1 or 2 and ground.
1. Inspect bulb.
2. Is bulb good?
a. Yes. Replace inoperative auxiliary lamp.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/BK) wire between toggle switch
and [73].
3. Auxiliary Lamp Circuit Test

4. Auxiliary Lamp Switch Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect auxiliary lamps [73].
2. Disconnect auxiliary lamp switch [109].
3. Turn IGN ON.
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between inoperative circuit at
HD-41404), jumper [109B] terminals 1 and 2 together.
[73B] terminal 1 or 2 and ground.
94000396 5-25
5. Is battery voltage present? 2. Ground Circuit Open Test
a. Yes. Replace inoperative auxiliary lamp. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/BK) wire between toggle switch 2. Test resistance between [38B-2] terminal GND (BK) and
and [73]. ground.
4. Auxiliary Lamp Switch Test a. Yes. Replace headlamp.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground wire.
2. Disconnect auxiliary lamp switch [109].
3. Turn IGN ON. 3. Power Circuit Open Test
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404), jumper [109B] terminals 1 and 2 together.
5. Do auxiliary lamps illuminate? and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between
wire harness [242B] and [242A].
a. Yes. Replace auxiliary lamp toggle switch.
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal M3 and [38-2]
5. Auxiliary Lamp Power Circuit Test terminal HI (W).
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test voltage between [109B] terminal 1 (O/W) wire to
ground.
b. No. Repair open in (W) or (BE/W) wire between BCM
and headlamp.
a. Yes. Repair open in (GY/BK) wire between [109B] and
[73B]. DTC B2132
b. No. Repair open in (O/W) wire between [109B] terminal
1 and BCM [242B] terminal L4 (BE/BK) wire. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP INOPERATIVE, HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL
DTC B2131
Short to voltage in headlamp high beam circuit
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE 1. Headlamp Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Table 5-24. High Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B2131 2. Disconnect BCM [242].
Diagnostic Faults
3. Using 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL (PART
POSSIBLE CAUSES NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal M3 from [242B].
Open in high beam ground circuit 4. Connect [242].
Open in high beam power circuit 5. Turn IGN ON.
Headlamp malfunction 6. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test voltage between extracted terminal M3
1. Power Circuit Test and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 7. Is voltage present?
2. Disconnect headlamp [38-2]. a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BE/W) wire.
4. Switch headlamp to HI beam.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 2. DTC Test
HD-41404), test voltage between [38B-2] terminal HI (W) 1. Install terminal M3 from [242B].
and ground.
2. Connect [242].
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Turn IGN ON.
5-26 94000396
5. Observe headlamp in high and low beam positions. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
6. Check DTCs. HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
7. Did DTC reset? Table 5-27. Low Beam Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B2136
a. Yes. Replace BCM. Diagnostic Faults
b. No. Condition is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND POSSIBLE CAUSES

TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). Open in low beam ground circuit
Open in low beam power circuit
DTC B2133, B2134
Headlamp malfunction
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1. Power Circuit Test
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE 2. Disconnect headlamp [38-2].
3. Turn IGN ON.
Table 5-26. DTC B2133, B2134 Diagnostic Faults 4. Switch headlamp to low beam.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
Short to ground in high beam headlamp circuit HD-41404), test voltage between [38B-2] terminal low (Y)
and ground.
1. High Beam Headlamp Circuit Test b. No. Go to Test 3.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect headlamp [38-2]. 2. Ground Circuit Open Test
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 1. Turn IGN OFF.
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire 2. Test resistance between [38B-2] terminal GND (BK) and
harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See ground.
is in position on BOB. a. Yes. Replace headlamp.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground wire.
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal M3 and
ground. 3. Power Circuit Open Test
6. Is continuity present? 1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W) or (BE/W) wire. 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
b. No. Go to Test 2. and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between
wire harness [242B] and [242A].
2. DTC Test
1. Connect [242].
4. Test resistance between BOB terminal M4 and [38-2]
2. Clear DTCs. terminal low (Y).
3. Turn IGN ON. 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
4. Check DTCs. a. Yes. Replace BCM.
5. Did DTC reset? b. No. Repair open in (Y) or (BE/Y) wire between BCM
a. Yes. Replace BCM. and headlamp.
b. No. Replace headlamp. DTC B2137

LOW BEAM HEADLAMP INOPERATIVE, DTC PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
B2136 HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL
94000396 5-27
Table 5-28. DTC B2137 Diagnostic Faults 4. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in headlamp low beam circuit
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal (M4)
and ground.
1. Headlamp Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (Y) or (BE/Y) wire.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal (M4) from [242B].
2. DTC Test
4. Connect BCM [242].
1. Connect [242].
5. Turn IGN ON.
2. Clear DTCs.
HD-41404), test voltage between removed terminal (M4) 3. Turn IGN ON.
and ground. 4. Check DTCs.
7. Is voltage present? 5. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (BE/Y) wire. a. Yes. Replace BCM.
b. No. Go to Test 2. b. No. Replace headlamp.
2. DTC Test
1. Install terminal M4 from [242B].
2. Connect [242].
3. Clear DTCs.
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Observe headlamp in high and low beam positions.
6. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Condition is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
DTC B2138, B2139


POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in low beam headlamp circuit
1. Low Beam Headlamp Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect headlamp [38-2].
5-28 94000396
STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.8
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 45 19

HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II 18
93
94
See Figure 5-19 and Figure 5-20. The BCM controls the stop
lamp based off inputs from the front and rear stop lamp
switches. The front stop lamp switch is a mechanical switch.
When the front brake lever is applied, the lever presses a
mechanical switch and closes the contacts on the switch. The
front stop lamp switch is part of the RHCM. When the switch
is pressed, the RHCM sends a message to the BCM over the
CAN bus and the BCM supplies power to the stop lamp.
The rear stop lamp switch is a pressure switch. When the rear
brake is applied, it generates pressure in the brake fluid. This
pressure in the fluid closes the contacts for the rear stop lamp
switch. The BCM supplies power to the rear stop lamp switch.
When the rear stop lamp switch is closed, it grounds the circuit
from the BCM. This signals the BCM to supply power to the
stop lamp.
Some models have no center stop lamp. Instead the turn

signals are used for stop, turn and tail lamp functions. If DTCs
1. Tail lamp [93]
B2161 is set and all stop lamps are functional, it means the
2. Rear fender tip lamp [45]
vehicle is improperly configured. Use DIGITAL TECHNICIAN
3. Left rear turn signal [19]
II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) to configure properly.
4. Right rear turn signal [18]
5. Rear fender lights harness in circuit board [94]
Figure 5-19. Rear Fender Lights
DTC DESCRIPTION
ed03996
B2161 Brake lamp output open 1
B2163 Brake lamp output shorted low 2
B2164 Brake lamp output overloaded
B2223 Rear brake switch shorted low (light on) 3
8 4
7 5
6
1. Battery connection to starter

2. Starter solenoid [128]
7. VSS [65]
8. Rear HCU [255]

The stop lamp circuit needs to see activation to set DTCs.
Apply the front and rear brakes to verify stop lamp DTCs do
not return.
• DTC B2161 is set when the stop lamp circuit current draw
is less than 120 milliamps.
94000396 5-29
• DTC B2164 is set when the stop lamp circuit current draw code, the vehicle needs to be operated over 30 mph (48 km/h)
is above 4 Amps. for at least two minutes. DTC B2161 will only set when all loads
on the circuit are inoperable.
• DTC B2223 is set when the brake switch input circuit is
grounded for 120 seconds and the vehicle speed is above
45 mph (72 km/h).
The brake switch is normally open and supplies a path to
ground when closed. In order to set a shorted brake switch
(Page A-1).
5-30 94000396
em00986
BCM
Brake Switch Input

Brake Light Power
Accessory Power
CAN High
CAN Low
M2 K3 F3 E2 D2 [242A]
M2 K3 F3 E2 D2 [242B]
W/R
W/BK
BE/GN
BE/R
[22A-1] [22B-1]
W/R 3 3 W/R W/R Front

Stop
Lamp
W/BK 4 4 W/BK W/BK Switch
[121B-1] [121A-1]
BE/GN 1 1 Rear
Pressure Stop
Switch Lamp
BK 1 1
Switch
[121B-2] [121A-2]
BE/R
BK
FLSTN Except FLSTN
Power Power
Grounds Grounds
BE/R
BE/R
BK
BK
BK
BK
[7A] 6 5 [7A] 6 5
[7B] 6 5 [7B] 6 5
BE/R
BE/R
GND 2 GND 2
BK
BK
[40A] 3 4 [94B] 4 6
[40B] 3 4 [94A] 4 6
Circuit
R/Y
BK
Board
[93A] 3 4
[93B] 3 4
Stop/Tail
R/Y
Lamp
BK
Stop Lamp
Figure 5-21. Stop/Tail Lamps: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
94000396 5-31
em00919
BCM
Brake Switch Input

Brake Light Power
CAN High
CAN Low
K3 F3 E2 D2 [242A]
K3 F3 E2 D2 [242B]
W/R
W/BK
BE/GN
BE/R
[22A-1] [22B-1]
W/R 3 3 W/R W/R Front

Stop
Lamp
W/BK 4 4 W/BK W/BK Switch
[121B-1] [121A-1]
BE/GN 1 1 Rear
Pressure Stop
Switch Lamp
BK 1 1
Switch
[121B-2] [121A-2]
BE/R
BE/R
BE/R
BK
BK
BK
3 4 [19A] 2 3 [40A] 3 4 [18A] GND 2
(Canada) (HDI)
2 3 [40B] 1 3 4 [19B] 1 3 4 [18B]

R/Y
BK
W
BK
BK
R
R
R/Y
BK
BK
BK
W
W
R
LP Left Right
Stop/Tail Stop/Tail/ Stop/Tail/
(Canada Only)
Figure 5-22. Stop/Tail Lamps: FXSB, FLS, FLSS

STOP LAMP ALWAYS ON: DTC B2223 Table 5-31. Stop Lamp Always On, DTC B2223 Diagnostic
Faults
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Brake switch malfunction
Short to voltage on stop lamp output circuit
1. Brake Switch Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear brake switch [121-1] (BE/GN) wire.
5-32 94000396
3. Turn IGN ON. Table 5-32. DTC B2161 Diagnostic Faults
4. Does stop lamp go out? POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Yes. Replace rear brake switch. Open in brake lamp ground circuit
b. No. Go to Test 2. Open in brake lamp power circuit
Bulb malfunction
2. Brake Switch Input Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Stop Lamp Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire 2. Inspect stop lamp bulb.
3. Is bulb good?
is in position on BOB. b. No. Replace bulb.
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal F3 and 2. Ground Circuit Open Test
ground.
5. Is continuity present? HD-41404), test resistance between stop lamp socket
ground and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground between [242B] and
[121B-1] (BE/GN) wire. 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
b. No. Go to Test 3. a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground circuit.
3. Stop Lamp Power Test
1. Using 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL (PART 3. Power Circuit Open Test
NUMBER: HD-50423), remove terminal K3 from [242B]
(BE/R) wire.
2. Connect [242A]. wire harness [242B] and [242A].
3. Turn IGN ON. 2. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
4. Is stop lamp on?
3. Install stop lamp bulb.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on stop lamp power circuit.
HD-41404), jumper BOB terminals M2 and K3.
5. Turn IGN ON.
4. DTC Test
6. Does stop lamp illuminate?
1. Remove BOB.
2. Insert terminal K3 into [242B] (BE/R) wire.
b. No. Repair open in stop lamp power circuit.
3. Connect [242].
4. Clear DTCs. DTC B2163, B2164
5. Operate system in the conditions for setting DTCs.
6. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset? HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
a. Yes. Replace BCM. HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
b. No. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
DTC B2161 POSSIBLE CAUSES
Accessory tail lamp overloading circuit
Short to ground in stop lamp power circuit
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX Bulb malfunction
1. Bulb Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000396 5-33
2. Inspect bulb.
3. Is bulb good?
2. Stop Lamp Power Circuit Short to Ground

Test
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BE/R) wire.
b. No. Replace BCM.
5-34 94000396
BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS 5.9
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
There are two stop lamp switches.
• The front stop lamp switch is a mechanical switch located
on the right hand controls. POSSIBLE CAUSES
• The rear stop lamp switch is a pressure switch located in RHCM malfunction
the brake line under the exhaust pipes. Rear brake switch malfunction
During an ignition cycle, the ECM must receive a valid brake Short to ground in rear brake circuit
switch input. During the same ignition cycle the vehicle has to
reach 31 mph (50 km/h) in third gear or higher and return to a 1. Stop Lamp Test
stop three times without any brake switch signals in order to
1. Verify stop lamp is illuminated.
set DTC P0572.
2. Is stop lamp illuminated?
DTC DESCRIPTION
P0572 Brake switch low
Connector Information 2. Rear Brake Switch Test

1. Activate rear brake.
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS 2. Does stop lamp illuminate?
(Page A-1). a. Yes. Replace RHCM.
em01867 BCM b. No. Go to Test 3.

Brake Switch Input
Brake Light Power
3. Brake Switch Circuit Test

CAN High
CAN Low
1. Turn IGN OFF.

K3 F3 E2 D2 [242A] and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire
K3 F3 E2 D2 [242B] harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See
W/R
W/BK
BE/GN
BE/R

4 3 [22A-1] is in position on BOB.
4 3 [22B-1]
4. Disconnect rear stop lamp switch [121B-1].
W/BK
W/R

HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal F3 and
[121B-1] (BE/GN) wire.
See Rear BE/R Front Stop
Lighting Lamp Switch 6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
a. Yes. Replace rear brake switch.
[121B-1] [121A-1] b. No. Repair open in (BE/GN) wire.
BE/GN 1 1
Pressure Rear Stop 4. Brake Switch Circuit Short to Ground Test
Switch Lamp Switch
BK 1 1 1. Turn IGN OFF.
BK
[121B-2] [121A-2] 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)

GND2
Figure 5-23. Brake Switch Circuit
DTC P0572
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal F3 and
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME ground.
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE a. Yes. Go to Test 5.
94000396 5-35
5. Brake Switch Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect rear stop lamp switch [121B-1].
2. Test continuity between BOB terminal F3 and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in [242B] terminal F3
(BE/GN) wire.
b. No. Replace rear brake switch.
5-36 94000396
SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS 5.10
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION with the clutch lever pulled in for more than 2 minutes will set
codes.
These DTCs pertain to stuck switches or an internal fault in
the LHCM, RHCM or BCM. If the switches are open they will Diagnostic Tips
not set DTCs. In most cases, there will be symptoms depending Clear the DTCs and operate the vehicle to verify the DTCs are
on which switch is malfunctioning. current. Stuck switch codes will take over two minutes to set.
Table 5-36. Switch Symptoms DTC B1103, B1153
OPEN SWITCH SYMPTOM
High beam Headlamp will not toggle to high beam Table 5-38. DTC B1103, B1153 Diagnostic Faults
Low beam Headlamp will not toggle to low beam POSSIBLE CAUSES
Left turn signals will not function, PIN Open in hand control module ground circuit
Left turn signal cannot be entered Open in hand control module power circuit
Right turn signals will not function, PIN
Right turn signal cannot be entered 1. Switch Test
Odometer will not cycle through different 1. Clear DTC.
Trip settings
2. Turn IGN ON and wait 3 minutes.
Stop lamp will not function with brake
Front brake lever pulled in 3. Check DTCs.
Clutch Vehicle will not start unless in neutral 4. Did DTC reset?
Horn Horn will not sound a. Yes. Replace LHCM or RHCM.
Hazard Hazard lamps will not function b. No. Condition not currently present.
Start switch Vehicle will not start (nothing clicks)
DTC B2210, B2212, B2250, B2251, B2253,
Engine stop switch Vehicle will not start (nothing clicks) B2254, B2260, B2261, B2262, B2263
Table 5-39. DTC B2210, B2212, B2250, B2251, B2253,
DTC DESCRIPTION B2254, B2260, B2261, B2262, B2263 Diagnostic Faults
B1103 LHCM internal error POSSIBLE CAUSES
B1153 RHCM internal error Clutch switch malfunction
B2210 Engine stop switch inputs both open Front brake switch malfunction
B2212 Engine stop switch inputs both closed
B2250 Clutch switch stuck 1. Switch Test
B2251 Horn switch stuck 1. Clear DTC.
B2253 FTP switch stuck 2. Turn IGN ON and wait 3 minutes.
B2254 Left turn switch stuck 3. Operate vehicle to meet conditions for setting DTC.
B2260 Start switch stuck 4. Check DTCs.
B2261 Right turn switch stuck 5. Did DTC reset?
B2262 Front brake switch stuck a. Yes, DTC B2210 or B2212. Replace run/stop key cap.
B2263 Hazard switch stuck b. Yes, DTC B2250 or B2262. Replace clutch or brake
B2270 BCM internal error switch.
c. Yes, except DTC B2250 or B2262. Replace LHCM or
Conditions for Setting RHCM.
If the switches are held or stuck for over 2 minutes with the d. No. Concern is intermittent. Switch may have been
IGN ON, a DTC will set for that switch. The engine stop is either pressed for an extended period of time.
in the run or the stop position. If the RHCM does not see either
input or both inputs at the same time, DTC B2210 or B2212 DTC B2270
will set.
For DTC B2262 or B2250 to be set, the vehicle has to be in Table 5-40. DTC B2270 Diagnostic Faults
operation for more than 2 minutes at speed above 30 mph
POSSIBLE CAUSES
(48 km/h). Historic codes may indicate the rider continually
applies the brake or clutch. For example, coasting downhill Open in BCM battery circuit
Open in BCM ground circuit
94000396 5-37
1. DTC Test
1. Clear DTC.
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Check DTCs.
4. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Condition not currently present.
ANY HAND CONTROL SWITCH

INOPERATIVE
Table 5-41. Any Hand Control Switch Inoperative Diagnost-

ic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Clutch switch malfunction
Brake switch malfunction
1. Switch Operation Test

1. Operate inoperative switch.
2. Does switch operate correctly?
a. Yes. Condition not currently present.
b. No. Replace LHCM or RHCM.
5-38 94000396
RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.11
The running lamps consist of the front position lamp (HDI), 45 19

located in the headlamp housing, the front running lamps, the
license plate lamp and the tail lamp. The running lamps are 93 18
powered by the BCM through terminal J3 and L4 (if equipped). 94

DTC DESCRIPTION
B2106 L4 output open
B2107 L4 output shorted high
B2108 L4 output shorted low
B2109 L4 output overloaded
B2168 Running lights output shorted low
B2169 Running lights output overloaded
ed03993
2 3
1
1. Tail lamp [93]
4 5 3. Left rear turn signal [19]
5. Rear fender lights harness in circuit board [94]
Figure 5-25. Rear Fender Lights
10
6
The running lamps circuit powers up when the ignition is turned
9 8 7 on. On HDI models, the running lamp circuit is also powered
in the ACC position. Any running lamp related DTCs will set
1. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB) shortly after the ignition is turned on.
2. Fuel pump [141]
3. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB) • DTC B2106 will set if the running lights circuit is below 120
4. TGS [204] milliamps. This will happen if all lights on the circuit are open.
5. Front turn [31R] • DTC B2109 will set if the switched power output circuit is
6. Front turn [31] above 10 Amps.
7. RHCM [22-2]
8. RHCM [22-1] • DTC B2169 will set if the running lights circuit is above 3
9. Rear ACR [203R] Amps.
10. Front ACR [203F]
Figure 5-24. Under Fuel Tank Right Side Connector Information
(Page A-1).
94000396 5-39
em01875
BE BE
Running Lamp Running Lamp
BK BK
BK
BE
BE
BK
6 4 3 1 [31B]
6 4 3 1 [31A]
BK
BE
BE
BK
Left Turn Right Turn
LHCM
CAN High
Signal Signal RHCM
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
Switch Switch
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
BCM

W/BK
W/BK
W/R
W/R
Running Light Power
[24B] 3 4 3 4 [22B-1]
Accessory Power
[24A] 3 4 3 4 [22A-1]
CAN High
CAN Low
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
D2 E2 J3 L4 M2 [242A]
D2 E2 J3 L4 M2 [242B]
W/R
W/BK
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R/Y DLC
(HDI)
Fuel BE Position
Gauge Lamp
BK 4 4 BK BK 1 1 BK
BK
BE/BK 1 1 O/W O/W 1 1 BK

R/Y
[38A] [38B]
BK
BE
GND 2 [7A]
O/W
2 5 7
BK
Except FLSTN FLSTN

2 1 [32A]
[7B] 2 5 7 [7B] 2 5 7 2 1 [32B]
BE/BK
BK
BE
BE/BK
BK
BK
BK
BE
BE/BK
[94B] 2 1 [143A]
BK
BE
1 6 3
[94A] 1 6 3 2 1 [143B]
[40A] 4 2 1
Circuit [40B] 4 2 1
Board
BK
BK
DOM
O/W
BK
BE
4 2 1
HDI BE
BK
O/W
BK
BE
O/W
Tip
O/W
License
BK
BE
HDI DOM Lamp

Plate
Lamp (DOM)
Tail Lamp Stop/Tail Lamp
Figure 5-26. Running Lamps: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
5-40 94000396
em01876
Running Light Running Light
BK
BE
BK
BE
3 1 [31LB] 3 1 [31RB]
3 1 [31LA] 3 1 [31RA]
BK
BE
BK
BE
CAN High
Left Turn Right Turn
CAN High
CAN Low
CAN Low
LHCM Signal Signal RHCM
Switch Switch
BCM
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
Running Light Power
W/BK
W/BK
W/R
W/R
Accessory Power
Not
[24B] 3 4 Used 3 4 [22B-1]
CAN High
CAN Low
[24A] 3 4 3 4 [31A] 3 4 [22A-1]
W/R
W/R
W/BK
W/BK
BE
BE
D2 E2 J3 L4 M2 [242A]
D2
W/R
E2 J3 L4 M2 [242B]
W/BK
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R/Y DLC
Resistor BE (HDI)
Assembly
Position
Lamp
BK 4 4 BK 1 1 BK
BK
BE/BK 1 1 O/W 1 1 BK
[38A] [38B]
GND 2
R/Y
BE
BK
BK
BE
BK
1 4 [19A] 1 3 [40A] 1 4 [18A]

FXSB FLS, FLSS 1 3 [40B] FXSB FLS, FLSS
1 4 [19B] 1 4 [19B] 1 4 [18B] 1 4 [18B]

BE
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BE
BE
W
Stop/Tail/
Rear Left LP Lamp Rear Right
STT (Canada) STT
Figure 5-27. Running Lamps: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
94000396 5-41
FRONT RUNNING LAMPS INOPERATIVE 2. Is bulb and socket good?
Table 5-43. Front Running Lamps Inoperative Diagnostic 3. Ground Circuit Test
Faults
1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
Open running lights circuit HD-41404), test resistance between tail lamp bulb socket
terminal ground and ground.
Lamp malfunction
Open ground circuit 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Repair open in running lamp power circuit.
NOTE
b. No. Repair open in ground circuit (BK) wire.
This test refers to US running lamps integrated with the front
turn signals.
4. Running Lamps Power Test
1. Running Lamp Test 1. Disconnect rear lighting harness [7].
1. Inspect inoperative bulb. 2. Turn IGN ON.
2. Is bulb good? 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:

a. Yes. Go to Test 2. ground.
b. No. Replace bulb. 4. Is voltage present?
b. No. Repair open in (BE) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 5. Rear Running Lamps Ground Circuit Test
HD-41404), test resistance between running lamp bulb
socket ground and ground. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Test resistance between [7A] terminals 4, 5 and 8 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair open in running lamp power circuit (BE)
wire. 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm on all three terminals?
b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground circuit. a. Yes. Replace rear lighting harness.
b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground circuit.
REAR RUNNING LAMPS INOPERATIVE:
EXCEPT FXSB, FLS, FLSS REAR RUNNING LAMPS INOPERATIVE:
FXSB, FLS, FLSS
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Table 5-44. Rear Running Lamps Inoperative Diagnostic
Faults: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS Table 5-45. Rear Running Lamps Inoperative Diagnostic
POSSIBLE CAUSES Faults: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
Open running lights circuit POSSIBLE CAUSES

Lamp malfunction Open running lights circuit
Open ground circuit Lamp malfunction
Open ground circuit
1. Running Lamps Configuration Test
1. Inspect rear running lamps. 1. Bulb Test
2. Do rear turn signals also function as brake lamps? 1. Inspect inoperative bulb.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 2. Is bulb good?

2. Bulb Test
1. Inspect inoperative bulb and socket.
5-42 94000396
2. Ground Circuit Test 5. Is battery voltage present?
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: b. No. Repair open in (R/Y) wire.
HD-41404), test resistance between tail lamp bulb socket
terminal ground and ground.
5. License Plate Lamp Ground Circuit Test
1. Test resistance between [7A] terminal 5 (BK) and ground.
a. Yes. Replace rear lighting harness.
LICENSE PLATE LAMP INOPERATIVE: b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground circuit.
EXCEPT FXSB, FLS, FLSS
LICENSE PLATE LAMP INOPERATIVE:
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME FXSB, FLS, FLSS
Table 5-46. License Plate Lamp Inoperative Diagnostic HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
Faults: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
Table 5-47. License Plate Lamp Inoperative Diagnostic
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Faults: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
Open running lights circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Lamp malfunction
Open running lights circuit
Open ground circuit
Lamp malfunction
1. Running Lamps Configuration Test Open ground circuit
1. Inspect rear running lamps. LED malfunction
2. Do rear turn signals function as brake lamps?

1. Verify Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 1. Verify LP lamp is a LED.
b. No. Go to Test 2. 2. Is LP lamp a LED?
2. Bulb Test
1. Inspect inoperative bulb.
2. Is bulb good?
2. Bulb Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. 1. Inspect license plate lamp.
b. No. Replace bulb. 2. Is bulb good?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404), test resistance between tail lamp bulb socket
terminal ground and ground. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test resistance between license plate lamp
a. Yes. Repair open in running lamp power circuit. bulb socket terminal ground and ground.
b. No. Repair open in ground circuit (BK) wire. 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
4. License Plate Lamps Power Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear lighting harness [7].
4. LED Voltage Test
3. Turn IGN ON.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear lighting [40].
HD-41404), test voltage between [7A] terminal 2 (R/Y)
wire to ground. 3. Turn IGN ON.
94000396 5-43
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 5. Is voltage present?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in the front position/running
ground.
circuit.
b. No. Replace ABS module.
b. No. Repair open in (R/Y) wire. 3. DTC Test
1. Connect [242].
5. LED Ground Test 2. Clear DTC.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test resistance between [40A] terminal 3 and ground.
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. Replace LP LED light assembly.
DTC B2106, B2107 DTC B2108, B2109
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL Table 5-49. DTC B2108, B2109 Diagnostic Faults
Table 5-48. DTC B2106, B2107 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE CAUSES

Short to ground in front position/running circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
High current in front position/running circuit
Short to power in front position/running circuit
1. Position Lamp Circuit Test
1. Position Lamp Circuit Short to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
NUMBER: HD-50424), remove terminal L4 from [242B]. 3. Disconnect position lamp and fender tip lamp (if equipped).
4. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 4. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire
wire harness [242B] and [242A]. See DIAGNOSTIC harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See
TOOLS (Page 1-14). DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
5. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) 5. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
is in position on BOB. is in position on BOB.
6. Turn IGN ON. 6. Test continuity between BOB terminal L4 and ground.
7. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 7. Is continuity present?
HD-41404), test voltage between extracted terminal L4 a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BE/BK) wire.
and ground.
2. Excessive Draw Test
b. No. Go to Test 3. 1. Remove accessory lighting (if equipped). Unplug one lamp
at a time on circuit and cycle IGN ON-OFF-ON.
2. ABS ECU Test 2. Check DTCs after each lamp is removed.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Does code clear?
2. Disconnect ABS ECU [166]. a. Yes. Replace lamp that was causing issue.
4. Test voltage between extracted terminal L4 and ground.
5-44 94000396
3. DTC Test 4. Cycle IGN OFF-ON.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 5. Did DTC reset?
2. Connect [242]. a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
3. Clear DTC. b. No. Repair short to ground in front running lamps
harness.
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Check DTCs.
4. BCM Test
6. Did DTC reset?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC B2168, B2169 harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal J3 and
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY ground.
Table 5-50. DTC B2168, B2169 Diagnostic Faults 6. Is continuity present?
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BE) wire.

Running lights circuit resistance too low b. No. Replace BCM.
Short to ground in running lights power circuit
DTC B2168, B2169: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
1. Rear Running Lamps Circuit Test HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
1. Turn IGN OFF. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
2. Disconnect rear lighting [7]. HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
3. Clear DTC.
4. Cycle IGN OFF-ON. Table 5-51. DTC B2168, B2169 Diagnostic Faults: FXSB,
FLS, FLSS
5. Did DTC reset?
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Running lights circuit resistance too low
b. No. Repair short to ground or high current draw in rear
lighting harness in the running lamp power circuits. Short to ground in running lights power circuit
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Right Rear Turn Lamp Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect right rear turn lamp [18].
3. Clear DTC.
3. Clear DTC.
4. Cycle IGN OFF-ON.
5. Did DTC reset?
5. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes, the front running lamps are wired to hand
control modules. Go to Test 4. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. Yes, the front running lamps are not wired to hand b. No. Repair short to ground or high current draw in right
control modules. Go to Test 3. rear turn signal harness in the running lamp power
circuits.
c. No. Replace fuel gauge.
3. Front Running Lamp Circuit Test 2. Left Rear Turn Lamp Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect left rear turn lamp [19].
2. Disconnect front turn signal [31].
3. Clear DTC.
3. Clear DTC.
94000396 5-45
5. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Repair short to ground or high current draw in left
rear turn signal harness in the running lamp power
circuits.
3. Tail Lamp Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect tail lamp [40].
3. Clear DTC.
5. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Repair short to ground or high current draw in tail
lamp harness in the running lamp power circuits.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Clear DTC.
5. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace the resistor assembly.
5. BCM Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal J3 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BE) wire.
b. No. Replace BCM.
5-46 94000396
SECURITY SYSTEM 5.12
SECURITY LAMP include the ability to alternately flash the left and right turn
signals and sound a siren (if equipped) if a theft attempt is
See Figure 5-28. The security lamp indicates system status. detected.
Refer to Table 5-52. NOTE
The siren must be in the chirp mode for the siren to chirp on
ed03775
arming or disarming. See Horn, Lighting and Security, SIREN,
Siren Chirp Mode Confirmation (Page 5-51).
4 Conditions that trigger a security event when system is armed

include:
• Detecting tampering of the ignition circuit: Turn signals

flash three times, optional siren chirps once and then turns
3 off. If the tampering continues, a second warning will activate
after four seconds. Continued tampering will cause the alarm
to activate for 30 seconds and then turn off. The two
warnings/alarm cycle is repeated for each tampering
incident. The system will remain armed and the vehicle will
be immobilized.
• Detecting vehicle movement: Turn signals flash three
times, optional siren chirps once and then turns off. If the
5 vehicle is not returned to its original position, a second
2 warning will activate after four seconds. If the vehicle is not
returned to its original position, the alarm activates for 30
ABS
1 6 seconds then turns off. The two warnings/alarm cycle may
repeat a maximum of 10 times with a 10 second pause
between cycles.
• Detecting that a battery or ground disconnect has
2. Check engine
occurred while armed: The optional siren activates its
3. Low fuel
self-alarm mode. Turn signals will not flash.
4. Security
5. Battery discharge SECURITY SYSTEM FEATURES
6. Cruise control
Figure 5-28. Indicator Lamps PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Table 5-52. Security Lamp Status
LAMP MODE The following information applies only to vehicles equipped
with the security.
Does not flash. Security system not armed.
Two minute timeout after failed PIN entry • Personal code disarming: If the fob is not available or
Flashes every attempt or a battery reconnect has oc- inoperative, the BCM allows the rider to disable the security
second. curred while armed. alarm and immobilization functions with a five-digit personal
code.
Flashes every 2.5
seconds. Security system armed. • Arming confirmation: When the security system is armed,
the system provides visual feedback (confirmation) to the
Flashes four times rider by flashing the turn signals and an audible "chirp" if
a second. PIN entry mode. equipped with the optional smart siren and chirp mode is
Stays on solid with Arming is starting up. You have five enabled.
IGN OFF. seconds before system is armed.
• Disarming confirmation: When the security system is
Stays on solid with If solid for more than four seconds after disarmed, the system provides an audible "chirp"
IGN ON. IGN ON, a current DTC is present. (confirmation) if equipped with the optional smart siren and
chirp mode is enabled.
SECURITY IMMOBILIZATION • Transport mode: It is possible to arm the security system
without enabling the motion detector for one ignition cycle.
NOTE This allows the vehicle to be moved in an immobilized state.
Always disarm the vehicle by turning the IGN ON with the fob
• Starter/ignition disable: When armed the starter and
present before removing or disconnecting the battery. This
ignition system are disabled.
prevents the siren (if installed) from activating.
If the vehicle is equipped with the security system, the

functionality is provided by a security BCM. The BCM will
disable the starter and ignition system. Additional functions
94000396 5-47
• Security system alarm: See Horn, Lighting and Security, On arming, the turn signals flash twice and the smart siren will
SIREN (Page 5-51). The system will alternately flash the chirp twice if chirp function is activated. While armed, the
left and right turn signals and sound an optional Smart Siren security lamp will flash once every 2.5 seconds. Refer to Table
if a vehicle security condition is detected while the system 5-52.
is armed.
DISARMING
• Dealer service mode: This mode allows the dealer to
disable security system via DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART
There are two ways to disarm the H-DSSS:
NUMBER: HD-48650). Dealer service mode is exited when
the IGN is turned ON with the assigned fob in range. • Automatic disarming.
SECURITY SYSTEM WARNINGS • Using the PIN.
A warning consists of three alternate flashes of the turn signals Automatic Disarming
and chirp from the optional smart siren. Warnings are issued
Always have the fob present when riding, loading, fueling,
from an armed security system in the following order:
moving, parking or servicing the vehicle. The vehicle can be
1. First warning: A warning is issued whenever a person moved in an armed state with the fob present without triggering
without a fob present or with the system armed attempts the alarm. The H-DSSS disarms automatically when the ignition
to move the vehicle or turns the ignition switch to IGN. switch is turned to ON.
2. Second warning: If the motion continues or the ignition On disarming, the smart siren will chirp once (if chirp function
switch is not turned back to OFF, a second warning is is activated) and the security lamp will turn ON solid for 4
issued within four seconds of the first. seconds then go out. Refer to Table 5-52.
3. Alarm: If the motion continues or the ignition switch is not
turned to OFF past the second warning, the smart security
Disarming with a PIN
system will go into full alarm. See Horn, Lighting and Security, SERVICE AND EMERGENCY
FUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS (Page 5-52) to enter
ARMING an initial PIN to enable the system.
The H-DSSS automatically arms within 5 seconds when the If you make an error while disarming the security system using
vehicle is parked and the ignition switch is turned to OFF or the PIN, the alarm will activate for 30 seconds after the last
ACC and motion is not detected. digit is entered. Refer to Table 5-53.
Table 5-53. Entering a PIN to Disarm Harley-Davidson Smart Security System

STEP ACTION WAIT FOR CONFIRMATION NOTES
NO.
1 If necessary, verify the current 5-digit Should be recorded on wallet card.
PIN.
2 Turn ignition to IGN. If armed, the odometer window display
will read: ENTER PIN and the security
lamp will be flashing at a fast rate. The
headlight will not be on.
3 Press and release the left turn signal In the odometer window, a flashing 1
switch. will appear.
4 Increment the digit by tapping the left The first digit in the odometer will be
turn signal until the odometer window the first digit in the PIN.
displays the first digit of the PIN.
5 Press right turn switch one time. The first digit is stored and the next Serves as enter key.
digit will flash.
6 Increment the second digit using the The second digit in the odometer will
left turn switch until the digit reaches be the second digit in the PIN.
the second digit of the PIN.
7 Press right turn switch 1 time. The second digit is stored and the Serves as enter key.
next dash will flash.
8 Increment the third digit using the left The third digit in the odometer will be
turn switch until it reaches the third the third digit in the PIN.
digit of the PIN.
9 Press right turn switch one time. The third digit is stored and the next Serves as enter key.
dash will flash.
10 Increment the fourth digit using the The fourth digit in the odometer will
left turn switch until it reaches the be the fourth digit in the PIN.
fourth digit of the PIN.
5-48 94000396
Table 5-53. Entering a PIN to Disarm Harley-Davidson Smart Security System
NO.
11 Press right turn switch one time. The fourth digit is stored and the next Serves as enter key.
dash will flash.
12 Increment the fifth digit using the left The fifth digit in the odometer will be
turn switch until it reaches the fifth di- the fifth digit in the PIN.
git of the PIN.
13 Press right turn switch one time. The fifth digit is stored. The security Smart Security System is disarmed.
system indicator lamp stops blinking.
ALARM
Activation
When the alarm system is activated:
• Turn signals alternately flash.

• Smart siren, if equipped, sounds.
After 30 seconds of alarm, if no further vehicle motion is

detected, the alarm will stop.
NOTE
Vehicle must be returned to original parked position with ignition
OFF.
If vehicle motion continues, the alarm will start again and

continue for another 30 seconds.
The security system will repeat the alarm cycles 10 times for
a total of 5 minutes, with a 10-second pause between alarm
cycles.
During warnings and alarms, the starter motor and the ignition
remain disabled.
Deactivation
Stop the alarm at any time by moving an assigned fob to the
vehicle. The presence of the fob will terminate the alarm.
94000396 5-49
KEY FOB 5.13
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Use DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650)
to assign both fobs to the H-DSSS. Follow the menu prompts
See Figure 5-29. The fob's reception range for the signal in the DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650)
depends on a specific receiver pattern. The typical range will display and scan the fob serial number with the bar code
be an arm's length. reader, or key-in the number from the keyboard.
See Figure 5-30. Replace the fob battery every year. NOTE
Each fob has a unique serial number. Attach fob label to a
NOTE blank NOTES page in the owner's manual for reference.
• Environmental and geographic conditions impact signal
range.
• Always have the fob present whenever the vehicle is
operated.
• Do not place fob in metal enclosure. Do not place it closer
than 3.0 in (80 mm) to cellular phones, the hands-free
antenna, PDAs, displays and other electronic devices while
operating the vehicle. That may prevent the fob from
disarming the security system.
ed04051
1. Fob serial number

2. Fob cover
Figure 5-29. Fob Serial Number
ed04050
CR2032
1 3
1. Thumbnail slot
2. Battery (CR2032)
3. Latch
Figure 5-30. Replace Fob Battery
FOB ASSIGNMENT

5-50 94000396
SIREN 5.14
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION NOTE
When armed in the chirpless mode, the siren still chirps
See Figure 5-31 and Figure 5-32. If equipped, the siren is warnings on movement and will activate the alarm through the
attached at [142]. Through this connector it shares the battery normal cycles.
circuit, the ground circuit and the alarm signal circuit with the
BCM. The siren adds an audible warning to the visual warnings
that are a standard function of the security system.
Chirp Mode
On arming in the chirp mode, the siren responds with two
ed03999 chirps. When disarming, the siren responds with a single chirp.
Switching Modes
2
1 Cycling quickly through three armings and disarmings will
switch chirp mode.
1. With the fob present, the IGN ON and the system

6 3 disarmed, turn the IGN OFF.
2. When the security lamp turns off, immediately turn the IGN
ON. If the turn signals flash twice before the IGN is turned
ON, the system will drop out of the switching mode
5 4 sequence and will have to be started over from the
beginning.
3. Wait until the security lamp goes out, then immediately
1. Purge solenoid [95] turn the IGN OFF.
2. BCM power [259]
4. When the security lamp turns off, immediately turn the IGN
3. BCM [242]
4. Rear WSS [168]
ON, the system will drop out of the switching mode
sequence and will have to be started over from the
6. ABS ECU [166]
beginning.
Figure 5-31. Front of Rear Tire: Except FXSB
5. Wait until the security lamp goes out, then immediately
ed04000 turn the IGN OFF.
2 6. When the security lamp turns off, immediately turn the IGN
1 3 ON, the system will drop out of the switching mode
sequence and will have to be started over from the
9 beginning.
4
8
7 5

2. BCM power [259]
4. BCM [242]
5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
SIREN CHIRP MODE CONFIRMATION
Chirpless Mode
In the chirpless mode, the siren does not chirp on arming or
disarming.
94000396 5-51
SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS AND CONFIGURATIONS 5.15
GENERAL be used to disarm the security system in case the fob becomes
unavailable.
Setting up a vehicle's security requires a BCM that is security INITIAL PIN ENTRY
equipped.
ACTUATION PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

Actuation consists of assigning two fobs to the system and
entering an initial PIN. The PIN can be changed by the owner The initial PIN entry should be performed using DIGITAL
at any time. TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) in conjunction
with fob assignment.
1. Configure vehicles by assigning both fobs to the vehicle.
CHANGING THE PIN
2. Configure vehicles by entering a PIN picked by the owner.
The personal code allows the owner to operate the system
if the fob is lost or inoperable. Record the PIN in the To change a PIN, refer to Table 5-54.
owner's manual wallet card. Instruct the customer to always If a PIN was previously entered, the odometer will display the
carry this card when riding the motorcycle. equivalent digit. To increment the digits, press the left turn
Once the system has been activated, it will always arm within signal switch. The first press selects the same value and then
5 seconds of turning the ignition switch to OFF or ACC and no each additional press of the left turn signal switch will increment
vehicle motion. the digit by one.
Examples:
SELECTING A PIN
• To advance from 5 to 6, press and release the left turn
The PIN consists of five digits. Each digit can be any number switch twice.
from 1-9. There can be no zeros (0) in the PIN. The PIN must • To advance from 8 to 2, press and release the left turn
switch four times.
Table 5-54. Changing the PIN
NO.
1 Select a 5-digit (1 thru 9) PIN and re-
cord on the wallet card from owner's
manual.
2 With an assigned fob present, turn the
engine stop switch to OFF.
3 Turn the ignition switch to IGN.
4 Cycle the OFF/RUN switch twice: RUN
- OFF - RUN - OFF - RUN.
5 Press left turn signal switch two times. ENTER PIN will scroll through the
odometer window.
6 Press right turn signal switch one time Turn signals will flash three times.
and release. Current PIN will appear in odometer.
The first digit will be flashing.
7 Enter first digit of new PIN by pressing
and releasing the left turn signal switch
until the selected digit appears.
8 Press right turn signal switch one time The new digit will replace the current
and release. in odometer window.
9 Enter second digit of selected PIN by
pressing and releasing the left turn
signal switch until the selected digit is
present.
10 Press right turn signal switch one time The new digit will replace the current
and release. in odometer window.
11 Enter third digit of the selected PIN by
present.
5-52 94000396
Table 5-54. Changing the PIN
NO.
12 Press right turn switch one time and The new digit will replace the current
release. in odometer window.
13 Enter fourth digit of new PIN by press-
ing and releasing the left turn signal
switch until the selected digit is present.
15 Enter fifth digit of the new PIN by
present.
17 Turn the engine stop switch OFF, then Pushing the engine stop switch to
turn the ignition switch to OFF. OFF stores the new PIN in the mod-
ule.
TRANSPORT MODE FOUR-WAY FLASHER
Put the system in transport mode to transport the motorcycle. To Arm the Security System with the Hazard
Otherwise, the alarm activated by motion detection can Warning Flashers ON
discharge the battery.
If it is necessary to leave a vehicle parked on the side the road,
In the transport mode, the security system is armed without the hazard warning four-way flashers can be turned ON with
enabling the motion detector for one ignition cycle. This allows the smart security system armed.
the vehicle to be picked up and moved in an armed state. Any
attempt to start the engine when the fob is not within range will 1. Turn IGN ON or ACC.
trigger the alarm.
2. Press the hazard warning switch. The four-way flashers
will continue for two hours.
To Enter Transport Mode
3. Turn IGN OFF to arm the smart security system.
1. With an assigned fob within range, turn the ignition ON.
2. Before the security system lamp goes out, turn the ignition To Disarm the Security System and Turn the
OFF. Hazard Warning Flashers OFF
3. Within 3 seconds, simultaneously press both the left and 1. With a fob present, turn IGN to ON or ACC.
the right turn signal switches.
2. Press the hazard warning switch.
4. After the turn signals flash once, the system enters the
transport mode. With the fob removed, the motorcycle can
be moved without setting off the alarm.
To Exit Transport Mode

With the fob present, turn the ignition ON to disarm the system.
SERVICE MODE

With a fob present, the security system can be configured for

service by disabling the security system with DIGITAL
Once disabled, the vehicle can be operated without an assigned

fob present. To maintain the service mode, the assigned fobs
must be kept out of range. If the fob appears in range, the
service mode is cancelled.
94000396 5-53
ALARM DIAGNOSTICS 5.16
NOTE 2
This section applies only to those vehicles equipped with the
1 3
optional security system.
9
See Figure 5-33 and Figure 5-34. An alarm cycle is activated
4
when the BCM is connected, the siren has been armed by the 8
BCM and a security event occurs. See Horn, Lighting and
Security, SECURITY SYSTEM (Page 5-47). Under normal 7 5
armed operation, the siren input (terminal 2) is driven low by
the BCM to trigger the audible alarm. When the siren input is
driven high by the BCM the audible alarm stops. 6
DTC DESCRIPTION 2. BCM power [259]
B2172 H2 output shorted high 3. Security siren [142]
4. BCM [242]
B2173 H2 output shorted low
5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
ed03999 7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
2
1 Figure 5-34. Front of Rear Tire: FXSB
Diagnostic Tips
6 3 • If the siren is armed and the internal siren battery is dead,
shorted, disconnected or has been charging for a period
longer than 24 hours, the siren will respond with three chirps
on arming instead of two.
4 • The internal siren battery may not charge if the vehicle's

5 battery is less than 12.5V.
• If the siren does not chirp two or three times on a valid
1. Purge solenoid [95] arming command from the BCM, the chirp function has been
2. BCM power [259] disabled, the siren is either not connected, not working or
3. BCM [242] the siren wiring was opened or shorted while the siren was
4. Rear WSS [168] disarmed.
5. Security siren [142] • If the siren enters the self-driven mode where it is powered
6. ABS ECU [166] from the siren internal 9V battery, the turn-signal lamps will
Figure 5-33. Front of Rear Tire: Except FXSB not alternately flash. If the BCM activates the siren, the
turn-signal lamps will flash. If the siren has been armed and
a security event occurs, and the siren is in self-driven mode,
the siren will alarm for 20-30 seconds and then turn off for
5-10 seconds. This alarm cycle will be repeated ten times
if the siren is in the self-driven mode.
• If the siren does not stop alarming after it has been armed,
then either the BCM output or siren input may be shorted
to ground, the siren vehicle battery connection is open or
the siren vehicle ground connection is open or a security
event has occurred. See Horn, Lighting and Security,
SECURITY SYSTEM (Page 5-47) for a description of alarm
functions.
(Page A-1).
5-54 94000396
em02025
DTC B2173
BCM
Security Siren
H2 [242A] HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
H2 [242B] HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
W/GN
Battery POSSIBLE CAUSES
R/O
Fuse
Short to ground in alarm signal
BK
Open ground circuit
Open alarm signal
GND 2 Siren malfunction
1. Siren Signal Short to Ground Test

W/GN
R/O
BK
1. Disconnect security siren [142] (if equipped).

1 2 3 [142B] 2. Turn IGN OFF.
1 2 3 [142A]
Power
Security Siren
Ground

Security Siren
(Optional) is in position on BOB.
Figure 5-35. Smart Siren Circuit HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal H2 and
ground.
DTC B2172
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (W/GN) wire between
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT [142B] and [242B].
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. DTC Test
Short to voltage in alarm signal
1. Connect [242].
Siren malfunction
2. Clear DTCs.
1. Siren Circuit Short to Voltage Test 3. Turn IGN ON.
1. Disconnect siren [142] (if equipped). 4. Check DTCs.
2. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 5. Did DTC reset?
HD-41404), test voltage between [142B] terminal 2 and a. Yes. Replace BCM.
ground.
b. No. Replace security siren.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (W/GN) wire.
2. DTC Test
1. Clear DTCs.
2. Turn IGN OFF. Verify security activates.
3. Check DTCs.
4. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace siren.
94000396 5-55
SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS 5.17
See Figure 5-36 (all other models similar). DTC B2176, B2177
or B2178 will set when a fault occurs to the security antenna
circuit used to transmit to the fob. Refer to Table 5-58.
2
If the security system does not respond, responds with limited
range or will not consistently disarm with fob within normal
range, follow the fails to disarm diagnostic procedure.
CR2032
ed04002
1
2 3
1 3
12 1. Thumbnail slot
4
2. Battery (CR2032)
11 3. Latch
10 5 Figure 5-37. Replace Fob Battery
9 Table 5-58. Code Description

DTC DESCRIPTION
8
7 6 B2176 Security antenna output open
1. DLC [91] B2177 Security antenna output shorted high
2. Fuse block [64] B2178 Security antenna output shorted low
3. Rear HO2S [137]
4. GND 1
5. GND 2
6. Security antenna [209] The BCM will recognize the faults with IGN ON.
7. Tail lamp harness [40]
8. Left rear stop/tail/turn harness [19] Diagnostic Tips
9. Right rear stop/tail/turn harness [18]
10. ECM [78-3] (BN) • Verify that cell phone is not within 3.0 in (80 mm) of key
11. ECM [78-2] (GY) fob.
12. ECM [78-1] (BK) • Interference from physical surroundings impacts RF
Figure 5-36. Under Seat: FLS, FLSS transmission. Place fob next to vehicle or move vehicle to
a new location and retest.
• See Figure 5-36. Verify that antenna is in OE location. Make
sure that seat has not been replaced with a metal base seat.
• Check for damage to antenna wire.
• See Figure 5-37. Verify fob battery voltage is at least 2.9V.
• Fob serial number is located inside fob. Twist thin blade in
thumbnail slot to open.
(Page A-1).
5-56 94000396
em01601
[242B] [242A]
[209A] [209B]
Security Security Antenna Low 2 2 BK BK B2 B2 Security Antenna Low

Antenna Security Antenna High 1 1 R R A2 A2 Security Antenna High BCM
BK A4 A4 Security RF Antenna
Figure 5-38. Antenna Circuit

DTC B2176 b. No. Go to Test 4.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 4. Security Antenna Resistance Test

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX HD-41404), test resistance between [209A] terminals 1
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE and 2.
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY 2. Is resistance greater than 5700 ohms?
Table 5-59. DTC B2176 Diagnostic Faults a. Yes. Replace security antenna.
POSSIBLE CAUSES b. No. Go to Test 5.
Security antenna malfunction

5. Antenna B Circuit Open Test
Open antenna circuit
NOTE and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire
Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See
mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged 2. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P)
harnesses when disconnecting any connector. is in position on BOB.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal B2 and [209B]
1. Fob Test terminal 2.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
2. With fob present, turn IGN ON. a. Yes. Go to Test 6.
3. Does odometer read ENTER PIN? b. No. Repair open in (BK) wire.
6. Antenna A Circuit Open Test
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal A2 and [209B]
terminal 1.
2. Security Antenna Visual Test
1. Inspect security antenna for damage.
2. Is security antenna damaged?
a. Yes. Repair or replace security antenna as needed.
7. DTC Test
1. Connect [242] and [209] (if needed).
3. Visual Water Test
2. Clear DTCs.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
2. Disconnect antenna [209].
4. Check DTCs.
3. Inspect for water or contamination.
5. Did DTC reset?
4. Is water or contamination present?
a. Yes. Replace antenna.
94000396 5-57
b. No. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND 4. Security Antenna Low Circuit Short to Voltage
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). Test
1. Test voltage between BOB terminal B2 and ground.
DTC B2177
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK) wire.
5. DTC Test
1. Clear DTCs.
Table 5-60. DTC B2177 Diagnostic Faults 2. Turn IGN ON.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 3. Check DTCs.
Security antenna malfunction 4. Did DTC reset?
Short to voltage in antenna circuit
NOTE b. No. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND

Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged DTC B2178
1. Security Antenna Visual Test HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
1. Inspect security antenna for damage. Table 5-61. DTC B2178 Diagnostic Faults
2. Is security antenna damaged? POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Yes. Repair or replace security antenna as needed. Security antenna malfunction
b. No. Go to Test 2. Open antenna circuit
NOTE
2. Visual Water Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged
2. Disconnect antenna [209]. terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged
3. Inspect for water or contamination.
4. Is water or contamination present?
1. Security Antenna Visual Test
a. Yes. Replace antenna. 1. Inspect security antenna for damage.
b. No. Connect [209]. Go to Test 3. 2. Is security antenna damaged?
a. Yes. Repair or replace security antenna as needed.
3. Security Antenna High Circuit Short to
Voltage Test b. No. Go to Test 2.
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between 2. Visual Water Test
wire harness [242B] and [242A]. See DIAGNOSTIC 1. Turn IGN OFF.
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
2. Disconnect antenna [209].
is in position on BOB. 3. Inspect for water or contamination.
3. Turn IGN ON. 4. Is water or contamination present?
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: a. Yes. Replace antenna.
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminal A2 and b. No. Go to Test 3.
ground.
3. Security Antenna High Circuit Short to
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R) wire. Ground Test
b. No. Go to Test 4. 1. Disconnect BCM [242].
HD-41404), test continuity between [209B] terminal 1 and
ground.
5-58 94000396
3. Is continuity present? 3. Antenna Connection Test
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R) wire. 1. Inspect antenna location and connection.
b. No. Go to Test 4. 2. Is antenna properly located and connected?
4. Security Antenna Low Circuit Short to Ground b. No. Repair connection.
Test
4. Antenna Circuit Short to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK) wire.
b. No. Go to Test 5. and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire
5. DTC Test
1. Connect BCM [242] and [209].
2. Clear DTC.
3. Turn IGN ON. HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal A4 and
ground.
4. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground.
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). b. No. Go to Test 5.
FAILS TO DISARM 5. Antenna Circuits Shorted Together Test

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Disconnect security antenna [209].
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Test continuity between BOB terminals A2 and B2.
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II 3. Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short between antenna circuits.
Table 5-62. Fails to Disarm Diagnostic Faults 6. Antenna Circuit Open Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal A4 and end of (BK)
Open antenna circuit wire. Pull back conduit to expose unterminated end of wire.
Short to ground in antenna circuit 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
RF interference a. Yes. Go to Test 7.

Antenna malfunction b. No. Repair open on (BK) wire.
Fob malfunction or dead battery
7. Security System Antenna Test
1. Battery Test 1. Replace security antenna with a known good security
1. Check battery on non-functional fob. antenna.
2. Is battery voltage greater than 2.9V? 2. Does security system now disarm?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. a. Yes. Replace security antenna.
b. No. Replace battery. b. No. Go to Test 8.
2. Interference Test 8. Non-Functional Fob Test

1. Move vehicle away from any possible interference sources. 1. Replace non-functional fob with a known good fob.
2. Place fob on seat. 2. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:

HD-48650), program known good fob to BCM.
3. Will security system disarm?
3. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Inspect for electrical accessories or an aftermarket
seat that may be causing interference. 4. Push TEST button on DT unit.
94000396 5-59
5. Did DT unit see fob?
a. Yes. Replace original fob.
b. No. Verify fob serial number is correct. If so, replace
BCM.
5-60 94000396
DTC B2183, B2188, B2193, B2198 5.18
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DTC B2183, B2188, B2193, B2198
These outputs are intended for future applications and are not Table 5-64. DTC B2183, B2188, B2193, B2198 Diagnostic
used for this model. Faults
Table 5-63. Code Description POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC DESCRIPTION Short to ground in spare output circuit
B2183 G2 output shorted low

1. Circuit Inspection Test
B2188 G3 output shorted low
1. Visually inspect BCM [242].
B2193 H4 output shorted low
2. Are there wires plugged into any of the spare output
B2198 H3 output shorted low terminals?
Conditions for Setting a. Yes. Problem may be caused by aftermarket devices.

See aftermarket manufacturer for repair.
This output is shorted to ground in one of three areas:
• Wire harness.
• Device the output is connected to. 2. DTC Test
• BCM. 1. Clear DTCs.
2. Turn IGN ON.
Diagnostic Tips
3. Check DTCs.
This circuit may be used for aftermarket accessories or
systems. If a code is set and cannot be duplicated, check for 4. Did DTC reset?
aftermarket devices. a. Yes. Replace BCM.
Connector Information b. No. Concern is intermittent.

(Page A-1).
em01886
Battery R
R
Fuse
B Block
Main
40A
A
[64B]
[259B] [259A]
BCM
R
R 1 1 Battery Power
G2 G2 High Side Drive Output #1

G3 G3 High Side Drive Output #2
BK/GN G4 G4 Ground
H3 H3 High Side Drive Output #3
H4 H4 High Side Drive Output #4
BK/GN
[242B] [242A]
Speedometer
R/BK 7 7 Starter Solenoid Power
GND 1
[128B] [128A]
Figure 5-39. Spare Outputs
94000396 5-61
NEUTRAL SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS 5.19
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION em01938 [242A] [242B]
See Figure 5-40. The BCM monitors the clutch and neutral BCM Neutral Switch Input D3 D3 W
switch circuits to determine whether or not to let the vehicle

start. No power will be supplied to the starter solenoid unless
either: [131A-1] [131B-1]
• Clutch switch is closed (lever pulled in). BCM Input 1 1 W

Neutral
• Neutral switch is closed (shifted to neutral). Switch
Ground 1 1 BK
BK
[131A-2] [131B-2]
DTC DESCRIPTION
B2218 Neutral switch shorted low
GND 2
ed03996
1 Figure 5-41. Neutral Switch Circuit
2 DTC B2218

3 HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
8 4
5 HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
7
6 HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in neutral circuit
1. Battery connection to starter Neutral switch malfunction

3. Neutral switch [131-1] NOTE
4. Neutral switch [131-2] This DTC may occur if the vehicle is ridden in neutral at speeds
5. Rear brake switch [121] greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) for more than 60 seconds. For
6. Active exhaust [79] example, if coasting down a long mountain road with the
7. VSS [65] transmission in neutral.
8. Rear HCU [255]
Figure 5-40. Starter 1. Neutral Circuit Short to Ground Test
Conditions for Setting 1. Shift transmission into 1st or 2nd gear.
DTC B2218 will set when the neutral switch circuit is shorted 2. Turn IGN ON.
low at speeds greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) for more than 60 3. Is neutral indicator illuminated?
seconds.
Connector Information b. No. Verify neutral switch torque.
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS 2. Neutral Switch Test
(Page A-1).
1. Disconnect neutral switch [131-1].
2. Is neutral lamp illuminated?
b. No. Replace neutral switch.
3. Neutral Switch Short to Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
5-62 94000396
3. Verify BCM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2-P) 4. DTC Test
1. Connect BCM [242] and neutral switch.
2. Clear DTC.
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal D3 and
ground. 3. Turn IGN ON.
5. Is resistance less than 10 ohms? 4. Operate vehicle above 5 mph (8 km/h) for at least two
minutes.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (W) wire.
5. Did DTC reset?
94000396 5-63
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
6.1 EFI SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE .................................................................................... 6-4
6.3 SENSORS AND DRIVERS ................................................................................................... 6-6
6.4 SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS ....................................................................... 6-8
6.5 FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................................. 6-12
6.6 TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................ 6-15
6.7 ET SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................................. 6-20
6.8 TCA DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................................... 6-23
6.9 HO2S DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................................... 6-30
6.10 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................... 6-37
6.11 CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................... 6-41
6.12 PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................ 6-43
6.13 VSS DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................................... 6-45
6.14 IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................ 6-48
6.15 ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS ...................................................................................... 6-51
6.16 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS ..................................................................................... 6-52
6.17 DTC P1009 ....................................................................................................................... 6-56
6.18 DTC P1270 ....................................................................................................................... 6-58
6.19 COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................. 6-59
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
6.20 JSS DIAGNOSTICS .......................................................................................................... 6-62
6.21 ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS .............................................................................. 6-65
6.22 ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................................... 6-66
6.23 ACR DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................................... 6-67
6.24 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS ..................................................................................... 6-70
6.25 DTC P2105, P2107 ........................................................................................................... 6-74
6.26 DTC P2119 ........................................................................................................................ 6-75
6.27 TGS DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................................................... 6-76
6.28 CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS ......................................................................... 6-84
6.29 DTC P2176 ....................................................................................................................... 6-88
6.30 IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS .................................................................................. 6-90
6.31 ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START ...................................................................... 6-94
6.32 ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS ..................................................................... 6-97
6.33 STARTS, THEN STALLS ................................................................................................ 6-100
6.34 MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER LOAD ............................................................................ 6-101
6.35 ERRATIC IDLE ................................................................................................................ 6-104
NOTES
EFI SYSTEM 6.1
GENERAL sensors ensures that repositioning of the throttle twist grip,
forward and/or back, is accurately reported to the ECM. As the
See Figure 6-1. The engine management system consists of throttle is operated, position changes are reported to the ECM
the following components: which controls the corresponding movement of the throttle
plate by the TCA.
• ECM
The TCA, mounted to the intake manifold, operates the throttle
• CKP sensor plate internal to the induction module on the engine. Two
• TMAP sensor corresponding TP sensors receive input from the ECM,
corresponding to the position of the TGS, to adjust the position
• ET sensor of the throttle plate, accordingly. The ECM incorporates an
• TGS H-Bridge and WatchDog microprocessor, used to control
inadvertent or unexpected operations/conditions of the TCA
• TCA and TGS.
• VSS The VSS is mounted in the transmission, beneath the starter
• HO2S motor. The VSS is a Hall-effect sensor, used to monitor and
report vehicle speed based upon a reference point on the 5th
• Ignition coil gear of the transmission. A 5V reference signal and common
• Fuel pump ground circuitry are provided to the VSS, from the ECM. The
VSS communicates electrical pulses to the ECM, where vehicle
• Fuel injector speed is calculated and sent to the speedometer as a serial
• Purge solenoid (if equipped) data message.
The ECM is a solid state device mounted under the seat and There are two HO2S, one mounted in each of the two exhaust
sealed to prevent contamination from dust/dirt, water and oil. pipes, to monitor the exhaust gas air/fuel mixture ratio. Each
The ECM controls engine performance based upon input HO2S samples the exhaust oxygen content and provides
supplied to the ECM from the ET, CKP, TMAP, TGS, HO2S specific voltage to the ECM. The ECM continuously adjusts
and the VSS sensors and other additional low-voltage circuits the air/fuel mixture to maintain an optimal air/fuel mixture. When
and components between the battery and ignition coil. properly mixed, the HO2S voltage(s) will measure
approximately 0.45V, each when measuring across the sensor.
• The ECM controls the dwell time for the ignition coil,
providing optimum ignition circuit performance for all engine The ignition coils provide high voltage output to the spark plugs.
speeds/load conditions. Optimizing the ignition system Each ignition coil is made up of a primary winding where low
allows the ECM to control/vary engine timing (as needed) voltage input creates a high voltage spike in the collapsible
from 0-50 degrees BTDC. field of the secondary winding. The front and rear coils are fired
independently (one cylinder at a time). The ignition coil contains
• The ECM is a non-repairable item and must be replaced an extra terminal where the ECM monitors the current of the
when it fails. secondary winding for knock detection and combustion
The CKP sensor is located in the front left side of the diagnostics.
crankcase. The CKP generates an AC signal that is sent to The fuel pump, mounted inside the fuel tank, is a submersible
the ECM where it is used to reference engine position (TDC) pump used to provide fuel to the fuel injectors. The fuel pump
and speed. It functions by taking readings off the 30 teeth on is powered by the BCM.
the left side flywheel (two teeth are missing to establish a
reference point). • When the ignition switch is in the IGNITION position and
the engine stop switch is in the RUN position, the BCM
The TMAP sensor is a dual-purpose sensor, mounted in the supplies voltage to the fuel pump.
top of the intake manifold. One portion is used to measure
temperature and the other portion is used to measure the air • The fuel pump continues running during cranking and normal
pressure inside the intake manifold. The temperature part of running operation, as long as the ECM is receiving input
the TMAP contains a thermistor element, used to measure the from the CKP sensor. If no CKP pulses are received, the
temperature of the air entering the intake manifold. The MAP ECM sends a message to the BCM to turn off the fuel pump
portion of this sensor is used to measure the difference within 2 seconds after the ignition is turned on, the engine
between atmospheric pressure and vacuum pressure, within has stalled or immediately after the engine is shut off.
the intake manifold. The ECM processes information from the • The fuel pump contains a pressure regulator which maintains
TMAP (and other sensors) to adjust ignition timing and fuel to consistent fuel pressure to each of the fuel injectors. Excess
achieve optimum engine performance. fuel flow is bypassed into the fuel tank by the pressure
The ET sensor contains a thermistor element that varies the regulator.
sensor's internal electrical resistance. As the engine There are two fuel injectors mounted to the intake manifold.
temperature changes the resistance in the ET sensor changes. The ECM controls the injectors by actuating the injector
The ECM monitors this resistance to compensate for various solenoid enabling fuel to be metered through the injector and
operating conditions. atomized into the intake manifold.
The TGS, mounted on the right hand side of the handlebar, The injectors are timed to the combustion cycle and are
houses two internal (opposing) Hall-effect sensors for operator triggered sequentially. When the ECM determines that fuel is
control of the engine's throttle. The opposing operation of the required, the ECM supplies a short duration ground to the fuel
94000396 6-1
injector, which opens and releases fuel into the air intake functions as an "air pump," helping to cool the engine. This
manifold. continues until one of the above listed conditions is no longer
met, then the rear cylinder fires normally again.
The purge solenoid (working with the charcoal canister only
used in certain destinations) allows the vapors to escape back NOTE
into the throttle body. The purge solenoid is timed to the throttle When the engine is in heat management mode, a noticeable
position but is disabled at startup, low engine temperature, low difference in idle may be accompanied by a unique exhaust
engine speed or low vehicle speed. The power for the purge odor. While these conditions are normal, a rider or technician
solenoid comes from the BCM. The ECM provides the path to unaware of the heat management system may incorrectly
ground to trigger the purge solenoid. assume an idle problem is present.
Engine Idle Temperature Management System

Enable/Disable EITMS
To improve rider comfort, an optional heat management system
(EITMS) may be enabled. After being enabled, the heat 1. Turn the ignition ON. Push the engine OFF/RUN switch
management system improves rider comfort by turning off the on the right handlebar to the RUN position (the motorcycle
rear cylinder fuel injector when all of the following conditions may be running or not running).
exist: 2. Verify cruise control is OFF.
• High engine temperature. 3. Push the throttle to roll-off position and hold.
• Engine at idle speed. 4. After approximately 3 seconds, the cruise indicator will
flash either amber (disabled) or green (enabled).
• Low or no vehicle speed.
5. Repeat the procedure as necessary to enable or disable.
• Clutch lever pulled in or transmission in neutral.
NOTE
There is a four minute delay after startup before EITMS will
engage. As the engine maintains idle speed, the rear cylinder On platforms/models equipped with a radio, the status of the
EITMS can be viewed on the information display.
6-2 94000396
em01959
[13A] [13B] [141B]
[242A] [242B] FLS, FLSS
R/BN 1 1 R/BN B [141A]
BCM
BK 4 4 BK D Fuel Pump
Fuel Pump Power F4 F4 R/BN R/BN B
System Power L3 L3 R/GN Assembly
BK [20B] [20A] [141B] D In Tank
[65A] [65B]
VSS Except R/BN 7 7 R/BN B [203RB] [203RA] Rear
FLS, ACR
5V Sensor Power A A R/W
GND 2 FLSS BK 8 8 BK D
VSS Input B B LGN/Y R/GN 1 1 System Power
Ground C C BK/GN LGN/R 2 2 ACR Enable
Rear Fuel [85A] [85B] [203FB] [203FA] Front

Injector ACR
System Power A A R/GN R/GN 1 1 System Power
Rear Injector B B GY/Y LGN/R 2 2 ACR Enable
Front Fuel [84A] [84B]

Injector [95B] [95A] Purge
TCA Solenoid
System Power A A R/GN
R/GN A A System Power
Front Injector B B GN/Y
LGN/BK B B PurgeSolenoid
Ignition [83A] [83B] [90B] [90A]

Coil ET
System Power A A R/GN GN A A Engine Temperature
ION Sense B B LGN/BN 6 5 4 3 2 1 [211A] BK/W B B 5V Sensor Ground
Rear Ignition Coil C C GY/BE 6 5 4 3 2 1 [211B]
Front Ignition Coil D D GN/BE [137A] [137B] Rear
R/W
GN/O
BK/W
GY/O
GN/V
GY/V
HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1] R/GN 1 1 V System
Power
ECM
BK/PK 2 2 W Rear O2
Rear Ignition Coil 1 1 GY/BE Heater Ground
Front Ignition Coil 2 2 GN/BE GY/BN 3 3 GY Rear O2
Front HO2 Heater Ground 3 3 BK/O Sensor
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y BK/W 4 4 BK 5V Sensor
Ground
Front Fuel Injector 5 5 GN/Y
(BK) Rear Fuel Injector 6 6 GY/Y
MAP Input 7 7 GY [138A] [138B] Front
ION Sense 9 9 LGN/BN HO2S
Ground 10 10 BK/GN R/GN System
1 1 V Power
Rear HO2 Heater Ground 15 15 BK/PK
BK/O W Front O2
CKP Sensor High 16 16 R 2 2 Heater Ground
Front HO2 Sensor 17 17 GN/BN GN/BN 3 3 GY Front O2
Sensor
CKP Sensor Low 18 18 BK
BK/W 4 4 BK 5V Sensor
Ground
[79B] [79A] CKP

Sensor
ACR Enable 4 4 LGN/R R 1 1 CKP Sensor Low
Purge Solenoid 5 5 LGN/BK BK
IAT 6 6 BK 2 2 CKP Sensor High
GN/GY
5V Sensor Ground 1 7 7 BK/W
ET 8 8 GN
(GY) 5V Sensor Power 1 9 9 R/W
Ground 10 10 BK/GN
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
Rear HO2 Sensor 17 17 GY/BN
[204A] [204B]
BK/GN
Battery
Fuse TGS
[78A-2] [78B-2] BK/GY 6 6 BK
GY/W 5 5 W
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V R/GY 4 4 R
GND 1
ETC High 8 8 GN/O BK/W 3 3 BK
GN/W 2 2 W
ETC Low 9 9 GY/O
R/W 1 1 R
Ground 10 10 BK/GN
(BN) TGS 1 13 13 GN/W [80B] [80A] TMAP
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W Sensor
5V Sensor Ground 2 17 17 BK/GY BK/GY 1 1
5V Sensore Power 2 18 18 R/GY GN/GY 2 2
R/GY 3 3
[78A-3] [78B-3] 4 4
GY
Figure 6-1. EFI Simplified Schematic
94000396 6-3
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE 6.2
GENERAL The front cylinder is fired every engine revolution. The ECM
monitors the power stroke after the fire event to determine if
See Figure 6-2 and Figure 6-3 (all other models similar). The sufficient acceleration occurred to indicate the ECM fired on
ECM receives and processes signals from the sensors and the compression stroke. When two valid power strokes are
applies output signals to the drivers to crank, start, idle and detected, the ECM locks phase and resumes normal ignition
run the engine. This section describes the configuration of the events.
ECM.
Engine Run Mode
ECM Many functions of the EFI system require an engine run mode
The ECM is mounted under the seat or on the electrical panel determination. Engine run is determined by the level of engine
behind the fender extension. It computes the spark advance rpm. Generally, the engine is considered to be running when
for proper ignition timing and fuel control based on sensor engine rpm exceeds a minimum of 750 rpm.
inputs (from ET, CKP, TMAP, HO2S and TGS sensors). The
ECM controls the low-voltage circuits for the ignition coils and ed03997
1
injectors. 2 3
The ECM contains all of the components used in the ignition
system. The dwell time for the ignition coil is also calculated
in the microprocessor and is dependent upon battery voltage. 10
The programmed dwell provides adequate spark at all speeds. 4
The ECM is fully enclosed to protect it from vibration, dust,
water or oil. This unit is a non-repairable item. If it fails, it must 9
be replaced. 5
8
32-2 Crankshaft
The crankshaft has 32 teeth evenly spaced around its
circumference with two consecutive teeth missing (sync gap). 7 6
In this configuration, the ECM determines engine position,
engine phase and engine speed from the CKP sensor input. 1. DLC [91]
Phase (TDC compression) is determined by the ECM during 2. Fuse block [64]
startup and, when necessary, while running. No engine ignition 3. Rear HO2S [137]
events can occur until the ECM determines the relationship of 4. GND 1
piston position to crankshaft position. These continual ECM 5. GND 2
adjustments allow smooth engine operation at all speeds. 6. Security antenna [209]
7. Rear lighting [7]
Crank Position Signal Synchronization 8. ECM [78-3] (BN)
9. ECM [78-2] (GY)
In the 32-2 crank configuration, crankshaft position is 10. ECM [78-1] (BK)
determined by the ECM finding the two-tooth (sync gap) in the
CKP sensor signal. This is usually accomplished the first time
the sync gap is encountered. The ECM monitors the CKP signal
status every engine revolution. If the ECM determines
synchronization is lost, it immediately terminates ignition events
and synchronizes on the next occurrence of the sync gap.
Engine Phase
Phasing is accomplished by the ECM identifying a widening in
the CKP signal caused by the deceleration of the crankshaft,
as a piston approaches TDC on its compression stroke. Since
the rear cylinder approaches TDC earlier than the front cylinder,
engine phase can be readily discriminated. Phasing is normally
accomplished on the first TDC cycle after engine
synchronization. Once phased, the ECM can begin normal
ignition events. If the ECM experiences a system reset or loss
of synchronization while the engine is running it also loses
phase.
When phase is lost one of the following occurs:
• If an engine-not-running (crank mode) rpm is detected, the

ECM executes the normal start-up phasing process.
• If engine run mode is detected, the ECM executes a running
re-phase sequence.
6-4 94000396
ed04000
2
1 3
9
4
8
7 5

2. BCM power [259]
4. BCM [242]
5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
94000396 6-5
SENSORS AND DRIVERS 6.3
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION tripped, the motorcycle must be righted, the ignition turned off
and then on again before the engine can be restarted. This is
Sensors and drivers play an important part in the ECM's ability communicated across the CAN communication.
to provide the proper operational parameters for engine
efficiency, emissions control and fuel economy. When a failure Clutch Switch
occurs, a DTC is generated by, and stored in, the ECM. These The clutch switch is part of the LHCM. There are two types of
codes help the technician diagnose engine trouble to the proper clutch switches, one type for mechanical (cable) operated
sensor or driver. See Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2). clutches and one for hydraulic operated clutches. The switches
function differently and are not interchangeable. The LHCM
SENSORS communicates the position of the clutch switch to the ECM and
BCM over the CAN communication circuits.
A failed CKP sensor completely disables the engine. Other
sensor problems may cause engine performance issues or NOTE
complete engine shutdowns. The following are brief The clutch switches are not interchangeable. If swapped, it
explanations of sensor types and their functions within the EFI could cause DTCs or improper vehicle operation.
system.
Crank Position (CKP) Sensor Neutral Switch

The CKP sensor, located on the left front of the lower crankcase The BCM provides voltage to the neutral switch, which is open
half, is a variable reluctance device that generates AC voltage when the transmission is in gear. With the transmission in
as the teeth on the crankshaft pass by the sensor. The signal neutral, the switch is closed, allowing current flow to ground.
is routed to the ECM where it is used to determine crankshaft The BCM will not allow the engine to start unless the
position, engine speed (rpm) and engine phase (TDC transmission is in neutral or the clutch is pulled in.
compression). Without the presence of the CKP signal, the
ECM will not allow the ignition and fuel injection drivers to Engine Temperature (ET) Sensor
operate, and thus the engine will not run. The ECM uses The ET sensor is a thermistor device. At a specific temperature
crankshaft compression slow down events to determine engine it has a specific resistance across its terminals. As this
phase. Therefore, the spark plugs must be installed when resistance varies, so does the voltage.
checking for spark.
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very
Twist Grip Sensor (TGS) low. This effectively lowers the signal voltage on ECM [78-2]
terminal 8.
The TGS, mounted on the right hand side of the handlebar,
houses two internal (opposing) Hall-effect sensors for operator • At low temperatures, the resistance is very high, allowing
control of the engine's throttle. The opposing operation of the the voltage to rise close to 5V. The ECM monitors this
sensors ensures that repositioning of the throttle twist grip, voltage to compensate for various operating conditions. The
forward and/or back, is accurately reported to the ECM. As the ECM also uses the sensor input as a reference for
throttle is operated, position changes are reported to the ECM determining Idle Air Control (IAC) pintle position.
that controls the corresponding movement of the throttle plate
by the TCA. Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure
(TMAP) Sensor
Throttle Control Actuator (TCA) The TMAP sensor combines the MAP and IAT in a single
The TCA, mounted to the intake manifold, operates the throttle component. The functions of each are described in the following
plate internal to the induction module on the engine. Two paragraphs. During diagnostics the two parts of the TMAP are
corresponding TPS provide input to the ECM, so the ECM may tested as separate units.
verify that plate position corresponds to TGS input (rider desired
position of the plate) and to adjust the position of the throttle Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
plate, accordingly.
The MAP sensor is supplied 5V from the ECM and sends a
signal back to ECM. This signal varies in accordance with
Jiffy Stand Sensor (JSS) engine vacuum, intake air temperature and atmospheric
The JSS uses a Hall-effect device to monitor jiffy stand position. barometric pressure. The MAP sensor monitors the intake
When the jiffy stand is fully retracted, the sensor picks up the manifold pressure (vacuum) and sends the information to the
presence of a metal tab mounted to the jiffy stand. When ECM. The ECM then adjusts the spark and fuel timing advance
extended, the engine only starts and runs if the ECM receives curves for optimum performance. The output of the sensor can
a signal from the neutral switch indicating the transmission is also be used to determine if the engine is rotating when a fault
in neutral, or a signal from the clutch switch indicating the clutch with the CKP sensor is present.
is engaged. Otherwise, the engine stalls as the clutch is
released with the transmission in gear. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
The IAT sensor is a thermistor device. As such, it will have a
Accelerometer specific resistance across its terminals at a specific
The accelerometer is within the BCM. The BCM will shut the temperature. As the temperature varies, the thermistor
engine down if the vehicle is tipped over. Once the sensor is
6-6 94000396
resistance varies, and so does the voltage on ECM [78-2] Fuel Injectors
terminal 6.
The BCM provides battery power to the fuel injectors. The ECM
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very provides the path to ground to trigger the injectors. The fuel
low, which effectively lowers the signal voltage on ECM injectors are pulse-width modulated solenoids for metering fuel
[78-2] terminal 6. into the intake tract. The pulse-width of the ground path to the
injectors is varied by the ECM in response to inputs from the
• At low temperatures, the resistance is very high, allowing
various sensors, thus varying the length of time the injector is
the voltage to rise close to 5V. The ECM monitors this
open.
voltage to compensate for various operating conditions.
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)

The VSS is a Hall-effect device mounted close to the teeth of
the 5th gear in the transmission. The output signal frequency
varies with vehicle speed. The ECM processes the vehicle
speed signal and transmits it via the CAN bus to the
speedometer to indicate vehicle speed.
HO2S: Front and Rear

The HO2S detects unburned oxygen in the engine exhaust.
The output of the sensor is a voltage having a range of about
0-1.0V.
• The normal output is 0.5V which represents a balance

between a lean (not enough fuel) and rich (too much fuel)
air/fuel mixture.
• An output less than 0.5V represents a lean mixture; greater
than 0.5V represents a rich mixture.
• The change in output level signals the ECM to modify the
air/fuel ratio.
The HO2S does not operate efficiently until the engine is at

operating temperature. Always warm-up the vehicle prior to
troubleshooting the HO2S. The heater elements on the HO2S
helps bring the HO2S up to operating temperature quicker.
Leaks in the exhaust system, leaky exhaust valves, misfires
or any engine problem allowing unburned oxygen into the
exhaust stream could create a DTC indicating a bad sensor.
Look for problems related to an improper air/fuel mixture before
replacing the sensor.
To set an HO2S DTC in OBD markets, the condition must be

present for two drive cycles.
DRIVERS
The ECM drivers are the output devices or system outputs of

the EFI system. Drivers are provided ground by the ECM to
pump, inject and ignite the air/fuel mixture in the engine and
to activate relays.
Fuel Pump
The BCM provides battery voltage to the fuel pump which is
inside the fuel tank.
Ignition Coils and Spark Plugs

The ignition coils create the energy to fire the spark plugs and
ignite the air/fuel mixture in the cylinders. Advancing or
retarding the spark is controlled by the ECM to suit load and
speed conditions of the engine.
See Figure 6-1. The BCM provides battery voltage to the

ignition coil.
94000396 6-7
SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS 6.4
See Figure 6-4 and Figure 6-5. The BCM supplies and monitors 2
the 12V system power circuit from terminal L3 of the BCM to
the following components: 1 3
• Ignition coil 9
4
• Front fuel injector
8
• Rear fuel injector
7 5
• Purge solenoid
• ECM
• Front H02S 6
• Rear H02S
• Front ACR 2. BCM power [259]
• Rear ACR 3. Security siren [142]
4. BCM [242]
The system power circuit is energized when the ignition is 5. Rear WSS [168]
turned on. 6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
Table 6-1. Code Description 8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
DTC DESCRIPTION 9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
B2102 System power output shorted high
B2103 System power output shorted low Diagnostic Tips
B2104 System power output overloaded Since the system power circuit normally has ignition voltage
with IGN ON, the short to voltage will have to be present with
Conditions for Setting the vehicle turned off in order to set DTC B2102.
DTC B2104 will set if the system power circuit draws more When disconnecting connectors, always inspect connector for
than 10 Amps. corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required.
ed03999 Connector Information

2 diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
1 (Page A-1).
6 3
5 4

2. BCM power [259]
3. BCM [242]
4. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
6-8 94000396
em01952 [242A] [242B]
[78B-3] [78A-3]
ECM
BCM System Power L3 L3 R/GN
BK/GN 10 10 Ground (BN)
Purge System Power A A R/GN [78B-2] [78A-2]

Solenoid Purge Solenoid B B LGN/BK
GY/BN 17 17 Rear HO2S
R/GN 16 16 System Power
[95A] [95B] 10 10 Ground (GY)
BK/GN
BK/W 7 7 5V Sensor Ground
LGN/BK 5 5 Purge Solenoid
LGN/R 4 4 ACR Enable
System Power V 1 1 R/GN
Rear Rear HO2S Heater Ground W 2 2 BK/PK
HO2S Rear HO2S GY 3 3 GY/BN
5V Sensor Ground BK 4 4 BK/W
LGN/BN 17 17 Front HO2S
[137B] [137A] BK/PK 15 15 Rear HO2S Heater Ground
BK/GN 10 10 Ground
System Power V 1 1 LGN/BN 9 9 ION Sense
R/GN
GY/Y 6 6 Rear Fuel Injector (BK)
Front Front HO2S Heater Ground W 2 2 BK/O
5 5 Front Fuel Injector
GN/Y
HO2S Front HO2S GY 3 3 GN/BN
BK/O 3 3 Front HO2S Heater Ground
GN/BE 2 2 Front Ignition Coil
GY/BE 1 1 Rear Ignition Coil
[138B] [138A]
[78B-1] [78A-1]
LGN/BN
GN/BE
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GN
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
R/GN
R/GN
GN/Y
BK/GN
A B C D [83B]
[84B] A B [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 [85B] A B
A B C D [83A]
[84A] A B [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 [85A] A B
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
GND 1
System Power
Front Injector
System Power
Front ACR
System Power
Rear ACR
System Power
Rear Injector
Front Fuel Front ACR Rear ACR Rear Fuel

Injector Injector Ignition Coil
Figure 6-6. System Power Circuit

DTC B2102 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 16
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME and ground.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 5. Is battery voltage present?
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GN) wire.
b. No. Replace BCM.
DTC B2103, B2104
POSSIBLE CAUSES PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Short to battery in the system power circuit HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
1. System Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE
1. Turn IGN OFF. HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) Table 6-3. DTC B2103, B2104 Diagnostic Faults
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to
[78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2] POSSIBLE CAUSES
and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS Short to ground in the system power circuit
(Page 1-14).
Ignition coil resistance too low
is in position on BOB. Front coil shorted low
Rear coil shorted low
94000396 6-9
Table 6-3. DTC B2103, B2104 Diagnostic Faults 3. Disconnect front fuel injector [84].
POSSIBLE CAUSES 4. Clear DTCs.
Active exhaust resistance too low 5. Turn IGN ON.
Front HO2S resistance too low 6. Check DTCs.
Rear HO2S resistance too low 7. Did DTC reset?
Front fuel injector resistance too low a. Yes. Go to Test 6.
Rear fuel injector resistance too low b. No. Replace front fuel injector.
ACR resistance too low
Purge solenoid resistance too low 6. Purge Solenoid Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Ignition Coil Test
2. Connect [84].
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Disconnect purge solenoid [95].
2. Disconnect ignition coil [83].
4. Clear DTCs.
3. Clear DTCs.
5. Turn IGN ON.
4. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
5. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
6. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace purge solenoid.
b. No. Replace ignition coil.
7. Front HO2S Test

2. Rear Coil Shorted to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-41404), test continuity between [83B] terminal C and 2. Connect [95].
ground. 3. Disconnect front HO2S [138].
2. Is continuity present? 4. Clear DTCs.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GY/BE) wire 5. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Go to Test 3. 6. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
3. Front Coil Shorted to Ground Test
1. Test continuity between [83B] terminal D and ground.
b. No. Replace front HO2S.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/BE) wire. 8. Rear HO2S Test
2. Connect [138].
4. Rear Fuel Injector Test
3. Disconnect rear HO2S [137].
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Clear DTCs.
2. Connect [83].
5. Turn IGN ON.
3. Disconnect rear fuel injector [85].
6. Check DTCs.
4. Clear DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
b. No. Replace rear HO2S.
7. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. 9. Front ACR Test
b. No. Replace rear fuel injector. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [137].
5. Front Fuel Injector Test
3. Disconnect front ACR [203F].
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Clear DTCs.
2. Connect [85].
6-10 94000396
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace front ACR.
10. Rear ACR Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [203F].
3. Disconnect rear ACR [203R].
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace rear ACR.
11. ECM Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [203R].
3. Disconnect ECM [78-1], [78-2] and [78-3].
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace ECM.
12. BCM Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [78].
harness [242B] leaving BCM [242A] disconnected. See
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal L3 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/GN) wire.
b. No. Replace BCM.
94000396 6-11
FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS 6.5
The BCM supplies and monitors the 12V system power circuit DTC DESCRIPTION
from terminal F4 to the fuel pump. The fuel pump is constantly B2116 Fuel pump output open
grounded. The BCM controls the fuel pump by turning on and
B2117 Fuel pump output shorted high
off the power to the pump on the (R/BN) wire.
B2118 Fuel pump output shorted low
ed03992 B2119 Fuel pump output overloaded
2 3
4
1 Conditions for Setting
DTC B2116 will set if the fuel pump circuit draws less than 600
milliamps.
5 DTC B2119 will set if the fuel pump circuit draws more than 6
Amps.
10 Diagnostic Tips
6 DTC B2119 can set if the BCM sees an excessive load on the
9
fuel pump circuit. This could be caused by a fuel pump being
8 7 run dry. If the fuel pump was replaced or the vehicle was run
out of gas, prime the pump and clear the code. Start the vehicle
and check DTCs to see if the code returns.
3. Fuel pump [141] Any circuit that is powered up continually with IGN ON could
4. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB) cause DTC B2117 or B2119 to set if shorted to the fuel pump
5. LHCM [24] circuit. If a short to voltage or overload condition is found, test
6. Front WSS [167] for continuity between fuel pump circuit and the other power
7. Fuel gauge [117] circuits from the BCM.
8. Headlamp [38]
9. Left front turn/auxiliary [31L] (except FLSTC, Connector Information
10. Console [20] For additional information about the connectors in the following
(Page A-1).
ed03990
1 2
3
1. Indicators
2. Speedometer [39]
3. TGS
4. Fuel pump [141]
6-12 94000396
em01943
BCM Fuel Pump

[20A] [20B] [141B] [141A] And
Running Light Power

Sender
Fuel Pump Power

1 R/O 6 6 R/O
F4 J3 [242A]
15A
R/BN
BK/GN 7 7 Ground
BE
2 [64B]
R/BN
Speedometer
R/O
W/Y [39B] [39A]

BK/GN
Fuel Pump
BK
[13B] [13A] [141B] [141A] And
R/O Sender
R/O

Speedometer
[20A] [20B] [39B] [39A]
BE
Main
Harness
[117B] [117A] Fuel

Gauge
With Fuel
BK/GN 4 4 BK Ground
BE
W/Y
BK/GN
ASSY
BE 1 1 36
Without Fuel
BK/GN
W/Y 2 2 36
Gauge
BK
BK/GN 3 3 200 36
GND 1 GND 2

DTC B2116 2. Disconnect fuel pump [141].
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME HD-41404), connect voltmeter between [141B] terminals
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT A and D.
5. Was battery voltage displayed for a short time?
a. Yes. Replace fuel pump.
Table 6-5. DTC B2116 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Go to Test 2.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open in the fuel pump power circuit 2. Ground Circuit Open Test
Fuel pump fault or malfunction 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between [141B] terminal D and ground.
1. Fuel Pump Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000396 6-13
b. No. Repair open in (BK) ground wire. b. No. Fill tank with fuel and clear DTCs. If the DTC
returned, then continue with tests. Go to Test 2.
3. Power Circuit Open Test
2. Fuel Pump Test
and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) to wire 1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Clear DTC.
is in position on BOB. 4. Turn IGN ON.
3. Test resistance between BOB terminal F4 and [141B] 5. Check DTCs.
terminal A.
6. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace fuel pump.
b. No. Repair open in (R/BN) wire.
3. Power Circuit Short to Ground Test
DTC B2117
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Table 6-6. DTC B2117 Diagnostic Faults 2. Disconnect BCM [242].
POSSIBLE CAUSES 3. Test continuity between [141B] terminal B (R/BN) wire and
ground.
Short to voltage in the fuel pump power circuit
1. Fuel Pump Power Circuit Short to Voltage a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (R/BN) wire.
Test
b. No. See diagnostic tips. If problem not found, replace
1. Turn IGN ON. BCM.
2. Does fuel pump continue to run after the initial 2 second
start up?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/BN) wire. See
diagnostic tips. If no source of short is found, replace
BCM.
2. Code Verification Test

1. Clear DTC.
2. Start engine.
3. Check DTCs.
4. Did DTC reset?
DTC B2118, B2119

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in the fuel pump power circuit
Fuel pump malfunction
1. Fuel Test
1. Verify there is fuel in fuel tank.
2. Is fuel present in tank?
6-14 94000396
TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.6
1
HD-23738 VACUUM PUMP
See Figure 6-10. The TMAP sensor provides the functions of

both an IAT sensor and a MAP sensor in one unit. The TMAP
sensor is supplied 5V from ECM [78-3] terminal 18. It sends 3 4 5
MAP and IAT signals back to ECM [78-1] terminal 7 and [78-2]
terminal 6, respectively. Refer to Table 6-8. 7

DTC DESCRIPTION
6
P0107 MAP sensor open/low
P0108 MAP sensor high 1. Front fuel injector [84]
2. Rear fuel injector [85]
P0112 IAT sensor voltage low
3. TMAP [80]
P0113 IAT sensor open/high 4. TCA [211]
TMAP: MAP Signal 6. Horn [122]
7. ET sensor [90]
The MAP signal varies in accordance with engine vacuum and
atmospheric pressure. Changes in atmospheric pressure are
influenced by weather and altitude.
Diagnostic Tips: MAP Portion of TMAP Sensor
TMAP: IAT Signal • DTCs P0107 or P0108 will set if the MAP sensor signal is
out of range. DTC P0108 can only be detected with the
The IAT portion of the TMAP sensor is a thermistor device. At
engine running.
a specific temperature, it will have a specific resistance across
its terminals. As this resistance varies, so does the voltage on • Using the VACUUM PUMP (PART NUMBER: HD-23738),
[78-2] terminal 6 of the ECM. apply a vacuum to the pressure port of the TMAP sensor.
The MAP signal voltage should lower as the vacuum is
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the IAT sensor is applied.
very low, which effectively lowers the signal voltage on [78-2]
terminal 6. • The TMAP and TGS are connected to the same reference
line (+5V Vref). If the reference line goes to ground or open,
• At low temperatures, the resistance is very high, allowing multiple codes will be set (DTCs P0107, P0108, P0122,
the voltage to rise close to 5V. The ECM monitors this P0123, P1501 and P1502).
voltage to compensate for various operating conditions.
(Page A-1).
94000396 6-15
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
R/GN L3 L3 System Power
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]
JSS (HDI) GN A A Engine Temperature
5V Sensor Ground 1 1 BK/W B B 5V Sensor Ground

R R/W
JSS Signal W 2 2 LGN/GY

[137A] [137B] Rear
Sensor Ground BK 3 3 BK/GN
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
5V Sensor Power A A R/W GY/BN 3 3 GY Rear O2
Sensor
VSS Input B B LGN/Y 5V Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Front HO2 Heater Ground 3 3 BK/O BK/O 2 2 W Front O2
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
GN/BN 3 3 GY Front O2
MAP Input 7 7 GY Sensor
(BK) JSS 8 8 LGN/GY BK/W 4 4 BK 5V Sensor
Ground 10 10 BK/GN Ground
[211B] [211A] TCA
Front HO2 Sensor 17 17 GN/BN
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5
IAT 6 6 GN/GY GY/V 4 4

5V Sensor Ground 1 7 7 BK/W GN/O 3 3
ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
5V Sensor Power 1 9 9 R/W
Ground 10 10 BK/GN BK/W 1 1
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
Battery Fuse GND 1 [204A] [204B]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
ETC High 8 8 GN/O GY/W 5 5 W
ETC Low 9 9 GY/O R/GY 4 4 R
Ground 10 10 BK/GN BK/W 3 3 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
5V Sensor Ground 2 17 17 BK/GY [80B] [80A] TMAP
5V Sensor Power 2 18 18 R/GY
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4
Figure 6-11. Sensor Circuit

DTC P0107 1. MAP Sensor Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect TMAP sensor [80].
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE HD-41404), jumper between [80B] terminals 4 (GY) wire
and 3 (R/GY) wire.
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Start engine.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 6. Turn IGN ON.
MAP sensor malfunction
7. Check DTCs.
Open or shorted to ground signal wire
8. Did DTC reset?
Open or shorted to ground 5V reference circuit
b. No. Replace TMAP sensor.
6-16 94000396
2. MAP Sensor Signal Voltage Test 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
2. Remove jumper. b. No. Repair open in (R/GY) wire.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Test voltage between [80B] terminal 3 (R/GY) wire and
7. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Signal
ground.
Ground Test
1. Test continuity between BOB [78-3] terminals 17 and 18.
5. Is voltage approximately 5V?
a. Yes. Repair short between the (R/GY) and (BK/GY)
wires.
b. No. See diagnostic tips before replacement. Replace
3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Continuity Test ECM.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) DTC P0108
harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
[78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
TOOLS (Page 1-14). HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
is in position on BOB. HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
4. Test resistance between [80B] terminal 4 (GY) wire and
BOB [78-1] terminal 7. Table 6-10. DTC P0108 Diagnostic Faults
5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. MAP sensor malfunction

Short to voltage
b. No. Repair open in (GY) wire.
1. MAP Sensor Test

4. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground
Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Test continuity between BOB [78-1] terminal 7 and ground. 2. Disconnect TMAP sensor [80].
2. Is continuity present? 3. Clear DTC.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY) wire. 4. Start engine.

6. Check DTCs.
5. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor 7. Did DTC reset?
Ground Test
1. Test continuity between BOB [78-1] terminal 7 and [78-3]
terminal 17. b. No. Replace MAP sensor.
2. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to 5V Test
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY) and (BK/GY) wires.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Replace ECM.
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wire
6. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Wire Open Test harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1],
1. Turn IGN OFF. [78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], is in position on BOB.
[78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
TOOLS (Page 1-14). HD-41404), test continuity between BOB [78-1] terminal
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) 7 and [78-3] terminal 18.
is in position on BOB. 5. Is continuity present?
4. Test resistance between [80B] terminal 3 (R/GY) wire and a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GY) and (GY) wires.
BOB [78-3] terminal 18.
94000396 6-17
3. MAP Sensor Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test 2. Is resistance reading less than 1 ohm?
1. Turn IGN ON. a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/GY) wire.
2. Test voltage between BOB [78-1] terminal 7 and ground. b. No. Go to Test 3.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GY) wire.
3. IAT Sensor Signal Voltage High Test
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wire
harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1],
4. MAP Sensor 5V Reference Shorted to Battery [78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC
Voltage Test TOOLS (Page 1-14).
1. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 18 and ground. 2. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GY) wire.
5. MAP Sensor Ground Wire Open Test b. No. Repair short to ground on (GN/GY) wire.
1. Test resistance between [80B] terminal 1 and BOB [78-3]
terminal 17. 4. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
Ground Test
a. Yes. Replace TMAP sensor.
terminal 17.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GY) wire.
DTC P0112 a. Yes. Repair short between [80B] terminals 1 and 2
(GN/GY and BK/GY) wires.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME b. No. Replace ECM.
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX DTC P0113
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
Table 6-11. DTC P0112 Diagnostic Faults HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
POSSIBLE CAUSES HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
Short to ground in 5V reference circuit
NOTE
Vehicle and sensor must be at ambient room temperature POSSIBLE CAUSES
before starting diagnostic test. Open or short to voltage in 5V reference circuit
1. IAT Sensor Test NOTE

Vehicle and sensor must be at ambient temperature before
1. Turn IGN OFF. starting diagnostic test.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 1. IAT Sensor Test
HD-41404), test resistance between [80A] terminals 1 and
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2.
HD-41404), test resistance between [80A] terminals 1
b. No. Replace TMAP sensor. (BK/GY) wire and 2 (GN/GY) wire.
2. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
Test
b. No. Replace IAT sensor.
1. Test resistance between [80B] terminal 2 (GN/GY) and
ground.
6-18 94000396
2. IAT Signal Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between [80B] terminal 2 (GN/GY)
and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GN/GY) wire.
3. Signal Wire Open Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
[78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
4. Test resistance between [80B] terminal 2 (GN/GY) and
b. No. Repair open circuit in (GN/GY) wire.
4. Open Ground Wire Test

1. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 17 and [80B]
terminal 1 (BK/GY).
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GY) wire.
5. IAT Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor

Power Test
terminal 18.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/GY) and (R/GY) wires.
b. No. Replace ECM.
94000396 6-19
ET SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.7
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Connector Information
The ECM supplies and monitors a voltage signal from [78-2] For additional information about the connectors in the following
terminal 8 to one side of the ET sensor. The other side of the diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
ET sensor is connected to a common sensor ground. The (Page A-1).
ground is also connected to the ECM [78-2] terminal 7.
ed03994
The ET sensor is a thermistor device. At a specific temperature 1
it will have a specific resistance across its terminals. As this 2
resistance varies, so does the voltage on ECM [78-2] terminal
8.
• At high temperatures, the resistance of the sensor is very

low. This lowers the signal voltage on ECM [78-2] terminal 4
3 5
8.
• At low temperatures, the resistance is very high. This allows 7
the voltage to rise close to 5V.
The ECM monitors this voltage to compensate for various

operating conditions. The ECM also uses the sensor input as
a reference for determining IAC pintle position. 6
Table 6-13. Code Description 1. Front fuel injector [84]

DTC DESCRIPTION 3. TMAP [80]
P0117 ET sensor shorted low 4. TCA [211]
P0118 ET sensor high/open
6. Horn [122]
7. ET sensor [90]
Diagnostic Tips Figure 6-12. Engine: Except FXSB
Once the engine is started, the temperature should rise steadily
ed03995
to operating temperature. 1
2
An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, rubbed
through wire insulation or an inoperative wire inside the
insulation.
Check the following conditions: 7

3 4
• Poor connection: Inspect ECM harness connector [78-1]
and [78-2] for backed out terminals, improper mating,
6
inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged terminals,
poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged harness.
• Perform DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING,
Wiggle Test (Page 1-19) to locate intermittents: If 5
connections and harness check out OK, use a multimeter
to check the engine temperature reading while moving 1. Front fuel injector [84]
related connectors and wiring harness. If the failure is 2. Rear fuel injector [85]
induced, the engine temperature display will change. 3. TMAP [80]
• Shifted sensor resistance value: Measure ET and IAT 4. TCA [211]
sensor temperatures with a cool engine. The sensor 5. Ignition coil [83]
temperatures should be within 10 °F (5.6 °C) of each other. 6. ET sensor [90]
If the two sensors are not within the specified range replace 7. Ignition switch [33]
the inaccurate sensor. Figure 6-13. Engine: FXSB
6-20 94000396
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

DTC P0117 1. ET Sensor Test
NOTE
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT starting diagnostic test.
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 2. Disconnect ET sensor [90].
Table 6-14. DTC P0117 Diagnostic Faults 3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test the resistance between [90A] terminals
POSSIBLE CAUSES A (GN) wire and B (BK/W) wire.
ET sensor malfunction
4. Is the resistance reading between 900-10,000 ohms?
Short to ground in 5V reference circuit
b. No. Replace ET sensor.
94000396 6-21
2. ET Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Ground 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
Test is in position on BOB.
1. Test resistance between [90B] terminal A (GN) wire and 4. Test resistance between [90B] terminal A (GN) wire and
ground. BOB [78-2] terminal 8.
2. Is resistance less than 1 ohm? 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN) wire. a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
b. No. Go to Test 3. b. No. Repair open in (GN) wire.
3. ET Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor 3. ET Sensor Open Ground Wire Test
Ground Test 1. Test resistance between [90B] terminal B (BK/W) wire and
1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) BOB [78-2] terminal 7.
and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
(Page 1-14).
b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
4. ET Sensor Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor
3. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminals 8 and 7. Power Test
4. Is continuity present? 1. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminals 8 and 9.
a. Yes. Repair short between [90B] terminals A (GN) wire 2. Is continuity present?
and B (BK/W) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN) and (R/W) wires.
b. No. Replace ECM.
DTC P0118
5. ET Sensor Test
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Connect [90].
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 2. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminals 8 and 7.
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY a. Yes. Replace ECM.
b. No. Replace ET sensor.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ET sensor malfunction
Open or short to voltage in 5V reference circuit
1. ET Signal Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ET sensor [90].
HD-41404), test voltage between [90B] terminal A (GN)
wire and ground.
4. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GN) wire.
2. ET Sensor Signal Wire Open Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
(Page 1-14).
6-22 94000396
TCA DIAGNOSTICS 6.8
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION NOTE
The TGS, JSS, TCA and VSS sensors are connected to the
See Figure 6-15. A dual TPS is integrated into the TCA, same reference line (5V reference). If the reference line goes
mounted to the induction module. to ground or open, multiple codes will be set (DTC P0122,
P0123, P0502, P0503, P1501, P1502, P2101, P2102, P2103,
Within the TCA, a set of potentiometers are designated as TPS 2122, 2123, P2127, P2128). Start with the trouble code having
(TPS1 and TPS2). The ECM drives the motor in the TCA to the highest priority DTC. Refer to Table 1-12.
open and close the throttle plate based on the signals from the
twist grip sensor. The TPS (TPS1 and TPS2) send signals
Check for the following conditions:
back to the ECM based on throttle plate position to verify the
throttle plate movement. • Poor connection: Inspect ECM harness connector [78B-1],
[78B-2] and [78-B-3] for backed out terminals, improper
The ECM supplies a 5.0V signal from terminal [78-2] terminal
9 to TPS1 and [78-3] terminal 18 to TPS2. The signals from
terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged
TPS1 and TPS2 are sent back to the ECM [78-3] terminals 13
harness.
and 14 and vary in voltage according to actual throttle plate
position. • Perform DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING,
Wiggle Test (Page 1-19) to locate intermittents: If
The two TP sensors work opposite each other. When one connections and harness check out OK, monitor TPS voltage
sensor reads high, the other reads low. The sum of TPS1 and using a multimeter while moving related connectors and
TPS2 signals should measure around 5.0V. wiring harness. If the failure is induced, the TPS voltage will
See Figure 6-16 for TCA (TPS1 and TPS2) circuitry diagram. change.
Refer to Table 6-16 for DTCs associated with TPS1 and TPS2 • An intermittent may be caused by poor connection, rubbed
of the TCA. through wire insulation or an inoperative wire within the wire
insulation.
DTC DESCRIPTION Diagnostic Tips
P0120 TPS1 range error A faulty sensor can negatively affect the signal voltage of the
P0122 TPS1 low/open other sensors sharing the same 5V reference. If the wiring
passes the following tests, disconnect one sensor at a time on
P0123 TPS1 high the 5V reference and verify the DTC is still present. Additional
P0220 TPS2 range error DTCs will be set as each sensor is disconnected, clear DTCs
after this test. Be sure to perform this test before replacing a
P0222 TPS2 low/open component.
P0223 TPS2 high
ed03994 For additional information about the connectors in the following
1
2
(Page A-1).
3 4 5
7
6
1. Front fuel injector [84]
3. TMAP [80]
4. TCA [211]
6. Horn [122]
7. ET sensor [90]
94000396 6-23
em01909 [211B] [211A] TCA
[78A-1] [78B-1] GN/V 6 6

ECM R/W 5 5
MAP Input 7 7 GY GY/V 4 4
(BK)
Ground 10 10 BK/GN GN/O 3 3
GY/O 2 2
BK/W 1 1
IAT 6 6 GN/GY
(GY) BK/W
Ground 10 10 BK/GN Main
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V R/W Harness
[204A] [204B]
TGS
[78A-2] [78B-2]
BK/GY 6 6 BK
GY/W 5 5 W
2 2 R/GY 4 4 R
TPS 1 GN/V
BK/W 3 3 BK
ETC High 8 8 GN/O GN/W 2 2 W
ETC Low 9 9 GY/O R/W 1 1 R

TGS 1 13 13 GN/W [80B] [80A] TMAP
5V Sensor Power 2 18 18 R/GY GN/GY 2 2
R/GY 3 3
[78A-3] [78B-3] GY 4 4
BK/GN
R/O
Battery
Fuse GND 1
Figure 6-16. TCA, TGS, TMAP Circuits

DTC P0120 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 9 and [211B] terminal 5.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Repair open in (R/W) wire.
Table 6-17. DTC P0120 Diagnostic Faults 2. TPS-1 Circuit Shorted Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES 1. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and [78-3]
terminal 2.
Open in sensor power circuit
Short to voltage in TPS-1 circuit
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/V) and (R/W) wires.
Open in TPS-1 circuit
Short to ground in TPS-1 circuit b. No. Go to Test 3.
Open sensor ground circuit

3. TPS-1 Circuit Continuity Test
1. Sensor Power-1 Circuit Test 1. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 2 and [211B]
terminal 6.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
b. No. Repair open in (GN/V) wire.
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
4. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Ground Test
is in position on BOB. 1. Test continuity between BOB [78-3] terminal 2 and ground.
4. Disconnect TCA [211].
6-24 94000396
2. Is continuity present? 4. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/V) wire. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
and [78-2] terminal 7.
5. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. TCA Sensor-1 Circuit Short to Ground Test
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GN/V) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3] from BOB.
6. Sensor Ground Continuity Test
4. Test continuity between BOB [78-3] terminal 2 and ground.
terminal 1. 5. Is continuity present?
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/V) wire.
3. TCA Power-1 Circuit Open Test
7. TCA Test 1. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and [211]
terminal 5.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3] to BOB.
a. Yes. Replace TCA.
3. Connect [211].
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 7 and [78-3]
terminal 2.
4. TCA Sensor Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
6. Is voltage between 0.4-4.8V?
b. No. Replace TCA.
DTC P0122 a. Yes. Replace TCA.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME b. No. Go to Test 5.

HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 5. ECM Test
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 1. Disconnect ECM [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3] from BOB.
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 2. Test continuity between BOB [78-3] terminal 2 and ground.
Table 6-18. DTC P0122 Diagnostic Faults 3. Is continuity present?
POSSIBLE CAUSES a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/V) wire.
Short to ground in TPS-1 Circuit b. No. Replace ECM.

DTC P0123
1. TCA Sensor-1 Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
(Page 1-14).
94000396 6-25
Table 6-19. DTC P0123 Diagnostic Faults 5. Sensor Ground Test
Open in TPS-1 circuit 2. Test resistance between [211B] terminal 1 and ground.
Short to voltage in TPS-1 circuit 3. Is resistance less than 2 ohms?
Short to voltage in sensor power circuit a. Yes. Go to Test 6.
Open in sensor ground circuit b. No. Go to Test 7.
1. TPS-1 Voltage Test

6. Sensor Ground Circuit Shorted Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Test continuity between [211B] terminals 5 and 6.
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between
wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], and ECM a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/V) and (R/W) wires.
b. No. Replace ECM.
(Page 1-14).
is in position on BOB. 7. Sensor Ground Circuit Test
4. Turn IGN ON. 1. Disconnect ECM [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3].
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 2. Test resistance between [211B] terminal 1 and BOB [78-2]
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 2 terminal 7.
and [78-2] terminal 7. 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
6. Is voltage less than 4.8V? a. Yes. Replace ECM.
a. Yes. Go to Test 8. b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
8. TPS-1 Circuit Function Test
2. TPS-1 Circuit Test 1. Disconnect TCA [211].
1. Turn IGN OFF. 2. Test voltage between [211B] terminal 6 and ground.
2. Disconnect TCA [211]. 3. Is voltage between 2-5.25V?
3. Turn IGN ON. a. Yes. Go to Test 9.
4. Test voltage between [211B] terminal 6 and ground. b. No. Less than 2V. Repair open in (GN/V) wire.
5. Is voltage between 4-5.25V? c. No. Greater than 5.25V. Repair short to voltage on
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. (GN/V) wire.
b. No, less than 4V. Repair open in (GN/V) wire.

9. Sensor Power Short to Voltage Test
c. No, greater than 5.25V. Repair short to voltage in
(GN/V) wire. 1. Test voltage between [211B] terminal 5 and ground.
2. Is voltage less than 5.25V?
3. Sensor Power Circuit Test a. Yes. Go to Test 10.
1. Test voltage between [211B] terminal 5 and ground. b. No. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 10. Ground Circuit Open Test
b. No. Repair short to voltage in (R/W) wire. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3].
4. TCA Test 3. Test resistance between [211B] terminal 1 and BOB [78-2]
1. Jumper [211B] terminals 6 and 1. terminal 7.
2. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 2 and [78-2] 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
terminal 7. a. Yes. Go to Test 11.
3. Is voltage greater than 1.0V? b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
b. No. Replace TCA. 11. TPS-1 Continuity Test
terminal 2.
6-26 94000396
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 4. TPS-2 Circuit Resistance Test
a. Yes. Replace TCA. 1. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 15 and [211B]
terminal 4.
DTC P0220 a. Yes. Go to Test 5.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME b. No. Repair open in (GY/V) wire.

HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 5. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Ground Test
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 1. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminal 15 and
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GY/V) wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in sensor power circuit
6. TPS-1 Circuit Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
Short to ground in TPS-2 circuit
Open in sensor ground circuit
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/V) wire.
1. Sensor Power-1 Circuit Test b. No. Go to Test 7.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 7. Sensor Ground Resistance Test
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring 1. Turn IGN OFF.
[78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC 2. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 7 and [211B]
TOOLS (Page 1-14). terminal 1.
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms?
is in position on BOB. a. Yes. Go to Test 8.
4. Disconnect TCA [211]. b. No. Repair open in (BK/W) wire.
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 8. TCA Test
9 and [211] terminal 5.
2. Connect [211].
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminals 15 and 7.
5. Is voltage between 0.4-4.8V?
2. Sensor Power-1 Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON. a. Yes. Replace ECM.
2. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and ground. b. No. Replace TCA.
3. Is battery voltage present? DTC P0222

a. Yes. Repair short to voltage (R/W) wire.
3. TPS-2 Circuit Shorted Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/W) and (GY/V) wires.
Short to ground in TPS-2 circuit
94000396 6-27
1. TCA Sensor-2 Circuit Test 4. Is resistance greater than 0.5 ohms?
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/V) wire.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) b. No. Replace ECM.
wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], and ECM DTC P0223
(Page 1-14). PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
is in position on BOB. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
4. Turn IGN ON. HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
and 7. Table 6-22. DTC P0223 Diagnostic Faults
6. Is voltage greater than 0.2V? POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. Open in sensor power circuit

Short to voltage in sensor power circuit
2. TCA Sensor-2 Circuit Short to Ground Test Short to voltage in TPS-2 circuit
1. Turn IGN OFF. Short to ground in TPS-2 circuit
2. Disconnect [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3] from BOB. Open in sensor ground circuit

1. TPS-2 Voltage Test
4. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminal 15 and
1. Turn IGN OFF.
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/V) wire. harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], and ECM [78A-1],
[78A-2] and [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
3. TCA Power-1 Circuit Open Test is in position on BOB.
1. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and [211] 4. Turn IGN ON.
terminal 5.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? HD-41404), test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminals 15
a. Yes. Replace TCA. and 7.
b. No. Repair open in (R/W) wire. 6. Is voltage less than 4.8V?
4. TCA 5V Reference Circuit Short to Ground b. No. Go to Test 2.
Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. TPS-2 Circuit Test
2. Disconnect [211]. 1. Disconnect TCA [211].
3. Turn IGN ON. 2. Test voltage between [211B] terminal 4 and ground.
4. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and ground. 3. Is voltage less than 0.2V?
a. Yes. Replace TCA. b. No. Go to Test 5.
3. Sensor Power Circuit Test
5. ECM Test 1. Test voltage between [211B] terminal 5 and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 2. Is voltage less than 5.25V?
2. Disconnect [78A] from BOB.
b. No. Repair short to voltage in (R/W) wire.
ground.
6-28 94000396
4. Sensor Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
5. Shorted 5V Circuit Test

1. Disconnect [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3].
2. Test continuity between [211B] terminals 4 and 5.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/V) and (R/W) wires.
b. No. Replace ECM.
6. Sensor Ground Circuit Test

terminal 7.
7. TPS-2 Circuit Test

3. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Repair short to voltage on (GY/V) wire.
8. Sensor Short to Voltage Test

b. No. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) wire.

1. Turn IGN OFF.
terminal 7.
94000396 6-29
HO2S DIAGNOSTICS 6.9
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION through the system power fuse. Any short causing the fuse to
open will cause the ECM to set DTC P0031 and P0051. If these
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME codes are present with an open fuse, the fault is a short to
ground somewhere in the circuit or the components. Some
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II HO2S DTCs will not illuminate the check engine lamp for
current or historic codes and will only be indicated by DIGITAL
The HO2S provides a signal to the ECM which indicates
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650) or odometer
whether the engine is running rich or lean.
self-diagnostics. All historic HO2S DTCs are to be ignored and
cleared. The multimeter displays the signal from the HO2S in
volts. This voltage will have an average value tending towards
DTC DESCRIPTION lean, rich or ideal value depending on operating temperature
P0031 Front HO2S low/open of the engine, engine speed and throttle position. An open/short
to voltage or short to ground in the (GN/BN) wire (front) and
P0032 Front HO2S shorted high (GY/BN) wire (rear) will cause the engine to run rich (short to
P0051 Rear HO2S low/open ground) or lean (short to voltage) until the fault is detected.
Once fault is detected, vehicle will run in open loop.
P0052 Rear HO2S shorted high
P0131 O2 sensor low/engine lean (front) Check for the following conditions:
P0132 Engine running rich (front) • Poor connection: Inspect the ECM [78-1] and [78-2], fuel
injector [84, 85] and HO2S [137, 138] connectors for backed
P0134 O2 sensor high/open (front)
out terminals, improper mating, inoperative locks, improperly
P0151 O2 sensor low/engine lean (rear) formed or damaged terminals, poor terminal-to-wire
P0152 Engine running rich (rear) connection and damaged harnesses.
P0154 O2 sensor high/open (rear) • Dirty/stuck open injectors: The vehicle may run lean
(dirty/clogged injectors) or rich (stuck open injectors) if there
are injector problems. This could also cause poor fuel
economy and performance.
• OBD markets: To set a HO2S DTC, the condition must be
• Leaking injectors: This causes fuel imbalance and poor
present for two drive cycles.
idle quality due to different air/fuel ratios in each cylinder.
• A P0131 (front) or P0151 (rear) is set when the ECM detects To check for leaky injectors, first remove the air box and air
an excessively lean condition for a specified length of time. filter. Then, with the throttle wide open, turn IGN ON for 2
DTCs may also set if HO2S fails. seconds and then OFF for 2 seconds five consecutive times.
Replace the fuel injector if there is any evidence of raw fuel
• A P0132 (front) or P0152 (rear) is set when the ECM detects
in the bores. See Fuel Injectors in the service manual.
an excessively rich condition for a specified length of time.
This can be caused by oil contamination or fuel injector • Loose HO2S: If an HO2S is loose, engine performance
malfunctions. DTCs may also set if HO2S fails. may be affected. This could also show up as a slow
changing HO2S voltage.
• A P0134 is set when the front HO2S circuit is open or sensor
is too cold to respond. A P0154 is set when the rear HO2S • Loose/leaking exhaust: This can cause a poor ground
circuit is open or sensor is too cold to respond. Excessive connection for the sensor or allow fresh air into the exhaust
oil usage may also cause these codes to set. system. If fresh air enters exhaust system, the HO2S will
read a lean condition, causing the system to go rich.
• When the air/fuel mixture is ideal, approximately 14.6 parts
air to 1 part fuel, the voltage will be approximately 0.45V • Engine misfire: See Misfire at Idle or Under Load
when measuring across the sensor. If the voltage is (Page 6-101).
measured from the sensor (terminals 46 or 66) to ground,
• Intake leaks: See the service manual.
the voltage will read approximately 1.2V. This difference is
due to an internal bias in the ECM. When using DIGITAL
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650), the O2 Connector Information
voltage reading is displayed in the higher range 0.7-1.7V. For additional information about the connectors in the following
Diagnostic Tips (Page A-1).
The heater circuits in the HO2S are powered from the system
power circuit. This circuit voltage is supplied by the BCM
6-30 94000396
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

DTC P0031 2. Disconnect front HO2S [138].
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT HD-41404), test voltage between [138A] terminal 1 (R/GN)
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX wire and ground.
Table 6-24. DTC P0031 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or short to ground on front HO2S circuit 2. Open Ground Test
Open in sensor power circuit 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Front HO2S Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000396 6-31
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 2. Disconnect front HO2S [138].
3. Test resistance between [138B] terminals 1 (V) wire and
2 (W) wire.
(Page 1-14). 4. Is resistance between 13.5-35 ohms?
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) a. Yes. Replace ECM.
b. No. Replace front HO2S.
4. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 3 and [138A]
terminal 2 (BK/O) wire. DTC P0051
b. No. Repair open in (BK/O) wire. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
3. Short to Ground Test HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK/O) wire.
Open or short to ground on rear HO2S circuit
4. Resistance Test 1. Rear HO2S Voltage Test

1. Test resistance between [138B] terminals 1 (V) wire and 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2 (W) wire.
2. Is resistance between 13.5-35 ohms?
3. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Replace front HO2S. HD-41404), test voltage between [137A] terminal 1 (R/GN)
wire and ground.
DTC P0032
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Go to Test 2.

HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 2. Open Ground Test
Table 6-25. DTC P0032 Diagnostic Faults 1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)

Front HO2S circuit shorted to 12V [78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
1. Front HO2S Shorted to Voltage Test (Page 1-14).
1. Turn IGN OFF. 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to 4. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 15 and [137A]
[78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2] terminal 2 (BK/PK) wire.
(Page 1-14).
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
is in position on BOB. b. No. Repair open in (BK/PK) wire.
5. Is voltage present? 3. Short to Ground Test
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/O) wire. 1. Test continuity between BOB [78-1] terminal 15 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (BK/PK) wire.
2. Resistance Test
6-32 94000396
4. Resistance Test Table 6-28. DTC P0131 Diagnostic Faults
1. Test resistance between [137B] terminals 1 (V) wire and POSSIBLE CAUSES
2 (W) wire.
Short to ground in signal circuit
2. Is resistance between 13.5-35 ohms? Fuel system malfunction
NOTE
starting diagnostic test.
DTC P0052
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Front HO2S Voltage Test

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front HO2S [138].
3. Turn IGN ON.
Table 6-27. DTC P0052 Diagnostic Faults HD-41404), test voltage between [138A] terminal 3
(GN/BN) wire, to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Rear HO2S circuit shorted to voltage 5. Is voltage approximately 5V?
1. Rear HO2S Shorted to Voltage Test b. No. Go to Test 2.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 2. HO2S Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 2. Test continuity between [138B] terminal 3 (GY) wire and
(Page 1-14). ground.
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) 3. Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Replace HO2S.
4. Turn IGN ON.
3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test
and ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM [78-1] and [78-2].
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/PK) wire.
3. Test continuity between [138A] terminals 3 (GN/BN) wire
and 4 (BK/W) wire.
2. Resistance Test
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/BN) and (BK/W) wires.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between [137B] terminals 1 (V) wire and
2 (W) wire.
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test
3. Is resistance between 13.5-35 ohms?
1. Test continuity between [138A] terminal 3 (GN/BN) wire
and ground.
DTC P0131 a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/BN) wire and ground.
b. No. Replace ECM.
5. Operation Test
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3] and ECM
(Page 1-14).
94000396 6-33
2. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) Table 6-30. DTC P0134 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
3. Connect [138].
Open or short to voltage in signal circuit
4. Start engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
Open sensor ground
5. With engine speed at a steady rpm, test voltage between
BOB [78-1] terminal 17 and [78-2] terminal 7. 1. Front HO2S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage
6. Is voltage approximately 0.45V? Test
a. Yes. Replace ECM. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. (0.0-0.4V). Perform fuel pressure test. Look for 2. Disconnect front HO2S [138].
incorrect ECM calibration, low fuel pressure, air leaks 3. Turn IGN ON.
and dirty injectors. If no issues are found, replace HO2S.
HD-41404), test voltage between [138A] terminal 3
DTC P0132 (GN/BN) wire to ground.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 5. Is voltage greater than 5V?

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GN/BN) wire.
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX b. No. Greater than 4V. Go to Test 2.
c. No. Less than 4V. Go to Test 3.
Table 6-29. DTC P0132 Diagnostic Faults 2. Open Sensor Ground Test
Fuel system malfunction 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
1. Front HO2S Operation Test [78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
1. Turn IGN OFF. (Page 1-14).
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between is in position on BOB.
[78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 4. Test resistance between [138A] terminal 4 (BK/W) wire
(Page 1-14). and BOB [78-2] terminal 7.
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
is in position on BOB. a. Yes. Replace front O2 sensor.
4. Start engine and allow it to reach operating temperature. b. No. Repair open on (BK/W) wire.
5. With engine speed at a steady rpm, using TEST
CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404), test 3. Signal Wire Open Test
voltage between BOB [78-1] terminal 17 and [78-2] terminal
7. 1. Test resistance between [138A] terminal 3 (GN/BN) wire
and BOB [78-1] terminal 17.
6. Is voltage approximately 0.45V?
b. No. (0.6-1.0V) Perform fuel pressure test. Look for
incorrect ECM calibration, high fuel pressure, stuck b. No. Repair open in (GN/BN) wire.
open or leaking injectors. If no issues are found, replace
the HO2S. DTC P0151
DTC P0134 PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY Table 6-31. DTC P0151 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Fuel system malfunction
6-34 94000396
NOTE 5. Is voltage approximately 0.45V?
Vehicle and HO2S must be at ambient temperature before a. Yes. Replace ECM.
starting diagnostic test.
b. No. (0.0-0.4V). Perform fuel pressure test. Look for
incorrect ECM calibration, low fuel pressure, air leaks
1. Rear HO2S Test and dirty injectors. If no issues are found, replace HO2S.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC P0152
3. Turn IGN ON. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
HD-41404), test voltage between [137A] terminal 3 HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
(GY/BN) wire to ground. HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
5. Is voltage approximately 5V? HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. Table 6-32. DTC P0152 Diagnostic Faults

b. No. Go to Test 2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. HO2S Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Rear HO2S Operation Test
2. Test continuity between [137B] terminal 3 (GY) wire and 1. Turn IGN OFF.
ground.
3. Is continuity present? and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between
a. Yes. Replace HO2S.
b. No. Go to Test 3. (Page 1-14).
3. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Ground Test is in position on BOB.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 4. Start engine and allow it to reach operating temperature.
2. Disconnect ECM [78-1] and [78-2]. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), with engine speed at a steady rpm, test voltage
3. Test continuity between [137A] terminals 3 (GY/BN) wire
between BOB [78-2] terminal 17 and [78-2] terminal 7.
and 4 (BK/W) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/BN) and (BK/W) wires.
b. No. (0.6-1.0V). Perform fuel pressure test. Look for
incorrect ECM calibration, high fuel pressure, stuck
open or leaking injectors. If no issues are found, replace
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test the HO2S.
1. Test continuity between [137A] terminal 3 (GY/BN) wire
and ground.
DTC P0154
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/BN) wire and ground. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
b. No. Replace ECM. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
5. Operation Test HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) Table 6-33. DTC P0154 Diagnostic Faults
wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3] and ECM POSSIBLE CAUSES
[78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS Open or short voltage in signal circuit
(Page 1-14).
Open sensor ground
is in position on BOB. 1. Rear HO2S Signal Wire Short Circuit Voltage
3. Start engine and allow it to reach operating temperature. Test
4. With engine speed at a steady rpm, test voltage between 1. Turn IGN OFF.
BOB [78-2] terminal 17 and [78-2] terminal 7. 2. Disconnect rear HO2S [137].
94000396 6-35
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between [137A] terminal 3
(GY/BN) wire to ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/BN) wire.
b. No. Greater than 4V. Go to Test 2.
2. Open Sensor Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
(Page 1-14).
4. Test resistance between [137A] terminal 4 (BK/W) wire
a. Yes. Replace rear HO2S.
b. No. Repair open on (BK/W) wire.
3. Signal Wire Open Test

1. Test resistance between [137A] terminal 3 (GY/BN) wire
b. No. Repair open in (GY/BN) wire.
6-36 94000396
FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.10
1
See Figure 6-18. The fuel injectors are solenoids that allow 2
pressurized fuel into the intake tract. The injectors are timed
to the engine cycle and triggered sequentially. The power for
the injectors comes from the BCM. The ECM provides the path
to ground to trigger the injectors.
3 4 5
NOTE
System power failures or wiring harness problems will cause 7
12V power to be lost to both injectors and the ignition coils.

6
DTC DESCRIPTION
P0261 Fuel injector low/open (front) 1. Front fuel injector [84]
P0262 Fuel injector shorted high (front)
3. TMAP [80]
P0264 Fuel injector low/open (rear) 4. TCA [211]
P0265 Fuel injector shorted high (rear) 5. Ignition coil [83]
6. Horn [122]
7. ET sensor [90]
Diagnostic Tips
When disconnecting any connectors always inspect connector
for corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required.
(Page A-1).
94000396 6-37
em01952 [242A] [242B]
[78B-3] [78A-3]
ECM

[95A] [95B] 10 10 Ground (GY)
BK/GN
BK/GN 10 10 Ground
R/GN
GN/Y
[138B] [138A]
[78B-1] [78A-1]
LGN/BN
GN/BE
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GN
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
R/GN
R/GN
GN/Y
BK/GN
A B C D [83B]
[84B] A B [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 [85B] A B
A B C D [83A]
[84A] A B [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 [85A] A B
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
GND 1
System Power
Front Injector
System Power
Front ACR
System Power
Rear ACR
System Power
Rear Injector


DTC P0261 5. Does light flash when engine is cranking (or running)?
b. No, lamp does not illuminate. Go to Test 2.
HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT c. No, lamp is on steady. Go to Test 5.
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 2. Power Circuit Open Test
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector test light.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Front fuel injector malfunction [78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
Open signal circuit and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
Open power circuit
1. Front Fuel Injector Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front fuel injector [84]. 16 and [84B] terminal A (R/GN) wire.
3. Connect FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER: 6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
HD-34730-2E) to [84B].
4. Crank engine.
b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
6-38 94000396
3. Control Circuit Open Test b. No. Repair short to voltage on (GN/Y) wire.
terminal B (GN/Y) wire. 3. Injector Resistance Test
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 1. Test resistance between [84A] terminals A and B.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 2. Is resistance between 10-20 ohms?
b. No. Repair open in (GN/Y) wire. a. Yes. Replace ECM.
b. No. Replace front injector.
4. Injector Resistance Test
DTC P0264
HD-41404), test resistance between [84A] terminals A and
B. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT
b. No. Replace front injector. HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
5. Driver Short to Ground Test
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-41404), test continuity between [84B] terminal B and Open signal circuit
ground. Open power circuit
1. Rear Fuel Injector Test
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GN/Y) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Replace ECM.
2. Disconnect rear fuel injector [85].
DTC P0262 3. Connect FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER:
HD-34730-2E) to [85B].
4. Crank engine.
5. Does lamp flash when engine is cranking (or running)?
Table 6-36. DTC P0262 Diagnostic Faults a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
POSSIBLE CAUSES b. No, lamp does not illuminate. Go to Test 2.
c. No, lamp is on steady. Go to Test 5.
1. Front Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to

Voltage Test 2. Power Circuit Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front injector [84]. 2. Remove fuel injector test light.
3. Turn IGN ON. 3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)

4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: [78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
HD-41404), test voltage between [84B] terminal B (GN/Y) and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
wire and ground. (Page 1-14).
5. Is voltage less than 5.0V? 4. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. is in position on BOB.
b. No. Go to Test 2. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:

16 and [85B] terminal A (R/GN) wire.
2. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test continuity between [84B] terminals A (R/GN) wire and
B (GN/Y) wire. b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GN) and (GN/Y) wires.
94000396 6-39
3. Control Circuit Open Test 3. Control Circuit Shorted to System Test
1. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 6 and [85B] 1. Turn IGN OFF.
terminal B (GY/Y) wire.
2. Test continuity between [85B] terminals A (R/GN) wire and
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? B (GY/Y) wire.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 3. Is continuity present?
b. No. Repair open in (GY/Y) wire. a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GN) and (GY/Y) wires.
b. No. Repair short to voltage on (GY/Y) wire.
HD-41404), test resistance between [85A] terminal A and
B of injector [85A].
b. No. Replace rear injector.
5. Driver Short to Ground Test

HD-41404), test continuity between [85B] terminal B and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (GY/Y) wire.
b. No. Replace ECM.
DTC P0265


POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Rear Fuel Injector Control Circuit Shorted to

Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect rear injector [85].
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between [85B] terminal B (GY/Y)
wire and ground.

1. Test resistance between [85A] terminals A and B.
b. No. Replace rear injector.
6-40 94000396
CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.11
See Figure 6-20. If the CKP sensor signal is weak or absent,

DTCs P0371 or P0374 will be set. DTC P0371 is usually set
2
when several attempts to crank the engine have failed.
1
NOTE 7
If signal is not detected or cannot synchronize (DTC P0374), 3
engine will not start.
6
Table 6-39. Code Description 4
DTC DESCRIPTION
P0371 CKP sensor wrong number of pulses 5
P0374 CKP sensor no pulses
1. Horn [122] FXSB
2. Front HCU [254]
Diagnostic Tips 3. Front HO2S [138]
Engine must be cranked for more than five seconds without 4. CKP [79]
CKP signal to set P0374 code. Intermittent MAP or IAT wiring 5. JSS [133]
or sensor issues may cause these codes to set prior to setting 6. Voltage regulator [78]
MAP or IAT codes. Verify MAP or IAT wiring and sensor prior 7. Oil pressure switch [120]
to replacing the ECM. Figure 6-20. Front of Engine: Typical
When disconnecting any connectors always inspect connector Connector Information

(Page A-1).
em01953
[78A-1] [78B-1] [79B] [79A]
CKP Sensor Low 18 18 BK BK 2 2 Sensor Low CKP

(BK) CKP Sensor High 16 16 R R 1 1 Sensor High Sensor
Ground 10 10 BK/GN
[80B] [80A]
ECM System Power 16 16 R/GN
(GY) Ground 10 10 BK/GN
ET 8 8 GN GN A A Engine Temperature ET
5V Sensor Ground 1 7 7 BK/W BK/W B B 5V Sensor Ground Sensor
[78A-2] [78B-2]
[242B] [242A]
BK/GN
[78A-3] [78B-3] R/GN L3 L3 System Power BCM
GND 1
Figure 6-21. CKP and ET Circuit

DTC P0371, P0374 1. CKP Sensor Connections Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 3. Inspect connection for corrosion or backed out terminals.
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 4. Are terminal problems present?
a. Yes. Repair terminals as required.
Table 6-40. DTC P0371, P0374 Diagnostic Faults b. No. Go to Test 2.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CKP sensor malfunction
2. Signal Wire Continuity Test
Open or short to ground in signal circuit 1. Disconnect CKP sensor [79].
May be set if there are incorrect fluctuations from MAP that

does not set MAP codes (examples - intermittent sensor or
wiring issue)
94000396 6-41
(Page 1-14).
16 to [79B] terminal 1 (R) wire.
b. No. Repair open on (R) wire.
3. Ground Wire Continuity Test

1. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 18 to [79B]
terminal 2 (BK) wire.
b. No. Repair open on (BK) wire.
4. Signal Wire Shorted to CKP Ground Wire Test

a. Yes. Repair short between [79B] terminals 1 (R) and 2
(BK).
5. Output Test
1. Connect CKP sensor [79].
2. Test AC voltage between BOB [78-1] terminals 16 and 18.
3. Crank engine for 5 seconds while observing multimeter.
4. Is AC voltage greater than 2V?
a. Yes. See diagnostic tips. If MAP and IAT sensors are
good, replace the ECM.
b. No. Replace CKP sensor.
6-42 94000396
PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS 6.12
Purge Solenoid (CA and Select International 2

Market Models Only) 1 3
See Figure 6-22 and Figure 6-23. The purge solenoid is
9
mounted in front of the rear tire above the BCM. The solenoid 4
connects to a fuel tank vent line and a vent canister.
8
A return line from the canister reconnects to the air intake
manifold allowing vented fumes to be recirculated, for emission 7 5
efficiency. The purge solenoid is timed to the throttle position
and is disabled during startup, low engine temperature, low
engine speed or low vehicle speed. 6
Power for the purge solenoid is supplied by the BCM. The BCM
also provides power for the VSS, fuel injectors, active exhaust, 1. Purge solenoid [95]
ECM and the ignition coil. 2. BCM power [259]
The ECM provides a path to ground to trigger the purge 4. BCM [242]
solenoid. 5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
NOTE
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
• BCM or wiring harness problems will cause 12V power to
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
be lost to the VSS, fuel injectors, active exhaust, ECM,
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
ignition coil and purge solenoid.
• Purge solenoid is not installed on non-emission vehicles
and DTCs P0444 and P0445 are not available. If these Table 6-41. Code Description
DTCs appear, the ECM should be reprogrammed.
DTC DESCRIPTION
ed03999 P0444 Purge solenoid low/open
P0445 Purge solenoid shorted high
2
1 Diagnostic Tips
6 3
5 4 (Page A-1).
em01913 [95A] [95B]

Purge System Power A A R/GN
2. BCM power [259]
3. BCM [242]
4. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
Main Harness R/GN
Purge Solenoid 5 5 LGN/BK

(GY)
ECM
[78A-2] [78B-2]
Figure 6-24. Purge Solenoid Circuit

DTC P0444

94000396 6-43
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 5. Power Wire Open Test
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY [78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
Table 6-42. DTC P0444 Diagnostic Faults (Page 1-14).
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)

Purge solenoid malfunction
3. Test resistance between [95B] terminal A (R/GN) wire and
1. Purge Solenoid Test 4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
1. Turn IGN OFF. a. Yes. Replace ECM.
2. Disconnect purge solenoid [95]. b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: DTC P0445

B.
4. Is resistance between 4-21 ohms? HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Purge Solenoid Voltage Test Short to voltage in signal circuit
1. Test voltage between [95B] terminal A (R/GN) wire and

1. Purge Solenoid Test
ground.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Turn IGN ON.
2. Disconnect purge solenoid [95].
b. No. Go to Test 5. B.
3. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Test continuity between [95B] terminal B (LGN/BK) wire 2. Purge Solenoid Short to Voltage Test
and ground.
1. Turn IGN ON.
2. Test voltage between [95B] terminal B (LGN/BK) wire and
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (LGN/BK) wire. ground.
b. No. Go to Test 4. 3. Is voltage greater than 5.0V?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (LGN/BK) wire.
4. Control Wire Open Test b. No. Replace ECM.
(Page 1-14).
3. Test resistance between [95B] terminal B (LGN/BK) wire
b. No. Repair open in (LGN/BK) wire.
6-44 94000396
VSS DIAGNOSTICS 6.13
1
See Figure 6-25. The VSS is powered and monitored by the
2
ECM. The ECM processes the vehicle speed signal and
transmits this signal to the BCM and the speedometer through
the CAN bus circuit. 3
NOTE 8 4
• The ECM uses VSS input to calculate idle air control 7 5
position. Therefore problems with the vehicle speed signal 6
can lead to improper operation of the idle air control.
• The MAP, JSS, TPS and VSS sensors are connected to the
same reference line (5V reference). If the reference line
goes to ground or open, multiple codes will be set (DTC
P0107, P0108, P0122, P0123, P0502, P0503, P1501,
P1502). Start with the trouble code having the lowest ranking 1. Battery connection to starter
value. 2. Starter solenoid [128]
• A faulty sensor can negatively affect the signal voltage of
the other sensors sharing the same 5V reference. If the
wiring passes the following tests, disconnect one sensor at
a time on the 5V reference and verify the DTC is still present.
7. VSS [65]
Additional DTCs will be set as each sensor is disconnected,
8. Rear HCU [255]
clear DTCs after this test. Be sure to perform this test before
replacing a component. Figure 6-25. Starter
Diagnostic Tips
DTC DESCRIPTION
P0502 VSS failed low
P0503 VSS failed high Connector Information
(Page A-1).
94000396 6-45
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

DTC P0502 1. VSS Connection Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect VSS [65].
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY HD-41404), test voltage between [65B] terminal A (R/W)
wire and ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VSS malfunction
b. No. Repair open on (R/W) wire.
Open or short to ground in signal circuit
Open or short to ground in 5V reference circuit 2. Signal Wire Short to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-46 94000396
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 2. Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test
1. Test voltage between [65B] terminal B (LGN/Y) wire and
ground.
(Page 1-14). 2. Is voltage above 6.0V?
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (LGN/Y) wire.
5. Is continuity present? 3. VSS Ground Wire Open Test
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (LGN/Y) wire. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Go to Test 3. 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
3. Signal Wire Open Test and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
1. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 4 and [65B] (Page 1-14).
terminal B (LGN/Y) wire.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? is in position on BOB.
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. 4. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 10 and [65B]
terminal C (BK/GN) wire.
b. No. Repair open on (LGN/Y) wire.
4. Dirty or Damaged Sensor Test a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
1. Remove VSS. b. No. Repair open on (BK/GN) wire.
2. Check for debris on sensor tip.
3. Is debris present?
4. Signal Wire Shorted to Sensor Power Test
a. Yes. Clean debris from VSS and install.
terminal 9.
b. No. Replace VSS.
DTC P0503 a. Yes. Repair short between (LGN/Y) and (R/W) wires.
5. VSS Test
1. Connect [78A-1] and [78A-2] to breakout box.
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 2. Clear DTC.
3. Did DTC reset?
POSSIBLE CAUSES
b. No. Replace VSS.
Short to voltage in signal circuit
Open ground
5V reference shorted to battery voltage
1. VSS Sensor Power Shorted to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between [65B] terminals A (R/W)
wire and C (BK/GN) wire.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) wire.
94000396 6-47
IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS 6.14
LOSS OF IDLE SPEED CONTROL ed03994
1
See Figure 6-27. The TCA uses a two wire DC motor to move 2
the throttle plate from the spring loaded off-idle detent. The
ECM supplies a pulse width modulated voltage signal through
[78-3] terminals 8 and 9. The ECM monitors throttle position
through the dual position sensors (TPS1 and TPS2). This code
will set if the idle speed becomes unstable. This can be caused 3 4 5
by a fuel or ignition related issue, throttle actuator friction or
an intermittent air leak. 7
NOTE
Although the ECM monitors [78-3] terminals 8 and 9, faults on
these terminals will not cause this DTC. Faults on these
terminals will be higher priority DTCs, address them first.
6
Table 6-47. Code Description 2. Rear fuel injector [85]
3. TMAP [80]
DTC DESCRIPTION 4. TCA [211]
P0505 Idle speed control - unstable 5. Ignition coil [83]
6. Horn [122]
7. ET sensor [90]
Diagnostic Tips
Before replacing the TCA, cycle the ignition four times when
idle is high.
1. Start engine.
2. Increase rpm to 2500 rpm and bring engine back to idle.
3. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Repeat previous steps a total of four times.
This process will help the controller learn throttle plate position.
(Page A-1).
6-48 94000396
em01909 [211B] [211A] TCA
[78A-1] [78B-1] GN/V 6 6

ECM R/W 5 5
MAP Input 7 7 GY GY/V 4 4
(BK)
Ground 10 10 BK/GN GN/O 3 3
GY/O 2 2
BK/W 1 1
IAT 6 6 GN/GY
(GY) BK/W
Ground 10 10 BK/GN Main
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V R/W Harness
[204A] [204B]
TGS
[78A-2] [78B-2]
BK/GY 6 6 BK
GY/W 5 5 W
2 2 R/GY 4 4 R
TPS 1 GN/V
BK/W 3 3 BK
ETC High 8 8 GN/O GN/W 2 2 W
ETC Low 9 9 GY/O R/W 1 1 R

TGS 1 13 13 GN/W [80B] [80A] TMAP
5V Sensor Power 2 18 18 R/GY GN/GY 2 2
R/GY 3 3
[78A-3] [78B-3] GY 4 4
BK/GN
R/O
Battery
Fuse GND 1
Figure 6-28. TCA, TGS, TMAP Circuits

DTC P0505 2. Vacuum Leak Test
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Start the motorcycle and check for vacuum leaks.
HD-26792 SPARK PLUG TESTER 2. Were any leaks found?
a. Yes. Repair the vacuum leak.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Vacuum/air leaks
3. Spark Present Test
Fuel system problems
1. Check spark plug condition. Replace if fouled.
Ignition system problems
2. Using SPARK PLUG TESTER (PART NUMBER:
Loss of engine compression HD-26792), check spark at both plugs while cranking
engine.
1. Preliminary Engine Tests
3. Is spark present?
1. Verify battery connections are in good condition.
2. Verify fuel in the tank is fresh and not contaminated.
b. No. The spark plugs will not spark if there is low or no
3. Verify spark plug wires are firmly connected to the coil and compression. If spark is not present, test compression
plugs. before troubleshooting ignition circuit. Once good
compression is confirmed, check condition of ignition
4. Verify fuel injectors are not clogged.
coils, coil primary wiring and spark plug boots. See CKP
5. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-41).
(Page 3-1).
6. Does battery pass tests? 4. Compression Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 1. Perform compression test.
b. No. Charge or replace battery. 2. Does engine pass compression test?
b. No. Repair engine loss of compression.
94000396 6-49
5. Fuel System Test
1. Check fuel system and perform fuel pressure test.
2. Does fuel pressure meet specification?
b. No. Inspect fuel inlet sock and fuel filter for obstruction.
Inspect internal fuel hose for leaks. If no issues are
found, replace fuel pump assembly.
6-50 94000396
ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS 6.15
1
2 3
See Figure 6-29 and Figure 6-30 (all other models similar). 10
The DTCs listed indicate a failure which requires replacement 4
of the ECM. Refer to Table 6-49.
9
NOTE 5
After replacing ECM, perform password learning procedure 8
using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650)
and clear DTCs.
7 6
1. DLC [91]
DTC DESCRIPTION 2. Fuse block [64]
P0603 ECM EEPROM memory error 3. Rear HO2S [137]
4. GND 1
P0605 ECM flash memory error
5. GND 2
DTC P0603 Test 7. Rear lighting [7]
1. Clear DTCs. 8. ECM [78-3] (BN)
9. ECM [78-2] (GY)
2. Turn IGN ON. 10. ECM [78-1] (BK)
3. Check DTCs. Figure 6-29. Under Seat: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
4. Did DTC reset? ed04000

2
1 3
DTC P0605 Test 9
4
1. Clear DTCs.
8
2. Attempt to program ECM using correct calibration.
3. Start engine. 7 5
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC reset? 6
2. BCM power [259]
4. BCM [242]
5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
94000396 6-51
5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS 6.16
See Figure 6-31, Figure 6-31 and Figure 6-32. The ECM
supplies 5V to the TGS, JSS, TCA and VSS from [78-2]
2
terminal 9. These sensors may have individual codes along
with this code since they all share the 5V reference circuit. 1
7
• DTC P0641 is displayed when sensor power-1 is out of
range. The 5V sensor power-1 circuit supplies the TCA,
3
VSS, JSS and sensor 2 of the TGS with a 5V reference 6
signal.
4
• DTC P0651 is displayed when sensor power-2 is out of
range. The 5V sensor power-2 circuit supplies the TMAP
sensor and sensor 1 of the TGS with a 5V reference signal.
5
ed03994 1. Horn [122] FXSB
1
2 2. Front HCU [254]
3. Front HO2S [138]
4. CKP [79]
5. JSS [133]
7. Oil pressure switch [120]
3 4 5
Figure 6-33. Front of Engine: Typical
7
DTC DESCRIPTION
P0641 5V reference out of range
6 P0651 5V reference 2 out of range
Any of these conditions will set these DTCs:
3. TMAP [80] • Short to ground on the 5V sensor power circuit.
4. TCA [211]
5. Ignition coil [83] • Short to voltage on the 5V sensor power circuit.
6. Horn [122] • VSS fault or malfunction.
7. ET sensor [90]
• TMAP sensor fault or malfunction.
• TCA fault or malfunction.
ed03996
1 • JSS (HDI) fault or malfunction.
2
• TGS fault or malfunction.
3
8 4 diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
7 5 (Page A-1).
6

7. VSS [65]
8. Rear HCU [255]
6-52 94000396
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCA fault or malfunction
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX JSS (HDI) fault or malfunction
1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Table 6-51. DTC P0641 Diagnostic Faults 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
POSSIBLE CAUSES and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between
wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], and ECM
Short to ground on the 5V sensor power circuit
Short to voltage on the 5V sensor power circuit (Page 1-14).
VSS fault or malfunction 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
TGS fault or malfunction is in position on BOB.
4. Turn IGN ON.
94000396 6-53
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 6. Circuit Short to Ground Test
1. Disconnect ECM from BOB.
and ground.
6. Is voltage between 4-6V?
a. Yes. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/W) wire.
b. No, greater than 6V. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) b. No. Go to Test 7.
wire.
c. No, less than 4V. Go to Test 2. 7. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test
2. TCA Test 2. Is continuity present?
1. Turn IGN OFF.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/W) and (BK/W) wires.
b. No. Replace ECM.
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and terminal DTC P0651
7.
5. Is voltage less than 4V?
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
b. No. Replace TCA. HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
3. TGS Power Circuit Below Range Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Disconnect TGS [204].
Short to ground on the 5V sensor power circuit
3. Turn IGN ON.
Short to voltage on the 5V sensor power circuit
TMAP sensor fault or malfunction
TGS fault or malfunction
b. No. Replace TGS. 1. 5V Sensor Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. VSS Circuit Below Range Test 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
1. Turn IGN OFF. and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between
2. Disconnect VSS [65]. [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
3. Turn IGN ON. (Page 1-14).
4. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminals 9 and 10. 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
4. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes, with JSS. Go to Test 5.
b. Yes, without JSS. Go to Test 6. HD-41404), test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 18
c. No. Replace VSS. and ground.
6. Is voltage between 4-6V?
5. JSS Circuit Below Range Test a. Yes. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
1. Turn IGN OFF. TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
2. Disconnect JSS [133]. b. No. Greater than 6V. Repair short to voltage on (R/GY)
wire.
3. Turn IGN ON.
5. Is voltage less than 4V? 2. TGS Circuit Below Range Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Replace JSS. 2. Disconnect TGS [204].
3. Turn IGN ON.
6-54 94000396
b. No. Replace TGS.
3. TMAP Power Circuit Below Range Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Replace TMAP sensor.
4. Circuit Short to Ground Test

1. Disconnect ECM from BOB.
2. Test continuity between BOB [78-3] terminal 18 and
ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/GY) wire.
5. Circuit Shorted to Sensor Ground Circuit Test

a. Yes. Repair short between (R/GY) and (BK/GY) wires.
b. No. Replace ECM.
94000396 6-55
DTC P1009 6.17
GENERAL ed04000

1 3
Password Problem 9
4
The ECM and BCM exchange passwords during operation. An
incorrect password will set a DTC. If any U-codes exist, 8
troubleshoot the higher priority codes prior to performing the
tests in this section. Refer to Table 1-12. 7 5
NOTE
Vehicle will not start if BCM is disconnected. 6
Table 6-53. Code Description 1. Purge solenoid [95]

2. BCM power [259]
DTC DESCRIPTION 3. Security siren [142]
P1009 VTD disabled fuel due to bad password 4. BCM [242]
5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
ed03999
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
2 9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
Diagnostic Tips
6 3 This code will usually appear after replacing the ECM or BCM.
New modules must be programmed using DIGITAL
TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650). After parts are
programmed and matched correctly for specific vehicle, clear
5 4 codes.
DTC P1009
1. Purge solenoid [95] PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
2. BCM power [259]
3. BCM [242]
4. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166] POSSIBLE CAUSES
Figure 6-35. Front of Rear Tire: Except FXSB ECM malfunction
BCM malfunction
1. Incorrect Password Test

HD-48650), attempt to calibrate the ECM using the module
replace feature found in vehicle set up.
2. Clear DTCs.
3. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC reset?
2. BCM Replacement Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Replace BCM.
6-56 94000396
3. Attempt to calibrate the BCM using the module replace
feature found in vehicle set-up.
4. Clear DTCs.
5. Turn IGN OFF.
6. Check DTCs.
7. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. Install original BCM and replace ECM.
94000396 6-57
DTC P1270 6.18
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

TGS2 Validation
Within the ECM, there are two independent Analog/Digital (A/D)
converter modules used to validate the input of Twist Grip
Sensor 2 (TGS2). TGS2 inputs are sent into both converter
modules and if the output of the two readings are not within
the designated value of each other for a specified time, then
DTC P1270 fault is initiated.
Unless the ECM has a poor or intermittent connection, DTC

P1270 indicates the ECM is defective and requires
replacement.
NOTE
After replacing the ECM, perform password learning procedure
using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650)
and clear codes.

DTC DESCRIPTION
P1270 TGS 2 A/D validation error
DTC P1270

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECM internal fault
1. DTC P1270 Test

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Turn IGN ON.
3. Check DTCs.
4. Did DTC reset?
6-58 94000396
COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY DIAGNOSTICS 6.19
See Figure 6-37. A feedback voltage signal in the secondary

ignition circuit (terminal B) detects the presence of combustion
each time a cylinder fires on ECM [78-1] terminal 9. For 4
diagnostic purposes, this signal is only analyzed at high speed
and load conditions where it may be easily measured. Failure 3
to detect combustion at high speed and load means one of
following conditions is true:
2
• Cylinder is truly misfiring.
• There is a lack of continuity in the ignition coil secondary
1
circuit.
NOTE
• Check for non-OE spark plugs and cables before testing.
1. Terminal A: power
The incorrect resistance values of non-OE components will
2. Terminal B: ion sense
set these DTCs.
3. Terminal C: rear coil
• Make sure vehicle is running properly before performing the 4. Terminal D: front coil
tests in this section. Perform fuel pressure tests if required. Figure 6-37. Ignition Coil: Typical
Table 6-57. Code Description Connector Information

DTC DESCRIPTION For additional information about the connectors in the following
P1353 No combustion detected (front) diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
(Page A-1).
P1356 No combustion detected (rear)
94000396 6-59
em01952 [242A] [242B]
[78B-3] [78A-3]
ECM

[95A] [95B] 10 10 Ground (GY)
BK/GN
BK/GN 10 10 Ground
R/GN
GN/Y
[138B] [138A]
[78B-1] [78A-1]
LGN/BN
GN/BE
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GN
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
R/GN
R/GN
GN/Y
BK/GN
A B C D [83B]
[84B] A B [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 [85B] A B
A B C D [83A]
[84A] A B [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 [85A] A B
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
GND 1
System Power
Front Injector
System Power
Front ACR
System Power
Rear ACR
System Power
Rear Injector


DTC P1353, P1356 b. No. Go to Test 2.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 2. Ion Sense Continuity Test

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE [78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
Table 6-58. DTC P1353, P1356 Diagnostic Faults 2. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
POSSIBLE CAUSES is in position on BOB.
Fuel system problems 3. Disconnect ignition coil [83].

Open or short to voltage in signal circuit 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-41404), test continuity between [83B] terminal B
Spark plug wire connections faulty
(LGN/BN) wire and BOB [78-1] terminal 9.
Spark plug cables
Spark plug
1. Absence of Fuel Test b. No. Repair open in (LGN/BN) wire.
1. Verify vehicle has fuel.
2. Has vehicle run out of fuel recently?
3. Ion Sense Short to Voltage Test
1. Connect [78A-1] and [78A-2].
a. Yes. Clear DTCs. Fill with fresh fuel and restart. If code
returns, then continue with tests. Go to Test 2. 2. Turn IGN ON.
6-60 94000396
3. Test voltage between [83B] terminal B (LGN/BN) wire and
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (LGN/BN) wire.
4. Spark Plug Cable Test

1. Disconnect spark plug cables.
2. Inspect spark plug cables for carbon tracking or loose
connections.
3. Test resistance of the spark plug cables.
4. Is resistance within specifications? Refer to Table 1-5.
b. No. Replace out of range spark plug cable.
5. Ignition Rear Coil Primary Resistance Test

1. Test resistance between [83A] terminals A and C.
2. Is resistance 0.3-1.5 ohms?
6. Ignition Front Coil Primary Resistance Test

1. Test resistance between [83A] terminals A and D.
2. Is resistance 0.3-1.5 ohms?
7. Ion Sense Coil Resistance Test

1. Test resistance between [83A] terminal B to front coil
secondary output tower. Repeat test for rear output tower.
2. Is resistance within specifications?
a. Yes. FXSB (1200-1800 ohms). Go to Test 8.
b. Yes. Except FXSB (2700-3800 ohms). Go to Test 8.
c. No. Replace ignition coil.
8. Ignition Coil Secondary Resistance Test

1. Test resistance across ignition coil front and rear
secondary output towers.
9. Coil Internal Short Test

1. Test continuity between [83A] terminals A and B.
a. Yes. Replace ignition coil.
b. No. Replace spark plugs and spark plug cables.
94000396 6-61
JSS DIAGNOSTICS 6.20
See Figure 6-39. The jiffy stand sensor (JSS) uses a Hall-effect
sensor to monitor jiffy stand position.
2
• When the jiffy stand is fully retracted the sensor picks up 1
the presence of the metal tab mounted to the jiffy stand. 7
The metal tab is moved away from the sensor as the jiffy
stand is extended.
3
• When the jiffy stand is extended the engine will only start 6
and run if the BCM determines the transmission is in neutral.
4
This is done by monitoring the neutral switch input to the
BCM and communicating that input over the CAN bus circuit
to the ECM.
5
The JSS is powered and monitored by the ECM. The ECM
1. Horn [122] FXSB
supplies the 5V reference to the JSS. The JSS sends a signal
2. Front HCU [254]
back to the ECM. This signal is used by the ECM to determine
3. Front HO2S [138]
when the jiffy stand is retracted or extended. The JSS is
4. CKP [79]
grounded through the ECM.
5. JSS [133]
The JSS also has a Fail Enable Mode. This mode allows the 6. Voltage regulator [78]
engine to start and run if the system recognizes a problem with 7. Oil pressure switch [120]
the JSS circuit. When a problem exists or if the transmission Figure 6-39. Front of Engine: Typical
is put in gear with the jiffy stand extended the odometer will
display "SIdE Stand." DTC P1501 or P1502 will set if the JSS Diagnostic Tips
circuits are out of range.
NOTE for corrosion or backed out terminals and repair as required.
The ECM supplies 5V reference voltage to the VSS, TPS and
MAP sensors in addition to the JSS. Problems on the 5V Connector Information
reference will cause other DTCs.
Table 6-59. Code Description (Page A-1).
DTC DESCRIPTION
P1501 JSS low
P1502 JSS high/open
6-62 94000396
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

DTC P1501 DTC P1502
Table 6-60. DTC P1501 Diagnostic Faults PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Signal Wire Shorted to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. Table 6-61. DTC P1502 Diagnostic Faults
2. Disconnect JSS [133]. POSSIBLE CAUSES
3. Test continuity between [133B] terminal 2 (LGN/GY) wire Short to voltage in signal circuit
and ground. Open ground
4. Is continuity present? Short between 5V reference circuit and signal circuit
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (LGN/GY) wire. Open in signal circuit
b. No. Replace JSS.
94000396 6-63
1. JSS Ground Wire Test Table 6-62. Side Stand Displayed on Speedometer Dia-
gnostic Faults
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect JSS [133]. POSSIBLE CAUSES
Jiffy stand is down
HD-41404), test resistance between [133B] terminal 3 and Jiffy stand out of adjustment
ground. Open 5V sensor power wire
1. Starts, Then Stalls Test
1. Start engine.
2. Does engine start and stall?
2. Signal Wire Short to Voltage Test a. Yes. See STARTS, THEN STALLS (Page 6-100).
2. Test voltage between [133B] terminal 2 (LGN/GY) wire
and ground. 2. Neutral Test
3. Is voltage greater than 5V? 1. Verify transmission is in neutral.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (LGN/GY) wire. 2. Is neutral indicator on?
b. No. See INDICATOR LAMPS (Page 4-11).
3. 5V Reference and Signal Shorted Together
Test
3. JSS Clearance Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Inspect JSS and jiffy stand for correct mounting and
2. Disconnect ECM [78-1] and [78-2]. clearance to jiffy stand tab.
3. Test continuity between [133B] terminals 1 (R/W) wire and 2. Is clearance less than 0.18 in (4.5 mm)?
2 (LGN/GY) wire.
b. No. Install JSS and jiffy stand correctly.
a. Yes. Repair short between (R/W) and (LGN/GY) wires.
b. No. Go to Test 4. 4. 5V Reference Open Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Signal Wire Open Circuit Test
2. Disconnect JSS [133].
(Page 1-14).
(Page 1-14).
terminal 2 (LGN/GY) wire.
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 9 and [133B] terminal 1 (R/W) wire.
a. Yes. Replace JSS. 6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
b. No. Repair open on (LGN/GY) wire. a. Yes. Replace JSS.
b. No. Repair open on (R/W) wire.
SIDE STAND DISPLAYED ON
SPEEDOMETER

6-64 94000396
ETC MANAGEMENT DIAGNOSTICS 6.21
Throttle Control Actuator Management

The ECM constantly monitors throttle actuation and throttle
plate positioning. Several features are programmed into the
ECM to limit performance when an error or fault in throttle
actuation is detected. These DTCs always accompany another
code. Refer to Table 6-63.

DTC DESCRIPTION
P1510 ETC limited performance mode
P1511 ETC power management mode
P1512 ETC forced idle mode
Performance limitations are identified by code, as follows:
• P1510 Limited Performance: Enables near normal

operation of the vehicle, guarding against inadvertent wide
open throttle conditions. Typically this code is the result if
one of the TGS or TP sensors, or one of each, has failed.
• P1511 Power Management: Provides more limitation on
driveability, due to failure of the TCA, without a TGS, TMAP
or airflow faults. The TCA is de-energized and the throttle
plate returns to its idle detent position. The ECM monitors
the operation of the TGS and adjusts the spark advance
and cylinder shutoff/rev limiting, allowing the vehicle to reach
traffic speeds (limp-home).
• P1512 Forced Idle Mode: Provides extreme limitation of
driveability, due to a failure of both TGS, TGS validation
error or failure of one TGS and the brake switch. The TCA
is de-energized and the throttle plate is forced to a fast idle
position providing enough torque to operate at a high idle
speed.
DTC P1510, P1511, P1512
Table 6-64. DTC P1510, P1511, P1512 Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Other DTCs set
1. DTC Verification Test

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start and run engine for a few seconds.
3. Cycle the engine on and off, for a few seconds each time
a total of three times.
4. Did DTC P1510, P1511 or P1512 set with no other DTCs?
b. No, other DTCs set. Refer to Table 1-12.
c. No, no DTCs set. DTC was properly cleared.
94000396 6-65
ETC ERROR DIAGNOSTICS 6.22
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION DTC P1600
Air Flow Fault Table 6-67. DTC P1600 Diagnostic Faults
The ECM uses the TMAP sensor to monitor air flow past the POSSIBLE CAUSES
throttle plate. This ensures proper throttle plate positioning Other DTCs set
when the throttle is released and allowed to return to the
unpowered position. The unpowered position is typically 7% 1. DTC Verification Test
of throttle plate range.
1. Clear DTCs.
In order to avoid inconsistent readings at low rpm (or at idle),
testing air flow is only performed at engine speeds above 2. Start and run the engine for a few seconds.
normal idle (10% of throttle plate range or approximately 1300 3. Cycle engine on and off, for a few seconds each time a
rpm). total of three times.
The ECM compares the intake manifold pressure value from 4. Did DTC P1600 set with no other DTCs?
the TMAP to the throttle plate position value from the TPS.
DTC P1514 sets if the manifold pressure is higher than it should
be for that given throttle plate position. If a TMAP sensor error b. No, other DTCs set. Refer to Table 1-12.
is present, then the ECM does not check P1514 parameters
and instead P2105 (forced shutdown mode) is initiated, shutting
down the fuel pump and fuel injectors. See DTC P2105, P2107
(Page 6-74). The ECM only checks for DTC P1514 if power
management mode (DTC P1511) is present.
The ECM uses a main microprocessor and a monitoring

microcontroller to communicate with the throttle actuation
control system.
The microcontroller monitors the main microprocessor of the

ECM. When a communication failure is identified, the
microcontroller shuts down the TCA and fuel injectors.
An internal ignition delay timer monitors when the ignition circuit

is energized. The microcontroller issues DTC P1600 if no
communication is established between the main microprocessor
or if a monitoring failure occurs within three consecutive ignition
cycles.

DTC DESCRIPTION
P1514 TCA airflow error
P1600 TCA internal error
DTC P1514

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Other DTCs set

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start and run the engine for a few seconds.
3. Cycle engine on and off, for a few seconds each time a
total of three times.
4. Did DTC P1514 set with no other DTCs?
6-66 94000396
ACR DIAGNOSTICS 6.23
[203FA] [203FB]
See Figure 6-41. When open, compressed gases are released
through the exhaust port. The automatic compression release Front System Power BK A A R/GN
(ACR) is opened and closed by the ECM to assist starting. ACR ACR BK B B LGN/R

DTC DESCRIPTION [203RA] [203RB]
P1655 ACR solenoid low/open Rear System Power BK A A R/GN

ACR ACR BK B B LGN/R
P1656 ACR solenoid shorted high
ed03993
2 3
Main Harness R/GN
1
[78A-2] [78B-2]
4 5
ACR Enable 4 4 LGN/R
10 Figure 6-42. ACR Circuit

6 DTC P1655
9 8 7 PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
1. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB) HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT
2. Fuel pump [141] HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
4. TGS [204]
5. Front turn [31R] HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
6. Front turn [31] HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
7. RHCM [22-2]
8. RHCM [22-1] Table 6-69. DTC P1655 Diagnostic Faults
9. Rear ACR [203R]
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACR solenoid malfunction
Figure 6-41. Under Fuel Tank Right Side
Open in ACR control circuit
Connector Information Open in system power circuit
For additional information about the connectors in the following Short to ground in ACR control circuit
(Page A-1). 1. Front ACR Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect front ACR [203F].
3. Connect FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER:
HD-34730-2E).
4. Crank engine for 5 seconds.
5. Does the test light flash on and off?
b. No, test light stays on steady. Go to Test 4.
c. No, did not stay on steady. Go to Test 6.
2. Rear ACR Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000396 6-67
3. Connect FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER: 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
HD-34730-2E). and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to
5. Does the test light flash on and off? (Page 1-14).
a. Yes. Replace front and rear ACR solenoids. 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
3. Rear ACR Control Circuit Test 4 and [203FB] terminal 2 (LGN/R) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect test light.
b. No. Repair open in (LGN/R) wire.
HD-41404), test resistance between [203FB] terminal 1
(R/GN) wire and [203RB] terminal 1 (R/GN) wire.
8. Power Circuit Continuity Test
a. Yes. Repair open in (LGN/R) wire.
terminal 1 (R/GN) wire.
4. Front ACR Control Circuit Short to Ground
Test b. No. Repair open in (R/GN) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC P1656
2. Disconnect ECM [78-2].
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
HD-41404), test continuity between [203FB] terminal 2 HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT
(LGN/R) wire and ground. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
b. No. Replace ECM.
Short to voltage in ACR control circuit
5. Rear ACR Control Circuit Short to Ground ACR solenoid malfunction

Test
1. Front ACR Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test continuity between [203FB] terminal 2 (LGN/R) wire
and ground. 2. Disconnect front ACR [203F].
3. Is continuity present? 3. Connect FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT (PART NUMBER:

HD-34730-2E).
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (LGN/R) wire.
b. No. Replace front and rear ACR.
5. Does test light flash on and off?
6. Shorted ACR Test a. Yes. Go to Test 2.

2. Rear ACR Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Does the test light flash on and off?
a. Yes. Replace front and rear ACR.
3. Disconnect test light from [203F].
4. Connect test light to [203R].
7. ACR Control Circuit Continuity Test 5. Crank engine for 5 seconds.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 6. Does test light flash on and off?

a. Yes. Replace front and rear ACR.
6-68 94000396
3. Rear ACR Control Circuit Test
1. Disconnect test light.
2. While cranking engine, using TEST CONNECTOR KIT
(PART NUMBER: HD-41404), test voltage between
[203RB] terminal 2 (LGN/R) wire and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (LGN/R) wire.
b. No. Replace ECM.
4. Front ACR Control Circuit Test

2. While cranking engine, using TEST CONNECTOR KIT
(PART NUMBER: HD-41404), test voltage between
[203FB] terminal 2 (LGN/R) wire and ground.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (LGN/R) wire.
b. No. Replace front and rear ACR.
94000396 6-69
ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS 6.24
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • P2102 TCA Motor Control Circuit Shorted Low: Indicates
the ECM identified that the drive motor is shorted to ground
The TCA contains two potentiometers (designated as TPS1 within the TCA drive motor circuit.
and TPS2) and an electric DC motor for controlling the • P2103 TCA Motor Control Circuit Shorted High: Indicates
actuation of the throttle. TPS1 and TPS2 are mounted in the the drive motor is shorted high within the TCA drive motor
TCA. They are connected to the keyed shaft for the throttle circuit.
plate and used to communicate the position of the throttle plate.
ed03994
Each TPS supplies input to the ECM in response to the 1
positioning of the throttle plate. The ECM activates the motor 2
in the TCA to move the throttle plate, based on signals from
the TGS.
See Figure 6-44. The TCA motor receives input (position data)
from the ECM connector [78-3] terminal 8 for electronic throttle
3 4 5
control - HI and terminal 9 for electronic throttle control - LOW.
The TCA motor drives a series of gears to rotate the position
of the throttle plate. Refer to Table 6-71 for DTCs associated 7
with TCA drive motor.

DTC DESCRIPTION 6
P2100 ETC driver open circuit 1. Front fuel injector [84]
P2101 ETC actuation error 2. Rear fuel injector [85]
3. TMAP [80]
P2102 ETC driver shorted low 4. TCA [211]
P2103 ETC driver shorted high 5. Ignition coil [83]
6. Horn [122]
• P2100 TCA Motor Circuit Open: Indicates the ECM 7. ET sensor [90]
identified an open load fault for the TCA motor driver. Figure 6-43. Engine: Except FXSB
• P2101 TCA Motor Circuit Range/Performance: Indicates
the actual position of the throttle plate is out of range from Connector Information
the commanded throttle plate position. For additional information about the connectors in the following
(Page A-1).
6-70 94000396
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

DTC P2100 1. TCA Test
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1],
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX [78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE TOOLS (Page 1-14).
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 2. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
POSSIBLE CAUSES HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminals
8 and 9.
Open in throttle actuator control circuit high
Open in throttle actuator control circuit low 4. Is resistance greater than 10 ohms?
b. No. Perform wiggle test. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19). If
resistance is below 10 ohms, replace ECM.
94000396 6-71
2. TCA High Circuit Test b. No. Replace TCA.
3. TCA High Circuit Test
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 1. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 8 and [211B]
8 and TCA [211B] terminal 3. terminal 3.
3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
b. No. Repair open in (GN/O) wire. b. No. Repair open in (GN/O) wire.
3. TCA Low Circuit Test 4. TCA Low Circuit Test

1. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 9 and TCA 1. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 9 and [211B]
[211B] terminal 2. terminal 2.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Replace TCA. a. Yes. Replace ECM.
b. No. Repair open in (GY/O) wire. b. No. Repair open in (GY/O) wire.
DTC P2101 DTC P2102
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in throttle actuator control circuit low
Short to ground in throttle actuator control circuit high
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short between throttle actuator control circuits 1. TCA High Circuit Test
Open in throttle actuator control circuit high 1. Turn IGN OFF.
Open in throttle actuator control circuit low 2. Disconnect TCA [211].
1. TCA Circuit Resistance Test HD-41404), test resistance between [211B] terminal 3 and
1. Turn IGN OFF. ground.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 4. Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms?
[78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC b. No. Repair short to ground in (GN/O) wire.
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) 2. TCA Test
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminals
8 and 9. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/O) wire.
5. Is resistance less than 2 ohms? b. No. Replace TCA.
DTC P2103
2. TCA Test HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
1. Disconnect TCA [211]. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
terminal 9. HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY

a. Yes. Repair short between the (GN/O) and (GY/O)
wires.
6-72 94000396
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to ground in throttle actuator control circuit low
Short to ground in throttle actuator control circuit high
1. TCA High Circuit Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
TOOLS (Page 1-14).
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminal
16 and [78-3] terminal 8.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/O) and (R/GN) wires.
2. TCA Low Circuit Test

terminal 9.
a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/O) and (R/GN) wires.
b. No. Replace ECM.
94000396 6-73
DTC P2105, P2107 6.25
The ECM sets DTC P2105 and provides a forced shut down
of the engine when the performance of the TCA cannot be
verified.
Initially, the ECM commands the fuel pump and fuel injectors
to be disabled until the actual fault is cleared.
The ECM sets DTC P2107 to identify an internal

over-temperature shutdown or a power supply failure. Refer
to Table 6-76.

DTC DESCRIPTION
P2105 ETC forced shutdown mode
P2107 ETC driver internal error
DTC P2105, P2107
Table 6-77. DTC P2105, P2107 Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Internal ECM fault

1. Clear DTCs.
2. Start and run the engine for 30 seconds.
3. Check DTCs.
4. Did DTC P2105 set with no other DTCs?
6-74 94000396
DTC P2119 6.26
The ECM sets DTC P2119 when it determines the throttle plate
does not return to the correct de-energized position. This error
primarily indicates there may be non-electrical conditions which
affect the throttle body range/performance. Refer to Table 6-78.

DTC DESCRIPTION
P2119 ETC actuator return error
This DTC may have the following conditions:
• Something may be physically interfering with the throttle

plate operation such as foreign material, debris, physical
obstruction or loosely/improperly mounted throttle plate.
• Damaged or inoperative throttle plate return spring.
• Defective mechanical component(s) internal to the TCA.
DTC P2119

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Mechanical interference
1. Air Inlet Interference Test

1. Inspect air inlet. Check for foreign debris and/or mechanical
interference to the throttle plate.
2. Were any issues found?
b. No. Replace induction module.
2. Validation Test
1. Clear inlet. Check throttle plate movement.
2. Clear DTCs.
3. Start the engine and operate the throttle.
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC P2119 set?
a. Yes. Replace induction module.
b. No. Repair complete.
94000396 6-75
TGS DIAGNOSTICS 6.27
1
The TGS is an electronic assembly that replaces the 2
conventional cable operated throttle. Two opposing Hall-effect
sensors transmit signals to the ECM. The ECM uses these
signals to determine the desired throttle plate position. The
ECM controls the motor in the TCA to move the throttle plate 7
to the desired position. 3 4
The TGS receives a 5V reference signal from the ECM. As the 6
throttle plate is opened the TGS1 signal voltage increases and
TGS2 signal voltage decreases. By design, the sum of the
voltages when measured for both TGS1 and TGS2 should
equal approximately 5.0V. If the sum of these voltages is not
5
5.0V, then DTCs are set for TGS1 and/or TGS2.
The ECM monitors and controls the TCA system and generates 1. Front fuel injector [84]
DTCs when errors are reported by the ECM. Refer to Table 2. Rear fuel injector [85]
6-80. 3. TMAP [80]
4. TCA [211]
Table 6-80. Code Description 5. Ignition coil [83]
6. ET sensor [90]
DTC DESCRIPTION
7. Ignition switch [33]
P2122 TGS1 low/open
Figure 6-46. Engine: FXSB
P2123 TGS1 high
P2127 TGS2 low/open Connector Information
P2128 TGS2 high For additional information about the connectors in the following
(Page A-1).
ed03994
1
2
3 4 5
7
6
3. TMAP [80]
4. TCA [211]
6. Horn [122]
7. ET sensor [90]
6-76 94000396
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

DTC P2122 NOTE
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 1. Power Open Test
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1],
[78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected.
Open in TGS-1 circuit
Short to ground in TGS-1 circuit 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
94000396 6-77
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 4. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 7 and [78-1]
HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal terminal 10.
9 and [204A] terminal 1 (R/W).
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/W).
b. No. Replace TGS.
b. No. Repair open in (R/W).
7. Power Short to Ground Test
2. Signal Open Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and [78-1]
terminal 2 (GN/W).
terminal 10.
b. No. Repair open in (GN/W).
3. Signal Short to Ground Test 8. Sensor Short to Ground Test

terminal 10.
terminal 10.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/W).
b. No. Replace TGS.
4. Ground Short to Voltage Test
9. TCA Short to Ground Test
2. Connect [204].
3. Turn IGN ON.
4. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 7 and [78-1] terminal 10.
terminal 10.
a. Yes, with JSS. Go to Test 10.
b. Yes without JSS. Go to Test 11.
c. No. Replace TCA.
5. ECM Ground Short to Voltage Test 10. JSS Short to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Disconnect JSS [131].
2. Disconnect [78B-2].
3. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER: terminal 10.
B-50085), remove terminal 7 (BK/W) wire from ECM
harness connector [78B-2].
4. Connect [78B-2].
b. No. Replace JSS.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Test voltage between extracted terminal 7 and BOB [78-1]
terminal 10.
11. VSS Short to Ground Test
terminal 10.
b. No. Replace ECM.
6. TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test
b. No. Replace VSS.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
12. ECM Short to Ground Test
3. Turn IGN ON.
6-78 94000396
2. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and [78-1] Table 6-82. DTC P2123 Diagnostic Faults
terminal 10.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in sensor signal
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/W) wire. Short to voltage in sensor power
b. No. Replace ECM.
NOTE
13. DTC Test Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper
1. Clear DTCs. terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged
2. Turn IGN OFF, wait 1 minute. harnesses when disconnecting any connector.
3. Start vehicle and operate throttle.

1. Power Short to Voltage Test
4. Check DTCs.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
5. Did DTC return?
a. Yes. Go to Test 14. and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring
b. No. Issue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test. harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], and ECM [78A-1],
[78A-2] and [78A-3].
14. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
terminal 10. 4. Turn IGN ON.
2. Is voltage greater than 4.6V? 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
a. Yes. Go to Test 15. and 10.
b. No. Replace ECM. 6. Is voltage greater than 6.0V?
15. Signal Voltage Test
terminal 10.
2. ECM Power Short to Voltage Test
2. Slowly turn throttle to wide open position and observe
voltage. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Does voltage steadily increase to greater than 4.5V? 2. Disconnect [78B-2].
a. Yes. Go to Test 16. 3. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER:

B-50085), remove terminal 9 (R/W) wire from ECM harness
b. No. Replace TGS. connector [78B-2].
4. Connect [78B-2].
16. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test
5. Turn IGN ON.
1. Turn IGN OFF, wait 1 minute.
2. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 7 and [78-1] terminal 10.
terminal 10.
a. Yes. Replace TGS.
b. No. Replace ECM.
b. No. Replace ECM.
DTC P2123 3. TGS-1 Power Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 2. Disconnect [78B-2].
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR
3. Insert extracted terminal 9 back into [78B-2].
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 4. Connect [78B-2].
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 5. Disconnect TGS [204].
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 6. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/W).
94000396 6-79
b. No. Go to Test 7. 2. Is voltage greater than 4.6V?
4. Signal Short to Voltage Test b. No. Replace ECM.
terminal 10.
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. terminal 10.
b. No. Issue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test. 2. Slowly turn throttle to wide open position and observe
voltage.
5. ECM Signal Short to Voltage Test 3. Does voltage steadily increase to greater than 4.5V?
2. Disconnect [78B-3]. b. No. Replace TGS.
3. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER:
B-50085), remove terminal 13 (GN/W) wire from ECM 10. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test
4. Connect [78B-2].
5. Turn IGN ON. terminal 10.
6. Test voltage between extracted terminal 13 and BOB [78-2] 3. Is resistance less than 1.0 ohm?
terminal 10.
b. No. Replace ECM.
b. No. Replace ECM. DTC P2127

6. TGS-1 Signal Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
2. Disconnect [78B-3]. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
3. Insert extracted terminal 13 back into [78B-3]. HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE
4. Connect [78B-3].
5. Disconnect TGS [204]. Table 6-83. DTC P2127 Diagnostic Faults
6. Turn IGN ON. POSSIBLE CAUSES
7. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 13 and [78-1] Open in TGS-2 circuit
terminal 10. Short to ground in TGS-2 circuit
NOTE
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GN/W).
b. No. Go to Test 7. mating, inoperative locks, improperly formed or damaged
7. DTC Test
1. Clear DTCs.
1. Power Open Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Check DTCs. and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring
5. Did DTC return? harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1],
[78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected.
b. No. Issue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test. is in position on BOB.
8. ECM 5V Sensor Power Test
1. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and [78-1] HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal
terminal 10. 18 and [204A] terminal 4 (R/GY).
6-80 94000396
6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 5. Is voltage greater than 1.0V?
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (BK/GY).
b. No. Repair open in (R/GY). b. No. Replace TGS.
2. Signal Open Test 7. Power Short to Ground Test

1. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 14 and [204A] 1. Turn IGN OFF.
terminal 5 (GY/W).
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? terminal 10.
a. Yes. Go to Test 3. 3. Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
b. No. Repair open in (GY/W). a. Yes. Go to Test 8.
3. Signal Short to Ground Test
1. Test continuity between BOB [78-3] terminal 14 and [78-1] 8. Sensor Short to Ground Test
terminal 10.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/W). terminal 10.
b. No. Go to Test 4. 3. Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
4. Ground Short to Voltage Test b. No. Replace TGS.
2. Connect [204]. 9. TMAP Short to Ground Test
3. Turn IGN ON. 1. Disconnect TMAP [80].
4. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 27 and [78-1] 2. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 18 and [78-1]
terminal 10. terminal 10.
5. Is voltage greater than 1.0V? 3. Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
b. No. Go to Test 7. b. No. Replace TMAP.
5. ECM Ground Short to Voltage Test 10. ECM Short to Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Disconnect [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3].
2. Disconnect [78B-3]. 2. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 18 and [78-1]
terminal 10.
B-50085), remove terminal 17 (BK/GY) wire from ECM 3. Is resistance less than 200 ohms?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (R/GY) wire.
4. Connect [78B-3].
b. No. Replace ECM.
5. Turn IGN ON.
6. Test voltage between extracted terminal 17 and BOB [78-1] 11. DTC Test
terminal 10.
1. Clear DTCs.
b. No. Replace ECM.
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC return?
6. TGS-1 Ground Short to Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Issue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test.
3. Turn IGN ON.
terminal 10.
terminal 10.
94000396 6-81
2. Is voltage greater than 4.6V? 6. Is voltage greater than 6.0V?
b. No. Replace ECM. b. No. Go to Test 4.
13. Signal Voltage Test 2. ECM Power Short to Voltage Test

1. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 14 and [78-1] 1. Turn IGN OFF.
terminal 10.
voltage.
B-50085), remove terminal 18 (R/GY) wire from ECM
3. Does voltage steadily decrease to less than 0.5V? harness connector [78B-3].
a. Yes. Go to Test 14. 4. Connect [78B-3].
b. No. Replace TGS. 5. Turn IGN ON.
14. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test terminal 10.
1. Turn IGN OFF, wait 1 minute. 7. Is voltage greater than 5.0V?
2. Test resistance between BOB [78-3] terminal 17 and [78-1] a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
terminal 10.
b. No. Replace ECM.
a. Yes. Replace TGS. 3. TGS-2 Power Short to Voltage Test
b. No. Replace ECM. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
DTC P2128
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 4. Connect [78B-3].
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR 5. Disconnect TGS [204].
6. Turn IGN ON.
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 7. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 18 and ground.
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 8. Is voltage greater than 6.0V?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (R/GY).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Short to voltage in sensor signal
4. Signal Short to Voltage Test
Short to voltage in sensor power
terminal 10.
NOTE
Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper 2. Is voltage greater than 6.0V?
harnesses when disconnecting any connector. b. No. Issue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test.
1. Power Short to Voltage Test 5. ECM Signal Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) 2. Disconnect [78B-3].

and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring 3. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER:
harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], and ECM [78A-1], B-50085), remove terminal 14 (GY/W) wire from ECM
[78A-2] and [78A-3]. harness connector [78B-3].
3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P) 4. Connect [78B-3].
5. Turn IGN ON.
4. Turn IGN ON.
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: terminal 10.
and [78-1] terminal 10. 7. Is voltage greater than 6.0V?
6-82 94000396
b. No. Replace ECM.
6. TGS-2 Signal Short to Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Connect [78B-3].
6. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GY/W).
7. DTC Test
1. Clear DTCs.
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC return?
b. No. Issue could be intermittent. Perform wiggle test.

terminal 10.
b. No. Replace ECM.

terminal 10.
voltage.
3. Does voltage steadily decrease to less than 0.5V?
b. No. Replace TGS.
10. ECM 5V Sensor Ground Test

terminal 10.
b. No. Replace ECM.
94000396 6-83
CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS 6.28
1
The ECM sets DTCs when it determines that a correlation error 2
exists for either the TP sensor or the TGS.
The two TP sensors work opposite of each other. As the throttle

plate opens, TPS1 voltage ranges from 0.0-5.0V, while TPS2 7
voltage ranges from 5.0-0.0V. The sum of the two TPS voltages 3 4
should always measure approximately 5.0V.
The two TGSs work the same way. As the TGS is opened, 6
TGS1 voltage increases and TGS2 voltage decreases. The
sum of these two voltages should always measure
approximately 5.0V. If either component fails to correlate the
proper voltage or has out-of-range voltage conditions, the ECM 5
will set a DTC. Refer to Table 6-85.
Table 6-85. Code Description 2. Rear fuel injector [85]
3. TMAP [80]
DTC DESCRIPTION
4. TCA [211]
P2135 TPS correlation error 5. Ignition coil [83]
P2138 TGS correlation error 6. ET sensor [90]
7. Ignition switch [33]
Figure 6-49. Engine: FXSB
ed03994
1
2 ed03993
3
2
1
3 4 5 4 5
7
10
6 6
1. Front fuel injector [84] 9 8 7

2. Rear fuel injector [85] 1. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB)
3. TMAP [80] 2. Fuel pump [141]
4. TCA [211] 3. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB)
5. Ignition coil [83] 4. TGS [204]
6. Horn [122] 5. Front turn [31R]
7. ET sensor [90] 6. Front turn [31]
Figure 6-48. Engine: Except FXSB 7. RHCM [22-2]
8. RHCM [22-1]
9. Rear ACR [203R]
Figure 6-50. Under Fuel Tank Right Side
(Page A-1).
6-84 94000396
em01879 [242B] [242A]
BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

POSSIBLE CAUSES
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX Short to voltage in sensor power circuit
1. TPS-1 Resistance Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Table 6-86. DTC P2135 Diagnostic Faults 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
POSSIBLE CAUSES and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) to wiring
Short to ground in TPS-1 circuit TOOLS (Page 1-14).
Short to voltage in TPS-1 circuit 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
Open in TPS-2 circuit is in position on BOB.
Short to ground in TPS-2 circuit 4. Disconnect TCA [211].
94000396 6-85
5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: 8. TPS-1 Circuit Test
1. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminals 2 and [78-2]
2 and [211B] terminal 6.
terminal 7.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (R/W) wire.
2. TPS-1 Short to Ground Test

1. Connect [211].
terminal 7.
2. Clear DTCs.
3. Start vehicle. Operate throttle.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/V) wire.
4. Did DTC return?
3. TPS-1 Short to Voltage Test b. No. Operation normal.
terminal 9.
DTC P2138
a. Yes. Repair short between (GN/V) and (R/W) wires. HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
b. No. Go to Test 4. HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX
4. TPS-2 Continuity Test HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
1. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 15 and [211B] Table 6-87. DTC P2138 Diagnostic Faults
terminal 4.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or high resistance in TGS-1 circuit
Open or high resistance in TGS-2 circuit
b. No. Repair open in (GY/V) wire.
Open or high resistance in sensor ground 1
Open or high resistance in sensor ground 2
5. TPS-2 Short to Ground Test
1. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminals 15 and 7. NOTE
2. Is continuity present? Always inspect connectors for backed out terminals, improper
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/V) wire. terminals, poor terminal-to-wire connection and damaged
6. TPS-2 Short to Voltage Test 1. TGS-1 Signal Wire Resistance Test

1. Test continuity between BOB [78-2] terminals 15 and 9. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Is continuity present? 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)

a. Yes. Repair short between (GY/V) and (R/W) wires. harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1],
b. No. Go to Test 7. [78A-2] and [78A-3] disconnected.
7. TPS-2 Circuit Test is in position on BOB.
1. Connect [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. 4. Disconnect TGS [204].
2. Turn IGN ON. 5. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:

3. Test voltage between BOB [78-2] terminals 15 and 7. 13 and [204A] terminal 2.
4. Is voltage greater than 5.25V? 6. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (GY/V) wire. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Go to Test 8. b. No. Repair open in (GN/W).
6-86 94000396
2. TGS-1 Power Wire Resistance Test 9. DTC Test
1. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 9 and [204A] 1. Connect [204].
terminal 1.
2. Clear DTCs.
b. No. Repair open in (R/W).
5. Check DTCs.
6. Did DTC return?
3. TGS-1 Ground Wire Resistance Test
terminal 3. b. No. Operation normal.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/W).
4. TGS-2 Signal Wire Resistance Test

terminal 5.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 Ohm?
b. No. Repair open in (GY/W).
5. TGS-2 Power Wire Resistance Test

terminal 4.
b. No. Repair open in (R/GY).
6. TGS-2 Ground Wire Resistance Test

terminal 6.
b. No. Repair open in (BK/GY).
7. Sensor Ground 1 Test

2. Test resistance between BOB [78-2] terminal 7 and ground.
3. Is resistance less than 1 ohm?
b. No. Replace ECM.
8. Sensor Ground 2 Test

ground.
2. Is resistance less than 1 ohm?
b. No. Replace ECM.
94000396 6-87
DTC P2176 6.29
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION maximum range of throttle. If the zero position is found within
range, then the position is stored.
The ECM sets DTC P2176 when it determines the zero position If the ECM is not able to learn the minimum position or if the
of the throttle plate has not been successfully learned. learning fails four consecutive ignition cycles, the ECM sets
At power up, the ECM adjusts the throttle plate to the DTC P2176. Refer to Table 6-88.
limp-home position, then begins to move the throttle plate
closed. The ECM monitors and verifies the amount of
movement that occurred. The throttle plate minimum position DTC DESCRIPTION
is held briefly then verified against the expected minimum and P2176 ETC zero position learning error
em01879 [242B] [242A]

BCM
[90B] [90A]
ET
[133A] [133B]

R R/W

[137A] [137B] Rear
HO2S
System
R/GN 1 1 V Power
[65A] [65B] Rear O2
VSS BK/PK 2 2 W
Heater Ground
Sensor
BK/W 4 4 BK
Ground
Ground C C BK/GN
[138A] [138B] Front

HO2S
[78A-1] [78B-1]
R/GN V System
ECM 1 1 Power
Heater Ground
VSS 4 4 LGN/Y
[211B] [211A] TCA
GN/V 6 6
R/W 5 5

ET 8 8 GN
GY/O 2 2
(GY)
TPS 2 15 15 GY/V
BK/GN

R/O
[78A-2] [78B-2]
TGS
TPS 1 2 2 GN/V
BK/GY 6 6 BK
(BN) GN/W 2 2 W
TGS 1 13 13 GN/W R/W 1 1 R
TGS 2 14 14 GY/W
Sensor
BK/GY 1 1
GN/GY 2 2
[78A-3] [78B-3]
R/GY 3 3
GY 4 4

DTC P2176 PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY
6-88 94000396
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Induction module malfunction
Mechanical interference
1. System Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3], and ECM [78A-1],
[78A-2] and [78A-3].
4. Turn IGN ON.
and ground.
b. No. See NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS (Page 2-9).
2. Internal Damage Test

1. Test voltage between BOB [78-3] terminal 8 and ground
and terminal 9 and ground.
b. No. Replace ECM.
3. Air Inlet Interference Test

1. Inspect air inlet. Check for foreign debris and/or mechanical
interference to throttle plate.
b. No. Replace induction module.
4. Validation Test
1. Clear inlet. Check throttle plate movement.
2. Clear DTCs.
3. Start engine and operate throttle.
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC P2176 set?
a. Yes. Replace induction module.
94000396 6-89
IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS 6.30
See Figure 6-53 and Figure 6-54. Ignition coil DTCs sets if the
ignition coil primary voltage is out of range. This could occur
if there is an open coil or loss of power to the coil. If front and 4
rear DTCs are set simultaneously, it is likely a coil power failure
or a coil failure. The coil receives power from the BCM at the 3
same time the purge solenoid, ECM and injectors are activated.

DTC DESCRIPTION 1
P2300 Ignition coil driver low/open (front)
P2301 Ignition coil driver shorted high (front)
P2303 Ignition coil driver low/open (rear)
1. Terminal A: power
P2304 Ignition coil driver shorted high (rear) 2. Terminal B: ion sense
3. Terminal C: rear coil
ed03994
4. Terminal D: front coil
1 Figure 6-54. Ignition Coil: Typical
2
Diagnostic Tips
3 4 5
7
(Page A-1).
6
3. TMAP [80]
4. TCA [211]
6. Horn [122]
7. ET sensor [90]
6-90 94000396
em01952 [242A] [242B]
[78B-3] [78A-3]
ECM

[95A] [95B] 10 10 Ground (GY)
BK/GN
BK/GN 10 10 Ground
R/GN
GN/Y
[138B] [138A]
[78B-1] [78A-1]
LGN/BN
GN/BE
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GN
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
R/GN
R/GN
GN/Y
BK/GN
A B C D [83B]
[84B] A B [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 [85B] A B
A B C D [83A]
[84A] A B [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 [85A] A B
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
GND 1
System Power
Front Injector
System Power
Front ACR
System Power
Rear ACR
System Power
Rear Injector


DTC P2300 4. Is resistance greater than 2 ohms?
2. Input Voltage Test
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 1. Turn IGN ON.
Table 6-91. DTC P2300 Diagnostic Faults ground.
Ignition coil malfunction a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
Open or short to ground in signal circuit
b. No. Repair open on (R/GN) wire.
Open power circuit
3. Control Wire Continuity Test
1. Ignition Coil Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil [83]. and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between
3. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3] and ECM
HD-41404), test resistance between [83A] terminals A and [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
D. (Page 1-14).
94000396 6-91
4. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 2 and [83B] 1. Ignition Coil Test
terminal D (GN/BE) wire.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
b. No. Repair open in (GN/BE) wire. HD-41404), test resistance between [83A] terminals A and
C.
4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test 4. Is resistance greater than 2 ohms?
1. Disconnect [78A-1] and [78A-2]. a. Yes. Replace ignition coil.
2. Test continuity between BOB [78-1] terminal 2 and ground. b. No. Go to Test 2.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GN/BE) wire.
2. Input Voltage Test
1. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Replace ECM.
DTC P2301 ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 3. Control Wire Continuity Test
Short to voltage in signal circuit 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test and ECM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4) between
1. Turn IGN OFF. wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3] and ECM
2. Disconnect ignition coil [83]. (Page 1-14).
3. Turn IGN ON. 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: is in position on BOB.
HD-41404), test voltage between [83B] terminal C (GN/BE) 4. Test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal 1 and [83B]
wire and ground. terminal C (GY/BE) wire.
5. Is voltage greater than 5.0V? 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GN/BE) wire. a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
b. No. Go to Test 2. b. No. Repair open in (GY/BE) wire.
2. Open Test 4. Control Wire Shorted to Ground Test

1. Test resistance between [83A] terminals B and C. 1. Disconnect [78A-1] and [78A-2].
2. Is resistance greater than 0.4 ohms? 2. Test continuity between BOB [78-1] terminal 1 and ground.
a. Yes. Replace ECM. 3. Is continuity present?
b. No. Replace ignition coil. a. Yes. Repair short to ground in (GY/BE) wire.
DTC P2303 b. No. Replace ECM.

DTC P2304
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY Table 6-94. DTC P2304 Diagnostic Faults
Table 6-93. DTC P2303 Diagnostic Faults POSSIBLE CAUSES

Short to voltage in signal circuit
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or short to ground in signal circuit 1. Ignition Coil Shorted to Voltage Test
Open power circuit
1. Turn IGN OFF.
6-92 94000396
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between [83B] terminal C (GY/BE)
wire and ground.
5. Is voltage more than 5.0V?
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage in (GY/BE) wire.
2. Open Test
1. Test resistance between [83A] terminals A and C.
94000396 6-93
ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START 6.31
ed03921
If the starter will not crank the engine, the problem is not EFI
related. See STARTING SYSTEM (Page 3-3) or Horn,
Lighting and Security, SECURITY SYSTEM (Page 5-47).
There may be DTCs associated with this problem. Check for

DTCs and clear them before proceeding with this test.
NOTE
To set a CKP DTC, a start attempt must last at least 5 seconds.
Figure 6-56. Spark Tester
(Page A-1).
6-94 94000396
em01943
BCM Fuel Pump

[20A] [20B] [141B] [141A] And
Running Light Power

Sender
Fuel Pump Power

1 R/O 6 6 R/O
F4 J3 [242A]
15A
R/BN
BK/GN 7 7 Ground
BE
2 [64B]
R/BN
Speedometer
R/O
W/Y [39B] [39A]

BK/GN
Fuel Pump
BK
[13B] [13A] [141B] [141A] And
R/O Sender
R/O

Speedometer
[20A] [20B] [39B] [39A]
BE
Main
Harness
[117B] [117A] Fuel

Gauge
With Fuel
BK/GN 4 4 BK Ground
BE
W/Y
BK/GN
ASSY
BE 1 1 36
Without Fuel
BK/GN
W/Y 2 2 36
Gauge
BK
BK/GN 3 3 200 36
GND 1 GND 2

ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START Table 6-95. Engine Cranks but Will Not Start Diagnostic
Faults
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT Electrical system issues
No or low compression
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY Open ground circuit
Table 6-95. Engine Cranks but Will Not Start Diagnostic 1. Verify battery connections are in good condition.
Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
3. Verify spark plug wires are firmly connected to the coil and
Battery voltage too low plugs.
Ignition system issues 4. Verify fuel injectors are not clogged.
Fuel system issues
94000396 6-95
5. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING 2. Does fuel pressure meet specification?
(Page 3-1).
a. Yes. Inspect and clean throttle body and repair as
6. Does battery pass tests? needed.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. b. No. Inspect fuel inlet sock and fuel filter for obstruction.
Inspect internal fuel hose for leaks. If no issues are
b. No. Charge or replace battery.
2. Check Engine Lamp Test

7. Fuel Pump Open Circuit Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Wait 30 seconds, then turn IGN ON.
3. Does check engine lamp illuminate for 4 seconds and BCM CABLE (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-2) between
immediately after IGN ON? wire harness [242B], leaving [242A] disconnected. See
b. No. Verify all fuses are good. See Initial Diagnostics,
Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
4. Test resistance between [141B] terminal A and BOB
terminal F4.
1. Check spark plug condition. Replace if fouled.
a. Yes. Repair open on (BK) wire to ground.
2. Using INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-51724), check spark at both plugs while cranking b. No. Repair open (R/BN) wire.
engine.
compression. If spark is not present, test compression
before troubleshooting ignition circuit. Once good
compression is confirmed, check condition of ignition
SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-41) or
COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY DIAGNOSTICS
(Page 6-59).
4. Compression Test
1. Perform compression test.
2. Does engine pass compression test?
b. No. Repair engine loss of compression.
5. Fuel Pump Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between [141B] terminals A and
D during the first 2-3 seconds after IGN ON.
6. Fuel System Test

1. Check fuel system and perform fuel pressure test.
6-96 94000396
ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS 6.32
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION Table 6-97. DTC P1505 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
See Figure 6-58 and Figure 6-59. Improper fuel system
Intake leak
pressure may contribute to hesitation or loss of power.
Throttle plate damage
DTC DESCRIPTION 1. DTC Validation Test
P1505 Power limit violation 1. Verify no other engine sensor DTCs are present.
2. Are other DTCs present?
ed03992
2 3 a. Yes. Diagnose other DTCs first.
4
1
2. Vacuum Leak Test
5 1. Start engine.
2. Check for vacuum leaks.
3. Are any leaks found?
10
a. Yes. Repair vacuum leak.
6
9 b. No. Go to Test 3.
8 7
3. Throttle Plate Test
2. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB) 1. Inspect throttle plate.
3. Fuel pump [141]
2. Has throttle plate been modified or damaged?
5. LHCM [24] a. Yes. Repair or replace throttle plate.
6. Front WSS [167]
7. Fuel gauge [117]
8. Headlamp [38]
9. Left front turn/auxiliary [31L] (except FLSTC, 4. DTC Confirmation Test
1. Clear DTCs.
10. Console [20]
Figure 6-58. Under Fuel Tank Left Side 2. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:
HD-48650), attempt to calibrate ECM using module replace
ed03990 feature found in vehicle set up.
1 2 3. Did DTC return?
3 a. Yes. Replace ECM.
HESITATION OR LOSS OF POWER TEST

4
Table 6-98. Hesitation or Loss of Power Test Diagnostic

Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
1. Indicators
2. Speedometer [39] Loss of engine compression
3. TGS Fuel system issues
4. Fuel pump [141]
Battery condition and connections
Spark plug condition
DTC P1505
Air filter condition
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME Poor chassis ground connections
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II Performance modifications
94000396 6-97
Table 6-98. Hesitation or Loss of Power Test Diagnostic b. No. Inspect fuel inlet sock and fuel filter for obstruction.
Faults Inspect internal fuel hose for leaks. If no issues are
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Electrical modifications STARTS HARD OR EMITS BLACK SMOKE
Throttle valve malfunction
Table 6-99. Starts Hard or Emits Black Smoke Diagnostic
1. Preliminary Engine Tests Faults
1. Verify battery connections are in good condition. POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Verify fuel in the tank is fresh and not contaminated. Clogged air filter
3. Verify spark plug wires are firmly connected the coil and Poor compression
plugs. Leaking injectors
4. Verify fuel injectors are not clogged. Manifold leak
5. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING
(Page 3-1). 1. Air Filter Inspection
6. Does battery pass tests? 1. Inspect air filter.
a. Yes. Go to Test 2. 2. Is air filter clean and in good condition?
b. No. Charge or replace battery. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
b. No. Replace air filter.
2. Vacuum Leak Test
1. Start engine. Check for vacuum leaks. 2. Compression Test
2. Were any leaks found? 1. Perform compression test.
a. Yes. Repair vacuum leak. 2. Is compression within normal specifications?
b. No. Repair as needed.
1. Check spark plug condition and replace if fouled. 3. Intake Leak Test
2. Using INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER: 1. Perform intake leak test.
HD-51724), check spark at both plugs while cranking 2. Did leak test pass?
engine.
4. Fuel Injector Test
compression. If spark is not present, test compression
before troubleshooting ignition circuit. Once good 1. Inspect fuel injectors for mechanical failure.
compression is confirmed, check condition of ignition 2. Were any issues found?
SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-41). a. Yes. Repair as needed.
4. Compression Test
1. Perform compression test. 5. Throttle Cable Adjustment
2. Does engine pass compression test? 1. Inspect throttle cable for correct adjustment.
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. 2. Is throttle cable properly adjusted?
b. No. Repair engine loss of compression. a. Yes. California models. Go to Test 6.
b. Yes. Except California models. Perform misfire
5. Fuel System Test diagnostics.
1. Perform fuel pressure test. c. No. Repair as needed.
2. Does fuel pressure meet specification?
6. EVAP Test
a. Yes. Inspect and clean throttle body and repair as
needed. 1. Inspect EVAP hose for leak.
6-98 94000396
2. Is EVAP hose in good condition?
a. Yes. Perform misfire diagnostics.
94000396 6-99
STARTS, THEN STALLS 6.33
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1. Throttle Test
1. Will engine start with the throttle partially opened and then
The starts, then stalls condition may be created by the fuel stall when closed?
system, the idle air control system or an ECM failure.
a. Yes. See IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS
There may be DTCs set causing this condition. Solve the (Page 6-48) and perform IAC diagnostic procedure.
problems with the DTCs before performing the tests in this
section. The DTCs that may be involved with starts, then stalls b. No. Go to Test 2.
are:
• Fuel injectors: DTCs P0261, P0262 and P0264

2. Fuel System Test
1. Perform fuel pressure test.
• Password problem: DTC P1009
2. Is fuel pressure normal?
• TPS1: DTCs P0122 and P0123
a. Yes. If fuel injectors are okay, then continue with tests.
• ECM errors: DTCs P0603 and P0605
Go to Test 3.
• IAC errors: DTCs P0506 and P0507
b. No. Repair fuel pressure problem.
Diagnostic Tips
• The vehicle will stall if the jiffy stand is extended when the
3. System Power Test
transmission is in gear. 1. Turn IGN OFF.
• If this condition is fuel related, perform fuel pressure test. 2. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1)
Connector Information [78B-1], 78B-2] and [78B-3], leaving ECM [78A-1], [78A-2]
For additional information about the connectors in the following (Page 1-14).
(Page A-1). 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
em01920 4. Turn IGN ON.

[242A] [242B] and ground.
Main Harness R/GN a. Yes. Inspect connections at ECM. See DIAGNOSTICS

AND TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
If connections are good and wiggle test does not find
intermittent, replace the ECM.
(GY)

[78A-2] [78B-2]
Figure 6-60. ECM System Power

STARTS, THEN STALLS

Table 6-100. Starts, Then Stalls Diagnostic Faults

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Idle air control system malfunction
6-100 94000396
MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER LOAD 6.34
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION • If the test light does not flash or the flash is interrupted
during the misfire event, the problem is ignition related.
Misfire conditions may be caused by: 1. Turn IGN OFF.
• Battery condition and connections. 2. Remove front spark plug wire.
• Fuel system problems. See ENGINE PERFORMANCE 3. Install inline spark tester between spark plug wire and
DIAGNOSTICS (Page 6-97). spark plug.
• Ignition system faults. 4. Start engine and inspect tester light. The light will flash on
each spark event if power is transmitted to the plug.
Diagnostic Tips 5. Install and repeat procedure on rear cylinder.
WARNING NOTE
Wipe up spilled fuel and dispose of rags in a suitable Use an inline spark tester and a load applying dynamometer
manner. An open spark around gasoline could cause a to diagnose misfire under load.
fire or explosion, resulting in death or serious injury.
(00518b) ed03921
• When performing the steps in the diagnostic tests, use a

known good part to verify whether a suspected part is faulty.
• The ignition coil does not require full installation to be
functional.
• Verify faulty ignition coil by performing resistance test.
INLINE SPARK TESTER

See Figure 6-61. Using a INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART

NUMBER: HD-51724) can help determine whether a problem
exists in the ignition or fuel systems. Figure 6-61. Inline Spark Tester Kit
• If the test light flashes without interruption on both cylinders Connector Information
during the misfire event, verify spark plug condition and gap
and inspect the fuel system for proper operation. For additional information about the connectors in the following
(Page A-1).
94000396 6-101
em01952 [242A] [242B]
[78B-3] [78A-3]
ECM

[95A] [95B] 10 10 Ground (GY)
BK/GN
BK/GN 10 10 Ground
R/GN
GN/Y
[138B] [138A]
[78B-1] [78A-1]
LGN/BN
GN/BE
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GN
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
R/GN
R/GN
GN/Y
BK/GN
A B C D [83B]
[84B] A B [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 [85B] A B
A B C D [83A]
[84A] A B [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 [85A] A B
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
GND 1
System Power
Front Injector
System Power
Front ACR
System Power
Rear ACR
System Power
Rear Injector


MISFIRE AT IDLE OR UNDER LOAD 1. Power Ground Continuity Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX wiring harness [78B-1], [78B-2] and [78B-3] and ECM
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE [78A-1], [78A-2] and [78A-3]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY (Page 1-14).
HD-51724 INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT 3. Verify ECM OVERLAY (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-4-P)
Table 6-101. Misfire at Idle or Under Load Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES HD-41404), test resistance between BOB [78-1] terminal
Loss of engine compression 10 and then [78-2] terminal 10 to ground.
Fuel system issues 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
Battery condition and connections a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
Spark plug condition b. No. Repair open on (BK/GN) wire.
Air filter condition
Poor chassis ground connections 2. Spark Test
Performance modifications 1. Connect INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER:
HD-51724) between front spark plug cable and ground.
Electrical modifications
See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
Throttle valve malfunction
2. Crank engine for a few seconds.
6-102 94000396
3. Remove tester from front spark plug cable. Connect rear
spark plug cable and ground.
4. Did spark jump gap on both cables?
a. Yes. Check for faulty, worn or cracked spark plugs, plug
fouling due to mechanical problems or faulty connection
at plug or coils. Repair as required.
3. Spark Plug Wire Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug cables.
3. Test resistance of both spark plug cables.
4. Carbon Tracking Inspection Test

1. Inspect top of ignition coils for carbon tracking.
2. Is carbon tracking present?
b. No. Switch ignition coil with known good unit and
perform previous test. If spark jumps gap, replace
ignition coil. If not, then continue with tests. Go to Test
5.
5. Ignition Coil Primary Wire Continuity Test

3. Test resistance between [242B] terminal L3 and [83B]
terminal A (R/GN) wire. Wiggle connectors while
measuring.
4. Is resistance continuously less than 0.5 ohms?
b. No. Repair intermittent on (R/GN) wire.
6. Battery to Main Fuse Block Voltage Drop Test

1. Start engine.
2. Measure voltage drop between battery (+) and main fuse
[64B] terminal B (R) wire.
3. Is voltage drop more than 1.0V?
a. Yes. Repair (R) wire between terminal B of [64B] and
connection at battery including connections at starter.
b. No. Check for corrosion or damage at BCM [259].
94000396 6-103
ERRATIC IDLE 6.35
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 5. Verify fuel injectors are not clogged.
6. Verify battery condition. See BATTERY TESTING
Erratic idle conditions may be caused by: (Page 3-1).
• Fouled spark plugs. 7. Does battery pass tests?
• Damaged spark plug cables. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
• Fuel system problems. b. No. Charge or replace battery.
• Ignition system faults.
2. Spark Test
Diagnostic Tips 1. Connect INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT (PART NUMBER:
WARNING HD-51724) between front spark plug cable and ground.
Wipe up spilled fuel and dispose of rags in a suitable
manner. An open spark around gasoline could cause a 2. Crank engine for a few seconds.
fire or explosion, resulting in death or serious injury. 3. Remove tester from front spark plug cable. Connect rear
(00518b) spark plug cable and ground.
4. Did spark jump gap on both cables?
When performing the steps in the diagnostic tests, use a known
good part to verify whether a suspected part is faulty. a. Yes. Check for faulty, worn or cracked spark plugs, plug
fouling due to mechanical problems or faulty connection
ERRATIC IDLE at plug or coils. Repair as required.
3. Spark Plug Wire Test
Table 6-102. Erratic Idle Diagnostic Faults 1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Disconnect spark plug cables.
Bad fuel 3. Test resistance of both spark plug cables.
Faulty spark plug cables 4. Is resistance within specifications? Refer to Table 1-5.
Malfunctioning fuel system
Fouled spark plugs

4. Fuel System Test
1. Verify battery connections are in good condition.
1. Perform fuel pressure test.
2. Is fuel pressure normal?
3. Verify spark plug wires are firmly connected to the coil and
plugs. a. Yes. If fuel injectors are okay, replace the fuel.
4. Verify heat management system is not operating. b. No. Repair fuel pressure problem.
6-104 94000396
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
7.1 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................... 7-1
7.2 ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................... 7-4
7.3 WSS DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................................................................ 7-9
7.4 DTC C1055 ......................................................................................................................... 7-14
7.5 ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS ........................................................................... 7-16
7.6 SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS ................................................................................ 7-17
7.7 ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON OR INOPERATIVE ........................................................... 7-21
ABS
NOTES
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) GENERAL INFORMATION 7.1

HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II 2
1
The ABS Electronic Control Unit (ECU) controls brake
application under extreme stopping conditions. The ABS system
is activated when wheel slip is detected. When wheel slip is 6 3
not detected, brake operation is no different than non-ABS
systems.
The ABS consists of the following components:

5 4
• See Figure 7-1 and Figure 7-6. The ABS ECU module.
• See Figure 7-2. The front HCU which contains a pump,
accumulator, solenoids, apply and release valves. 1. Purge solenoid [95]
• See Figure 7-3. The rear HCU which contains a pump, 2. BCM power [259]
accumulator, solenoids, apply and release valves. 3. BCM [242]
4. Rear WSS [168]
• See Figure 7-4. Front WSS. 5. Security siren [142]
• See Figure 7-5 and Figure 7-6. Rear WSS. 6. ABS ECU [166]
The ABS ECU responds to WSS inputs. The ABS ECU then
controls the two HCUs. When one or both of the HCU units ed03991
are activated, the solenoid valves decrease, hold or increase
hydraulic fluid pressure to control the individual calipers of each
wheel to prevent wheel slipping. However, the HCUs cannot
increase hydraulic pressure beyond the pressure or force being 2
applied to the brake pedal or lever by the rider. 1
7
ABS CAN Communication Functionality 3
The Right Hand Control Module (RHCM) has a front brake
switch that supplies an applied signal on the CAN bus. This
6
CAN communication signal is sent to the ABS ECU to indicate 4
that the front brake is applied. The rear brake switch supplies
a ground input to the BCM. The BCM sends a rear brake
applied CAN communication signal to the ABS ECU. 5
Normal operation of the ABS system: 1. Horn [122] FXSB
2. Front HCU [254]
• A series of rapid HCU solenoid valve pulsations may be felt
3. Front HO2S [138]
in either the front brake lever or rear brake pedal but only
4. CKP [79]
during initialization and anti-lock braking.
5. JSS [133]
• A ticking or popping noise may be heard as the HCU 6. Voltage regulator [78]
solenoid valves cycle rapidly. 7. Oil pressure switch [120]
• During anti-lock braking on dry pavement, intermittent Figure 7-2. Front of Engine: Typical
chirping noises may be heard as the tires approach slipping.
• A normal ABS event must also see a front or rear brake
switch or front brake switch CAN communication input to
maximize performance, but an ABS event can still occur if
no brake switch input is received based on WSS inputs.
Program replaced ABS ECUs with DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II

(PART NUMBER: HD-48650).
94000396 7-1
ed03996 ed03999
1
2
2
1
3
8 4 6 3
7 5
6
5 4
1. Battery connection to starter 1. Purge solenoid [95]

2. Starter solenoid [128] 2. BCM power [259]
3. Neutral switch [131-1] 3. BCM [242]
4. Neutral switch [131-2] 4. Rear WSS [168]
5. Rear brake switch [121] 5. Security siren [142]
6. Active exhaust [79] 6. ABS ECU [166]
7. VSS [65] Figure 7-5. Front of Rear Tire: Except FXSB
8. Rear HCU [255]
Figure 7-3. Starter ed04000
ed03992 2
2 3
4 1 3
1
9
4
8
5
7 5
10
6 6
9
8 7 1. Purge solenoid [95]
2. BCM power [259]
1. Auxiliary lamp switch (FLSTC, FLSTN) 3. Security siren [142]
2. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB) 4. BCM [242]
3. Fuel pump [141] 5. Rear WSS [168]
4. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB) 6. ABS ECU [166]
5. LHCM [24] 7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
6. Front WSS [167] 8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
7. Fuel gauge [117] 9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
8. Headlamp [38]
10. Console [20] Pressure Hold
Figure 7-4. Under Fuel Tank Left Side The ABS ECU commands the appropriate HCU release and
apply circuits to close the HCU valves. This holds the same
constant pressure on the appropriate caliper as long as the
current hydraulic pressure is the most effective pressure to
stop the vehicle in the shortest amount of time without wheel
slip.
Pressure Decrease
Sometimes the pressure being applied to the caliper is high
enough for the ABS ECU to detect wheel slip. To control the
wheel slip, the ABS ECU commands the appropriate HCU
release circuit to open the release valve and the apply circuit
to close the apply valve. This releases pressure on the
appropriate caliper until wheel slip is no longer detected. The
7-2 94000396
excess fluid is stored in the accumulator, until the pump can
ed03775
return the fluid to the master cylinder or fluid reservoir.
Pressure Increase
After the wheel slip is corrected during an ABS event, a
4
pressure increase occurs. The ABS ECU commands the
appropriate HCU release circuit to close the release valve and
the apply circuit to open the apply valve. This increases the
pressure applied to the caliper during deceleration in order to 3
reduce the speed of the wheel. The increased pressure will
not exceed the pressure being applied to the master cylinder
by the rider.
Initialization Self-Test
The ABS ECU module performs one initialization test each
ignition cycle. An ignition cycle consists of starting the vehicle
after a complete shutdown with no CAN bus communication 5
for more than 30 seconds. Clearing the DTCs will also reset 2
the ignition cycle. The ABS ECU verifies CAN communication,
internal circuitry and the WSS circuits. ABS
1 6
As part of the initialization self-test, the ABS ECU also does a
modulator test. This test consists of energizing the actuators 1. ABS icon (km/h ABS icon also shown)
and commanding the motor and solenoids on and off. The ABS 2. Check engine
ECU will run this test the first time the vehicle speed exceeds 3. Low fuel
5 mph (8 km/h) in an ignition cycle, or when all the following 4. Security
conditions are met for the first time in an ignition cycle: 5. Battery discharge
• Brake is not applied. 6. Cruise control
• Engine is above 1000 rpm.
• No ABS event present.
• The ABS ECU is enabled.
• The ABS system is not communicating with DIGITAL
ABS Indicator
See Figure 7-7. The speedometer illuminates the ABS indicator
when the following occurs.
• The ABS ECU detects an ABS disabling malfunction. The

ABS ECU sends a serial data message to the instrument
requesting illumination.
• The speedometer performs a bulb check.
• The speedometer detects a loss of communication with the
ABS ECU.
• The ABS light may flash when the IGN is turned on. This
will continue until the vehicle is driven to verify WSS
operation.
The ABS ECU sends a message to the instrument when a

malfunction that disables ABS operation is detected. Depending
on the fault, the ABS indicator may stay on even after the
malfunction is corrected. The indicator will not go off until the
vehicle is operated at speeds greater than 10 mph (16 km/h).
It is important to verify that this is not the cause of an ABS
indicator, which is illuminated when no DTCs are set, before
attempting to diagnose other possible causes.
94000396 7-3
ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS 7.2
See Figure 7-8, Figure 7-9, Figure 7-10 and Figure 7-11. The 2
ABS ECU monitors the power and ground circuits of the front
and rear HCU through terminals B and D. These circuits supply 1 3
the power and ground to the pump motor in the HCU. The ABS
9
ECU controls the pump by turning on and off the power circuit 4
to the pump motor.
8
The ABS ECU activates the valve relay to supply voltage to
the valve solenoids. This voltage is referred to as the system 7 5
voltage. The ABS ECU microprocessor activates individual
valve solenoids by grounding the valve solenoid control circuits.
6
DTC DESCRIPTION 1. Purge solenoid [95]
C1018 Front actuator motor circuit error 2. BCM power [259]
C1041 Rear actuator motor circuit error
4. BCM [242]
C1042 Front actuator motor circuit open 5. Rear WSS [168]
C1044 Rear actuator motor circuit open 6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
C1052 Rear actuator motor excess current 8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
C1102 Rear actuator motor stalled 9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
C1151 Front wheel release too long Figure 7-9. Front of Rear Tire: FXSB
C1153 Rear wheel release too long Conditions for Setting the DTC
C1192 Front actuator motor excess current
These DTCs can set if one of the following conditions exists
C1193 Front actuator motor stalled in the HCU power or ground circuit:
C1224 Front actuator power circuit shorted high • Open or high resistance on the HCU ground circuit.
C1225 Rear actuator power circuit shorted high
• HCU fault or malfunction.
• ABS ECU fault or malfunction.
ed03999
• Open or high resistance on the HCU power circuit.
2 DTC C1052 and C1102 can set if one of the following

1 conditions exists in the rear HCU power circuit:
• Short to ground on the rear HCU power circuit.
3 • HCU fault or malfunction.

6
DTC C1151 and C1153 will set if all the following conditions
exist:
5 4
• The ABS ECU is commanding a pressure release from the
front wheel release valve.
1. Purge solenoid [95] • The front wheel speed is below 3 mph (5 km/h) for more
2. BCM power [259] than 1 second.
3. BCM [242] • The ABS ECU is commanding a pressure release from the
4. Rear WSS [168] rear wheel release valve.
6. ABS ECU [166] • The rear wheel speed is below 3 mph (5 km/h) for more
than 1 second.
DTC C1192 and C1193 can set if one of the following
conditions exists in the front HCU power circuit:
• Short to ground on the front HCU power circuit.

• HCU fault or malfunction.
7-4 94000396
• A stuck or seized caliper or bald tires could contribute to
ed03991
this code setting.
• Contaminated brake system.
2 • Excessive brake drag or high resistance in hydraulic system.
1 • Aggressive driving.
7
• Dynamometer.
3
4 For additional information about the connectors in the following
(Page A-1).
5
em01881 ABS ECU
1. Horn [122] FXSB
Front HCU Release

Rear HCU Release
2. Front HCU [254]
Front HCU Power

Rear HCU Power
Front HCU Apply

Rear HCU Apply
Battery Power
Battery Power
3. Front HO2S [138]
4. CKP [79]
Ground
5. JSS [133]
7. Oil pressure switch [120] 20 11 10 9 7 6 4 2 1 [166A]
20 11 10 9 7 6 4 2 1 [166B]
Figure 7-10. Front of Engine: Typical
O/W
O/GN
O/GY
O/R
O/V
O/Y
BK
R
R
ed03996
1
2
Front HCU
BK D D Ground
3 O/GY C C Front HCU Release
Fuse O/R B B Front HCU Power

Block
R
8 4 O/GN A A Front HCU Apply
7 5 A
[254B] [254A]
6 Main Rear HCU
40A BK D D Ground
B O/W C C Rear HCU Release
[64B]
O/V B B Rear HCU Power
R
O/Y A A Rear HCU Apply

BK
1. Battery connection to starter [255B] [255A]

R Battery
5. Rear brake switch [121] GND 2
Figure 7-12. HCU Schematic
7. VSS [65]
8. Rear HCU [255] DTC C1018, C1042, C1224
Action Taken When the DTC Sets HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
• ABS is disabled. HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX
• The ABS indicator is illuminated. Table 7-2. DTC C1018, C1042, C1224 Diagnostic Faults
Diagnostic Tips POSSIBLE CAUSES

Open or high resistance on the front HCU ground circuit
These DTCs are related to terminals B and D of the HCU,
either internally in the ABS ECU or HCU or externally in the Open or high resistance on front HCU power circuit
wiring or connectors. If a DTC is intermittent, it may be a Short to ground on the front HCU power circuit
connection problem at the HCU, the ABS ECU or GND 2.
Short to power on HCU circuit
The following conditions are possible causes for DTC C1151
and C1153: 1. Front HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to
• An intermittent WSS. Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
94000396 7-5
2. Disconnect front HCU [254]. 5. Did DTC reset?
3. Connect ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU.
HD-48642) to wire harness [166B], leaving ABS ECU
[166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER: DTC C1041, C1044, C1225
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 1 and
ground. PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
5. Is continuity present? HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/R) wire. HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX
b. No. Go to Test 2. Table 7-3. DTC C1041, C1044, C1225 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Internal Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test
Open or high resistance on the rear HCU ground circuit
1. Turn IGN ON.
Open or high resistance on rear HCU power circuit
Short to ground on the rear HCU power circuit
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/R) wire.
b. No. Go to Test 3. 1. Rear HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to
Ground Test
3. Ground Circuit Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Turn IGN OFF. 2. Disconnect rear HCU [255].
2. Remove main fuse [64B]. 3. Connect ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER:
3. Test resistance between [254B] terminal D (BK) wire and [166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
ground. (Page 1-14).
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
a. Yes. Go to Test 4. HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 10 and
ground.
b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (BK) wire.
4. Power Circuit Test a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/V).
1. Test resistance between [254B] terminals B (O/R) wire b. No. Go to Test 2.

and BOB terminal 1.
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 2. Internal Power Circuit Short to Voltage Test
a. Yes. Go to Test 5. 1. Turn IGN ON.
b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (O/R) wire. 2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 10 and ground.
5. Pump Motor Current Draw Test a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/V) wire.
1. Connect [254]. b. No. Go to Test 3.
2. Select DC Amp on DMM in range to handle 10A.
3. Connect red lead of DMM to battery and black lead of 3. Ground Circuit Test
DMM to BOB terminal 1. 1. Remove main fuse [64B].
4. Does HCU motor run drawing more than 0.5A? 2. Test resistance between [255B] terminal D (BK) wire and
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. ground.
b. No. Replace HCU. 3. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?

6. ABS ECU Test b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (BK) wire.
1. Remove BOB and connect [166].
2. Clear DTCs. 4. Power Circuit Test
3. Start engine and wait 10 seconds for ABS ECU to perform 1. Test resistance between [255B] terminal B (O/V) wire and
an initialization test. BOB terminal 10.
4. Check DTCs.
7-6 94000396
2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? 3. Using FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE (PART
NUMBER: HD-39617), install clamp around jumper.
4. Connect other end of jumper to battery positive terminal.
b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (O/V) wire.
5. Does HCU motor draw more than 7A?
5. Pump Motor Current Draw Test a. Yes. Replace HCU.
1. Connect [255]. b. No. Go to Test 3.
2. Select DC Amp on DMM in range to handle 10A.
3. Connect red lead of DMM to battery and black lead of
3. ABS ECU Test
DMM to BOB terminal 10. 1. Remove BOB and connect [166].
4. Does HCU motor run drawing more than 0.5A? 2. Clear DTCs.
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. 3. Start engine and wait 10 seconds for ABS ECU to perform
an initialization test.
b. No. Replace HCU.
4. Check DTCs.
6. ABS ECU Test 5. Did DTC reset?
1. Remove BOB and connect [166]. a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU.
2. Clear DTCs. b. No. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
3. Start engine and wait 10 seconds for ABS ECU to perform
DTC C1151
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTC reset? Table 7-5. DTC C1151 Diagnostic Faults
a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU. POSSIBLE CAUSES
b. No. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND Internal ABS ECU problem in the release solenoid
Internal problem in the front HCU
DTC C1052, C1102 Brake system malfunction
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Validation of Current DTC Test

HD-39617 FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE 1. Clear DTCs.
HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX 2. Perform test ride.
Table 7-4. DTC C1052, C1102 Diagnostic Faults 3. Check DTCs.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 4. Are any front WSS DTCs currently set or did an unwanted
ABS event occur?
HCU fault or malfunction
a. Yes, WSS DTCs set. See appropriate WSS diagnostic
procedure.
1. Rear HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to b. Yes, an unwanted ABS event occurred. See WSS =
Ground Test 0 diagnostics.
1. Turn IGN OFF. c. No, only DTC C1151 set. Go to Test 2.
2. Disconnect rear HCU [255]. d. No. No DTCs set. Concern is intermittent. See
diagnostic tips.
[166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 2. Brake System Test
(Page 1-14). 1. Inspect hydraulic brake system and suspension for wear
4. Test continuity between BOB terminal 10 and ground. or improper operation.
5. Is continuity present? 2. Were any issues found?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/V). a. Yes. Repair as needed.
b. No. Go to Test 2. b. No. Go to Test 3.
2. Pump Motor Current Draw Test 3. ABS ECU Test

1. Connect [255]. 1. Disconnect front HCU [254].
2. Connect jumper wire to BOB terminal 10. 2. Clear DTCs.
94000396 7-7
3. Start engine and wait 10 seconds for ABS ECU to perform Table 7-7. DTC C1192, C1193 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
4. Did DTC reset?
HCU fault or malfunction
a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU. Short to ground on the front HCU power circuit
b. No. Replace front HCU.
1. Front HCU Internal Power Circuit Short to
DTC C1153 Ground Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
Table 7-6. DTC C1153 Diagnostic Faults
2. Disconnect front HCU [254].
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Internal ABS ECU problem in the release solenoid HD-48642) to wire harness [166B], leaving ABS ECU
Internal problem in the rear HCU [166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
Brake system malfunction
HD-41404), test continuity between BOB terminal 1 and
1. Validation of Current DTC Test ground.
1. Clear DTCs.
2. Perform test ride.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/R) wire.
3. Check DTCs.
4. Are any rear WSS DTCs currently set or did an unwanted
ABS event occur?
2. Pump Motor Current Draw Test
a. Yes, WSS DTCS set. See appropriate WSS diagnostic
1. Connect [254].
procedure.
2. Connect jumper wire to BOB terminal 1.
b. Yes, unwanted ABS event no DTCs. See WSS = 0
diagnostics. 3. Using FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE (PART
NUMBER: HD-39617), install clamp around jumper.
c. No, only DTC C1153 set. Go to Test 2.
4. Connect other end of jumper to battery positive terminal.
d. No DTCs set. Concern is intermittent. See diagnostic
tips. 5. Does HCU motor draw more than 7A?
a. Yes. Replace HCU.
2. Brake System Test b. No. Go to Test 3.
1. Inspect hydraulic brake system and suspension for wear
or improper operation.
3. ABS ECU Test
a. Yes. Repair as needed.
2. Clear DTCs.
3. ABS ECU Test 4. Check DTCs.
1. Disconnect the rear HCU [255].
5. Did DTC reset?
2. Clear DTCs.
4. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace rear HCU.
DTC C1192, C1193

7-8 94000396
WSS DIAGNOSTICS 7.3
See Figure 7-13, Figure 7-14 and Figure 7-15. The active WSS
is supplied system voltage from the ABS ECU. The sensor 2
then returns a 7 mA or 14 mA signal back to the ABS ECU. 1

DTC DESCRIPTION 6 3
C1021 ABS front WSS always zero
C1023 ABS rear WSS always zero
C1025 ABS front wheel speed intermittent 5 4
C1027 ABS rear wheel speed intermittent
C1032 ABS front wheel speed circuit open/shorted
C1034 ABS rear wheel speed circuit open/shorted
2. BCM power [259]
C1206 Front WSS frequency out of range 3. BCM [242]
C1208 Rear WSS frequency out of range 4. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
ed03992
2 3 Figure 7-14. Front of Rear Tire: Except FXSB
4
ed04000
1
2
5 1 3
9
4
10 8
6 5
9 7
8 7
1. Auxiliary lamp switch (FLSTC, FLSTN) 6
3. Fuel pump [141]
2. BCM power [259]
5. LHCM [24]
6. Front WSS [167]
4. BCM [242]
7. Fuel gauge [117]
5. Rear WSS [168]
8. Headlamp [38]
6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
10. Console [20]
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
Conditions for Setting the DTC

The DTC will set if the frequency of the wheel speed input goes
above 2.5kHz for 20 milliseconds.
DTC C1021 or C1023 can set if the following conditions exist

in the low WSS circuit:
• The wheel speed of one wheel is greater than 5 mph

(8 km/h) for 2.5 seconds while the other wheel is 0 mph
(0 km/h) with no brake switch input.
• Dynamometer testing.
• WSS fault or malfunction.
94000396 7-9
• Incorrect or worn bearing assembly. • Mismatched or improperly sized tires.
DTC C1025 or C1027 can set if the following conditions exist • Worn suspension components.
in the low WSS circuit: • Riding over rough terrain.
• One of the WSS sends a signal to the ABS ECU that the
wheel speed has increased or decreased at a rate that is Connector Information
faster than physically possible without a brake switch input. For additional information about the connectors in the following
• ABS ECU fault or malfunction. diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
(Page A-1).
• Intermittent open in the front high or low WSS circuits.
• ABS ECU fault or malfunction. em01882
• Incorrect or worn bearing assembly. ABS ECU

• Electrical interference.
Front WSS High

Rear WSS High
Front WSS Low

Rear WSS Low
DTC C1032 or C1034 can set if one of the following conditions
exist in the high or low WSS circuit for longer than 0.02
seconds:
15 13 12 5 [166A]
• Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in 15 13 12 5 [166B]
the front high or low WSS circuits.
O/BN
O/BE
O/PK
O/BK
• WSS fault or malfunction.
Rear WSS
• ABS ECU fault or malfunction. O/BN B B BK Rear WSS Low
O/PK A A R Rear WSS High
DTC C1206 or C1208 can set due to the following conditions:
• Electrical noise on the WSS circuit. [168B] [168A]
• Faulty WSS and bearing assembly. Front WSS

O/BK B B BK Front WSS Low
• Faulty ABS ECU.
O/BE A A R Front WSS High
Action Taken When the DTC Sets [167B] [167A]

• The ABS ECU disables the ABS.
Figure 7-16. Wheel Speed Sensor Circuits
• The ABS indicator is illuminated.
DTC C1021 (FRONT), C1023 (REAR)
Diagnostic Tips
A correctly installed ABS wheel bearing will have a tan seal Table 7-9. DTC C1021 (Front), C1023 (Rear) Diagnostic
facing outward. If the red seal is showing, the bearing is Faults
installed backward. If the seal is black, it is a non-ABS bearing POSSIBLE CAUSES
and should be replaced with the correct bearing
Electrical interference
All the DTCs that set in this diagnostic are related to terminals
Poor connections
A and B of the front WSS, either internally in the ABS ECU or
WSS, or externally in the wire or connectors. If a DTC is Intermittent open in WSS circuits
intermittent, it may be a connection problem from terminal A Faulty WSS
or B of the WSS to the ABS ECU.
Worn bearing assembly
The following issues could affect the setting of these codes
and should be inspected before part replacement. 1. Electrical Interference Test
• Mismatched or improperly sized tires. 1. Inspect vehicle for accessories that may cause electrical
interference with the wheel speed sensors.
• Worn suspension components.
2. Electrical interference present?
• Riding over rough terrain.
• External or internal wheel speed circuit intermittent open. a. Yes. Remove or relocate interference.
• Electrical noise on the WSS wires. b. No. Go to Test 2.
All the DTCs that set in this diagnostic are related to terminals
2. Validation of Current DTC Test
A and B of the rear WSS, either internally in the ABS ECU or
WSS, or externally in the wire or connectors. If a DTC is 1. Clear DTC.
intermittent, it may be a connection problem from terminal A
2. Operate vehicle above 5 mph (8 km/h) for at least 30
or B of the WSS to the ABS ECU.
seconds.
The following issues could affect the setting of these codes 3. Did DTC reset?
and should be inspected before part replacement.
7-10 94000396
b. No. See diagnostic tips. 3. Were poor connections found?
a. Yes. Repair connections and circuits.
3. Worn or Damaged Components Test b. No. Go to Test 3.
1. Inspect for worn, damaged or incorrect bearing assembly.
NOTE 3. Front WSS Test
Check ABS bearing seal color to determine if bearing is 1. Turn IGN OFF.
properly installed.
2. Disconnect front WSS [167].
• Tan seal faces outward when properly installed.
3. Connect WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD (PART
• Red seal visible indicates bearing is installed backward. NUMBER: HD-50341) between [167B] terminals A and B.
• Black seal visible indicates non-ABS bearings. Replace with See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
correct ABS bearing. 4. Clear DTCs.
2. Were worn, damaged or incorrect components found? 5. Cycle IGN OFF, ON, wait 10 seconds for ABS to complete
initialization test.
a. Yes. Repair as needed.
6. Check DTCs.
b. No. Replace with appropriate bearing assembly and
WSS and retest. 7. Did DTC reset?
DTC C1025, C1032, C1206 b. No. Replace front WSS.

4. (O/BK) Open Test
HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX 1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-50341 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD 2. Connect ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER:
HD-48642) between wire harness [166B] , leaving ABS
Table 7-10. DTC C1025, C1032, C1206 Diagnostic Faults ECU [166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
The wheel speed of one wheel is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h) 3. Remove sensor test lead.
for 2.5 seconds while the other wheel is 0 mph (0 km/h) with 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:
no brake switch input HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 5 and
Dynamometer testing [167B] terminal B (O/BK) wire.
WSS fault or malfunction 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?

Worn bearing assembly a. Yes. Go to Test 5.
One of the WSSs sends a signal to the ABS ECU that the b. No. Repair open in (O/BK) wire.
wheel speed has increased or decreased at a rate that is
faster than physically possible without a brake switch input
5. (O/BE) Open Test
Intermittent open in the front high or low WSS circuits
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 15 and [167B]
Electrical interference terminal A (O/BE) wire.
Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in 2. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
the front high or low WSS circuits
1. Electrical Interference Test b. No. Repair open in (O/BE) wire.
1. Inspect vehicle for accessories that may cause electrical
interference with WSS. 6. Shorted Wires Test
2. Inspect front wheel bearing. 1. Test continuity between BOB terminals 5 and 15.
3. Is electrical interference or wheel bearing malfunction 2. Is continuity present?
present?
a. Yes. Repair short between (O/BE) and (O/BK) wires.
a. Yes. Remove or relocate interference or correct wheel
bearing issues. b. No. Go to Test 7.
7. (O/BK) Ground Test
2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test
1. Turn IGN OFF. 2. Is continuity present?
2. See Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3. Inspect for loose or a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/BK) wire.
damaged connections on WSS circuits.
94000396 7-11
b. No. Go to Test 8. 2. See Figure 7-2 or Figure 7-3. Inspect for loose or damaged
connections on WSS circuits.
8. (O/BE) Ground Test 3. Were poor connections found?
1. Test continuity between BOB terminal 15 and ground. a. Yes. Repair connections and circuits.
2. Is continuity present? b. No. Go to Test 3.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/BE) wire.
3. Rear WSS Test
1. Turn IGN OFF.
9. (O/BK) Voltage Test 2. Disconnect rear WSS [168].
1. Turn IGN ON. 3. Connect WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD (PART
NUMBER: HD-50341) between [168B] terminals A and B.
4. Clear DTCs.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/BK) wire.
5. Cycle IGN OFF, ON, wait 10 seconds for ABS to complete
b. No. Replace ABS ECU. initialization test.
6. Check DTCs.
DTC C1027, C1034, C1208
7. Did DTC reset?
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME a. Yes. Go to Test 4.
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT b. No. Replace rear WSS.
HD-50341 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD
4. (O/BN) Open Test
Table 7-11. DTC C1027, C1034, C1208 Diagnostic Faults 1. Turn IGN OFF.
POSSIBLE CAUSES 2. Connect ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER:
HD-48642) between wire harness [166B] , leaving ABS
The wheel speed of one wheel is greater than 5 mph (8 km/h)
ECU [166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
for 2.5 seconds while the other wheel is 0 mph (0 km/h) with
(Page 1-14).
no brake switch input
Dynamometer testing 3. Remove sensor test lead.
WSS fault or malfunction 4. Using TEST CONNECTOR KIT (PART NUMBER:

HD-41404), test resistance between BOB terminal 12 and
Worn bearing assembly [168B] terminal B (O/BN) wire.
One of the wheel speed sensors sends a signal to the ABS 5. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm?
ECU that the wheel speed has increased or decreased at a
rate that is faster than physically possible without a brake a. Yes. Go to Test 5.
switch input b. No. Repair open in (O/BN) wire.
Intermittent open in the rear high or low WSS circuits
Electrical interference 5. (O/PK) Open Test
Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in 1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 13 and [168B]
the rear high or low WSS circuits terminal A (O/PK) wire.
1. Electrical Interference Test
1. Inspect vehicle for accessories that may cause electrical
interference with the WSS. b. No. Repair open in (O/PK) wire.
2. Inspect the rear wheel bearing.
6. Shorted Wires Test
3. Is electrical interference or wheel bearing malfunction
present? 1. Test continuity between BOB terminals 12 and 13.
a. Yes. Remove or relocate interference or correct wheel 2. Is continuity present?
bearing issues.
a. Yes. Repair short between (O/BN) and (O/PK) wires.
2. Loose or Damaged Connections Test 7. (O/BN) Ground Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
7-12 94000396
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/BN) wire.
8. (O/PK) Ground Test

a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/PK) wire.
9. (O/BN) Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/BN) wire.
b. No. Replace ABS ECU.
94000396 7-13
DTC C1055 7.4
See Figure 7-17 and Figure 7-18. The ABS ECU monitors the 2
voltage level available for system operation. A low voltage
condition prevents the system from operating properly. The 1 3
ABS ECU also performs several self-tests for internal problems
9
which may affect proper operation. 4
DTC DESCRIPTION 7 5
C1055 ABS ECU internal error
ed03999
6

2 2. BCM power [259]
1 3. Security siren [142]
4. BCM [242]
5. Rear WSS [168]
6 3 6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
5
1. Purge solenoid [95] For additional information about the connectors in the following
2. BCM power [259] diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS
3. BCM [242] (Page A-1).
4. Rear WSS [168]
5. Security siren [142] em01883
6. ABS ECU [166]

Battery R
R
Conditions for Setting the DTC Fuse

B Block
The ABS ECU detects an internal malfunction.
Main
40A
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
A
[64B]
• ABS is disabled.
R
Diagnostic Tips R 20 20 Battery Power

ABS
R 11 11 Battery Power ECU
If improper voltage is supplied to the ABS ECU, this code may BK 6 6 Ground
set. Using an improper or high voltage charger on the vehicle
may cause this code to inadvertently set when there is nothing [166B] [166A]
BK
wrong with the ABS system.
GND 2
Figure 7-19. ABS Power Circuit

DTC C1055

7-14 94000396
Table 7-13. DTC C1055 Diagnostic Faults
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Internal system malfunction
A faulty system voltage supply to the module
A faulty system ground
1. Battery Circuit Voltage Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-48642) between wire harness [166B] and ABS ECU
[166A]. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS (Page 1-14).
3. Turn IGN ON.
HD-41404), test voltage between BOB terminals 20 and
11 and ground.
5. Is voltage between 10.5-17V?
2. Battery Power Circuit Resistance Test

1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Disconnect main fuse [64B].
3. Test resistance between BOB terminals 11 and 20, and
[64B] socket terminal A.
a. Yes. Inspect battery and charging system. See
CHARGING SYSTEM (Page 3-16).
b. No. Repair circuit.
3. Ground Circuit Resistance Test

1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 6 and ground.
a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU module.
b. No. Repair open in (BK).
94000396 7-15
ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS 7.5
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 2. Perform ABS Service Test
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. Using DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER:
HD-48650), perform ABS service feature found in Vehicle
Set Up.
The ABS ECU is calibrated to maximize ABS performance. If 2. Clear DTCs.
the correct calibration is not in the module the ABS may not
3. Did DTC reset?
perform correctly. The ECM and ABS ECU also compare VINs
to verify the correct ABS ECU is installed. These VINs must a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU module.
match before the ABS will operate properly.
b. No. Calibration complete.
DTC C1178, C1184
DTC DESCRIPTION
C1158 ABS service required PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
C1178 ABS no VIN received from ECM HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II
C1184 ABS invalid VIN from ECM
Table 7-16. DTC C1178, C1184 Diagnostic Faults
Conditions for Setting the DTC POSSIBLE CAUSES

An ABS ECU that is not calibrated correctly or has an internal
The ABS ECU determines final calibration is not completed or
fault
that the VIN does not match calibration.
All replacement ABS ECU will have this DTC set
Action Taken When the DTC Sets Any ABS ECU calibration or update will cause code to set
1. Clear DTC.
Diagnostic Tips 2. Start engine and wait 10 seconds for ABS to complete
These codes will usually appear after replacing the ECM or initialization test.
the ABS ECU. The new modules must be programmed using 3. Check DTCs.
DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II (PART NUMBER: HD-48650). After
the parts are programmed and matched correctly for the 4. Did DTC reset?
specific vehicle, clear the codes. a. Yes. Go to Test 2.
DTC C1158 b. No. See diagnostic tips.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 2. Successful Calibration Test

Table 7-15. DTC C1158 Diagnostic Faults HD-48650), attempt to calibrate ABS ECU using ABS
service feature found in Vehicle Set Up.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
2. Clear DTCs.
An ABS ECU that is not calibrated correctly or has an internal
fault 3. Check DTCs.
All replacement ABS ECU will have this DTC set 4. Did DTC reset?
Any ABS ECU calibration or update will cause code to set a. Yes. Go to Test 3.
b. No. Calibration complete.
1. Clear DTC. 3. Speedometer Test
2. Start engine and wait 10 seconds for ABS to complete 1. Turn IGN ON.
initialization test.
2. Does speedometer display VINERR?
3. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Replace ABS ECU.
b. No. See diagnostic tips.
7-16 94000396
SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS 7.6
See Figure 7-20, Figure 7-21, Figure 7-22 and Figure 7-23. 2
The ABS ECU module monitors current flowing through the 1 3
front and rear HCU apply or release circuits and internal
solenoids. These circuits supply the ground to the front and 9
4
rear apply and release solenoids in the HCU. The ABS ECU
controls the solenoids by controlling the ground side of the 8
solenoid coils.
7 5
DTC DESCRIPTION
6
C1561 Front apply solenoid circuit open
C1562 Front apply solenoid circuit shorted low
C1563 Front apply solenoid circuit shorted high 2. BCM power [259]
C1564 Front release solenoid circuit open 3. Security siren [142]
4. BCM [242]
C1565 Front release solenoid circuit shorted low 5. Rear WSS [168]
C1567 Rear apply solenoid circuit open 6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
C1568 Rear apply solenoid circuit shorted low 8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
C1571 Rear apply solenoid circuit shorted high 9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
C1572 Rear release solenoid circuit open Figure 7-21. Front of Rear Tire: FXSB
C1573 Rear release solenoid circuit shorted low ed03991
ed03999
2
2 1
1 7
3
3 6
6
4
4 5
5
1. Horn [122] FXSB
2. Front HCU [254]
1. Purge solenoid [95] 3. Front HO2S [138]
2. BCM power [259] 4. CKP [79]
3. BCM [242] 5. JSS [133]
4. Rear WSS [168] 6. Voltage regulator [78]
5. Security siren [142] 7. Oil pressure switch [120]
6. ABS ECU [166] Figure 7-22. Front of Engine: Typical
94000396 7-17
ed03996
1 em01881 ABS ECU
2
Front HCU Release

Rear HCU Release
Front HCU Power

Rear HCU Power
Front HCU Apply

Rear HCU Apply
Battery Power
Battery Power
Ground
3
8 4 20 11 10 9 7 6 4 2 1 [166A]
7 5 20 11 10 9 7 6 4 2 1 [166B]
6
O/W
O/GN
O/GY
O/R
O/V
O/Y
BK
R
R
Front HCU
BK D D Ground
O/GY C C Front HCU Release
Fuse O/R B B Front HCU Power
2. Starter solenoid [128] Block
R
O/GN A A Front HCU Apply
A
4. Neutral switch [131-2] [254B] [254A]
5. Rear brake switch [121] Main Rear HCU
6. Active exhaust [79] 40A BK D D Ground
7. VSS [65] B O/W C C Rear HCU Release
[64B]
8. Rear HCU [255] O/V B B Rear HCU Power
R
Figure 7-23. Starter O/Y A A Rear HCU Apply
BK
[255B] [255A]
Conditions for Setting the DTC R Battery
DTC C1561-C1565 can set if one of the following conditions

exist in the front HCU solenoid circuits:
GND 2
• Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in
the front HCU apply or release circuit. Figure 7-24. HCU Schematic
• HCU fault or malfunction. DTC C1561-C1565
DTC C1567, C1568, C1571, C1572, C1573 can set if one of HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX
the following conditions exist in the rear HCU solenoid circuits:
Table 7-18. DTC C1561-C1565 Diagnostic Faults
• Short to ground, short to battery, open or high resistance in
the rear HCU apply or release circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES
• HCU fault or malfunction. Open or high resistance on the front HCU ground circuit
• ABS ECU fault or malfunction. Open or high resistance on front HCU power circuit
Short to ground on the front HCU power circuit
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
• The ABS indicator is illuminated. 1. Front HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to
Ground Test
Diagnostic Tips 1. Turn IGN OFF.
All the DTCs that set in this diagnostic are related to terminals 2. Disconnect front HCU [254].
A and C of the front and rear HCU, either internally in the ABS
ECU or HCU, or externally in the wire or connectors. If a DTC 3. Connect ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER:
is intermittent, it may be a connection problem from terminal HD-48642) to wire harness [166B], leaving ABS ECU
A or C to the ABS ECU. [166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14).
Connector Information 4. Test continuity between BOB terminal 2 and ground.
For additional information about the connectors in the following 5. Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/GN) wire.
(Page A-1).
7-18 94000396
2. Release Solenoid Circuit Short to Ground 3. Is resistance between 5-13 ohms?
Test a. Yes. Go to Test 9.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/GY) wire. 9. HCU Diode Test A
b. No. Go to Test 3. 1. Set DMM to diode test.
2. Connect DMM positive (red) test lead to BOB terminal 1
3. HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage and negative (black) test lead to BOB terminal 2.
Test 3. Test voltage.
1. Turn IGN ON.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/GN) wire.
b. No. Go to Test 4. 10. HCU Diode Test B
1. Reverse probes, connect DMM positive (red) test lead to
4. Release Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage breakout box terminal 2 and negative (black) test lead to
Test breakout box terminal 1.
1. Test voltage between BOB terminal 4 and ground. 2. Is OL displayed?
2. Is voltage present? a. Yes. Go to Test 11.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/GY) wire. b. No. Replace front HCU.
11. ABS ECU Test
5. HCU Apply Circuit Resistance Test 1. Remove BOB and connect [166].
1. Turn IGN OFF. 2. Clear DTCs.
2. Remove main fuse [64B]. 3. Start engine and wait 10 seconds for ABS ECU to perform
terminal A (O/GN) wire. 4. Check DTCs.
4. Is resistance less than 0.5 ohm? 5. Did DTC reset?
a. Yes. Go to Test 6. a. Yes. Replace ABS ECU.
b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (O/GN) ground b. No. Concern is intermittent. See DIAGNOSTICS AND
wire. TROUBLESHOOTING, Wiggle Test (Page 1-19).
6. HCU Release Circuit Resistance Test DTC C1567, C1568, C1571, C1572, C1573
1. Test resistance between BOB terminal 4 and [254B] PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
terminal C (O/GY) wire.
Table 7-19. DTC C1567, C1568, C1571, C1572, C1573 Dia-
gnostic Faults
b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (O/GY) wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Open or high resistance on the front HCU ground circuit
7. HCU Apply and Release Circuits Test
Open or high resistance on rear HCU power circuit
1. Test continuity between BOB terminals 2 and 4.
Short to power on rear HCU circuit
a. Yes. Repair short between (O/GN) and (O/GY) wires.
b. No. Go to Test 8. 1. Rear HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to
Ground Test
8. HCU Apply and Release Solenoid Test 1. Turn IGN OFF.
1. Connect [254]. 2. Disconnect rear HCU [255].
2. Test resistance between BOB terminals 2 and 4.
94000396 7-19
3. Connect ABS BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: 2. Is continuity present?
a. Yes. Repair short between (O/W) and (O/Y) wires.
[166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
(Page 1-14). b. No. Go to Test 8.
8. HCU Apply and Release Solenoid Test
1. Connect [255].
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/Y) wire.
2. Test resistance between BOB terminals 7 and 9.
2. Rear Release Solenoid Circuit Short to a. Yes. Go to Test 9.
Ground Test b. No. Replace rear HCU.
2. Is continuity present? 9. HCU Diode Test A
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/W) wire. 1. Set DMM to diode test.
b. No. Go to Test 3. 2. Connect DMM positive (red) test lead to breakout box
terminal 10 and negative (black) test lead to breakout box
terminal 9.
3. HCU Apply Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage
Test 3. Test voltage.
1. Turn IGN ON. 4. Is voltage greater than 0.2V?
2. Test voltage between BOB terminal 9 and ground. a. Yes. Go to Test 10.
3. Is voltage present? b. No. Replace rear HCU.
a. Yes. Repair short to voltage on (O/Y) wire.
10. HCU Diode Test B
1. Reverse probes, connect DMM positive (red) test lead to
breakout box terminal 9 and negative (black) test lead to
4. Release Solenoid Circuit Short to Voltage breakout box terminal 10.
Test
2. Is OL displayed?
b. No. Replace rear HCU.
a. Yes. Repair short to ground on (O/W) wire.
11. ABS ECU Test
5. HCU Apply Circuit Resistance Test
2. Clear DTCs.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
2. Remove main fuse [64B].
4. Check DTCs.
terminal A (O/Y) wire.
5. Did DTC reset?
b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (O/Y) wire.
6. HCU Release Circuit Resistance Test

terminal C (O/W) wire.
b. No. Repair open or high resistance in (O/W) wire.
7. HCU Apply and Release Circuits Test

1. Test continuity between BOB terminals 7 and 9.
7-20 94000396
ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON OR INOPERATIVE 7.7
Battery R
See Figure 7-25. The speedometer illuminates the ABS
indicator by supplying ground to the lamp. The ABS ECU sends
R
a message on the CAN bus to the speedometer in order to Fuse
B Block
command the indicator ON or OFF.
Main
The ABS indicator will normally illuminate and then begin to 40A
flash when the vehicle is turned ON. It will continue to flash A
[64B]
until the ABS ECU sees at least 8 mph (10 km/h) to verify
R
proper operation.
[166B] [166A]
ed03775
R 20 20 Battery Power
W/BK 19 19 CAN Low ABS
W/R 18 18 CAN High
ECU
R 11 11 Battery Power
4 BK 6 6 Ground
W/BK
W/R
[20A] 3 1
[20B] 3 1
3
W/R
W/BK
[39B] [39A]
W/R 2 2 Battery Power

W/BK
Speedometer
8 8 Ground
BK
5
2 GND 2
Figure 7-26. ABS and Speedometer CAN Circuit

ABS
1 6 ABS INDICATOR ALWAYS ON OR
INOPERATIVE
2. Check engine PART NUMBER TOOL NAME
3. Low fuel HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX
4. Security
HD-45325 JUMPER HARNESS
6. Cruise control HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX
Figure 7-25. Indicator Lamps Table 7-20. ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative Dia-
gnostic Faults
Diagnostic Tips
POSSIBLE CAUSES
The malfunction must be present during diagnosis in order to
Open battery circuit
prevent unnecessary parts replacement.
Open ground circuit
Connector Information Short to ground in battery circuit
diagram(s) and diagnostic procedure(s), see CONNECTORS 1. DTC Test
(Page A-1).
1. Verify vehicle is equipped with ABS and has the
appropriate speedometer.
2. Clear DTCs.
3. Turn IGN OFF.
4. Check DTCs.
5. Did DTCs set?
a. Yes. See appropriate diagnostic procedure.
94000396 7-21
2. ABS Lamp Function Test b. No. Repair open in (W/BK) wire.
1. Perform a "WOW" test. See Initial Diagnostics (Page 1-2).
2. Does ABS lamp function properly during the "WOW" test?
5. ABS Power Circuit Test
1. Test voltage between ABS BOB terminal 11 and 20 to
ground.
3. CAN High Circuit Resistance Test
b. No. Repair open in ABS ECU battery circuit.
1. Turn IGN OFF.
HD-48642) between wire harness [166B] leaving ABS ECU
6. ABS Ground Circuit Test
[166A] disconnected. See DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS 1. Test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 6 and ground.
(Page 1-14).
3. Connect BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-42682)
and JUMPER HARNESS (PART NUMBER: HD-45325)
between wire harness [39B] and speedometer [39A]. See b. No. Repair open in ABS ECU ground circuit.
4. Test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 18 and 7. ABS ECU Test
speedometer BOB terminal 2.
1. Remove ABS BOB and connect [166].
2. Remove speedometer BOB and connect [39].
3. Clear DTCs.
4. CAN Low Circuit Resistance Test 5. Check DTCs.
1. Test resistance between ABS BOB terminal 19 and
6. Did DTC reset?
speedometer BOB terminal 8.
7-22 94000396
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
A.1 CONNECTORS .................................................................................................................... A-1
A.2 WIRING DIAGRAMS ............................................................................................................ A-5
A.3 CONNECTOR END VIEWS ............................................................................................... A-29
A.4 COMPONENT LOCATION VIEWS .................................................................................... A-43
APPENDIX A WIRING
NOTES
CONNECTORS A.1
CONNECTOR LOCATIONS Connector Number
On wiring diagrams and in service instructions, connectors are
Function/Location identified by a number in brackets.
All vehicle connectors are identified by their function and
location. Refer to Table A-1. Repair Instructions
The repair instructions in Appendix B of the electrical diagnostic
Place and Color manual (EDM) are by connector type. Refer to Table A-1.
The place (number of wire cavities of a connector housing)
and color of the connector can also aid identification.
Table A-1. Softail Connector Locations
NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE TERMINAL LOCATION
PROBE COL-
OR
[7] Tail lamp harness to main har- 8-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Under seat
ness sealed (BK) (except FXSB)
[13] Fuel tank harness 4-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Behind fuel tank (under seat)
sealed (BK) (FXSB)
[18] Right rear stop, tail and turn 2-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray/Brown Inside tail lamp lens (except FXSB,
assembly sealed (except FLSTN, FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
FLS, FLSS) (BK) Under seat (FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
2-place Deutsch DTM Sealed
(FLSTN)
(FXSB, FLS, FLSS) (GY)
[19] Left rear stop, tail and turn as- 2-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray/Brown Inside tail lamp lens (except FXSB,
sembly sealed (except FLSTN, FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
FLS, FLSS) (BK) Under seat (FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
(FLSTN)
(FXSB, FLS, FLSS) (BK)
[20] Console harness 6-place Molex MX 150 Sealed Gray Under console
8-place Molex MX 150 Sealed
(Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
(BK)
[22-1] Right hand controls 4-place JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under fuel tank, right side
[22-2] Right hand controls 2-place JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under fuel tank, right side
[24] Left hand controls 4-place JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under fuel tank, left side
[31] Front turn signals 6-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Under fuel tank, right side
sealed (BK)
[31L] Left front turn signal/auxiliary 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under fuel tank, left side
lamp (with fairing)
[31R] Right front turn signal/auxiliary 4-way JAE MX19 Sealed (BK) Yellow Under fuel tank, right side
lamp (with fairing)
[32] Front fender tip lamp 2-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Under fuel tank, left side
sealed (BK)
[33] Ignition switch 2-place Delphi GT 150 Sealed Gray Under fuel tank console (except
(GY) FXSB)
Behind ignition coil (FXSB)
[38] Headlamp 4-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Under fuel tank, left side
sealed (BK)
[39] Speedometer 12-place Delphi Micro 64 BOB Back of speedometer
Sealed (GY)
94000396 A-1
PROBE COL-
OR
[40] LP, stop and tail lamp 4-place Deutsch DTM Sealed Brown Inside tail lamp lens (except FXSB,
(FLSTN) (BK) FLS, FLSS)
3-place Deutsch DTM Sealed Under seat (FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
[45] Rear fender tip lamp 3-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Inside tail lamp lens
sealed (BK)
[47] Voltage regulator to stator 3-place Dekko (BK) Green Back of voltage regulator
[64] Fuse block Delphi 280 Metri-pack Sealed Purple/Red Under seat
Delphi 800 Metri-pack Sealed
(main fuse)
[65] VSS 3-place Delphi GT 150 3.5 Gray Top of transmission case
Sealed (BK)
[73] Auxiliary lamps 2-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Behind front fork panel
sealed (BK)
[77] Voltage regulator 2-place Dekko (BK) Green Back of voltage regulator
[78-1] ECM 18-place Tyco GET 64 Sealed BOB Under seat in front of rear fender
(BK) (except FXSB)
Electrical panel behind fender exten-
sion (FXSB)
(GY) (except FXSB)
sion (FXSB)
(GY) (except FXSB)
sion (FXSB)
[79] CKP sensor 2-place Deutsch DTM Sealed Brown Back of voltage regulator bracket
(BK)
[80] TMAP 4-place Bosch Compact 1.1M Gray Top of induction module
Sealed (BK)
[83] Ignition coil 4-place Delphi GT 150 Sealed Gray Rear of coil
(BK)
[84] Front fuel injector 2-place Delphi GT 150 3.5 Gray Beneath fuel tank
Sealed (GY)
[85] Rear fuel injector 2-place Delphi GT 150 3.5 Gray Beneath fuel tank
Sealed (GY)
[90] ET sensor 2-place Delphi GT 150 Sealed Gray Rear of front cylinder, left side
(BK)
[91] DLC 6-place Deutsch DT Sealed Black Under seat
(GY)
[93] Tail lamp 4-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Inside tail lamp lens
sealed (BK)
[94] Rear fender lights harness in 6-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray Circuit board under tail lamp as-
circuit board sealed (BK) sembly
[95] Purge solenoid 2-place Delphi 150 Metri-pack Gray Electrical panel behind fender exten-
Sealed (BK) sion
[109] Auxiliary lamp switch Tyco Insulated Spade terminal Gray Fork back panel
[117] Fuel gauge 4-place Tyco 040 Unsealed Left front side of fuel tank
(BK)
[120] Oil pressure switch Right Angle Push On Molded Front right crankcase
(BK)
A-2 94000396
PROBE COL-
OR
[121] Rear stop lamp switch Tyco Insulated Spade terminal Red Right side of transmission
(BK)
[122] Horn Flag terminals (BK) Red Between cylinders, left side (except
FXSB)
Front of frame above voltage regulat-
or (FXSB)
[128] Starter solenoid Tyco Insulated Spade terminal Red Top of starter
(W)
[131] Neutral switch Right Angle Push On Molded Top of transmission
(BK)
[133] JSS 3-place Molex MX 150 Sealed Gray Back of voltage regulator bracket
(BK)
[137] HO2 sensor (rear) 4-place Molex MX 150 Sealed Gray Under seat in front of battery
(BK)
[138] HO2 sensor (front) 4-place Molex MX 150 Sealed Gray Behind voltage regulator
(BK)
[141] Fuel pump and sender 4-place Delphi GT 150 Sealed Gray Top of fuel tank
(BK)
[142] Security siren (optional) 3-place Delphi GT 150 3.5 Gray Electrical panel behind fender exten-
Sealed (BK) sion
[143] Front fender tip lamp 2-place Tyco 070 Multilock Un- Gray In front fender tip lamp
sealed (BK)
[166] ABS ECU 20-place Molex MX 150 Sealed BOB Electrical panel behind fender exten-
(BK) sion
[167] Front WSS 2-place Delphi 150 Metri-pack Gray Under fuel tank, left side
Sealed (BK)
[168] Rear WSS 2-place Delphi 150 Metri-pack Gray Electrical panel behind fender exten-
Sealed (BK) sion
[179] Active exhaust 5-place Tyco Superseal 1.5 Gray Exhaust bracket
Sealed (BK)
[200] Resistor assembly 3-place Molex MX 150 Sealed Gray Under seat
(GY)
[203F] ACR (front) 2-place Tyco Superseal 1.5 Gray Bracket attached to the throttle body
Sealed
[203R] ACR (rear) 2-place Tyco Superseal 1.5 Gray Bracket attached to the throttle body
Sealed
[204] TGS 6-place JST JWPF Sealed Yellow Under fuel tank, right side
[209] Security antenna 2-place Molex MX 64 Unsealed Light Blue Under seat
(BK)
[211] TCA 6-place Molex MX 150 Sealed Gray Beneath fuel tank
(BK)
[242] BCM 48-place Molex CMC Sealed BOB Electrical panel behind fender exten-
(BK) sion
[254] Front HCU 4-place Delphi GT 150 Sealed Gray Front of frame above voltage regulat-
(BK) or
[255] Rear HCU 4-place Delphi GT 150 Sealed Gray Below electrical panel behind fender
(BK) extension
[259] BCM battery power 1-place Delphi 800 Metri-pack Red Electrical panel behind fender exten-
Sealed (BK) sion
94000396 A-3
PROBE COL-
OR
[266] Anti-theft tracking module 4-place Delphi GT 150 Sealed Gray Electrical panel behind fender exten-
(BK) sion
[GND1] Left side ground stud Ring terminals Under seat
[GND2] Right side ground stud
[GND2A] (Regulator) Right side ground
stud
A-4 94000396
WIRING DIAGRAMS A.2
WIRING DIAGRAM INFORMATION ed03175
5
Wire Color Codes
3 4
Wire traces on wiring diagrams are labeled with alpha codes. 6
Refer to Table A-2.
For Solid Color Wires: See Figure A-1. The alpha code 1 2 7
identifies wire color.
GN/Y
W
For Striped Wires: The code is written with a slash (/) between 8
the solid color code and the stripe code. For example, a trace [21A] 1 2
labeled GN/Y is a green wire with a yellow stripe. [21B] 1 2

9
GN/Y
Wiring Diagram Symbols
See Figure A-1. On wiring diagrams and in service/repair 1 2 10
instructions, connectors are identified by a number in brackets
[ ]. The letter inside the brackets identifies whether the housing
is a socket or pin housing. 13 11
A=Pin: The letter A and the pin symbol after a connector
number identifies the pin side of the terminal connectors. 12
B=Socket: The letter B and the socket symbol after a connector
number identifies the socket side of the terminal connectors. 1. Connector number
Other symbols found on the wiring diagrams include the 2. Terminal code (A=pin, B=socket)
following: 3. Solid wire color
4. Striped wire color
Diode: The diode allows current flow in one direction only in 5. Socket symbol
a circuit. 6. Pin symbol
7. Diode
Wire break: The wire breaks are used to show option variances 8. Wire break
or page breaks. 9. No connection
No Connection: Two wires crossing over each other in a wiring 10. Circuit to/from
diagram that are shown with no splice indicating they are not 11. Splice
connected together. 12. Ground
13. Twisted pair
Circuit to/from: This symbol indicates a more complete circuit Figure A-1. Connector/Wiring Diagram Symbols
diagram on another page. The symbol is also identifying the
direction of current flow. ed03169
Splice: Splices are where two or more wires are connected

together along a wiring diagram. The indication of a splice only
indicates that wires are spliced to that circuit. It is not the true 1 1 2 3 2 4
location of the splice in the wiring harness.
Ground: Grounds can be classified as either clean or dirty

grounds. Clean grounds are identified by a (BK/GN) wire and
are normally used for sensors or modules. A 3 B
NOTE
Clean grounds usually do not have electric motors, coils or
anything that may cause electrical interference on the ground
circuit. 4
Dirty grounds are identified by a (BK) wire and are used for 1. Battery
components that are not as sensitive to electrical interference. 2. P&A
3. Main
Twisted pair: This symbol indicates the two wires are twisted 4. Fuse block [64]
together in the harness. This minimizes the circuit's Figure A-2. Fuse Block and Socket Terminals
electromagnetic interference from external sources. If repairs
are necessary to these wires they should remain as twisted Table A-2. Wire Color Codes
wires.
ALPHA CODE WIRE COLOR
BE Blue
BK Black
94000396 A-5
Table A-2. Wire Color Codes Table A-2. Wire Color Codes
ALPHA CODE WIRE COLOR ALPHA CODE WIRE COLOR
BN Brown TN Tan
GN Green V Violet
GY Gray W White
LBE Light Blue Y Yellow
LGN Light Green
2017 SOFTAIL WIRING DIAGRAMS
O Orange
PK Pink Refer to the table below for wiring diagram information.
R Red
WIRING DIAGRAM LIST

FIGURE NUMBER
Battery Power Distribution Figure A-3.
Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS Figure A-4.
Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: FXSB Figure A-5.
Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: FLS, FLSS Figure A-6.
Sensor Grounds Figure A-7.
Ground Circuit: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS Figure A-8.
Ground Circuit: FXSB, FLS, FLSS Figure A-9.
Front Lighting and Hand Controls: 2017 Softail Figure A-10.
Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS) Figure A-11.
Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS) Figure A-12.
Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB) Figure A-13.
Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FLS, FLSS) Figure A-14.
Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB, FLS, FLSS) Figure A-15.
Rear Lighting: 2017 Softail Figure A-16.
A-6 94000396
em01860
Battery Power
R
R
BK R R
Fuse
A 1 3 Block
Main Battery P&A

Battery 40A 15A 15A
GND 1 Starter B 2 4
Stud [64B]
R/O
R/BE
R
[24B] [24A]
6 [91A]
Left DLC
Hand R/O 1 1 R/O
Controls
Voltage
[22B-1] [22A-1] [78B-2] [78A-2] Regulator
Right
Hand R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 18 18 ECM
Controls
P [77A]
P [77B]
R
[259A] [259B]
[39A] [39B] [20B] [20A]
BCM 1 1 R
Speedometer 5 5 R/O R/O 6 6 R/O
Indicator
R/O
Lamps
R/O
(With (Without
Tracking) Tracking)
R/O
R/O
R
[142B] 1 1 [142B]
11 20 [166B]
[142A] 1 1 [142A]
11 20 [166A]
Anti-theft Security
Tracking Siren ECU
Module (Optional) (ABS Only)
Figure A-3. Battery Power Distribution
94000396 A-7
em01954
BCM

Stop/Tail Tail

Lamp Lamp
Running Light Power

Fuel Pump Power
Accessory Power
System Power
Battery Power
O/W
O/W
BE
BE
HDI
HDI 2 1 [93B] [242A] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259A]
2 1 [93A] [242B] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259B]
O/W
BE
Circuit
R/GN
W/O
R/BN
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R
Board
2 1 [40B]
1 3 [94A] Battery
2 1 [40A] R Power
1 3 [94B]
[120A] [120B] Distribution
BE/BK
BE
Oil
BE/BK
BE
Pressure 1 1 W/O
Switch [91A]
(FLSTN) (Except R/Y 5 DLC

FLSTN) [141A] [141B] [20B] [20A]
BE/BK
BE
A A R/BN 7 7 R/BN
Fuel [38A] [38B]
2 7 [7B] Pump
Position
2 7 [7A] BE/BK 1 1 O/W O/W 1 1
Lamp
R/Y
BE
O/W
[29B] [29A]
1 [32A]
1 [32B]
BK
1 1
Tip
BK
BE
Lamp
[117B] 1
[95B] [95A] [143A] [143B]
[117A] 1 R/GN A A
Purge
O
Solenoid
Fuel
Gauge
[84A] [84B] [85B] [85A]

Front Fuel A A
Rear Fuel
A A R/GN R/GN
Injector Injector
BE
BE
BE
BE
[138B] [138A] [137A] [137B]

[31A] 3 4 1 [31LA] 1 [31RA]
[31B] 3 4 Not Not Front 1 1
Rear
R/GN R/GN 1 1
Used Used HO2S HO2S
BE
BE
[203FB] [203FA] [203RA] [203RB]

BE
BE
Right Front Left Front

Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
[83A] [83B] [78B-2] [78A-2]
Ignition
Figure A-4. Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
A-8 94000396
em01955
BCM


Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
Running Light Power

Fuel Pump Power
Accessory Power
System Power
Battery Power
BE
BE
1 [31LB] 1 [31RB]
1 [31LA] 1 [31RA]
[242A] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259A]
BE
BE
[242B] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259B]
R/GN
W/O
R/BN
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R
Not Battery
R Power
Used
Distribution
3 4 [31A] [120A] [120B]
Oil
BE
BE
Pressure 1 1 W/O
Switch [91A]
[141A] [141B] [13A] [13B]
R/Y 5 DLC
Fuel A A R/BN 1 1 R/BN
Pump
[38A] [38B]
BE/BK 1 1 1 1
Position
O/W
Lamp
O/W
[29B] [29A]
1 [32A]
[32B]
BE
BK
[200B] 1
[200A] 1 1 1
Tip
BK
Lamp
[95B] [95A] [143A] [143B]
Resistor R/GN A A
ASSY Purge
Solenoid
BE
BE
[84A] [84B] [85B] [85A]

1 [19A] [18A] 1 Front Fuel A A
Rear Fuel
A A R/GN R/GN
[18B] Injector Injector
1 [19B] 1
R/Y
BE
BE
[138B] [138A] [137A] [137B]

[40A] 1
(Except Front Rear
(Canada) Canada) HO2S
1 1 R/GN R/GN 1 1
HO2S
[40B] 1 [40B] 1
[203FB] [203FA] [203RA] [203RB]

BE
BK
BE
BE
Left Right
Stop/ LP/Stop/ LP Stop/
Tail/ Tail Tail/ [83A] [83B] [78B-2] [78A-2]
Turn Turn
Ignition
Figure A-5. Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: FXSB
94000396 A-9
em01956
Left Right BCM

STT STT
Running Light Power

Fuel Pump Power
Accessory Power
W
System Power
Battery Power
1 [19B] 1 [18B]
1 [19A] 1 [18A]
BE
BE
[242A] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259A]
[242B] E3 F4 J3 L3 L4 M2 1 [259B]
R/GN
W/O
R/BN
R/Y
BE/BK
BE
R
Battery
R Power
Distribution
LP/
LP Stop/Tail
[91A]
R/Y 5 DLC
BK
BE
1 [40B] 1 [40B]
1 [40A] 1 [40A]
[38A] [38B] Position
Lamp
R/Y
R/Y
BE/BK 1 1 O/W O/W 1 1
O/W
Canada [29B] [29A]
Except
Canada
R/Y
1 [32A]
1 [32B]
BK
1 1
Tip
BK
Lamp
[95B] [95A] [143A] [143B]
R/GN A A
Purge
Solenoid
R/BN
W/O
BE
[120B] 1 [117B] 1 [20A] 7

[120A] 1 [117A] 1 [20B] 7
R/BN
O
[84A] [84B] [85B] [85A]

Oil Front Fuel Rear Fuel
Pressure [141B] A
A A R/GN R/GN A A
Injector Injector
Switch [141A] A
Fuel
Gauge
[138B] [138A] [137A] [137B]
Fuel Front Rear
1 1 R/GN R/GN 1 1
BE
BE
Pump HO2S HO2S
[31A] 3 4
BE
BE
[203FB] [203FA] [203RA] [203RB]

[31LA] 1 [31RA] 1
[31LB] 1 [31RB] 1
BE
BE
[83A] [83B] [78B-2] [78A-2]

Turn Lamp Turn Lamp Ignition
Figure A-6. Ignition and Accessory Power Distribution: FLS, FLSS
A-10 94000396
em01759
Fuel Pump
C [141A]
C [141B]
BK/GN
[39A] [39B] [20B] [20A] [33B] [33A]
Speedometer 7 7 BK/GN 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN 1 1 Ignition Switch
[200B] [200A]
(FXSB) BK/GN 1 1 Resistor

[24B] [24A] Assembly
Left
Hand BK 2 2 BK/GN BK/GN
Controls [117B] [117A]
(Except Fuel
BK/GN 4 4 BK
FXSB) Gauge
BCM G4 G4 BK/GN
[78A-2] [78B-2]
[242A] [242B] BK/GN 10
ECM
BK/GN 10
JSS BK 3 3 BK/GN
[78A-A] [78B-A]
[133A] [133B]
Right
Hand BK 2 2 BK/GN
Controls
[22B-1] [22A-1]
VSS C C BK/GN
[65A] [65B]
BK/GN
BK/GN
BK
Battery GND 1
Figure A-7. Sensor Grounds
94000396 A-11
em01957 Neutral ECU Rear HCU Front HCU Rear Brake
Switch (ABS Only) (ABS Only) (ABS Only) Switch
Fuel
Pump
1 [131A-2] 6 [166A] D [255A] D [254A] 1 [121A-2]

1 [131B-2] 6 [166B] D [255B] D [254B] 1 [121B-2]
D [141A]
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
D [141B]
BK
Security Siren
(Optional)
8 [20B] BK 3 3
8 [20A]
[142B] [142A]
BK
BK
Anti-theft
[38B-2] [38A-2] Tracking Module
[38A] [38B]
BK 3 3
BK 4 4 BK BK 1 1 Headlamp
(If [142B] [142A]
[29B] [29A] Equipped)
BK D D
BK 1 1 Position Lamp
[122B-2] [122A-2] [266B] [266A]
GND 4
BK 1 1 BK 1 1 BK Tip Lamp
Horn
[143A] [143B]
BK
[109B]
[109A]
Auxiliary
BK
BK
Lamp
Switch [31A] 1 6
[31B] 1 6
BK
BK
BK 2 DLC
[91A] Right Left

Front Front
Turn Turn
BK
BK
BK
Lamp Lamp
8 5 4 [7A]
BK
BK
1 [31LA] 1 [31RA] (Except

Not Not (FLSTN) FLSTN)
Used Used
8 5 4 [7B] 5 [7B]
BK/BN
BK/V
BK
BK
Right
Rear [94B] 6
Turn [94A] 6
Lamp
[18A] BK 2 2
2 [19A] 4 [40A] 2
2 [19B] 4 [40B] 2 [18B] [18B] [18A] Circuit

Board
BK
BK
BK
BK 2 2
Left [19B] [19A] 3 [45A] 4 [93A]
Rear
Right [45B] [93B]
Left Rear Tail Turn 3 4
Turn Lamp Rear Lamp
BK
BK
BK
Lamp Turn
BK N N Voltage Lamp
Regulator
[77B] [77A] Fender Tail
Tip Lamp
GND 2 Lamp
(If Equipped)
Figure A-8. Ground Circuit: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
A-12 94000396
em01958 Neutral ECU Rear HCU Front HCU Rear Brake
Switch (ABS Only) (ABS Only) (ABS Only) Switch
Fuel Fuel
Pump Pump
1 [131A-2] 6 [166A] D [255A] D [254A] 1 [121A-2]

D [141A] D [141A] 1 [131B-2] 6 [166B] D [255B] D [254B] 1 [121B-2]
D [141B] D [141B]
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
4 [13A] 8 [20B] Turn Lamp Turn Lamp
4 [13B] 8 [20A]
BK
BK
BK
BK
Security Siren
1 [31LB] 1 [31RB] (Optional)
1 [31LA] 1 [31RA] BK 3 3
FXSB FLS, FLSS
BK
BK
BK
[142B] [142A]
BK Anti-theft
Tracking Module
BK 3 3
[38A] [38B] [38B-2] [38A-2] (If [142B] [142A]

Equipped)
BK 4 4 BK BK 1 1 Headlamp BK D D
[29B] [29A] [266B] [266A]
BK 1 1 Position Lamp GND 4
[122B-2] [122A-2]
BK 1 1
BK
BK
Horn
1 6 [31A]
Not BK
BK
BK
BK 2 DLC Used
4 [19A] 3 [40A] 4 [18A]
[91A]
4 [19B] 3 [40B] 4 [18B]
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK N N Voltage
Regulator
[77B] [77A]
Left LP Right
Stop/Tail/ Stop/Tail/ Stop/Tail/
GND 2 Turn Turn
Figure A-9. Ground Circuit: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
94000396 A-13
NOTES
et00769
Auxiliary Lamp Switch

RHCM
Right
Auxiliary
Lamp [109]
W/GY Engine Stop Switch
GY/BK
BK
[73RB] GY/BK R/O Battery Fuse
BK/GN Ground
Auxiliary Lamp
W/R CAN High TGS
[73A] [73B]
W/BK CAN Low
GY/BK 1 1 GY/BK
[73LB] GY/BK GY/BK 2 2
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
GY/BK
5V Sensor Power 2
5V Sensor Power 1
BK
BK
Left
O/W
Y
Auxiliary Japan
TGS 2
TGS 1
Lamp
Front Brake
W
W
BK
BK
R
R
Japan Except Japan Switch
[38B-2]
O/W 1 [204B]
HI W W 2 See Main
LO Y Y 3
Harness BK 6
(1 Of 2) W 5
GND BK BK 4
R 4
BK 3
Headlamp
[38B] BK BK 3 W 2
R 1
[29A-2] [29B-2] Right Directional
V/BN V/BN 2
and Running BE BE 1
Lamp [22B-2]
BK 1 1 BK
See Main
[31RB] Harness
Position W/GY 1
BK 1 1 O/W (1 of 2)
Lamp See Main
BK BK 3 R/O 1 Harness
[29A-1] [29B-1] Left Directional BK/GN 2 (1 of 2)
V/BN V/BN 2
and Running BE BE 1
W/R 3
Lamp W/BK 4
Tip
BK 1 1 O/W O/W 1 1 O/W
Lamp [31LB]
[22B-1]
BK 2 2 BK BK 2 2 BK
[24B]
[143B] [143A] [32B] [32A]
Front Fender Tip Lamp
W/BK 4
W/R 3
BK/GN 2
R/O 1
Front Turn
Signals Clutch
With Light Bar Switch
GND
Right BK
Directional Turn
BN
And DOM BE
Running Lamp
BK
BK
Running
DOM Only BK 1
BN 2 See Main
BE 3 Harness W/BK Can Low
BE 4 (1 Of 2) W/R Can High
V 5
BK/GN Ground
BK 6
R/O Battery Fuse
GND
Left BK [31B]
Turn
Directional V
And DOM BE
Running Lamp
Running LHCM
DOM Only
Figure A-10. Front Lighting and Hand Controls: 2017 Softail
94000396 A-15
Front Lighting and Hand Controls: 2017 Softail Front Lighting and Hand Controls: 2017 Softail
94000396 A-16
et00807 [33A] [33B] Front ACR Rear ACR TMAP
See Front Lighting See Front Lighting TCA TGS
And Hand Controls And Hand Controls
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
IGN
5V Sensor Power 1
5V Sensor Power 2
5V Sensor Power 1
Ignition 1 1 BK/GN [31A] [22A-1] [22A-2]
5V Sensor Power
ACC
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1
Switch 200
System Power
System Power
OFF
800
W/R
W/BK
BE/O
R/O
W/GY
BK/GN
BE/PK
BK
BE
BE
BK
2 2 W/BE
Map Input
ETC High
ETC Low
TGS 1
TGS 2
[39A] [39B]
TPS 2
TPS 1
ACR
ACR
IAT
CAN Low 8 8 W/BK
DLC 1 2 [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 3 4 [80A] [211A] 1 2 3 4 5 6
BK
BK
W
W
W/R
R
CAN High 2 2
High Beam Indicator 4 4 BE/W [91A] 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 3 4 [80B] [211B] 1 2 3 4 5 6
Neutral Indicator 6 6 W
1 2 3 4 5 6 [204B]
Speedometer
GN/GY
W/R
W/BK
R/W
R/GN
R/GN
BK/W
GN/O
GY/O
GY
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GY
GN/V
BE/R
R/Y
R/BE
BK/GY
GY/V
BK
Ground 7 7 BK/GN 1 2 3 4 5 6 [204A]
Fuel Level 9 9 W/Y
GN/W
GY/W
R/W
BK/W
R/GY
BK/GY
Left Turn Indicator BE/PK

High Beam Indicator BE/W
Indicator Oil Pressure Indicator W/O
Lamps Right Turn Indicator BE/O
Neutral Indicator W
Battery Fuse R/O
Fuel Pump Power A A R/BN

Fuel Fuel Level Sender B B W/Y
BK/GN
Pump Sender Ground C C BK/GN
W/BE
W/BK
R/BN
W/R
W/Y
R/O
BK
Pump Ground D D BK
W/GY
BK/GN
[141A] [141B] [20B] 7 8 4 5 6 2 1 3
BE/PK
[20A] 7 8 4 5 6 2 1 3 BE/O
W/BE
W/BK
R/BN
W/R
W/Y
R/O
BK/GN
BK
BK
See Main Harness (2 of 2): Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS

BK/W
[24A] R/BN
W/BE
1 R/O R/O
See Front
Lighting 2 BK/GN BK/PK
And Hand 3 W/R W/R
Controls 4 W/BK W/BK
BE/R
Front R/Y
WSS Front WSS High R A A O/BE O/BE
(ABS Front WSS Low BK B B O/BK O/BK
Only) BE/Y
BE/W
[38A] [167A] [167B]
BE/BK
BE
4 BK
See Front BK/O
Lighting 3 BE/Y R/V
And Hand 2 BE/W R/BE
Controls 1 BE/BK
[84A] [84B] BK/GN

GN/BN
GND 1 BK/GN R/GN
Front System Power A A R/GN LGN/GY
Fuel Front Fuel Injector B B GN/Y BK
Injector
R/W
[117A] [117B]
LGN/BK
Running Lights Power O 1 1 BE GY/BN
Fuel Fuel Level W/Y 2 2 W/Y
R
Gauge LGN/Y
Sender Ground BK 4 4 BK/GN
LGN/GY
LGN/BN
LGN/BK
GN/GY
GN/BN
GN/BE
BK/GN
BK/GN
GY/BN
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/Y
BK/PK
BK/GN
BK/GY
LGN/BN
W/BK
BK/W
R/GN
GN/Y
GN/W
BK/O
GY/Y
GY/V
GY/W
GN/O
GY/O
GN/V
R/GY
GN/BE
GY/BE
[31RA]
W/R
R/W
R/O
BK/W
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
GN
GY
BK
R
R/V
(Except FLSTC,
GN
BK
FLSTN)
3 BK [78B-1] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 [78B-2] 2 8 9 10 13 14 17 18 [78B-3]
[90B] A B [85B] A B [122B-2] 1 1 [122B-1] [83B] A B C D
2 BE/O [78A-1] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 [78A-2] 2 8 9 10 13 14 17 18 [78A-3]
[90A] A B [85A] A B [122A-2] 1 1 [122A-1] [83A] A B C D
See Front 1 BE
Rear Ignition Coil

Front Ignition Coil
Front HO2 Heater Ground
VSS Input
Front Fuel Injector
Rear Fuel Injector
Map Input
JSS Signal
ION Sense
Ground
CAN Low
CAN High
Rear HO2 Heater Ground
CKP Sensor High
Front HO2S
CKP Sensor Low
ACR Enable
Purge Solenoid
5V Sensor Ground 1
ET Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1
Ground
TPS 2
System Power
Rear HO2S
Battery Fuse
IAT
TPS 1
ETC High
TGS 1
TGS 2
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensore Power 2
ETC Low
Ground
Lighting
ET Sensor
5V Sensor Ground
System Power
Rear Fuel Injector
Ground
Horn Power
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
And Hand
Controls 3 BK
2 BE/PK
1 BE
(Except FLSTC,
FLSTN) [31LA] ET Rear Horn Ignition (BK) (GY) (BN)
Sensor Fuel Injector Coil ECM
Figure A-11. Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-17
Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS) Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-18
Security Rear HO2S See Rear Rear WSS Rear HCU
Front Running/Fog Light PWR

BCM
Heater Ground
et00808
Antenna High
Antenna Low
Antenna Lighting (ABS Only) (ABS Only)
5V Sensor

Engine Stop Switch Input
Rear O2
Rear O2
Security
Security
Right Front Turn Signal
Starter Solenoid Power

[7A]
Right Rear Turn Signal

System
Ground
Security Antenna High

Sensor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Security Antenna Low
Left Front Turn Signal

Power
Rear WSS High

Left Rear Turn Signal
Running Light Power
Rear WSS Low

Security RF Antenna
Ignition Switch Input
Neutral Switch Input
Rear HCU Release

Brake Switch Input
Brake Light Power
High Beam Power

Fuel Pump Power
Low Beam Power
Rear HCU Power

Accessory Power
BE/BN
BE/R
R/Y
BE/V
BK
BK
BE
BK
Rear HCU Apply

System Power
Battery Power
Security Siren
2 1 [209A]
Start Enable
GY
BK
Horn Power
W
V
CAN High
CAN Low
2 1 [209B]
Ground
Ground
1 2 3 4 [137B]
BK
R
1 2 3 4 [137A]
BK
R
[242A] A2 A3 A4 B2 C3 C4 D2 D3 E2 E3 E4 F3 F4 G4 H2 J2 J3 J4 K2 K3 K4 L2 L3 L4 M2 M3 M4 1 [259A] A B C D [255A]
BK/W
R/GN
GY/BN
BK/PK
[242B] A2 A3 A4 B2 C3 C4 D2 D3 E2 E3 E4 F3 F4 G4 H2 J2 J3 J4 K2 K3 K4 L2 L3 L4 M2 M3 M4 1 [259B] [168A] A B A B C D [255B]
[168B]
W/GY
W/BE
R/GN
W/GN
R/BN
W/O
W/BN
W/R
BE/O
BK/GN
R/BK
W/BK
BE/W
BE/V
A B
BE/BN
BE/GN
BE/BK
R/V
BE/R
R/Y
W
BE/Y
BK
BK
BE
BE/PK
R
O/W
O/Y
O/V
BK
[281B]
O/BN
O/PK
R 1 Battery
BK 2 Tender
BK
[121B-2] [121A-2]
BK
BK 1 1 Rear
Brake
GND 2 BE/GN 1 1 Switch
W/GY
BK/GN
[121B-1] [121A-1]
BE/PK
BE/O
BK
BK/W [138A] [138B]
R/BN
See Main Harness (1 of 2): Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
W/BE R/GN 1 1 V System

R/O Power
BK/PK 2 2 Front O2
BK/O W Heater Ground Front
W/R
HO2S
W/BK GN/BN 3 3 GY Front O2
BE/R Sensor
Stator
R/Y BK/W 4 4 BK 5V Sensor
O/BE Ground
W/GN
R/O
O/BK
BK
W/BK
O/GN
O/GY
O/BN
O/BE
O/PK
O/BK
(If
O/W
W/R
O/R
O/V
O/Y
BK
BE/Y
R
BE/W Equipped)
BK
BK
BK
[166B] 20 19 18 15 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 2 1
[79B] [79A]
BE/BK
BE 1 2 3 [47B] [166A]
W/GN
20 19 18 15 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 2 1
W/GN
W/BN
CKP
R/O
BK 2 2
R/O
BK/O
BK
BK
BK
[47A] Sensor Low CKP
Battery Power
CAN Low
CAN High
Front WSS High
Rear WSS High
Rear WSS Low
Battery Power
Rear HCU Power
Rear HCU Apply
Rear HCU Release
Ground
Front WSS Low
Front HCU Release
Front HCU Apply
Front HCU Power
1 2 3
R/V BK Sensor
R/BE [266B] D C B A 1 2 3 [142B] 1 2 3 [142B] CKP
Voltage R 1 1 Sensor High
[266A] D C B A 1 2 3 [142A] 1 2 3 [142A] Regulator
Ground
Start Enable
Not Used
Not Used
Power
Signal
Ground
Power
Security Siren
Ground
GN/BN P N [77A]
R/GN [120B] [120A]
P N [77B]
LGN/GY Oil
BK ABS ECU Oil Pressure Switch Pressure
BK
R
W/O 1 1
(ABS Only) Input
R/W Switch
Anti-theft Security Siren
LGN/BK Tracking Module (Optional)
GY/BN
[133B] [133A]
R
LGN/Y
5V Sensor
R/W 1 1 R Power
LGN/GY 2 2 W JSS Signal JSS
BK/GN 3 3 BK Ground
R/BE
LGN/BK
R/O
BK/GN
LGN/Y
R
R/GN
R/BK
R/W
O/GN
O/GY
O/R
BK
4 2 B
BK
W
[95B] A B [65B] A B C 1 [128B] P&A Battery Main BK
D C B A [254B]
[95A] [65A] [128A] 15A 15A 40A R
R
A B A B C 1 [131B-1] 1 1 [131B-2]
R D C B A [254A]
System Power
Purge Solenoid
5V Sensor Power
VSS Input
Ground
Starter Solenoid
Power
[131A-1] 1 1 [131A-2]
Front HCU
Release
Front HCU
Power
Ground
Front HCU
Apply
3 1 A
[64B] Fuse
Block
Starter GND 1
R
Purge Starter Neutral

Stud Battery Switch
Solenoid VSS Solenoid Front HCU (ABS Only)
Figure A-12. Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-19
Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS) Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-20
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
5V Sensor Power 1
5V Sensor Power 2
5V Sensor Power 1
CAN Low 8 8 W/BK
[31A] [22A-1] [22A-2]
5V Sensor Power
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1
CAN High 2 2 W/R
System Power
System Power
High Beam Indicator 4 4 BE/W
W/R
W/BK
BE/O
R/O
W/GY
BK/GN
BE/PK
BK
BE
BE
BK
Map Input
ETC High
ETC Low
Speedometer
TGS 1
TGS 2
Ground 7 7
TPS 2
TPS 1
BK/GN
ACR
ACR
IAT
Fuel Level 9 9 W/Y
Left Turn Indicator 10 10 BE/PK 1 2 [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 3 4 [80A] 1 2 3 4 5 6 [211A]
DLC
BK
BK
W
W
R
R
[91A] 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 3 4 [80B] 1 2 3 4 5 6 [211B]
1 2 3 4 5 6 [204B]
BK/GN
GN/GY
W/R
W/BK
R/W
R/GN
R/GN
BK/W
GN/O
GY/O
GY
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GY
GN/V
BE/R
R/Y
R/BE
BK/GY
GY/V
BK
W/BK
W/R
W/Y
R/O
1 2 3 4 5 6 [204A]
Right Turn Indicator BE/O
GN/W
GY/W
R/W
BK/W
R/GY
BK/GY
Left Turn Indicator BE/PK 4 6 2 1 3 [20B]
Indicator High Beam Indicator BE/W
Oil Pressure Indicator W/O 4 6 2 1 3 [20A]
Lamps W
Neutral Indicator
W/BK
W/R
W/Y
BK/GN
R/O
Battery Fuse R/O
[141A] [141B] [13A] [13B]
Fuel Pump Power A A R/BN 1 1 R/BN

Fuel Fuel Level Sender B B W/Y 2 2 W/Y
Pump Sender Ground C C BK/GN 3 3 BK/GN
Pump Ground D D BK 4 4 BK
W/GY
BK/GN
BE/PK
BE/O
BK
BK/W
[24A] R/BN
See Main Harness (2 of 2); FXSB, FLS, FLSS

1 R/O R/O
See Front
And Hand 3 W/R W/R
BE/R
Front R/Y
Only) BE/Y
BE/W
[38A] [167A] [167B]
BE/BK
BE
4 BK
See Front BK/O
Lighting 3 BE/Y R/V
Controls 1 BE/BK
[84A] [84B] BK/GN

GN/BN
GND 1 BK/GN R/GN
Injector
R/W
[200A] [200B]
LGN/BK
36 1 1 BE GY/BN
Resistor R
36
2 2 W/Y
Assembly LGN/Y
36 200 3 3 BK/GN
LGN/GY
LGN/BN
LGN/BK
GN/GY
GN/BN
GN/BE
BK/GN
BK/GN
GY/BN
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/Y
BK/PK
BK/GN
BK/GY
LGN/BN
W/BK
BK/W
R/GN
GN/Y
GN/W
BK/O
GY/Y
GY/V
GY/W
GN/O
GY/O
GN/V
R/GY
GN/BE
GY/BE
[31RA]
W/R
R/W
R/O
BK/W
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
GN
GY
BK
R
R/V
GN
BK
3 BK [78B-1] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 [78B-2] 2 8 9 10 13 14 17 18 [78B-3]

[90B] A B [85B] A B [122B-2] 1 1 [122B-1] [83B] A B C D
2 BE/O [78A-1] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 [78A-2] 2 8 9 10 13 14 17 18 [78A-3]
[90A] A B [85A] A B [122A-2] 1 1 [122A-1] [83A] A B C D
See Front 1 BE
Rear Ignition Coil

Front Ignition Coil
VSS Input
Front Fuel Injector
Rear Fuel Injector
Map Input
JSS Signal
ION Sense
Ground
CAN Low
CAN High
CKP Sensor High
Front HO2S
CKP Sensor Low
ACR Enable
Purge Solenoid
5V Sensor Ground 1
ET Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1
Ground
TPS 2
System Power
Rear HO2S
Battery Fuse
IAT
TPS 1
ETC High
TGS 1
TGS 2
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensore Power 2
ETC Low
Ground
Lighting
ET Sensor
5V Sensor Ground
System Power
Rear Fuel Injector
Ground
Horn Power
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
And Hand
Controls 3 BK
2 BE/PK
1 BE
[31LA] ET Rear Horn Ignition (BK) (GY) (BN)

Figure A-13. Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB)
94000396 A-21
Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB) Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB)
94000396 A-22
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensor Ground 1
IGN
5V Sensor Power 1
5V Sensor Power 2
5V Sensor Power 1
Ignition 1 1 BK/GN [31A] [22A-1] [22A-2]
5V Sensor Power
ACC
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1
Switch 200
System Power
System Power
OFF
800
W/R
W/BK
BE/O
R/O
W/GY
BK/GN
BE/PK
BK
BE
BE
BK
2 2 W/BE
Map Input
ETC High
ETC Low
TGS 1
TGS 2
[39A] [39B]
TPS 2
TPS 1
ACR
ACR
IAT
CAN Low 8 8 W/BK
DLC 1 2 [203FA] 1 2 [203RA] 1 2 3 4 [80A] [211A] 1 2 3 4 5 6
BK
BK
W
W
W/R
R
CAN High 2 2
High Beam Indicator 4 4 BE/W [91A] 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 [203FB] 1 2 [203RB] 1 2 3 4 [80B] [211B] 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 [204B]
Speedometer
GN/GY
W/R
W/BK
R/W
R/GN
R/GN
BK/W
GN/O
GY/O
GY
LGN/R
LGN/R
R/GY
GN/V
BE/R
R/Y
R/BE
BK/GY
GY/V
BK
Ground 7 7 BK/GN 1 2 3 4 5 6 [204A]
Fuel Level 9 9 W/Y
GN/W
GY/W
R/W
BK/W
R/GY
BK/GY
Left Turn Indicator BE/PK

High Beam Indicator BE/W
Indicator Oil Pressure Indicator W/O
Lamps Right Turn Indicator BE/O
Neutral Indicator W
Battery Fuse R/O
Fuel Pump Power A A R/BN

Fuel Fuel Level Sender B B W/Y
BK/GN
Pump Sender Ground C C BK/GN
W/BE
W/BK
R/BN
W/R
W/Y
R/O
BK
Pump Ground D D BK
W/GY
BK/GN
[141A] [141B] [20B] 7 8 4 5 6 2 1 3
BE/PK
[20A] 7 8 4 5 6 2 1 3 BE/O
W/BE
W/BK
R/BN
W/R
W/Y
R/O
BK/GN
BK
BK
BK/W
[24A] R/BN
See Main Harness (2 of 2); FXSB, FLS, FLSS

W/BE
1 R/O R/O
See Front
And Hand 3 W/R W/R
BE/R
Front R/Y
Only) BE/Y
BE/W
[38A] [167A] [167B]
BE/BK
BE
4 BK
See Front BK/O
Lighting 3 BE/Y R/V
Controls 1 BE/BK
[84A] [84B] BK/GN

GN/BN
GND 1 BK/GN R/GN
Injector
R/W
[117A] [117B]
LGN/BK
Running Lights Power O 1 1 BE GY/BN
Fuel Fuel Level W/Y 2 2 W/Y
R
Gauge LGN/Y
Sender Ground BK 4 4 BK/GN
LGN/GY
LGN/BN
LGN/BK
GN/GY
GN/BN
GN/BE
BK/GN
BK/GN
GY/BN
GY/BE
LGN/R
LGN/Y
BK/PK
BK/GN
BK/GY
LGN/BN
W/BK
BK/W
R/GN
GN/Y
GN/W
BK/O
GY/Y
GY/V
GY/W
GN/O
GY/O
GN/V
R/GY
GN/BE
GY/BE
[31RA]
W/R
R/W
R/O
BK/W
R/GN
GY/Y
R/GN
GN
GY
BK
R
R/V
GN
BK
3 BK [78B-1] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 [78B-2] 2 8 9 10 13 14 17 18 [78B-3]

[90B] A B [85B] A B [122B-2] 1 1 [122B-1] [83B] A B C D
2 BE/O [78A-1] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 16 17 18 [78A-2] 2 8 9 10 13 14 17 18 [78A-3]
[90A] A B [85A] A B [122A-2] 1 1 [122A-1] [83A] A B C D
See Front 1 BE
Rear Ignition Coil

Front Ignition Coil
VSS Input
Front Fuel Injector
Rear Fuel Injector
Map Input
JSS Signal
ION Sense
Ground
CAN Low
CAN High
CKP Sensor High
Front HO2S
CKP Sensor Low
ACR Enable
Purge Solenoid
5V Sensor Ground 1
ET Sensor
5V Sensor Power 1
Ground
TPS 2
System Power
Rear HO2S
Battery Fuse
IAT
TPS 1
ETC High
TGS 1
TGS 2
5V Sensor Ground 2
5V Sensore Power 2
ETC Low
Ground
Lighting
ET Sensor
5V Sensor Ground
System Power
Rear Fuel Injector
Ground
Horn Power
System Power
ION Sense
Rear Ignition Coil
Front Ignition Coil
And Hand
Controls 3 BK
2 BE/PK
1 BE
[31LA] ET Rear Horn Ignition (BK) (GY) (BN)

Figure A-14. Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-23
Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FLS, FLSS) Main Harness 1 of 2: 2017 Softail (FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-24
Security Rear HO2S Rear WSS Rear HCU
Heater Ground
et00811 BCM
Ignition Switch Input (If Equipped)

Antenna High
Antenna Low
Antenna See Rear Lighting (ABS Only) (ABS Only)
Front Running/Fog Light PWR

5V Sensor
Rear O2
Rear O2
Security
Security
System
Ground
Sensor
[19A] [40A]
Power
Rear WSS High

Engine Stop Switch Input
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
Rear WSS Low
Rear HCU Release

Right Front Turn Signal
Starter Solenoid Power

Right Rear Turn Signal
Security Antenna High
[18A]
Security Antenna Low
Left Front Turn Signal
Rear HCU Power

Left Rear Turn Signal
Running Light Power
Security RF Antenna
Rear HCU Apply

BE/R
R/Y
BE/R
BE/BN
BE/R
BE/V
BE
BK
BK
BE
BK
Neutral Switch Input
Brake Switch Input
Brake Light Power
High Beam Power

Fuel Pump Power
Low Beam Power

Accessory Power
2 1 [209A]
GY
BK
W
V
System Power
Battery Power
Security Siren
2 1 [209B]
Start Enable
Horn Power
Ground
[137B]
CAN High
1 2 3 4
CAN Low
Ground
BK
R
1 2 3 4 [137A]
BK
R
A B C D [255A]
BK/W
R/GN
GY/BN
BK/PK
[242A] A2 A3 A4 B2 C3 C4 D2 D3 E2 E3 E4 F3 F4 G4 H2 J2 J3 J4 K2 K3 K4 L2 L3 L4 M2 M3 M4 1 [259A] [168A] A B A B C D [255B]
[242B] A2 A3 A4 B2 C3 C4 D2 D3 E2 E3 E4 F3 F4 G4 H2 J2 J3 J4 K2 K3 K4 L2 L3 L4 M2 M3 M4 1 [259B] [168B] A B
O/W
O/Y
O/V
BK
[281B]
W/GY
W/BE
R/GN
W/GN
R/BN
W/O
W/BN
W/R
BE/O
BK/GN
R/BK
W/BK
BE/W
BE/V
BE/BN
BE/GN
BE/BK
R/V
BE/R
R/Y
W
BE/Y
BK
BK
BE
BE/PK
R
O/BN
O/PK
R 1 Battery
BK 2 Tender
[121B-2] [121A-2]
BK
BK 1 1 Rear
Brake
BK BE/GN 1 1 Switch
W/GY GND 2
BK/GN [121B-1] [121A-1]
BE/PK
BE/O
BK
BK/W [138A] [138B]
R/BN
W/BE R/GN 1 1 V System
See Main Harness (1 of 2): FXSB or FLS, FLSS
R/O Power
BK/PK 2 2 Front O2
BK/O W Heater Ground Front
W/R
HO2S
W/BK GN/BN 3 3 GY Front O2
BE/R Sensor
Stator
R/Y BK/W 4 4 BK 5V Sensor
O/BE Ground
W/GN
R/O
O/BK
BK
W/BK
O/GN
O/GY
O/BN
O/BE
O/PK
O/BK
(If
O/W
W/R
O/R
O/V
O/Y
BK
BE/Y
R
BE/W Equipped)
BK
BK
BK
[166B] 20 19 18 15 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 2 1
[79B] [79A]
BE/BK
BE 1 2 3 [47B] [166A]
W/GN
20 19 18 15 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 2 1
W/GN
W/BN
CKP
R/O
BK 2 2
R/O
BK/O
BK
BK
BK
[47A] Sensor Low CKP
Battery Power
CAN Low
CAN High
Front WSS High
Rear WSS High
Rear WSS Low
Battery Power
Rear HCU Power
Rear HCU Apply
Rear HCU Release
Ground
Front WSS Low
Front HCU Release
Front HCU Apply
Front HCU Power
1 2 3
R/V BK Sensor
R/BE [266B] D C B A 1 2 3 [142B] 1 2 3 [142B] CKP
Voltage R 1 1 Sensor High
[266A] D C B A 1 2 3 [142A] 1 2 3 [142A] Regulator
Ground
Start Enable
Not Used
Not Used
Power
Signal
Ground
Power
Security Siren
Ground
GN/BN P N [77A]
R/GN [120B] [120A]
P N [77B]
LGN/GY Oil
BK ABS ECU Oil Pressure Switch Pressure
BK
R
W/O 1 1
(ABS Only) Input
R/W Switch
Anti-theft Security Siren
LGN/BK Tracking Module (Optional)
GY/BN
[133B] [133A]
R
LGN/Y
5V Sensor
R/W 1 1 R Power
LGN/GY 2 2 W JSS Signal JSS
BK/GN 3 3 BK Ground
R/BE
LGN/BK
R/O
BK/GN
LGN/Y
R
R/GN
R/BK
R/W
O/GN
O/GY
O/R
BK
4 2 B
BK
W
[95B] A B [65B] A B C 1 [128B] P&A Battery Main BK
D C B A [254B]
[95A] [65A] [128A] 15A 15A 40A R
R
A B A B C 1 [131B-1] 1 1 [131B-2]
R D C B A [254A]
System Power
Purge Solenoid
5V Sensor Power
VSS Input
Ground
Starter Solenoid
Power
[131A-1] 1 1 [131A-2]
Front HCU
Release
Front HCU
Power
Ground
Front HCU
Apply
3 1 A
[64B] Fuse
Block
Starter GND 1
R
Purge Starter Neutral

Stud Battery Switch
Solenoid VSS Solenoid Front HCU (ABS Only)
Figure A-15. Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-25
Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB, FLS, FLSS) Main Harness 2 of 2: 2017 Softail (FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
94000396 A-26
et00789 [18B] & [19B] - FLS, FLSS Left & Right
Rear STT
1 W
2 R
W
R Rear Lighting
4 BK BK Right Rear
V Directional
BK Lamp
[40B] [7B]
BE/BN
BE/BK
BE/R
BE/V
1 BK BK 1 BE/BN
BE
BK
See 2 BE/BK
Main Harness 3 BE/V Brake Light
3 BK (2 Of 2) 5 BK
6 5 4 3 2 1 [94B]
LP
6 BE/R [94A]
6 5 4 3 2 1 BK
7 BE [18B] R/Y
[18B] & [19B] - FXSB O/W
BK BE
V 1 1 [18A]
BK 2 2
1 BE BE Tail
2 V V [19B] HDI Only
BK
Tail
V 1 1 [19A]
4 BK 2 2 DOM Only Tail Lamp
BK
Left & Right 4 4 BK
Rear STT BK 1 1 3 3 R/Y
DOM 2 2 2 2 O/W
BK 3 3 1 1 BE
Right Rear Fendertip Lamp
[18B] LED STT Only Available On DOM FLSTC
[45B] [45A] [93A] [93B]
FLSTC, FLSTF/B
BK
1 W BK
W Left Rear
2 GN GN V
BK BK
Directional
3 R R Lamp
4 BK
[40B]
1 BK BK
3 BK LP
[19B]
BK
1 W
2 GN GN
W
3 R R
BK
4 BK
Left Rear Right Rear

HDI LED STT BE/BN 1 1 V Directional
[7B] BK/BN 2 2 BK Lamp
[18B] & [19B] - FLS, FLSS Left & Right
1 BE/BN [18A] [18B]
Rear STT 2 BE/BK HDI
1 W See Only
3 BE/V
R
Main Harness 4
2 BK/BN
(2 Of 2) 5 BK BK 4 4 BK
W
R 6 BE/R BE/R 3 3 R/Y Stop/Tail
4 BK BK 7 BE BE/BK 2 2 O/W Lamp
8 BK/V BE 1 1 BE BE
[40B] O/W
[40A] [40B]
1 BE BE
2 R/Y LP/ Left Rear
R/Y Stop/Tail FLSTN BE/V 1 1 V Directional
3 BK 2 2 BK
BK/V Lamp
BK
[18B] & [19B] - FXSB
[19A] [19B]
1 BE
2 V
BE
V
4 BK BK
Canada Left & Right

Rear STT
Figure A-16. Rear Lighting: 2017 Softail
94000396 A-27
Rear Lighting: 2017 Softail Rear Lighting: 2017 Softail
94000396 A-28
CONNECTOR END VIEWS A.3
CONNECTOR END VIEWS Table A-5. Rear Lighting [7B] FLSTN
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Table A-3. Rear Lighting [7A] 6 BE/R Stop lamp power
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 7 BE Running lights power
1 BE/BN Right rear turn signal 8 BK/V Ground
2 R/Y Accessory power
3 BE/V Left rear turn signal ed03735
4 BK Ground
1 2 3
5 BK Ground
4 5 6 7 8
6 BE/R Stop lamp power
7 BE Running lights power
8 BK Ground
Figure A-19. Rear Lighting [7B] FLSTN
ed03795 Table A-6. Fuel Tank Harness [13] (FXSB)
3 2 1 TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

1 R/BN Fuel pump power
8 7 6 2 1
2 W/Y Fuel level sender
3 BK/GN Sender ground
4 BK Pump ground
Figure A-17. Rear Lighting [7A]
Table A-4. Rear Lighting [7B] FLSTC, FLSTF, FLSTFB, ed03727

FLSTFBS, FXST
1 BE/BN Right rear turn signal 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
2 BE/BK Accessory power

[B] [A]
3 BE/V Left rear turn signal
4 - N/C Figure A-20. Fuel Tank Harness [13] (FXSB)
5 BK Ground Table A-7. Right Rear Turn Signal [18] (Except FLSTN,
6 BE/R Stop lamp power FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
7 BE Running lights power TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
8 - N/C 1 BE/BN Right rear turn signal
2 BK/BN Ground
ed03735
ed03666
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
2 1
Figure A-18. Rear Lighting [7B] FLSTC, FLSTF, FLSTFB,

FLSTFBS, FXST Figure A-21. Right Rear Turn Signal [18] (Except FLSTN,
FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
Table A-5. Rear Lighting [7B] FLSTN
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Table A-8. Right Rear Turn Signal [18A] (FLSTN)
1 BE/BN Right rear turn signal TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
2 BE/BK Accessory power 1 BE/BN Right rear turn signal
3 BE/V Left rear turn signal 2 BK/BN Ground
4 BK/BN Ground
5 BK Ground
94000396 A-29
ed03721 ed03732
1 2 1 4
2 3
Figure A-22. Right Rear Turn Signal [18A] (FLSTN) Figure A-25. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] FLS, FLSS (DOM,
Canada)
Table A-9. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] (FLSTN)
Table A-12. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] FXSB (DOM,
Canada)
1 V Right rear turn signal
2 BK Ground
1 BE Running light power
2 V Right rear turn signal
ed03596
3 - N/C
4 BK Ground
1 2
ed03732
Figure A-23. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] (FLSTN) 1 4
2 3
Table A-10. Right Rear Turn Signal [18A] (FXSB, FLS,
FLSS)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Figure A-26. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] FXSB (DOM,
1 BE Running light power Canada)
2 BE/BN Right rear turn signal
Table A-13. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS
3 BE/R Brake light power (HDI)
4 BK Ground TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 W Running light power
ed03716
2 GN Right rear turn signal
4 1
3 R Brake light power
4 BK Ground
3 2
ed03732
Figure A-24. Right Rear Turn Signal [18A] (FXSB, FLS,

FLSS) 1 4
2 3
Table A-11. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] FLS, FLSS (DOM,
Canada)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Figure A-27. Right Rear Turn Signal [18B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS
1 W Running light power (HDI)
2 R Right rear turn signal
Table A-14. Left Rear Turn Signal [19] (Except FLSTN,
3 - N/C FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
4 BK Ground TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 V Left rear turn signal
2 BK Ground
A-30 94000396
Table A-18. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] FLS, FLSS (DOM,
ed03666
Canada)
2 1
2 R Left rear turn signal
3 - N/C
Figure A-28. Left Rear Turn Signal [19] (Except FLSTN, 4 BK Ground
FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
ed03732
Table A-15. Left Rear Turn Signal [19A] (FLSTN)
1 4
1 BE/V Left rear turn signal
2 3
2 BK/V Ground
ed03721
Figure A-32. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] FLS, FLSS (DOM,
Canada)
1 2
Table A-19. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] FXSB (DOM,
Canada)
Figure A-29. Left Rear Turn Signal [19A] (FLSTN)
Table A-16. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] (FLSTN) 3 - N/C
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 4 BK Ground
2 BK Ground ed03732
ed03596
1 4
2 3
1 2
Figure A-33. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] FXSB (DOM,

Canada)
Figure A-30. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] (FLSTN) Table A-20. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS
(HDI)
Table A-17. Left Rear Turn Signal [19A] (FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
2 GN Left rear turn signal
2 BE/BN Left rear turn signal
3 R Brake light power
3 BE/R Brake light power
4 BK Ground
4 BK Ground
ed03732
ed03716
4 1 1 4
2 3
3 2
Figure A-34. Left Rear Turn Signal [19B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS
Figure A-31. Left Rear Turn Signal [19A] (FXSB, FLS)
(HDI)
94000396 A-31
Table A-21. Console Harness [20] (Except FXSB, FLS,
ed03730
FLSS)
1 W/R CAN high 4 3 2 1
2 BK/GN Ground
3 W/BK CAN low
4 W/Y Fuel level Figure A-37. RHCM [22-1]
5 W/BE Ignition switch
Table A-24. RHCM [22-2]
6 R/O Battery fuse
7 R/BN Fuel pump power
1 W/GY Engine stop switch
8 BK Ground
2 - N/C
ed03668
ed03731
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
5 6 7 8
2 1
[B] [A]
Figure A-35. Console Harness [20] (Except FXSB, FLS,

FLSS) Figure A-38. RHCM [22-2]
Table A-22. Console Harness [20] (FXSB) Table A-25. LHCM [24]
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 W/R CAN high 1 R/O Battery fuse
2 BK/GN Ground 2 BK Ground
3 W/BK CAN low 3 W/R CAN high
4 W/Y Fuel level 4 W/BK CAN low
5 - N/C
ed03730
6 R/O Battery fuse
ed03649
4 3 2 1
1 2 3
3 2 1
4 5 6
6 5 4
Figure A-39. LHCM [24]

[B] [A]
Table A-26. Front Turn Signal [31A]
Figure A-36. Console Harness [20] (FXSB) TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Table A-23. RHCM [22-1] 1 BK Ground
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 2 BE/O Left front turn signal
1 R/O Battery fuse 3 BE Running lights
2 BK Ground 4 BE Running lights
3 W/R CAN high 5 BE/PK Right front turn signal
4 W/BK CAN low 6 BK Ground
A-32 94000396
Table A-30. Headlamp [38]
ed03733

1 BE/BK Front running/Fog light PWR
6 5 4 3 2 1
2 BE/W High beam power
3 BE/Y Low beam power
4 BK Ground
Figure A-40. Front Turn Signal [31A]
ed03727
Table A-27. Front Turn Signal [31B]
1 BK Ground 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
2 BN Left front turn signal

[B] [A]
3 BE Running lights
4 BE Running lights Figure A-44. Headlamp [38]
5 V Right front turn signal
Table A-31. Headlamp [38B]
6 BK Ground
ed03802
1 W High beam power
2 Y Low beam power
3 BK Ground
1 2 3 4 5 6
ed03798
3
Figure A-41. Front Turn Signal [31B]
1 2
Table A-28. Front Fender Tip Lamp Jumper Harness [32]

1 O/W Accessory power Figure A-45. Headlamp [38B]
2 BK Ground
Table A-32. Speedometer [39]
ed03650
1 W/O Oil pressure indicator
2 W/R CAN high
2 1
3 - N/C
4 BE/W High beam indicator
5 R/O Battery fuse
Figure A-42. Front Fender Tip Lamp Jumper Harness [32] 6 W Neutral indicator
Table A-29. Ignition Switch [33] 7 BK/GN Ground
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 8 W/BK CAN low
1 BK/GN Ground 9 W/Y Fuel level
2 W/BE Ignition switch 10 BE/PK Left turn indicator

11 - N/C
ed03686 12 BE/O Right turn indicator
ed03709
2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7
Figure A-43. Ignition Switch [33]
Figure A-46. Speedometer [39]
94000396 A-33
Table A-33. LP Lamp [40A] (FXSB, FLS, FLSS)
ed03741

1 R/Y Accessory power 4 1
2 BE/R Brake lamp power 3 2
3 BK Ground
ed03804 Figure A-50. LP Lamp [40A] (FLSTN)
Table A-37. LP Lamp [40B] (FLSTN)

1 2 3
1 BE Running lamp power
2 O/W Brake lamp power
Figure A-47. LP Lamp [40A] (FXSB, FLS, FLSS) 3 R/Y Accessory power
4 BK Ground
Table A-34. LP Lamp [40B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS (DOM, HDI)
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ed03732
1 BK Accessory power
2 - N/C
1 4
3 BK Ground
2 3
ed03739
Figure A-51. LP Lamp [40B] (FLSTN)
3 2 1 Table A-38. Rear Fender Tip Lamp [45]

1 BK Running lights
Figure A-48. LP Lamp [40B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS (DOM, HDI) 2 - N/C
3 BK Ground
Table A-35. LP Lamp [40B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS (Canada)
1 BE Accessory power
2 R Brake lamp power
3 BK Ground 1 2 3
ed03739
Figure A-52. Rear Fender Tip Lamp [45]
3 2 1 Table A-39. Stator [47]

1 BK Stator
Figure A-49. LP Lamp [40B] FXSB, FLS, FLSS (Canada) 2 BK Stator
3 BK Stator
Table A-36. LP Lamp [40A] (FLSTN)
1 BE Running lamp power

1 2
2 BE/BK Brake lamp power
3 BE/R Accessory power 3
4 BK Ground
Figure A-53. Stator [47]
A-34 94000396
Table A-40. Fuse Block [64]
ed03697

1 R Battery + -
2 R/O Battery fuse

3 R Battery
4 R/BE P&A fuse
A R Battery/main fuse Figure A-57. Voltage Regulator [77]
B R Battery/main fuse Table A-44. ECM [78-1]

ed03756
1 GY/BE Rear ignition coil
1 2 3 4
2 GN/BE Front ignition coil
A B
3 BK/O Front HO2S heater ground
4 LGN/Y VSS input
5 GN/Y Front fuel injector
Figure A-54. Fuse Block [64] 6 GY/Y Rear fuel injector
7 GY MAP input
Table A-41. VSS [65]
8 LGN/GY JSS signal
9 LGN/BN ION sense
A R/W 5 Volt sensor power
10 BK/GN Ground
B LGN/Y VSS input
11 - N/C
C BK/GN Sensor ground
12 - N/C
13 W/BK CAN low
ed03695
14 W/R CAN high
15 BK/PK Rear HO2S heater ground
C B A
16 R CKP sensor high
17 GN/BN Front HO2S
18 BK CKP sensor low
Figure A-55. VSS [65]
ed03585
Table A-42. Auxiliary/Fog Lamps [73]
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 GY/BK Low beam (DOM) Accessory
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
power (Japan)
2 GY/BK Low beam (DOM) Accessory
power (Japan)
Figure A-58. ECM [78-1]
ed03679 Table A-45. ECM [78-2]

2 1 1 2
1 GN/O IAC high
2 LGN/V AIS
[B] [A] 3 LGN/O Exhaust actuator
4 LGN/R ACR enable
Figure A-56. Auxiliary/Fog Lamps [73]
5 LGN/BK Purge solenoid
Table A-43. Voltage Regulator [77]
6 GN/GY IAT
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 7 BK/W 5 Volt sensor ground
P R Battery 8 GN ET sensor
N BK Ground 9 R/W 5 Volt sensor power
10 BK/GN Ground
94000396 A-35
Table A-45. ECM [78-2] Table A-47. CKP Sensor [79]
11 GY/O IAC A low 1 R CKP sensor high
12 GN/W IAC B high 2 BK CKP sensor low
13 GY/W IAC B low
ed03698
14 LGN/BE Exhaust feedback
15 GN/V TPS
16 R/GN System power
2 1
17 GY/BN Rear HO2S

18 R/O Battery fuse
Figure A-61. CKP Sensor [79]

ed03579
Table A-48. TMAP [80]

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 1 GY MAP input
2 R/GY 5V sensor power 2
3 GN/GY IAT
4 BK/GY 5V sensor ground 2
Table A-46. ECM [78-3] (BN)
ed03583
1 - N/C
2 GN/V TPS1
1 2 3 4
3 - N/C
4 - N/C
5 - N/C
Figure A-62. TMAP [80]
6 - N/C
Table A-49. Ignition Coil [83]
7 - N/C
8 GN/O TCA high TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
9 GY/O TCA low A R/GN System power
10 BK/GN Ground B LGN/BN ION sense
11 - N/C C GY/BE Rear ignition coil
12 - N/C D GN/BE Front ignition coil
13 GN/W Twist grip sensor 1

ed03575
14 GY/W Twist grip sensor 2
15 - N/C
16 - N/C
D C B A
17 BK/GY 5V sensor ground 2
18 R/GY 5V sensor power 2
Figure A-63. Ignition Coil [83]
ed03660
Table A-50. Front Fuel Injector [84]
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 A R/GN System power
B GN/Y Rear fuel injector
A-36 94000396
Table A-54. Tail Lamp [93]
ed03577

A B 2 O/W Accessory power
3 R/Y Brake lamp power
4 BK Ground
Figure A-64. Front Fuel Injector [84]
ed03712
Table A-51. Rear Fuel Injector [85]
A R/GN System power 1 2 3 4
B GY/Y Front fuel injector
ed03577
Figure A-68. Tail Lamp [93]
Table A-55. Stop Tail Lamp [94]
A B TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

1 BE/BK Accessory power
2 BE/BN Right rear turn signal
Figure A-65. Rear Fuel Injector [85] 3 BE Running lights power
Table A-52. ET Sensor [90] 4 BE/R Brake lamp power
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 5 BE/V Lef rear turn signal
A GN ET sensor 6 BK Ground
B BK/W 5 Volt sensor ground

ed03802
ed03700
1 2 3 4 5 6
B A
Figure A-69. Stop Tail Lamp [94]
Figure A-66. ET Sensor [90] Table A-56. Purge Solenoid [95]
Table A-53. DLC [91] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION A R/GN System power
1 W/R CAN high B LGN/BK Purge solenoid
2 BK Ground
ed03577
3 W/BK CAN low
4 BE/R Brake lamp power
5 R/Y Accessory power
A B
6 R/BE P&A power
ed03598
Figure A-70. Purge Solenoid [95]
6 1
Table A-57. Auxiliary Lamp Switch [109]
5 2
4 3
1 GY/BK Auxiliary lamps

2 Y Low beam - DOM
Figure A-67. DLC [91] O/W Accessory power - Japan
3 BK Ground
94000396 A-37
ed03753 ed03594
Figure A-71. Auxiliary Lamp Switch [109] Figure A-75. Horn [122-1] [122-2]
Table A-58. Fuel Gauge [117] Table A-62. Starter Solenoid [128]
1 BE Running light power 1 R/BK Starter solenoid power
2 W/Y Fuel level
ed03651
3 - N/C
4 BK/GN Sensor ground
1
ed03727
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 Figure A-76. Starter Solenoid [128]
[B] [A] Table A-63. Neutral Switch [131-1] [131-2]

Figure A-72. Fuel Gauge [117]
1 W Neutral switch input
Table A-59. Oil Pressure Switch [120] 1 BK Ground
ed03652
1 W/O Oil pressure switch
ed03648
Figure A-77. Neutral Switch [131-1] [131-2]
Table A-64. Jiffy Stand [133]

Figure A-73. Oil Pressure Switch [120]
Table A-60. Rear Brake Switch [121-1] [121-2] 1 R/W 5 Volt sensor power
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 2 LGN/GY JSS signal
1 BE/GN Rear brake switch 3 BK/GN Sensor ground
1 BK Ground
ed03654
ed03595
3 2 1
Figure A-78. Jiffy Stand [133]

Figure A-74. Rear Brake Switch [121-1] [121-2]
Table A-65. HO2S Rear [137]
Table A-61. Horn [122-1] [122-2] TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 R/GN System power
1 R/V Horn power 2 BK/PK Rear HO2S heater ground
1 BK Ground
A-38 94000396
Table A-65. HO2S Rear [137]
ed03657

3 GY/BN Rear HO2S
4 BK/W 5 Volt sensor ground 3 2 1
ed03590
1 2
Figure A-82. Security Siren (Optional) [142]
Table A-69. Front Fender Tip Lamp [143]

3 4 TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
1 O/W Accessory power
Figure A-79. HO2S Rear [137] 2 BK Ground
Table A-66. HO2S Front [138]

ed03650

1 R/GN System power
2 1
2 BK/O Front HO2S heater ground
3 GN/BN Front HO2S
4 BK/W 5 Volt sensor ground
Figure A-83. Front Fender Tip Lamp [143]
ed03590
Table A-70. ABS [166]
1 2
1 O/R Front HCU power
3 4 2 O/GN Front HCU apply
3 - N/C
Figure A-80. HO2S Front [138] 4 O/GY Front HCU release

5 O/BK Front WSS low
Table A-67. Fuel Pump [141]
6 BK Ground
7 O/W Rear HCU release
A R/BN Fuel pump power
8 - N/C
B W/Y Fuel level sender
9 O/Y Rear HCU apply
C W/BN Sender ground
10 O/V Rear HCU power
D BK Pump ground
11 R Battery power
12 O/BN Rear WSS low
ed03575
13 O/PK Rear WSS high
14 - N/C
15 O/BE Front WSS high
D C B A
16 - N/C
17 - N/C
Figure A-81. Fuel Pump [141] 18 W/R CAN high
Table A-68. Security Siren (Optional) [142] 19 W/BK CAN low

20 R Battery power
1 R/O Power
2 W/GN Security siren
3 BK Ground
94000396 A-39
Table A-74. Active Exhaust [179]
ed03729

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 LGN/BE Exhaust feedback
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 5 - N/C
ed03665
Figure A-84. ABS [166]
Table A-71. Front WSS [167]

1 2 3 4 5
A O/BE Front WSS high
B O/BK Front WSS low Figure A-88. Active Exhaust [179]
Table A-75. Resistor Pack [200]

ed03664

1 BE Running lights power
A B 2 W/Y Fuel level sender
3 BK/GN Ground
Figure A-85. Front WSS [167] ed03654
Table A-72. Rear WSS [168]

TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 3 2 1
A O/PK Rear WSS high

B O/BN Rear WSS low
Figure A-89. Resistor Pack [200]

ed03664
Table A-76. ACR [203]
A B 1 R/GN System power
2 LGN/R ACR enable
Figure A-86. Rear WSS [168] ed03669
Table A-73. Active Intake [178]

1 2
1 R/GN System power
2 LGN/V Active intake
Figure A-90. ACR [203]

ed03669
Table A-77. TGS [204A]
1 2
1 R/W 5V sensor power 1
2 GN/W TGS 1
3 BK/W 5V sensor ground 1
Figure A-87. Active Intake [178] 4 R/GY 5V sensor power 2
Table A-74. Active Exhaust [179] 5 GY/W TGS 2
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6 BK/GY 5V sensor ground 2
1 R/GN System power

2 BK Ground
3 LGN/O Exhaust actuator
A-40 94000396
ed03922 ed03670
3 2 1
6 5 4 6 5 4 3 2 1
[A]
Figure A-91. TGS [204A] Figure A-94. TCA [211]
Table A-78. TGS [204B] Table A-81. BCM [242]

1 R 5V sensor power 1 A1 - N/C
2 W TGS 1 A2 R Security antenna high
3 BK 5V sensor ground 1 A3 GN/W Start enable
4 R 5V sensor power 2 A4 BK Security RF antenna
5 W TGS 2 B1 - N/C
6 BK 5V sensor ground 2 B2 BK Security antenna low
B3 - N/C
ed03923
B4 - N/C
C1 - N/C
1 2 3
C2 - N/C
4 5 6 C3 W/BE Ignition switch input
[B] C4 W/GY Engine stop switch input

D1 - N/C
Figure A-92. TGS [204B]
D2 W/R CAN high
Table A-79. Security Antenna [209]
D3 W Neutral switch input
TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION D4 - N/C
1 R Security antenna high E1 - N/C
2 BK Security antenna low E2 W/BK CAN low
E3 W/O Oil pressure switch input
ed03723
E4 R/V Horn power
F1 - N/C
F2 - N/C
2 1
F3 BE/GN Brake switch input
F4 R/BN Fuel pump power
Figure A-93. Security Antenna [209] G1 - N/C
G2 - N/C
Table A-80. TCA [211]
G3 - N/C
G4 BK/GN Sensor ground
1 BK/W 5V sensor ground 1
H1 - N/C
2 GY/O TCA low
H2 W/GN Security siren
3 GN/O TCA high
H3 - N/C
4 GY/V TPS 2
H4 - N/C
5 R/W 5V sensor power 1
J1 - N/C
6 GN/V TPS 1
J2 BE/O Right front turn signal
J3 BE Running lights
J4 BE/PK Left front turn signal
K1 - N/C
K2 BE/BN Right rear turn signal
94000396 A-41
Table A-81. BCM [242] Table A-84. BCM Power [259]
K3 BE/R Brake lamp power 1 R Battery power
K4 BE/V Left rear turn signal
ed03680
L1 - N/C
L2 R/BK Starter solenoid power
L3 R/GN System power
1
L4 BE/BK Front running/Fog light power
M1 - N/C
M2 R/Y Accessory power
Figure A-98. BCM Power [259]
M3 BE/W High beam power
Table A-85. Anti-Theft Module [266]
M4 BE/Y Low beam power
ed03681 A - N/C
A B C D E F G H J K L M B - N/C
4 4
3 3
C GN/W Start enable
2 2
1
A B C D E F G H J K L M
1
D BK Ground
ed03575
Figure A-95. BCM [242]
Table A-82. Front HCU [254]

TERMINAL WIRE COLOR CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION D C B A
A O/GN Front HCU apply

B O/R Front HCU power
Figure A-99. Anti-Theft Module [266]
C O/GY Front HCU release
Table A-86. Battery Tender [281]
D BK Ground
ed03575 1 R Battery power
2 BK Ground
ed03682
D C B A
1 2
Figure A-96. Front HCU [254]
Table A-83. Rear HCU [255]

Figure A-100. Battery Tender [281]
A O/Y Rear HCU apply
B O/V Rear HCU power
C O/W Rear HCU release
D BK Ground
ed03575
D C B A
Figure A-97. Rear HCU [255]
A-42 94000396
COMPONENT LOCATION VIEWS A.4
COMPONENT LOCATIONS components and connectors. The figures are generally ordered
from front to back around the motorcycle.
Some components and connectors are not easily located on
the motorcycle. The following figures show locations for these
ed03986
2
3
4
5
7 6
1. Headlamp 6. Starter
2. Handlebars 7. Engine
3. Under seat 8. Front of engine
4. Tail lamp 9. Under fuel tank
5. Front of rear tire
Figure A-101. Left Side: Typical
ed03987 ed03989
1 1
6 3
5 2
3 5 4
4
1. TGS 1. Speedometer [39]
2. Left auxiliary lamp [73L] 2. TGS
3. Headlamp [38-2] 3. Right auxiliary lamp [73R]
4. Position lamp [29] 4. Ignition switch [33]
5. Right auxiliary lamp [73R] 5. Fuel pump [141]
6. Left auxiliary lamp [73L]
Figure A-102. Headlamp: FLSTC, FLSTN
Figure A-103. Handlebars (Rear): FLSTC, FLSTN
94000396 A-43
ed03990 ed03991
1 2
3
2
1
7
3
6
4
4
5
1. Indicators 1. Horn [122] FXSB
2. Speedometer [39] 2. Front HCU [254]
3. TGS 3. Front HO2S [138]
4. Fuel pump [141] 4. CKP [79]
Figure A-104. Handlebar: FXSB 5. JSS [133]
ed03994 7. Oil pressure switch [120]
1
2 Figure A-106. Front of Engine: Typical
ed03293
3 4 1
5
7
2
6
3. TMAP [80]
4. TCA [211] 1. Auxiliary lamps [73]
5. Ignition coil [83] 2. Auxiliary lamps switch [109]
6. Horn [122] Figure A-107. Auxiliary Lamps: FLSTC, FLSTN
7. ET sensor [90]
Figure A-105. Engine: Except FXSB
A-44 94000396
ed03992 ed03995
2 3 1
4 2
1
5 7
3 4
6
10
6
9
8 7 5
1. Auxiliary lamp switch (FLSTC, FLSTN) 1. Front fuel injector [84]
2. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB) 2. Rear fuel injector [85]
3. Fuel pump [141] 3. TMAP [80]
4. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB) 4. TCA [211]
5. LHCM [24] 5. Ignition coil [83]
6. Front WSS [167] 6. ET sensor [90]
7. Fuel gauge [117] 7. Ignition switch [33]
8. Headlamp [38]
Figure A-110. Engine: FXSB
FLSTN) and fender tip [32] (FLSTC) ed03997
10. Console [20] 1
2 3
Figure A-108. Under Fuel Tank Left Side
ed03993
2 3
10
1 4
9
4 5 5
8
10 7 6
6 1. DLC [91]
2. Fuse block [64]
9 8 7 3. Rear HO2S [137]
4. GND 1
1. Ignition switch [33] (except FXSB) 5. GND 2
2. Fuel pump [141] 6. Security antenna [209]
3. Speedometer [39] (except FXSB) 7. Rear lighting [7]
4. TGS [204] 8. ECM [78-3] (BN)
5. Front turn [31R] 9. ECM [78-2] (GY)
6. Front turn [31] 10. ECM [78-1] (BK)
7. RHCM [22-2]
Figure A-111. Under Seat: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
8. RHCM [22-1]
9. Rear ACR [203R]
Figure A-109. Under Fuel Tank Right Side
94000396 A-45
ed04002 ed03302
1
1
2 3
3
12 2
4
11
10 5
9
8
7 6
1. DLC [91] 1. Battery fuse
2. Fuse block [64] 2. P&A fuse
3. Rear HO2S [137] 3. Main fuse
4. GND 1 Figure A-114. Fuse Locations
5. GND 2
6. Security antenna [209] ed03996
1
7. Tail lamp harness [40]
2
8. Left rear stop/tail/turn harness [19]
9. Right rear stop/tail/turn harness [18]
10. ECM [78-3] (BN)
11. ECM [78-2] (GY) 3
12. ECM [78-1] (BK)
Figure A-112. Under Seat: FLS, FLSS
8 4
7 5
ed03998
2 6
1 3
4
12
5
11 2. Starter solenoid [128]
6 3. Neutral switch [131-1]
10 6. Active exhaust [79]
7 7. VSS [65]
8 8. Rear HCU [255]
9
Figure A-115. Starter
1. Left tail/turn [19]
2. Fuse block [64]
3. DCL [91]
4. Rear HO2S [137]
5. GND 1
6. GND 2
9. Right tail/turn [18]
10. Tail lamp [45]
Figure A-113. Under Seat: FXSB
A-46 94000396
ed03999 ed02694
45 19
2
1 93 18
94
6 3
5 4

2. BCM power [259]
3. BCM [242]
4. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
Figure A-116. Front of Rear Tire: Except FXSB
1. Tail lamp [93]
ed04000
2 3. Left rear turn signal [19]
1 3 5. Rear fender lights harness in circuit board [94]
Figure A-118. Rear Fender Lights
9
4
8
7 5

2. BCM power [259]
4. BCM [242]
5. Rear WSS [168]
6. ABS ECU [166]
7. ECM [78-3] (BN)
8. ECM [78-2] (GY)
9. ECM [78-1] (BK)
Figure A-117. Front of Rear Tire: FXSB
94000396 A-47
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
B.1 BOSCH COMPACT 1.1M SEALED CONNECTORS ........................................................... B-1
B.2 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................................. B-2
B.3 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................ B-4
B.4 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS ..................................................................... B-7
B.5 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED CONNECTORS ........................................................... B-9
B.6 JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................................. B-11
B.7 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS ................................................................................ B-12
B.8 MOLEX BPT SEALED CONNECTORS ............................................................................. B-13
B.9 MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTORS ............................................................................ B-15
B.10 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS ............................................................................. B-16
B.11 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS ................................................................................... B-19
B.12 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS ........................................................................ B-21
B.13 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED CONNECTORS ........................................................... B-23
B.14 TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED CONNECTORS ......................................................... B-25
APPENDIX B CONNECTOR REPAIR

NOTES
BOSCH COMPACT 1.1M SEALED CONNECTORS B.1
BOSCH COMPACT 1.1M CONNECTOR
Installing Terminal
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME 1. See Figure B-3. Use a hobby knife to bend the tangs on
GA500A SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK each side of the terminal outward.
2. Align terminal to connector. Press terminal into connector
See Figure B-1. The Bosch Compact 1.1M connector is found until it snaps.
on MAP and TMAP sensors.
NOTE
Separating Connector The teeth on the locking bar face down.
See Figure B-1. Snap back the secondary lock. Press on the
3. Slide the locking bar onto the connector.
latch while pulling the connector from the sensor.
ed03958
Mating Connector
1. Align the connector housings.
2. Press the housings together until the locking tab snaps
into place.
ed03959
Figure B-3. Tangs: Bosch Compact 1.1M Terminal
Replacement and Repair

The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable.
Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
connector assemblies. DO NOT re-use a terminal by removing
Figure B-1. Bosch Compact 1.1M Connector the wire.
Terminal Removal
1. See Figure B-2. Slide the locking bar off the terminal
housing.
2. Insert the smallest pins of the SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK
(PART NUMBER: GA500A) into the gaps on each side of
the terminal to compress the tangs on each side of the
terminal.
3. Gently pull on the wire to remove the terminal.
ed03957
Figure B-2. Terminal Removal: Bosch Compact 1.1M

Connector
94000396 B-1
DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS B.2
DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTOR REPAIR ed03925

B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR 1
HD-38125-6 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL B
Delphi GT 150 connectors are typically used on fuel gauge, A

ignition coil and VSS. The GT 280 sealed connectors are used
to connect to the fuel pump and sender.
See Figure B-4. The plug assembly consists of housing with

connector cavities, terminals, secondary lock, wire seals, safety
lock, mating seal and primary lock.
NOTE 2
Use PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL (PART NUMBER:
HD-38125-6) for Delphi GT sealed terminal crimping. Refer to
B
Bosch tool instruction sheet for crimping instructions.
Separating Connector
See Figure B-5. Press connector release (A), separate the two
halves (B).
Mating Connector
Push the halves of connector together until external latch(es)
engage.
ed03857
1 1. Connector housing
2. Connector release
Figure B-5. Disconnect
2 Terminal Removal
1. See Figure B-6. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART
NUMBER: B-50085), completely remove the primary lock.
2. Release the two locks and remove the secondary lock.
3. From the front of the cavity, locate the terminal lock. Insert
3
the removal tool straight into the cavity, deflect the terminal
lock and release the terminal. Gently pull on the wire to
remove terminal from the connector.
1. Secondary lock
2. GT 280 female terminals
3. Connector housing 2-way
4. Seal
5. Primary lock
Figure B-4. Exploded View
B-2 94000396
ed03926 ed03927
1
1
2 2
B B
3
D E
3
4
5
4
6
1. Primary lock 1. Primary lock

2. Removing secondary lock 2. Terminal
3. Removal tool 3. Secondary lock
4. Terminal lock 4. Primary lock
5. Terminal Figure B-7. Terminal Installation
6. Connector housing
Figure B-6. Terminal Removal Replacement and Repair
Installing Terminals The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable.
1. See Figure B-7. Insert the primary lock into the outer most connector assemblies. DO NOT re-use a terminal by removing
position on the connector. the wire.
NOTE
Proper orientation of terminal required.
2. Insert terminals into connector housing.

3. Insert secondary lock onto cavity until locked.
4. Install primary lock until it is locked in position.
94000396 B-3
DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED CONNECTORS B.3
DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED CONNECTOR ed03951
REPAIR

HD-38125-6 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL
HD-38125-7 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMPER
1
There are two types of connectors in this series:
• Pull-to-Seat
• Push-to-Seat
NOTE
• Use PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL (PART NUMBER: 2
HD-38125-6) for push-to-seat Delphi Metri-Pack terminal
crimping.
• Use PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMPER (PART NUMBER:
HD-38125-7) for pull-to-seat Delphi Metri-Pack terminal
crimping.
Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet for crimping instructions.
3
Pry up on the external latch slightly and separate the connector.
Mating Connector
Push the halves of the connector together.
Terminal Removal Push-to-Seat

NOTE
• The same process is followed for both the male and female 4
ends of the push to seat connectors.
• For best results, free one side of the secondary lock first
and then release the other side.
1. Remove wire lock
1. See Figure B-8. Remove secondary lock from wire end of
2. Pivot pin to release tang
connector.
3. Pull to remove
2. Find the locking tang in the mating end of the connector. 4. Raise tang to install
NOTE Figure B-8. Removing Delphi Metri-Pack Sealed Connector:
Push-to-Seat
• The tangs are always positioned in the middle of the cavity
on the same side as the external latch.
Terminal Removal Pull-to-Seat
• There is a small opening for the pin.
NOTE
3. Gently insert a small diameter straight pin into the cavity The tangs are always positioned in the middle of the cavity.
about ⅛ in (3.2 mm). The tangs are on the same side as the external latch.
NOTE 1. See Figure B-9. Find the locking tang in the mating end
The click is the sound of the tang returning to the locked of the connector.
position as it slips from the point of the pin.
NOTE
4. Pick at the tang until the clicking stops and the pin seems Stay between the terminal and the cavity wall and pivot the
to slide in deeper. This indicates the tang is pressed in. end of the pin toward the terminal body.
5. Pull on the lead to draw the terminal out the wire end.
2. Gently insert a small diameter straight pin into the cavity
about ⅛ in (3.2 mm).
NOTE
The click is the sound of the tang returning to the locked
position as it slips from the point of the pin.
B-4 94000396
3. When a click is heard, remove the pin and repeat the Installing Terminal Push-to-Seat
procedure.
1. See Figure B-10. Plug terminals into connector assembly.
NOTE 2. After all leads are plugged, install secondary lock to
After repeated terminal extractions, the click may not be heard, connector.
but pivot the pin as if the click was heard at least three times.
a. Hold connector as shown and install secondary lock.
4. Pick at the tang until the clicking stops and the pin seems b. Position secondary locks with corresponding grooves
to slide in deeper. This indicates the tang is pressed in. and verify one lead per cavity. Apply pressure with
5. Push on the lead to extract the terminal from the mating fingers until secondary lock snaps into place.
end of the connector.
ed03928
ed03936 1
3 1. Insert terminals into connector

2. Install secondary lock
3. Locked
Figure B-10. Insert Terminals Push-to-Seat
Installing Terminal Pull-to-Seat

NOTE
Leads must be blunt cut for this operation.
4 1. See Figure B-11. Push wire leads through cable seal at

least 8 in (203 mm).
2. Strip each wire lead to the required length for the terminal
being applied.
3. Crimp terminals on wire ends
1. Locate tang in cavity
4. Align the terminals with the locating tabs in the cavity and
2. Pivot pin to release tang
pull wires back through connector to install the terminal.
3. Push to remove
4. Raise tang to install 5. Verify terminal is fully seated in the terminal cavity.
Figure B-9. Delphi 150.2 Metri-Pack Sealed Connector:
Pull-to-Seat
94000396 B-5
ed03929
1
1. Push wire leads through cable seal

2. Strip each wire lead
3. Crimp terminals on wire ends
4. Pull wires back through connector
5. Verify terminal is fully seated
Figure B-11. Inserting Terminal Pull-to-Seat

connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing
the wire.
B-6 94000396
DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS B.4
DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTOR ed03978
REPAIR 2
1
1 6
HD-45928 PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL
REMOVER
HD-45929 PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL
CRIMPER 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
Delphi Micro 64 Sealed connectors are frequently found on
speedometers and tachometers.
NOTE 7 12
Use PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL CRIMPER (PART
NUMBER: HD-45929) for Delphi Micro 64 terminal crimping.
Bend back the external latches slightly and separate the
connector.
Mating Connector
Align the terminals and press the connector together until the
latch snaps.
4
Terminal Removal
1. See Figure B-12. Locate the head of the secondary lock
on one side of the connector housing.
2. Insert the blade of a small screwdriver between the center 5
ear of the lock and the connector housing and gently pry
out lock. When partially removed, pull lock from connector
housing.
3. Locate pin hole between terminals on mating end of
connector.
1. Stamped number
2. Pin hole
3. Secondary lock
4. Insert terminal remover
5. Remove terminal
Figure B-12. Terminal Removal
4. Obtain the PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL REMOVER
(PART NUMBER: HD-45928).
5. Push the adjacent terminals all the way into the connector
housing and then insert tool into hole until it bottoms.
6. Leaving the tool installed, gently tug on wires to pull either
one or both terminals from wire end of connector. Remove
tool.
94000396 B-7
Installing Terminal
1. Insert terminal into its respective numbered cavity on wire
end of connector. No special orientation of the terminal is
necessary.
NOTE
For wire location purposes, the corners of the connector are
stamped with the numbers 1, 6, 7 and 12, representing
terminals 1-6 on one side, and 7-12 on the other.
2. Bottom the terminal in the cavity and then gently tug on

the wire to verify that it is locked in place.
NOTE
Once removed, the terminal may not lock in place when first
installed. Until the lock engages, move the terminal back and
forth slightly while wiggling the lead.
3. Since the terminal remover tool releases two terminals

simultaneously, repeat step 2 on the adjacent terminal
even if it was not pulled from the connector housing.
4. With the center ear on the head of the secondary lock
facing the mating end of the connector, push secondary
lock in until head is flush with the connector housing.

the wire.
B-8 94000396
DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED CONNECTORS B.5
DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED ed03966
CONNECTOR REPAIR

HD-41475 DEUTSCH CONNECTOR SERVICE KIT
3
HD-41475-100 FLAT BLADE L-HOOK
HD-42879 ELECTRICAL CRIMPER TOOL
A DEUTSCH CONNECTOR SERVICE KIT (PART NUMBER:

HD-41475) contains a selection of seals and seal plugs, locking
wedges, attachment clips and terminals. Also included is a 1
FLAT BLADE L-HOOK (PART NUMBER: HD-41475-100) used
to remove locking wedges, compartmented storage box and
carrying case.
NOTE
• Use the HD-39965-a (DEUTSCH CRIMPER) for non-solid 2
barrel terminal crimping.
• Use the ELECTRICAL CRIMPER TOOL (PART NUMBER: 1
HD-42879) for solid barrel terminal crimping.
1. External latch
2. Socket housing
3. Pin housing
See Figure B-13. To separate the connector halves, Press the Figure B-13. Deutsch DT Sealed Connector
external latch(es) on the connector while rocking the connector
halves, and pull. Terminal Removal
NOTE 1. See Figure B-14. Remove wedgelock using needlenose
• Six-place and smaller Deutsch connectors have one latch pliers or removal tool.
on the connector. 2. To remove the terminals, gently pull wire backwards, while
• Eight- and twelve-place connectors have a latch on each at the same time releasing the locking finger by moving it
side. Simultaneously press both latches to separate the away from the terminal with a screwdriver.
connector. 3. Hold the rear seal in place when pulling terminal/wire out,
as removing the terminal may displace the seal.
Mating Connector
1. Align the connectors to match the wire lead colors.
a. For One External Latch: To join the halves, align the
latch on the socket side with the latch cover on the pin
side.
b. For Two External Latches: Align the tabs on the
connector halves.
NOTE
For Two External Latches: If latches do not click (latch), press
on one side of the connector until that latch engages then press
on the opposite side to engage the other latch.
2. Insert the two halves together until it locks into place.
94000396 B-9
ed03945 ed03930
1 2
3
2
1. Remove wedgelock
2. Releasing locking finger
3. Locking finger
4. Remove terminal
Installing Terminal
NOTE 1. Grasp terminal
The receptacle is shown. Use the same procedure for plug. 2. Hold connector
3. Insert terminal
4. Insert wedgelock
1. See Figure B-15. Grasp terminal approximately 1.0 in
(25.4 mm) behind the terminal barrel. Figure B-15. Inserting Terminals
2. Push terminal straight into connector grommet until a click Replacement and Repair
is felt.
3. Gently pull on the wire to confirm that it is properly locked
in place.
connector assemblies. DO NOT re-use a terminal by removing
4. Once all terminals are in place, insert wedgelock. The the wire.
wedgelock will snap into place.
B-10 94000396
JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTORS B.6
JAE MX19 SEALED CONNECTORS ed03977 2
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME
HD-50120-6 JAE DIE
2 1
The plug assembly consists of a wire seal (part of housing), 1
housing and two terminals.
NOTE
Use HAND CRIMP FRAME (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-2)
with JAE DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-6) for JAE MX19
series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet
for crimping instructions.
1. Terminal extractor
2. Connector
Separating Connector Figure B-17. Terminal Removal
See Figure B-16. Press the latch while pulling the connector
halves apart. Installing Terminal
1. Inspect the connector housing and replace if necessary.
ed03976
2. Orient the terminal to the housing. Push terminal into
housing until it clicks into place.

the wire.
Figure B-16. Release Button
Mating Connector
Align the terminals and press the connectors together until the
latch snaps.
Terminal Removal
1. Modify a TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER:
B-50085) by filing the front edge to 45 degrees.
2. See Figure B-17. Insert the extractor into the opening
above the terminal and press the plastic molding up and
out of the way.
3. Pull the wire lead and terminal out of the back of the
connector.
94000396 B-11
JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS B.7
JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTOR REPAIR ed03944

HD-50120-11 DIE SET
The plug assembly consists of a wire seal (part of housing),

housing, yellow secondary, two terminals, and one red mating
seal. The mating seal provides a tight closure for mated
connectors.
NOTE
with DIE SET (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-11) for JST JWPF
series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet 2 3 4
See Figure B-18. Press the release buttons while pulling the
connector halves apart.
5
Mating Connector
1. Align the connectors so the latches line up.
2. Press together until locked.
ed04053
1. Openings for removal tool

2. Terminal
5. Removing terminal
Figure B-18. Release Buttons: JST JWPF Sealed Connector
Installing Terminal
Terminal Removal
1. Inspect connector housing and replace if necessary.
1. See Figure B-19. Locate large openings on the front of the
connector housing. 2. Orient the terminal to the housing. Push terminal into
housing until it clicks into place.
2. Insert TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER:
B-50085) into large openings and release retention finger Replacement and Repair
that locks terminal in place.
3. Remove terminal. Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
the wire.
B-12 94000396
MOLEX BPT SEALED CONNECTORS B.8
MOLEX BPT SEALED CONNECTOR REPAIR ed03934

1
HD-50120-11 DIE SET
See Figure B-20. The plug assembly consists of a wire seal

(part of housing), housing, yellow secondary, two terminals,
and one red mating seal. The mating seal provides a tight
closure for mated connectors. 2
Molex BPT sealed connectors are used to connect to the front
and rear fuel injectors.
NOTE
with DIE SET (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-11) for Molex BPT
series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet 3
Pinch the two external latches together and separate the
connector from the fuel injector. 5
4
Mating Connector
Align the connector to the fuel injector. Push the two halves of
the connector together.
ed03908
3
2
1. Housing
2. Yellow secondary lock 1. Secondary lock
3. Red mating seal 2. Insert tip of screwdriver here
4. Terminals 3. Removal tool opening locations
4. Removal tool
Figure B-20. Molex BTP Connector Assembly 5. Retention fingers
Terminal Removal
1. See Figure B-21. Insert the tip of a small screwdriver into Installing Terminal
the secondary lock and gently pry the secondary lock
completely out of the housing. 1. See Figure B-22. Verify that the terminals are properly
crimped.
2. Locate the opening next to the terminals where the
removing tool will be inserted. 2. From the wire side of the housing, align the terminal with
the applicable terminal cavity, then insert the terminal
3. Insert removal tool and release retention finger that locks through the wire seal into the housing until there is an
terminal in place audible or tactile click. DO NOT force the terminal. If the
4. Remove terminal. terminal is difficult to insert, check to make sure they are
aligned properly.
94000396 B-13
3. Pull wire slightly to verify that the terminal has engaged
the retention fingers of the terminal cavity.
4. Insert secondary lock.
ed03971
1. Insert terminal
2. Secondary lock
Figure B-22. Installing Terminal

the wire.
B-14 94000396
MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTORS B.9
MOLEX CMC SEALED CONNECTORS 8. Insert the pins of the CMC extractor tool into the access
slots of the terminal cavity and retract the lead and
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME terminal.
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME ed03973
HD-50120-3 JAE DIE
1 2 3
HD-50120-4 JAE DIE
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL
NOTE
with JAE DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-3) for 18-16 gauge
or JAE DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-4) for 20-18 gauge
Molex CMC series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool
instruction sheet for crimping instructions.
See Figure B-23. Press the catch and rotate the lever arm
down.
4
ed03972
2
1 5
Figure B-23. Release 6
Mating Connector
1. Align the connector. 1. Press latch
2. Press cap and latch
2. Rotate the lever arm up until the catch clicks in place.
3. Remove wire lead cap
4. Remove secondary lock
Terminal Removal 5. Extractor tool
1. With the lever arm open, cut the cable strap around the 6. Access slots
wire bundle. Figure B-24. Terminal Removal
2. See Figure B-24. Open a wire cap latch with a small
screwdriver. Installing Terminal
3. Maintain pressure on the cap and open the opposite latch 1. Orient the terminal to the housing cavity. Snap the terminal
with the screwdriver. in place.
4. Slide the cap off. 2. Slide the cap over the lead bundle. Snap the cap in place.
5. Use the screwdriver to open the secondary lock. Pull the 3. Install a cable strap through the guide and around the lead
locking bar all the way out. bundle.
6. Locate the wire lead cavity by the alpha-numeric Replacement and Repair
coordinates.
7. Identify the size of the terminal and select either the CMC
extractor 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL (PART
NUMBER: HD-50423) or the 1.5 MM TERMINAL
the wire.
EXTRACTOR TOOL (PART NUMBER: HD-50424).
94000396 B-15
MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS B.10
MOLEX MX 64 AND 150 SEALED 2. Pull back gently 5/16 in (5 mm) until the secondary lock is
CONNECTOR REPAIR unlocked.
3. Using the MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME TERMINAL REMOVER (PART NUMBER: HD-48114),
HD-48114 MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR insert the tip into the terminal service ports adjacent to the
TERMINAL REMOVER terminal cavity to be removed.
HD-48119 ELECTRICAL CRIMP TOOL 4. Apply downward pressure to release the lock and remove
HD-50120-11 DIE SET the wire. If the terminal resists, the removal tool may not
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME be fully engaged. Verify that it has fully disengaged the
lock.
NOTE
ed03946
• Use ELECTRICAL CRIMP TOOL (PART NUMBER:
HD-48119) for Molex MX150 terminal crimping.
• Use HAND CRIMP FRAME (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-2)
with DIE SET (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-11) for Molex
MX64 series terminal crimping.
See Figure B-25. Press the latch while pulling the connector
halves apart.
1
Mating Connector
1. Align the connectors so the latches line up.
2. Press together until locked.
ed03952
2
Figure B-25. Molex MX 150 Sealed Connector Latch
Terminal Removal (Male Terminals) 3

NOTE
• The secondary lock should never be fully removed from the
connector. Excessive force may damage the secondary
lock.
• Do not apply any lateral force; this may damage the tool or
the locking finger.
• Excessive force can damage the lock finger. 1. Pull up secondary lock
• Do not insert the service tool at an angle; this may cause 2. Service ports
damage to the terminal. 3. Insert removal tool
• Do not insert the removal tool into the terminal opening. Figure B-26. Terminal Removal: Male
1. See Figure B-26. Insert a small pair of needle nose pliers

in the removal holes.
B-16 94000396
Terminal Removal (Female Terminals) MX150 ed03947
Series
NOTE
• The secondary lock should never be fully removed from the
connector housing. Excessive force may damage the
secondary lock. 1
• Do not apply any lateral force; this may damage the tool or
the locking finger.
• Excessive force can damage the lock finger.
• Do not insert the service tool at an angle; this may cause
damage to the terminal.
• Do not insert the removal tool into the terminal opening.
1. See Figure B-27. Insert a small screwdriver into the

secondary lock release.
2. Using the housing as a pivot point gently pry out on the
secondary lock to unlock.
3. Using the MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
TERMINAL REMOVER (PART NUMBER: HD-48114),
insert the tip into the terminal service ports adjacent to the
terminal cavity to be removed.
4. Apply downward pressure to release the lock and remove
the wire. If the terminal resists, the removal tool may not
be fully engaged. Verify that it has fully disengaged the
lock. 2
1. Pry up secondary lock

2. Service ports
3. Insert removal tool
Figure B-27. Terminal Removal: Female
Terminal Removal (Female Terminals) MX64

Series
1. See Figure B-28. Using a small blade screwdriver pry up
on the secondary lock and remove.
NOTE
Do not use excessive force. Excessive force can damage the
lock finger.
2. Using a small blade screwdriver, release the terminal lock.

Gently pull on the wire to remove the terminal.
94000396 B-17
ed03931 ed03891
4 3
1. Remove secondary lock 1. MX 64 series

2. 1 mm pry tool 2. MX 150 series
3. Pry point for terminal lock Figure B-29. Terminal Installation
4. Primary lock
Figure B-28. Removing Terminals in MX64 Series Connect- Replacement and Repair
or
Installing Terminal Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
1. See Figure B-29. With secondary lock unlocked, align the the wire.
terminal to rear of connector.
2. Insert the terminal until it stops and locks on the lock finger
with an audible click.
3. See Figure B-29.
a. On the MX64, install and lock the secondary lock.
b. On the MX150, push to lock the secondary lock.
B-18 94000396
SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS B.11
SEALED SPLICE CONNECTOR REPAIR WARNING
Be sure to follow manufacturer's instructions when using
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME the UltraTorch UT-100 or any other radiant heating device.
HD-25070 ROBINAIR HEAT GUN Failure to follow manufacturer's instructions can cause a
HD-38125-8 PACKARD CRIMPING TOOL fire, which could result in death or serious injury. (00335a)
HD-39969 ULTRA TORCH UT-100
• Avoid directing heat toward any electrical system component
HD-41183 HEAT SHIELD ATTACHMENT
that is not being serviced.
NOTE • Always keep hands away from tool tip area and heat shrink
Refer to Bosch tool instruction sheet for crimping instructions. attachment.
NOTE
Splice connectors and several OEM ring terminal connectors It is acceptable for the splice to rest against the heat shrink
use heat shrink covering to seal the connection. tool attachment.
Preparing Wire Leads 7. Use an ULTRA TORCH UT-100 (PART NUMBER:

NOTE HD-39969), or a ROBINAIR HEAT GUN (PART NUMBER:
When splicing adjacent wires, stagger the splices so the sealed HD-25070) with a HEAT SHIELD ATTACHMENT (PART
splice connectors will not touch each other. NUMBER: HD-41183), to heat the connector from the
center of the crimp out to each end.
1. Using a shop gauge, identify the gauge of the wire.
ed03953
2. Match the wire gauge to a sealed splice connector by color
1
and part number. Refer to Table B-1. 3
3. Strip insulation off the wire lead. Refer to Table B-1.
Table B-1. Sealed Splice Connectors

WIRE GAUGE COLOR PART NO. STRIP LENGTH
in mm
18-20 (0.5-0.8 mm) Red 70585-93 3/8 9.5
14-16 (1.0-2.0 mm) Blue 70586-93 3/8 9.5
2
10-12 (3.0-5.0 mm) Yellow 70587-93 3/8 9.5
NOTE
1. Red connector die
If any copper wire strands are cut off of the wire core, trim the
2. Blue connector die
end and strip the wire again in a larger gauge stripper.
3. Yellow connector die
Figure B-30. Packard Crimping Tool (HD-38125-8)
Splicing Wire Leads
NOTE
Inspecting Seals
The connector is crimped on one side and then the other. See Figure B-31. Allow the splice to cool and inspect the seal.
The insulation should appear smooth and cylindrical. Melted
1. See Figure B-30. Open the PACKARD CRIMPING TOOL sealant will have extruded out the ends of the insulation.
(PART NUMBER: HD-38125-8) ratchet by squeezing the
handles closed.
2. Match the connector color to the wire gauge crimp die in
the jaws. Insert one end of the sealed connector.
3. Gently squeeze the handles until the connector is held in
the jaws.
4. See Figure B-31. Feed the stripped end of a wire into the
connector until the wire stops inside the metal insert.
5. Squeeze the handles tightly closed to crimp the lead in
the insert. The tool automatically opens when the crimping
is complete.
6. Slide the connector to the other half of the metal insert.
Insert the stripped wire lead until it stops. Crimp the lead
in the insert.
94000396 B-19
ed03954
2
1
4 4
1. Wire lead in metal insert

2. Crimp metal insert
3. Center of crimp
4. Melted SEALANT
Figure B-31. Sealed Splice Connector
B-20 94000396
TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS B.12
TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTOR ed03960
REPAIR

HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME 2
HD-50120-7 TYCO GET 64 DIE
NOTE
with TYCO GET 64 DIE (PART NUMBER: HD-50120-7) for
Tyco GET 64 series terminal crimping. Refer to Bosch tool
instruction sheet for crimping instructions.
1. See Figure B-32. Pull the latch lock open.
2. While pressing the connector latch, pull the connector
apart.
Mating Connector
1
2. Press the housings together.
3. Push the latch lock closed.
1. Latch lock (open)

2. Latch lock (closed)
3. Connector latch
Figure B-32. Tyco GET 64 Sealed Connector Latch and
Lock
Terminal Removal
1. See Figure B-33. Remove secondary lock from the
connector.
2. Insert TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER:
B-50085) into the cavity next to the terminal.
3. Pry and hold the tang away from the terminal.
4. Pull on the wire lead to remove the terminal.
94000396 B-21
ed03948 ed03956
Figure B-34. Socket Terminal Orientation: Crimp Open

Side

the wire.
2 3
1. Secondary lock
3. Retention beam
Installing Terminal
1. See Figure B-34. Align the open side of the crimp to the
tang side of the connector cavity.
2. Install the terminal into the connector. Terminal will snap
into place.
3. Install secondary lock into the connector.
B-22 94000396
TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED CONNECTORS B.13
TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED ed03902
CONNECTOR REPAIR
2
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR 1
3
HD-41609 AMP MULTILOCK CRIMPER
HD-44695-A MULTI-LOCK CRIMPER
Tyco Multilock Unsealed connectors are found between wire

harnesses and component wiring. They are either floating or
anchored to the frame with attachment clips. To maintain
serviceability, always return connectors to OEM locations after
service.
Obtain the necessary tools to repair the connector and

terminals.
NOTE
• Use the AMP MULTILOCK CRIMPER (PART NUMBER:
HD-41609) for 070 Multilock terminal crimping.
• Use the MULTI-LOCK CRIMPER (PART NUMBER: 4
HD-44695-A) for 040 Multilock terminal crimping.
1. Socket housing
2. Release button
3. Pin housing
Separating Connector 4. Attachment clip
1. If necessary, slide connector attachment clip so T-stud is Figure B-35. Tyco Multilock Unsealed Connector
in the large end of the clip opening. Remove connector
from T-stud. Terminal Removal
2. See Figure B-35. Press the release button and pull the 1. See Figure B-36. Bend back the latch to free one end of
connector halves apart. secondary lock then repeat on the opposite end. Hinge
the secondary lock outward.
Mating Connector 2. Look in the terminal side of the connector (opposite the
1. Hold the connectors to match wire color to wire color. secondary lock) and note the cavity next to each terminal.
2. Align the terminals and press the connectors together until 3. Using TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART NUMBER:
they click in place. B-50085), press the tang in the housing to release the
terminal.
3. If OEM location is a T-stud, fit large opening end of
attachment clip over T-stud. Slide connector to engage a. Socket: Lift the socket tang up.
T-stud to small end of opening in clip. b. Pin: Press the pin tang down.
NOTE
If the tang is released, a click is heard.
4. Gently pull on wire to remove terminal from cavity.
94000396 B-23
1. Hold the terminal so the catch faces the tang in the cavity.
ed03950
Insert the terminal into its numbered cavity until it snaps
in place.
2. Gently tug on wire ends to verify that all terminals are
locked.
3. Rotate the hinged secondary lock inward until tabs are
fully engaged on both sides of connector.
5 7
2
3 connector assemblies. Do not re-use a terminal by removing
the wire.
4 2
6
1
1. Latch
2. Secondary lock open
3. Pin housing
4. Socket housing
5. Pin terminal
6. Socket terminal
7. Tang (pin)
8. Tang (socket)
Figure B-36. Tyco 070 Multilock Unsealed Connector:
Socket and Pin Housings
Installing Terminals
NOTE
• Match the wire color to the cavity number found on the wiring
diagram.
• The release button is always on the top of the connector.
• On the pin side of the connector, tangs are positioned at
the bottom of each cavity. Therefore, the slot in the pin
terminal (on the side opposite the crimp tails) must face
downward.
• On the socket side, tangs are at the top of each cavity.
Therefore, the socket terminal slot (on the same side as the
crimp tails) must face upward.
B-24 94000396
TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED CONNECTORS B.14
TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED 4. See Figure B-37. Install secondary lock into connector.
CONNECTOR REPAIR 5. Install seal.
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME ed03964
1. Lift locking tab.
2. Pull the connector apart.
Mating Connector
2. Press the housings together until the locking tab snaps
into place. 1
Terminal Removal
2 4
1. File the edge of a TERMINAL EXTRACTOR (PART
NUMBER: B-50085) to a 45 degree angle.
2. See Figure B-37. Remove seal from connector. 3
3. Lift locking tab on either side of connector and remove
secondary lock.
4. Insert the extractor into the cavity next to the terminal.
1. Terminal
Press the retainer away from the terminal.
2. Connector
5. Gently pull the wire to remove the terminal from the 3. Secondary lock
connector. 4. Seal
Figure B-37. Tyco SuperSeal 1.5 Sealed Connector
Installing Terminal
1. Align terminal to the connector. Replacement and Repair
2. Install the terminal into the connector until it snaps into The terminals and connector assemblies are not repairable.
place. Discard and replace any defective or damaged terminals or
3. Gently pull wire to verify terminal is locked.
the wire.
94000396 B-25
NOTES
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
C.1 GLOSSARY ......................................................................................................................... C-1
APPENDIX C REFERENCE
NOTES
GLOSSARY C.1
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Table C-1. Acronyms and Abbreviations
ACRONYM OR ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
A Amperes
AAT Ambient air temperature
ABS Anti-lock braking system
AC Alternating current
ACC Accessory position on ignition switch
ACR Automatic compression release
AGM Absorbed glass mat (battery)
Ah Ampere-hour
AIS Active intake solenoid
AWG American wire gauge
B+ Battery voltage
bar Bar
BAS Bank angle sensor
BCM Body control module
BOB Breakout box
BTDC Before top dead center
°C Celsius (Centigrade)
CA California
CAL Calibration
CAN Controller area network
CB Tx CB send transmission
CB Rx CB receive transmission
cc Cubic centimeters
CCA Cold cranking amps
CCW Counterclockwise
CKP Crankshaft position
cm Centimeters
cm3 Cubic centimeters
CW Clockwise
DC Direct current
DLC Data link connector
DOM Domestic
DOT Department of Transportation
DTC Diagnostic trouble code
DVOM Digital volt ohm meter
ECM Electronic control module
ECT Engine coolant temperature
ECU Electronic control unit
EEPROM Electrically erasable programmable read only memory
EFI Electronic fuel injection
EHCU Electro hydraulic control unit
ET Engine temperature
ETC Electronic throttle control
94000396 C-1
EVAP Evaporative emissions control system
°F Fahrenheit
fl oz Fluid ounce
FPS Fuel pressure sensor
ft Feet
ft-lbs Foot pounds
FTP Flash to pass
g Gram
gal Gallon
GAWR Gross axle weight rating
GND Ground (electrical)
GPS Global positioning system
GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating
HCU Hydraulic control unit
HDI Harley-Davidson International
HD-Link Networking system
H-DSSS Harley-Davidson smart security system
HFM Hands-free mode
HFSM Hands-free security module
Hg Mercury
H02S Heated oxygen sensor
hp Horsepower
hr Hour
IAC Idle air control
IAT Intake air temperature
IC Instrument cluster
ID Inside diameter
IGN Ignition light/key switch position
IM Instrument module
in inch
in3 Cubic inch
INJ PW Injector pulse width
INTCM Intercom
in-lbs Inch pounds
JSS Jiffy stand sensor
kg Kilogram
km Kilometer
km/h Kilometers per hour
kPa Kilopascal
kW Kilowatt
KS Knock sensor
L Liter
lb Pounds
LCD Liquid crystal display
LED Light emitting diode
C-2 94000396
LH Left hand
LHCM Left hand control module
LP License plate
LT Left
mA Milliampere
MAP Manifold absolute pressure
max Maximum
mi Mile
min Minimum
mL Milliliter
mm Millimeter
mph Miles per hour
ms Millisecond
Nm Newton-meter
NIM Navigation interface module
NiMH Nickel metal hydride
N/A Not applicable
O2 Oxygen
OD Outside diameter
OEM Original equipment manufacturer
oz Ounce
P&A Parts and Accessories
Part No. Part number
PIN Personal identification number
PND Personal navigation device
psi Pounds per square inch
PWM signal Pulse width modulated signal
qt Quart
RAD Radio
RCM Reverse control module
RDS Radio data system
RES Reserve mark on fuel supply valve
RH Right hand
RHCM Right hand control module
rpm Revolutions per minute
RT Right
s Seconds
SCFH Cubic feet per hour at standard conditions
SDARS Satellite digital audio radio service
SPDO Speedometer
SPKR Speaker
STT Stop/tail/turn
TA Traffic announcement
TCA Throttle control actuator
TDC Top dead center
94000396 C-3
TGS Twist grip sensor
TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system
TPS Throttle position sensor
TSM Turn signal module
TSSM Turn signal/security module
TT Telltale
USB Universal serial bus
V Volt
VAC Volts of alternating current
VDC Volts of direct current
VIN Vehicle identification number
VR Voice recognition
VSS Vehicle speed sensor
W Watt
WA Weather alert
WSS Wheel speed sensor
C-4 94000396
TOOLS
PART NUMBER TOOL NAME NOTES
B-50085 TERMINAL EXTRACTOR 6.27 TGS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P2122
6.27 TGS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P2123
B.2 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS, Delphi
GT Sealed Connector Repair
B.6 JAE MX19 Sealed Connectors, JAE MX19
Sealed Connectors
B.7 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS, JST
JWPF Sealed Connector Repair
B.12 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
Tyco GET 64 Sealed Connector Repair
B.13 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED
CONNECTORS, Tyco Multilock Unsealed
Connector Repair
B.14 TYCO SUPERSEAL 1.5 SEALED
CONNECTORS, Tyco SuperSeal 1.5 Sealed
Connector Repair
GA500A SNAP-ON TERMINAL PICK B.1 BOSCH COMPACT 1.1M SEALED
CONNECTORS, Bosch Compact 1.1M Connector
GRX-3110HD HD BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC STATION 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
3.1 BATTERY TESTING, Battery Diagnostic Test
HD-23738 VACUUM PUMP 6.6 TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, Description
and Operation
HD-25070 ROBINAIR HEAT GUN B.11 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Sealed
Splice Connector Repair
HD-26792 SPARK PLUG TESTER 6.14 IDLE SPEED CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS,
TOOLS
DTC P0505
HD-34730-2E FUEL INJECTOR TEST LIGHT 6.10 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0261
6.10 FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0264
6.23 ACR Diagnostics, DTC P1655
HD-38125-6 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMP TOOL B.2 DELPHI GT SEALED CONNECTORS, Delphi
GT Sealed Connector Repair
B.3 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED
CONNECTORS, Delphi Metri-Pack Sealed
Connector Repair
HD-38125-7 PACKARD TERMINAL CRIMPER B.3 DELPHI METRI-PACK SEALED
CONNECTORS, Delphi Metri-Pack Sealed
Connector Repair
HD-38125-8 PACKARD CRIMPING TOOL B.11 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Sealed
HD-39617 FLUKE AC/DC CURRENT PROBE 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
3.4 TESTING STARTER ON MOTORCYCLE,
Starter Current Draw Test
3.5 TESTING STARTER ON BENCH, Free
Running Current Draw Test
7.2 ACTUATOR MOTOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
C1052, C1102
C1192, C1193
HD-39969 ULTRA TORCH UT-100 B.11 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Sealed
HD-39978 DIGITAL MULTIMETER (FLUKE 78) 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
1.4 DIAGNOSTICS AND TROUBLESHOOTING,
Wiggle Test
94000396 I
TOOLS
HD-41183 HEAT SHIELD ATTACHMENT B.11 SEALED SPLICE CONNECTORS, Sealed
HD-41199-3 IAC TEST LIGHT 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
HD-41404 TEST CONNECTOR KIT 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
2.2 Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC
U0001, U0011, B2274, Odometer Self-Diagnostic
Inoperative: DTC U0001, U0011, B2274
2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
COMMUNICATION DTCS, DTC U0100
U0140
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Left Hand Controls
Inoperative: DTC U0141
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Speedometer
3.2 STARTING SYSTEM, Nothing Clicks
3.2 STARTING SYSTEM, Starter Stalls or Spins
Too Slowly
3.3 STARTER OUTPUT DTCS, DTC B2121
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM, Low or No Charging
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM, Overcharging
3.6 CHARGING SYSTEM, Battery Charging Tests
3.7 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C0562
3.7 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1222,
C1223
DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0562
3.9 IGN SWITCH DTCS, DTC B2201
3.10 ENGINE STOP SWITCH DTCS, DTC B2206
3.11 BCM VOLTAGE DTCS, DTC B2271
4.2 FUEL LEVEL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B1210:
Except FXSB
FXSB
Except FXSB
FXSB
4.4 NO INSTRUMENT POWER DIAGNOSTICS,
No Instrument Power
DTC B1200
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, Low Fuel Lamp Always
On
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, Oil Pressure Lamp
Always On
Inoperative
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, Neutral Lamp Inoperative
4.6 GAUGES, Fuel Gauge Inaccurate, No DTCs
II 94000396
TOOLS
4.6 GAUGES, Fuel Gauge Inoperative
5.1 ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2112
5.1 ACC CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2113,
B2114
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2127
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2128, B2129
5.3 HORN DIAGNOSTICS, Horn Inoperative
5.5 FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B2141
B2143, B2144
B2146
B2148, B2149
5.6 REAR TURN SIGNAL DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B2151
B2153, B2154
B2156
B2158, B2159
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Auxiliary Lamps
Inoperative: Except Japan
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Auxiliary Lamps
Inoperative: Japan
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, High Beam
Headlamp Inoperative, DTC B2131
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2132
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2133,
B2134
5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Low Beam
B2139
5.8 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Stop Lamp
Always On: DTC B2223
5.8 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2161
5.8 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2163,
B2164
5.9 BRAKE SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0572
5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Front
Running Lamps Inoperative
5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Rear
Running Lamps Inoperative: Except FXSB, FLS,
FLSS
5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Rear
Running Lamps Inoperative: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, License
Plate Lamp Inoperative: Except FXSB, FLS, FLSS
5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, License
Plate Lamp Inoperative: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B2106, B2107
B2168, B2169
B2168, B2169: FXSB, FLS, FLSS
5.16 ALARM DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2172
94000396 III
TOOLS
5.17 SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B2176
B2177
B2178
5.17 SECURITY ANTENNA DIAGNOSTICS, Fails
to Disarm
5.19 NEUTRAL SWITCH DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
B2218
6.4 SYSTEM POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC B2102
DTC B2103, B2104
6.5 FUEL PUMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2116
6.6 TMAP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0107
6.7 ET SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0117
6.8 TCA DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0120
6.9 HO2S DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0031
6.11 CKP SENSOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0371,
P0374
6.12 PURGE SOLENOID DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P0444
P0445
6.13 VSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0502
6.16 5V REFERENCE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P0641
6.19 COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC P1353, P1356
6.20 JSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P1502
6.20 JSS DIAGNOSTICS, Side Stand Displayed
on Speedometer
6.24 ETC ACTUATOR DIAGNOSTICS, DTC P2100
IV 94000396
TOOLS
6.28 CORRELATION ERROR DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC P2135
DTC P2138
6.29 DTC P2176, DTC P2176
6.30 IGN COIL DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
P2300
P2301
P2303
P2304
6.31 Engine Cranks But Will Not Start, Engine
Cranks But Will Not Start
6.33 STARTS, THEN STALLS, STARTS, THEN
STALLS
6.34 Misfire at Idle or Under Load, Misfire at Idle
or Under Load
C1018, C1042, C1224
C1041, C1044, C1225
C1192, C1193
7.3 WSS DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1025, C1032,
C1206
C1208
7.4 DTC C1055, DTC C1055
HD-41475 DEUTSCH CONNECTOR SERVICE KIT B.5 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED
CONNECTORS, Deutsch DT and DTM Sealed
Connector Repair
HD-41475-100 FLAT BLADE L-HOOK B.5 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED
Connector Repair
HD-41609 AMP MULTILOCK CRIMPER B.13 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED
Connector Repair
HD-42682 BREAKOUT BOX 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
Except FXSB
FXSB
Except FXSB
FXSB
No Instrument Power
DTC B1200
94000396 V
TOOLS
On
Always On
Inoperative
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, High Beam Indicator
Inoperative
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, Turn Signal Indicator
Inoperative
7.7 ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative, ABS
Indicator Always On or Inoperative
HD-42879 ELECTRICAL CRIMPER TOOL B.5 DEUTSCH DT AND DTM SEALED
Connector Repair
HD-44695-A MULTI-LOCK CRIMPER B.13 TYCO MULTILOCK UNSEALED
Connector Repair
HD-45325 JUMPER HARNESS 7.7 ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative, ABS
HD-45928 PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL REMOVER B.4 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
Delphi Micro 64 Sealed Connector Repair
HD-45929 PACKARD MICRO-64 TERMINAL CRIMPER B.4 DELPHI MICRO 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
Delphi Micro 64 Sealed Connector Repair
HD-46601 BREAKOUT BOX ADAPTERS 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
Except FXSB
FXSB
Except FXSB
FXSB
No Instrument Power
DTC B1200
On
Always On
Inoperative
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, High Beam Indicator
Inoperative
4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, Turn Signal Indicator
Inoperative
HD-48114 MOLEX ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR TERMINAL B.10 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Molex
REMOVER MX 64 and 150 Sealed Connector Repair
HD-48119 ELECTRICAL CRIMP TOOL B.10 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Molex
MX 64 and 150 Sealed Connector Repair
VI 94000396
TOOLS
HD-48642 ABS BREAKOUT BOX 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
3.7 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C0562
3.7 ABS VOLTAGE DIAGNOSTICS, DTC C1222,
C1223
C1018, C1042, C1224
C1041, C1044, C1225
C1052, C1102
C1192, C1193
C1206
C1208
7.4 DTC C1055, DTC C1055
7.6 SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
C1561-C1565
7.6 SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
C1567, C1568, C1571, C1572, C1573
7.7 ABS Indicator Always On or Inoperative, ABS
HD-48650 DIGITAL TECHNICIAN II , Preparation For Service
1.2 Initial Diagnostics, Retrieving Trouble Codes
1.2 Initial Diagnostics, Code Types
1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
Wiggle Test
2.1 CAN COMMUNICATION, Description and
Operation
2.1 CAN COMMUNICATION, Components
U0001, U0011, B2274, Description and Operation
COMMUNICATION DTCS, Description and
Operation
4.3 Trip Odometer Functions Inoperative, DTC
B2255, Description and Operation
5.8 STOP LAMP DIAGNOSTICS, Description and
Operation
5.12 SECURITY SYSTEM, Security System
Features
5.13 KEY FOB, Fob Assignment
5.15 SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS
AND CONFIGURATIONS, Initial PIN Entry
5.15 SERVICE AND EMERGENCY FUNCTIONS
AND CONFIGURATIONS, Service Mode
to Disarm
6.9 HO2S DIAGNOSTICS, Description and
Operation
6.15 ECM INTERNAL DIAGNOSTICS, Description
and Operation
6.17 DTC P1009, General
6.17 DTC P1009, DTC P1009
6.18 DTC P1270, Description and Operation
94000396 VII
TOOLS
6.32 ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS,
DTC P1505
7.1 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) GENERAL
INFORMATION, Description and Operation
7.5 ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS,
Description and Operation
7.5 ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
C1158
7.5 ABS VIN CALIBRATION DIAGNOSTICS, DTC
C1178, C1184
HD-50120-11 DIE SET B.7 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS, JST
B.8 MOLEX BPT SEALED CONNECTORS, Molex
BPT Sealed Connector Repair
B.10 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Molex
HD-50120-2 HAND CRIMP FRAME B.6 JAE MX19 Sealed Connectors, JAE MX19
Sealed Connectors
B.7 JST JWPF SEALED CONNECTORS, JST
B.8 MOLEX BPT SEALED CONNECTORS, Molex
BPT Sealed Connector Repair
B.9 Molex CMC Sealed Connectors, Molex CMC
Sealed Connectors
B.10 MOLEX MX SEALED CONNECTORS, Molex
B.12 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
HD-50120-3 JAE DIE B.9 Molex CMC Sealed Connectors, Molex CMC
Sealed Connectors
HD-50120-4 JAE DIE B.9 Molex CMC Sealed Connectors, Molex CMC
Sealed Connectors
HD-50120-6 JAE DIE B.6 JAE MX19 Sealed Connectors, JAE MX19
Sealed Connectors
HD-50120-7 TYCO GET 64 DIE B.12 TYCO GET 64 SEALED CONNECTORS,
HD-50341 WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TEST LEAD 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
C1206
C1208
HD-50390-1 BREAKOUT BOX 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
Wiggle Test
U0140
Too Slowly
VIII 94000396
TOOLS
Except FXSB
FXSB
Always On
B2114
B2141
B2143, B2144
B2146
B2148, B2149
B2151
B2153, B2154
B2156
B2158, B2159
B2134
B2139
B2164
B2106, B2107
B2108, B2109
B2168, B2169
B2176
B2177
to Disarm
94000396 IX
TOOLS
B2218
DTC B2102
DTC B2103, B2104
P0374
P0444
DTC P1353, P1356
on Speedometer
DTC P2135
DTC P2138
6.29 DTC P2176, DTC P2176
P2300
P2303
X 94000396
TOOLS
STALLS
or Under Load
HD-50390-2 BCM CABLE 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
U0140
Except FXSB
FXSB
Always On
B2114
B2141
B2143, B2144
B2146
B2148, B2149
B2151
B2153, B2154
B2156
B2158, B2159
B2134
B2139
94000396 XI
TOOLS
B2164
B2106, B2107
B2108, B2109
B2168, B2169
B2176
B2177
to Disarm
B2218
DTC B2103, B2104
HD-50390-2-P BCM OVERLAY 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
U0140
Except FXSB
FXSB
Always On
B2114
B2141
B2143, B2144
B2146
XII 94000396
TOOLS
B2148, B2149
B2151
B2153, B2154
B2156
B2158, B2159
B2134
B2139
B2164
B2106, B2107
B2108, B2109
B2168, B2169
B2176
B2177
to Disarm
B2218
DTC B2103, B2104
HD-50390-4 ECM CABLE 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
Wiggle Test
Too Slowly
DTC B2102
94000396 XIII
TOOLS
P0374
P0444
DTC P1353, P1356
on Speedometer
DTC P2135
DTC P2138
6.29 DTC P2176, DTC P2176
P2300
P2303
STALLS
or Under Load
HD-50390-4-P ECM OVERLAY 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
Wiggle Test
XIV 94000396
TOOLS
Too Slowly
DTC B2102
P0374
P0444
DTC P1353, P1356
on Speedometer
DTC P2135
DTC P2138
6.29 DTC P2176, DTC P2176
P2300
94000396 XV
TOOLS
P2303
STALLS
or Under Load
HD-50390-6 ABS CABLE 2.2 Odometer Self-Diagnostic Inoperative: DTC
HD-50423 0.6 MM TERMINAL EXTACTOR TOOL 2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST
U0140
Sealed Connectors
HD-50424 1.5 MM TERMINAL EXTRACTOR TOOL 5.7 HEADLAMP DIAGNOSTICS, DTC B2132
B2106, B2107
Sealed Connectors
HD-51724 INLINE SPARK TESTER KIT 1.3 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS, How To Use Diagnostic
Tools
6.32 ENGINE PERFORMANCE DIAGNOSTICS,
Hesitation or Loss of Power Test
6.34 Misfire at Idle or Under Load, Inline Spark
Tester
or Under Load
6.35 Erratic Idle, Erratic Idle
HD-96921-52D OIL PRESSURE TEST GAUGE KIT 4.5 INDICATOR LAMPS, Oil Pressure Lamp
Always On
XVI 94000396
Index
A Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)........................................3-1
Conductance Test...............................................................3-1
ABS Diode Pack Location................................................A-43 Connectors...................A-1, A-29, B-1, B-7, B-11, B-15, B-19
ABS ECU Location...........................................................A-43 Console Harness Location...............................................A-43
ABS Indicator Description...................................................7-1 Coolant.............................................................................A-43
ABS Indicator Diagnostics................................................7-21 Cooling Fan Location.......................................................A-43
ABS Indicator Operation.....................................................7-1 Cooling Pump Location....................................................A-43
ABS Module Location.......................................................A-43 Cooling System Description...............................................6-7
ABS Operation....................................................................7-1 Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor...................................A-43
AC Output Test.................................................................3-18 Cruise Control.....................................................................5-6
ACR Front Location..........................................................A-43 Cruise Disenage Causes....................................................5-7
ACR Rear Location..........................................................A-43 Cruise Disengage Causes..................................................5-7
Accelerometer Description..................................................6-6 Current DTCs......................................................................1-9
Accessory Switch Connector Location.............................A-43 Current Draw Test.............................................................3-18
Acronyms and Abbreviations.............................................C-1 Current Draw Values.........................................................3-18
Active Exhaust Actuator......................................................6-7
Active Exhaust Actuator Location....................................A-43
Active Exhaust Location...................................................A-43 D
Active Intake Solenoid........................................................6-7
Active Intake Solenoid Location.......................................A-43 DLC Location....................................................................A-43
Alarm................................................................................5-49 DTC B1004.........................................................................4-2
Alternator Description.......................................................3-16 DTC B1005.........................................................................4-2
Alternator Rotor..................................................................6-4 DTC B1143.......................................................................5-56
Amplifier and Control Assembly Location........................A-43 DTC B1144.......................................................................5-56
Antenna Connector Location............................................A-43 DTC B1145.......................................................................5-56
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Description.........................7-1 DTC C1021.........................................................................7-9
Automatic Compression Release (ACR)..........................6-67 DTC C1023.........................................................................7-9
Auxiliary Lamp Switch Location.......................................A-43 DTC P0107.........................................................................6-7
Auxiliary Lamps Diagnostics...................................5-25, 5-25 DTC P0108.........................................................................6-7
Auxiliary Lamps Switch Connector Location....................A-43 DTC P0120.......................................................................6-23
DTC P0122.......................................................................6-23
INDEX
DTC P0123.......................................................................6-23
B DTC P0131.......................................................................6-30
DTC P0132.......................................................................6-30
BAS..................................................................................A-43 DTC P0134.......................................................................6-30
BAS Description..................................................................6-6 DTC P0151.......................................................................6-30
BCM Description.................................................................2-1 DTC P0152.......................................................................6-30
BCM Location...................................................................A-43 DTC P0154.......................................................................6-30
BUS Err...............................................................................2-2 DTC P0220.......................................................................6-23
Bank Angle Sensor (BAS)................................................A-43 DTC P0222.......................................................................6-23
Battery Description.............................................................3-3 DTC P0223.......................................................................6-23
Battery Location...............................................................A-43 DTC P0261.......................................................................6-37
Battery Testing....................................................................3-1 DTC P0262.......................................................................6-37
Bosch Compact 1.1M Sealed Connectors.........................B-1 DTC P0263.......................................................................6-37
DTC P0264.......................................................................6-37
DTC P0444.......................................................................6-43
C DTC P0445.......................................................................6-43
DTC P0501.......................................................................6-45
CAN Bus.............................................................................2-1 DTC P0502.......................................................................6-45
CAN Bus Communication...................................................2-1 DTC P0505.......................................................................6-48
CB Antenna Connector Location......................................A-43 DTC P0603.......................................................................6-51
CB Module Connector Location.......................................A-43 DTC P0605.......................................................................6-51
CKP Location...................................................................A-43 DTC P1270.......................................................................6-58
CKP Sensor......................................................................A-43 DTC P1353.......................................................................6-59
CKP Sensor Description.....................................................6-6 DTC P1356.......................................................................6-59
CKP Sensor Location.......................................................A-43 DTC P1357.......................................................................6-59
CKP Synchronization..........................................................6-4 DTC P1358.......................................................................6-59
Changing the Pin..............................................................5-52 DTC P1501.......................................................................6-62
Charging System Description...........................................3-16 DTC P1502.......................................................................6-62
Charging System Diagnostics..........................................3-16 DTC P1510.......................................................................6-65
Charging System Output Test...........................................3-18 DTC P1511.......................................................................6-65
Check Engine Lamp.........................................................1-10 DTC P1512.......................................................................6-65
Clearing DTCs..................................................................1-10 DTC P1514.......................................................................6-66
Clutch...............................................................................A-43 DTC P1655.......................................................................6-67
Clutch Switch Description...................................................6-6 DTC P1656.......................................................................6-67
XVII
Index
DTC P2105.......................................................................6-74 Front Fender Tip Lamp Connector Location....................A-43
DTC P2107.......................................................................6-74 Front Fuel Injector Location..............................................A-43
DTC P2119.......................................................................6-75 Front HCU Location..........................................................A-43
DTC P2122.......................................................................6-76 Front HO2S Location........................................................A-43
DTC P2123.......................................................................6-76 Front Ignition Coil Location...............................................A-43
DTC P2127.......................................................................6-76 Front Injector Connector Location....................................A-43
DTC P2128.......................................................................6-76 Front O2 Sensor Location................................................A-43
DTC P2135.......................................................................6-84 Front Turn Signal Connector Location.............................A-43
DTC P2138.......................................................................6-84 Front Turn Signal Location...............................................A-43
DTC P2176.......................................................................6-88 Front Turn Signal Module Location..................................A-43
DTC Priority Order..............................................................1-2 Front WSS Connector Location.......................................A-43
DTC Priority Table........2-3, 2-9, 3-10, 3-21, 3-25, 3-29, 3-32, Front WSS Location.........................................................A-43
3-34, 4-2, 4-8, 4-9, 5-1, 5-7, 5-8, 5-13, 5-18, 5-23, Fuel..................................................................................A-43
5-29, 5-35, 5-37, 5-39, 5-54, 5-56, 5-61, 5-62, 6-8, 6-12, Fuel Gauge Connector Location......................................A-43
6-15, 6-20, 6-23, 6-30, 6-37, 6-41, 6-43, 6-45, 6-48, 6-51, Fuel Gauge Diagnostics...................................................4-20
6-52, 6-56, 6-58, 6-59, 6-62, 6-65, 6-66, 6-67, 6-70, 6-74, Fuel Gauge Operation......................................................4-19
6-75, 6-76, 6-84, 6-88, 6-90, 7-4, 7-9, 7-14, 7-16, 7-17 Fuel Gauge and Sender Test............................................4-19
Data Link..........................................................................A-43 Fuel Injector........................................................................6-1
Data Link connector............................................................2-1 Fuel Injectors Description...................................................6-7
Delphi GT Connector..........................................................B-2 Fuel Lamp Diagnostics.....................................................4-17
Delphi GT Sealed Connectors...........................................B-2 Fuel Level Sensor Connector Location............................A-43
Delphi Metri-Pack Sealed Connector.................................B-4 Fuel Pump Connector Location........................................A-43
Delphi Metri-Pack Sealed Connectors...............................B-4 Fuel Pump Description.......................................................6-7
Delphi Micro-64 Sealed Connector....................................B-7 Fuel Pump Location.........................................................A-43
Delphi Micro-64 Sealed Connectors..................................B-7 Fuel Pump and Level Sender Location............................A-43
Deutsch DT and DTM Connector.......................................B-9 Fuel Pump and Sender Location......................................A-43
Deutsch DT and DTM Sealed Connectors.........................B-9 Fuel System Electrical Test...............................................6-97
Diagnostic Mode.................................................................1-9 Fuse.................................................................................A-43
Diode Pack.......................................................................A-43 Fuse Block Location.........................................................A-43
Fuse Box Location............................................................A-43
E
G
ECM.................................................................................A-43
ECM Description.................................................................6-4 GND 1 Location................................................................A-43
ECM Drivers.......................................................................6-7 GND 2 Location................................................................A-43
ECM Location...................................................................A-43 GND 3 Location................................................................A-43
ECM Sensors......................................................................6-6 GND 3-1 Location.............................................................A-43
ECT Sensor Location.......................................................A-43 GND 3-2 Location.............................................................A-43
EFI Operation.....................................................................6-1 GPS Antenna Connector Location...................................A-43
EFI System.........................................................................6-1 GPS Antenna Location.....................................................A-43
EFI System Overview.........................................................6-1 GRX-3110 HD Battery Diagnostic Station........................1-14
ET Sensor...........................................................................6-1 Glossary.............................................................................C-1
ET Sensor Description........................................................6-6
ET Sensor Location..........................................................A-43
Electronic Control Module (ECM).....................................A-43 H
Engine..............................................................................A-43
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor....................A-43 HD-26792 Spark Tester....................................................1-14
Engine Diagnostics...........................................................6-94 HD-34730-2D Fuel Injector Test Light..............................1-14
Engine Idle Temperature Management System (EITMS)....6-1 HD-34730-2E Fuel Injector Test Light..............................1-14
Engine Phase.....................................................................6-4 HD-39617 Fluke AC/DC Current Probe............................1-14
Engine Run Mode...............................................................6-4 HD-39978 Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)...........................1-14
Engine Stop Switch Description.........................................3-3 HD-41199-3 IAC Test Light...............................................1-14
Engine Symptoms...............................................................6-7 HD-41404 Harness Connector Test Kit............................1-14
Error Messages..................................................................2-2 HD-41404-B Harness Connector Test Kit.........................1-14
HD-41404-C Harness Connector Test Kit.........................1-14
HD-42682 Breakout Box (IM)...........................................1-14
F HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments)............................1-14
HD-42682 Breakout Box (TSM, TSSM or HFSM)............1-14
Fails to Disarm..................................................................5-59 HD-42682 Breakout Box (TSM/TSSM/HFSM).................1-14
Flasher.............................................................................A-43 HD-43876 Breakout Box (ECM).......................................1-14
Foreword.................................................................................I HD-44687 Ignition Coil Circuit Test Adapter.....................1-14
Free Running Current Draw Test......................................3-14 HD-46601 Breakout Box Adapters...................................1-14
Front ACR Location..........................................................A-43 HD-47918 Advanced Audio System Breakout Box..........1-14
XVIII
Index
HD-48053 Advanced Battery Conductance and Electrical K
System Analyzer...............................................................1-14
HD-48642 ABS Breakout Box..........................................1-14 Key Fob............................................................................5-50
HD-48642 Breakout Box (ABS)........................................1-14
HD-48650 Digital Technician II.........................................1-14
HD-50341 Wheel Speed Sensor Test Lead......................1-14 L
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM)....................................1-14
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (ECM)....................................1-14 LED Console Location......................................................A-43
HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (Radio)...................................1-14 LHCM Connector Location...............................................A-43
HD-50390-2 BCM Cable...................................................1-14 LHCM Location.................................................................A-43
HD-50390-2 BCM/Radio Cable........................................1-14 Left Cooling Fan Location................................................A-43
HD-50390-2-P BCM Overlay............................................1-14 Left Front Speaker Connector Location...........................A-43
HD-50390-2-P BCM/Radio Overlay..................................1-14 Left Front Turn Signal Connector Location......................A-43
HFSM Antenna Connector Location................................A-43 Left Rear Turn Signal Connector Location.......................A-43
HO2S..................................................................................6-1 Load Test............................................................................3-1
HO2S Description...............................................................6-6 Loctite....................................................................................II
Hand Control Switch Diagnostics.....................................5-38 Low Battery Lamp.............................................................4-11
Hand Control Switch Symptoms.......................................5-37 Low Fuel Indicator............................................................4-11
Head Lamp Location........................................................A-43 Low Fuel Lamp Diagnostics.............................................4-13
Headlamp.........................................................................A-43
Headlamp Connector Location.........................................A-43
M
Headlamp High Beam Connector Location......................A-43
Headlamp Location..........................................................A-43 MAP Sensor Location.......................................................A-43
Headlamp Low Beam Connector Location.......................A-43 Main Fuse.........................................................................A-43
Headlamp Operation.........................................................5-23 Main Fuse Location..........................................................A-43
Heat Management System.................................................6-1 Milliampere Draw Test......................................................3-18
Heated Handgrip Interconnect Connector Location.........A-43 Molex BPT Sealed Connectors........................................B-13
High Beam........................................................................4-11 Molex CMC Sealed Connectors.......................................B-15
High Beam Indicator.........................................................4-11 Molex MX 64 and 150 Sealed Connectors.......................B-16
High Beam Indicator Lamp...............................................4-11 Multiple DTCs.....................................................................1-9
High Beam Indicator Lamp Diagnostics..................4-17, 4-17
History DTCs......................................................................1-9
Horn..................................................................................A-43 N
Horn Connector Location.................................................A-43
Horn Diagnostics................................................................5-8 Neutral Indicator...............................................................4-11
Horn Location...................................................................A-43 Neutral Lamp Diagnostics................................................4-16
Horn Location: FXSB........................................................A-43 Neutral Switch..................................................................A-43
Horn Switch Description.....................................................5-8 Neutral Switch Description..................................................6-6
Neutral Switch Location....................................................A-43
I
O
IAC...................................................................................A-43
IAC Location.....................................................................A-43 O2 Sensor........................................................................A-43
IAT Location.....................................................................A-43 Odometer Self-Diagnostics.................................................1-9
IAT Sensor Location.........................................................A-43 Oil.....................................................................................A-43
IM Connector Location.....................................................A-43 Oil Pressure Indicator.......................................................4-11
IM Location.......................................................................A-43 Oil Pressure Lamp Diagnostics...............................4-13, 4-14
IM Operation.......................................................................4-9 Oil Pressure Sender Location..........................................A-43
Idle Air Control (IAC)........................................................A-43 Oil Pressure Switch Location...........................................A-43
Ignition..............................................................................A-43 Overheat Protection..........................................................3-16
Ignition Coil Location........................................................A-43 Oxygen (O2) Sensor........................................................A-43
Ignition Switch Description..................................................3-3
Ignition Switch Location....................................................A-43
Initial Diagnostics................................................................1-2 P
P&A Connector Location..................................................A-43

J P&A Power Connector Location.......................................A-43
PIN Description........................................................5-52, 5-52
JAE MX19 Sealed Connector..........................................B-11 Packard Micro-64 Connector.............................................B-7
JAE MX19 Sealed Connectors.........................................B-11 Position Lamp Connector Location..................................A-43
JSS Description..................................................................6-6 Power Outlet Connector Location....................................A-43
JSS Location....................................................................A-43 Purge Solenoid.................................................................A-43
Jiffy Stand.........................................................................A-43 Purge Solenoid Description................................................6-7
Purge Solenoid Location..................................................A-43
XIX
Index
Purge Valve Location.......................................................A-43 Start Relay Description.......................................................3-3
Purge solenoid (if equipped)...............................................6-1 Start Switch Description......................................................3-3
Starter...............................................................................A-43
Starter Current Draw Test.................................................3-13
R Starter Description..............................................................3-3
Starter Location................................................................A-43
RHCM Connector Location..............................................A-43 Starter Solenoid.............................................3-14, 3-15, 3-15
RHCM Location................................................................A-43 Starter Solenoid Description...............................................3-3
Radio Connector Location................................................A-43 Starter Solenoid Location.................................................A-43
Rear ACR Location..........................................................A-43 Starter Symptoms...............................................................3-6
Rear Brake Switch Location.............................................A-43 Starter Terminal Location.................................................A-43
Rear Fender Tip Lamp Connector Location.....................A-43 Starter Testing Diagnostics.................................................3-6
Rear Fuel Injector Location..............................................A-43 Starter Troubleshooting......................................................3-6
Rear HCU Location..........................................................A-43 Starting System..................................................................3-3
Rear HO2S Connector Location......................................A-43 Stator Location.................................................................A-43
Rear HO2S Location........................................................A-43 Stator Test.........................................................................3-18
Rear Ignition Coil Location...............................................A-43 Stop Lamp Diagnostics.....................................................5-32
Rear Injector Connector Location....................................A-43 Stop Lamps Operation......................................................5-29
Rear Stop Lamp Switch Location.....................................A-43 Switch...............................................................................A-43
Rear Stop Lamp Switch Location (with ABS)...................A-43 Symptoms.........................................................................1-11
Rear Turn Signal Connector Location..............................A-43
Rear WSS Connector Location........................................A-43
Rear WSS Connnector Location......................................A-43 T
Rear WSS Location..........................................................A-43
Relay Block......................................................................A-43 TCA.....................................................................................6-1
Retrieving Trouble Codes...................................................1-8 TCA Location....................................................................A-43
Right Cooling Fan Location..............................................A-43 TGS Location...................................................................A-43
Right Front Speaker Connector Location.........................A-43 TMAP Location.................................................................A-43
Right Front Turn Signal Connector Location....................A-43 TMAP Sensor Description..................................................6-6
Right Hand Controls Connector Location.........................A-43 TMAP Sensor Location....................................................A-43
Right Rear Turn Signal Connector Location.....................A-43 TMAP sensor....................................................................A-43
Running Lamps Description.............................................5-39 TPS Location....................................................................A-43
Running Lamps Diagnostics.............................................5-42 TSM, TSSM or HFSM Connector Location......................A-43
Tail Stop Lamp Connector Location.................................A-43
Throttle.............................................................................A-43
S Tip Over Detection............................................................5-11
Tip Over Reset..................................................................5-11
SPX Kent-Moore....................................................................II Trademarks........................................................................II, II
STT Module Connector....................................................A-43 Transport Mode................................................................5-53
Sealed Splice...................................................................B-19 Trip Odometer Reset Switch Operation..............................4-1
Sealed Splice Connectors................................................B-19 Trip Odometer Trigger Switch Operation............................4-1
Security Antenna Location...............................................A-43 Turn Signal.....................................................5-11, 5-12, A-43
Security Immobilization.....................................................5-47 Turn Signal Indicators.......................................................4-11
Security Lamp...................................................................1-10 Turn Signal Indicators Diagnostics..........................4-14, 4-17
Security Lamp Description................................................5-47 Turn Signals......................................................................5-11
Security Siren Location....................................................A-43 Tyco Multilock Connector.................................................B-23
Security System.......................................................5-48, 5-48 Tyco Multilock Unsealed Connectors...............................B-23
Security System Features.................................................5-47 Tyco SuperSeal 1.5 Sealed Connectors..........................B-25
Security System Warnings................................................5-48
Sensors and Drivers...........................................................6-6
Serial Data Communication................................................2-1 V
Service Bulletins.....................................................................I
Service Mode....................................................................5-53 VINERR..............................................................................2-2
Service Preparation................................................................I VSS..................................................................................A-43
Service and Emergency Functions...................................5-52 VSS Description..................................................................6-6
Siren Chirp Mode..............................................................5-51 VSS Location....................................................................A-43
Siren Description..............................................................5-51 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)...........................................A-43
Sixth Gear.........................................................................4-11 Voltage Drop Test.............................................................1-18
Sixth Gear Indicator..........................................................4-11 Voltage Regulator.............................................................A-43
Smart Security System.....................................................5-53 Voltage Regulator Description..........................................3-16
Special Tools..........................................................................II Voltage Regulator Inspection............................................3-16
Specifications......................................................................1-1 Voltage Regulator Location..............................................A-43
Speedometer Location.....................................................A-43 Voltmeter Connector Location..........................................A-43
Speedometer Operation.....................................................4-1 Voltmeter Test.....................................................................3-1
XX
Index
W
WOW Test...........................................................................1-2
Wiggle Test.......................................................................1-19
Wiring.................................................................................A-5
Wiring Diagram List............................................................A-6
Wiring Diagram Symbols....................................................A-5
XXI
NOTES
INSIDE BACK COVER GOES HERE
OUTSIDE BACK COVER GOES HERE

Esquema HD

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Esquema HD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IMPORTANT NOTICE

Harley-Davidson Motor Company

Please tell us how we can improve this manual.

Name: Dealer ship:

Street: Depar tment:

City: State: Zip:

Please clip out and mail to:

5 Accessories, Horn, Lighting and Security SERVICE BULLETINS

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

NOTICE LOCTITE Sealing and Threadlocking Products

PRODUCT REFERENCES CONTENTS

WARNING All photographs, illustrations and procedures may not

2.1 CAN COMMUNICATION 2.3 NO VEHICLE POWER OR LOST

TABLE OF CONTENTS III

TABLE OF CONTENTS VII

5.11 RUNNING LAMP DIAGNOSTICS 5.13 KEY FOB

TABLE OF CONTENTS VIII

TABLE OF CONTENTS XII

TABLE OF CONTENTS XIII

TABLE OF CONTENTS XIV

TABLE OF CONTENTS XVI

TABLE OF CONTENTS XVII

Table 1-6. Ignition Coil Specifications

Table 1-7. Starter Specifications

RETRIEVING TROUBLE CODES There are two levels of diagnostics.

• The most sophisticated mode uses a computer-based

ON If no DTCs are present, address any symptoms indicating a

Lamp Remains ON:

Figure 1-3. Check Engine Lamp

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

Figure 1-6. Digital Multimeter (Fluke 78)

HD-39617 Fluke AC/DC Current Probe

HD-42682 Breakout Box (Instruments)

1. Access the speedometer [39].

1. Breakout box (BOB) 1. Breakout box (BOB)

The BREAKOUT BOX (PART NUMBER: HD-50390-1) and ed03526

2. Press latch and disconnect ECM connectors [78B-1] and

3. See Figure 1-11 and Figure 1-12. Connect BREAKOUT 3

HD-50390-1 Breakout Box (BCM)

1. Access the BCM.

1. Breakout box (BOB)

1. ECU harness [266B]

Voltage drop test:

• Helps locate poor connections or components with excessive

• Identifies poor grounds.

go to the most negative destination or component.

When testing a typical power circuit, place positive (red) meter

The following steps demonstrate a typical starter circuit voltage

1. Disconnect CKP [79] to prevent engine from starting.

3. Start motorcycle engine and run at idle.

intermittents are present, radical voltage changes register

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

1. DLC [91] ed04000

2. Fuse block [64]

1. Purge solenoid [95]

PART NUMBER TOOL NAME

Electronic Control Module (ECM)

Hand Control Modules

Data Link Connector (DLC)

COMMUNICATION DTCS AND ERROR

"VINERR" may also be displayed in the odometer if the

Table 2-1. Code Description Connector Information

R/O 1 1 R/O R/O 1 1 R/O

[78A-3] [78B-3] W/R 1